Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

Microsoft  Corporation 


http://www.archive.org/details/collardaniellsfiOOcollrich 


A  ROMAN  CITIZEN  SPEAKS 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


^ 


COPYRIGHT,!^ JJY  WILLIAM  C.  COLLAR  AND  M.  GRANT  DANIELL 

."•'.  /  i*  !  /C^YRIGHTj  l^'BY  GINN  AND  COMPANY 

ENTERED  AT  STATIONERS'  HALL 

ALL   RIGHTS    RESERVED 

318.4 


M8'« 


<*. 


GINN  AND  COMPANY-  PRO- 
PRIETORS •  BOSTON  •  U.S.A. 


PREFACE 

The  book  that  is  placed  in  the  hands  of  a  pupil  during  his 
first  year  of  the  study  of  Latin  should  be  simple  and  clear  and 
interesting  in  its  treatment  of  the  language ;  it  should  teach 
with  the  utmost  thoroughness  those  principles  that  it  attempts 
to  teach,  but  it  should  not  attempt  to  teach  to-day  what  may 
be  taught  more  properly  to-morrow ;  it  should  get  the  pupil 
into  the  reading  of  easy  connected  Latin  as  soon  as  possible, 
and  for  this  purpose  should  supply  a  generous  amount  of 
material  graded  to  his  attainment ;  and  it  should  never  allow 
the  pupil  to  leave  the  classroom  without  a  reminder  of  the 
extent  to  which  Latin  is  a  part  of  his  own  language. 

With  these  convictions  the  revision  of  Collar  and  Daniell's 
M  First  Year  Latin "  was  undertaken.  All  these  principles 
underlay  the  plan  of  "  First  Year  Latin,"  but  the  unanimity 
with  which  they  have  been  accepted  since  the  publication  of 
that  text  has  made  it  possible  in  the  revision  so  to  extend 
their  application  as  to  produce  what  is  in  effect  a  new  book. 

The  vocabulary  has  been  made  briefer  and  more  Caesarian. 

From  the  vocabularies  of  the  lessons  the  pupil  is  asked  to 

learn  the  meanings  of  some  five  hundred  and  seventy  words. 

About  ninety  per  cent  of  these  words  are  included  in 'the  list 

of    one    thousand    words    which    Professor   Lodge1   suggests 

should  be  learned  before  the  end  of  the  second  year  of  the 

study  of  Latin.    Over  sixty  per  cent   occur  more  than  ten 

times  in  Caesar.    In  the  Selections  for  Reading  the  pupil  has 

a  chance  to  become  acquainted  casually  with  a  wider  vocabulary. 

1  Vocabulary  of  High  School  Latin. 
.  iii 

670402 


iv  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

A  number  of  constructions  which  were  taught  in  the  original 
book  have  been  omitted.  With  three  exceptions  the  construc- 
tions included  in  the  revision  are  those  which  Byrne1  recom- 
mends for  the  first  year.  Similarly,  the  pupil  is  no  longer 
required  to  learn  uncommon  forms  which  are  not  necessary 
for  his  second-year  reading. 

Increased  attention  has  been  given  to  derivatives.  Related 
English  words  are  often  placed  after  the  Latin  words  in  the 
vocabularies  of  the  lessons  as  well  as  in  the  general  vocabulary. 
Everywhere  in  the  reviews  this  important  part  of  the  study  of 
Latin  is  kept  constantly  before  the  pupil.  Suggestions  are 
offered  for  the  keeping  of  notebooks  of  English  derivatives. 
The  force  of  certain  common  prefixes  and  suffixes  in  the 
formation  and  meaning  of  Latin  words  is  also  explained. 

Interspersed  throughout  the  book  there  are  ten  Review 
Lessons,  which  take  up  the  words  and  constructions  previ- 
ously taught.  The  machinery  for  drill  has  been  further 
strengthened  by  a  summary  of  the  uses  of  nouns  and  of 
verbs,  and  by  review  questions  touching  upon  the  syntax, 
forms,  derivatives,  and  principles  of  each  lesson^'  These  ques- 
tions* have  been  placed  after  the  Selections  for  Reading,  that 
they  may  be  somewhat  removed  from  the  lessons  they  concern. 

The  treatment  of  the  Essentials  of  Grammar  has  been 
made  more  useful  by  a  comparison  of  English  grammar  with 
Latin  grammar,  and  by  the  inclusion  of  Latin  equivalents  for 
the  English  illustrative  words  and  phrases. 

The  material  for  reading  has  been  somewhat  changed,  par- 
ticularly by  the  omission  of  the  Fables  and  Stories,  and  by 
the  introduction  of  the  Story  of  Perseus,  of  the  simplified  nar- 
rative of  Caesar's  Campaign  against  the  Helvetians,  and  of  a 
number  of  pages  from   Eutropius.     In  all  the  selections  the 

1  The  Syntax  of  High  School  Latin. 


PREFACE  v 

syntax  has  been  made  to  conform  with  that  taught  in  the 
lessons,  so  that  the  pupil  may  not  be  bothered  or  discouraged 
by  unfamiliar  constructions. 

As  an  aid  to  the  pupil's  pronunciation,  a  mark  of  accent 
has  been  placed  on  the  words  in  the  vocabularies  of  the  first 
eighteen  lessons,  and  on  declensions  and  conjugations,  both  in 
the  text  and  in  the  Appendix. 

Teachers  who  are  familiar  with  "  First  Year  Latin"  will  find 
that  none  of  its  well-known  excellences  have  been  sacrificed 
in  the  revision.  There  are,  for  example,  the  same  short  les- 
sons, usually  less  than  two  pages  in  length.  In  the  exercises 
the  sentences  for  translation  remain  simple.  Nowhere  are 
many  constructions  brought  within  the  limits  of  a  single 
sentence.  The  exercises  for  translation  from  English  into 
Latin  are  relatively  shorter  than  those  from  Latin  into  English. 
The  order  in  which  the  verb  is  developed  and  in  which  the 
various  constructions  are  presented  will  be  found  the  same, 
with  a  few  exceptions.  In  the  study  of  syntax  the  pupil  is 
still  led  from  the  observation  of  model  sentences  to  the  deduc- 
tion* of  usages  and  principles.  Passages  of  connected  Latin 
are  introduced  early  and  are  of  frequent  occurrence  through- 
out the  lessons,  and  there  is  ample  material  for  reading  after 
the  lessons  have  been  completed.  The  content  of  the  book 
is  still  such  that  it  is  possible  for  high-school  classes  to  go 
through  the  lessons  within  thirty  weeks. 

The  "  Teacher's  Manual,"  in  addition  to  general  directions 
and  notes  on  each  lesson,  contains  carefully  graded  sentences 
for  sight  reading  and  for  the  practice  of  the  "direct  method," 
as  well  as  material  for  drill  on  English  derivatives  of  the  Latin 
words  of  the  vocabularies. 

It  is  hoped  that  teachers  will  find  the  numerous  illustrations 
a  help  to  them   in  familiarizing  pupils  with  the  life  of  the 


vi  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

Romans.  The  four  plates  in  colors  were  made  especially  for 
this  book  by  Mr.  Arthur  E.  Becher  after  a  careful  study  of 
all  the  phases  of  Roman  life  that  they  represent.  As  for  the 
other  pictures,  half  tones  have  been  used  where  the  subject 
could  be  made  more  realistic  if  reproduced  directly  from  a 
photograph.  In  cases  where  line  engravings  seemed  more 
suitable,  drawings  in  the  style  of  the  early  Italian  engravings 
were  made  for  the  purpose  by  Mr.  Thomas  M.  Cleland, 
Mr.  W.  A.  Dwiggins,  and  Mr.  Adrian  J.  Iorio.  As  a  whole 
the  illustrations  are  believed  to  be  of  a  quality  unexcelled  in 
schoolbooks. 

The  reviser  wishes  to  acknowledge  his  indebtedness  to  the 
suggestions  received  from  Mr.  Collar  himself,  who,  before  his 
death,  had  given  considerable  thought  to  the  aim  and  scope  of 
the  revision.  Indebtedness  is  also  gratefully  acknowledged  to 
Professor  Charles  Knapp,  of  Barnard  College,  New  York ;  to 
Mr.  Herbert  F.  Hancox,  of  Lewis  Institute,  Chicago ;  and 
to  Miss  Grace  I.  Bridge  and  Miss  Grace  E.  Jackson,  of  the 
Hyde  Park  High  School,  Chicago,  for  their  helpful  criticisms. 

T.J. 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Essentials  of  Grammar i 

To  the  Beginner  in  Latin  :   What  Latin  is,  and  why  it  is 

studied.    how  to  study  latin 1 5 

Introduction  :  Alphabet,  Sounds  of  the  Letters,  Syllables, 

Quantity,  Accent 19 

LESSON 

I.  The  Singular  and  Plural  of  Nouns  and  Verbs.   The 

Nominative  Case  used  as  Subject 24 

II.  The  Accusative  Case  used  as  the  Direct  Object     .     .     26 

III.  The  Present  Indicative  Active  -of  the  First  Conju- 

gation   28 

IV.  The  Genitive  Case  used  to  denote  Possession     ...  30 
V.  The  Present  Indicative  Active  of  the  Second  Conju- 
gation.  Causal  Clause  with  Quod 32 

VI.  The  Dative  Case  used  as  the  Indirect  Object.    The 
Ablative  used  in  Prepositional  Phrases  to   show 

Place  Where 34 

VII.  The  First  Declension.    Gender 36 

First  Review  Lesson 38 

VIII.  The  Second  Declension 40 

IX.  Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions    .     .    42 
X.  The  Present  Indicative  of  Sum.    Predicate  Noun  and 

Predicate  Adjective 44 

XI.  Apposition.   Cornelia  et  Iulia 46 

XII.  The  Second  Declension  :  Nouns  in  -er,  -ir,  -ius,  and  -ium     48 
XIII.  Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions  end- 
ing in  -er.    De  Graecia 50 

vii 


viii  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

LESSON  PAGE 

XIV.  The  Imperfect  and  Future  Indicative  of  Sum.  The 

Dative  with  Adjectives 52 

Second  Review  Lesson 54 

XV.  The  Imperfect  Indicative  Active,  First  and  Second 

Conjugations.   The  Ablative  of  Means  ....     56 
XVI.  The  Future  Indicative  Active,  First  and  Second 

Conjugations.   The  Ablative  of  Manner    ...     58 
XVII.  Principal  Parts.    The  Perfect  Stem.   The  Perfect 

Indicative  Active,  First  Conjugation.    De  Sabinis     60 
XVIII.  The  Perfect  Indicative  Active,  Second  Conjuga- 
tion.  The  Ablative  of  Accompaniment  ....     62 
XIX.  The   Demonstrative   Is.     The    Perfect   Indicative 

of  Sum 64 

XX.  The  Interrogative  Quis.   De  Deis  Romanorum     .     .     .     66 
XXI.  The  Present,  Imperfect,  Future,  and  Perfect  In- 
dicative Active  of  the  Third  Conjugation    .     .     68 

Third  Review  Lesson 70 

XXII.  Reading  Lesson.    De  Icaro.  Roman!  pro  Sociis  pugnant  .     72 

XXIII.  The  Third  Declension 74 

XXIV.  The  Third  Conjugation  :  Verbs  in  -io.  The  Ablative 

of  Place  from  Which.   The  Accusative  of  Place 

to  Which j6 

XXV.  The   Ablative   of   Cause.     Prepositional   Phrases 

expressing  Cause y8 

XXVI.  The  Third  Declension  :  i-STEMS 80 

XXVII.  The  Accusative  and  the  Ablative  with  Prepositions. 

Adjectives  used  as  Nouns 82 

XXVIII.  Reading  Lesson.    Horatius  Pontem  defendit.    De  Natio- 

nibus  Europae 84 

Fourth  Review  Lesson 86 

XXIX.  Adjectives  of  the  Third  Declension 88 

XXX.  The  Fourth  Conjugation.    Conloquium 90 

XXXI.  The  Ablative  of  Time.    Laconic  Speeches 92 


CONTENTS  ix 

LESSON  PAGE 

XXXII.  The  Pluperfect  and  Future  Perfect  Indicative 

Active  of  All  Conjugations 94 

XXXIII.  The  Demonstratives  Hie  and  Ille.     Place  from 

Which  and  to  Which,  in  Names  of  Towns  .       96 

XXXIV.  Reading  Lesson.    Victoria  vCaesaris.     De  Caesare  et 

Britannis 98 

XXXV.  The  Present,  Imperfect,  and  Future  Indicative 
Passive  of  the  First  and  Second  Conjuga- 
tions.   The  Ablative  of  Agent 100 

XXXVI.  The  Relative  Qui 102 

Fifth  Review  Lesson 104 

XXXVII.  The  Present,  Imperfect,  and  Future  Indicative 

Passive  of  Rego  and  Capio 106 

XXXVIII.  The  Personal  and  Reflexive  Pronouns      .     .     .     108 
XXXIX.  The  Present,  Imperfect,  and  Future  Indicative 
Passive  of  the  Fourth  Conjugation.    Veturia, 

Mater  Coriolanl.    De  PerseS no 

XL.  The    Possessive   Adjectives.     The   Ablative   of 

Separation     .     .     .     .     , 112 

XLI.  The  Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Future  Perfect 
Indicative  Passive  of  All  Conjugations.   Iup- 

piter  Perseum  servat 114 

XLII.  The  Fourth  Declension 116 

XLIII.  The  Comparison  of  Adjectives 118 

Sixth  Review  Lesson 120 

XLIV.  The  Comparison  of  Adjectives  ending  in  -er  or 

-lis.    The  Partitive  Genitive 122 

XLV.  Reading  Lesson.    Scipio  et  Hannibal.   Perseus  Medu- 

sam  quaerit 124 

XLVI.  The  Irregular  Comparison  of  Adjectives.    The 

Ablative  of  Degree  of  Difference  ....     1 26 

XLVII.  The  Formation  and  the  Comparison  of  Adverbs     128 

XLVI  1 1.  The  Fifth  Declension.  The  Accusative  of  Extent     i  30 


x  '         FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

LESSON  PAGE 

XLIX.  Reading  Lesson.  A  Letter  from  Pompeii.   Perseus  Medu- 

sam  interficit 132 

L.  The  Subjunctive  Mood.    The  Present  Subjunctive. 

Purpose  Clauses  with  Ut  and  Ne 134 

LI.  The  Imperfect  Subjunctive.    Sequence  of  Tenses   .     136 
LII.  Substantive  Clauses  of  Purpose.    Result  Clauses  .     138 

Seventh  Review  Lesson 140 

LIII.  Reading  Lesson.   Caesar  Hostis  vincit.   Andromeda  FIlia 

Cephei 142 

LIV.  The  Perfect  and  the  Pluperfect  Subjunctive.    In- 
direct Questions 144 

LV.  Numeral  Adjectives.   The  Objective  Genitive    ...     146 
LVI.  Adjectives  having  the  Genitive  in  -Ius.     Monstrum 

appropinquat 148 

LVII.  The  Infinitive  as  Subject  and  as  Complement    .     .     150 
LVIII.  The  Infinitive  as  Object.    The  Accusative  as  Sub- 
ject of  the  Infinitive.    Indirect  Statements      .     152 

LIX.  Reading  Lesson.  Caesar  in  Concilio  dicit.  Perseus  Cepheo 

Andromedam  reddit 156 

LX.  The  Demonstratives  Idem,  Ipse,  Iste.   The  Irregular 

Verb  Possum 158 

Eighth  Review  Lesson 160 

LXI.  The  Indefinite  Pronouns.    The  Arations  of  Gaul    .     .     162 
LXII.  The  Dative  with  Compounds.   The  Datives  of  Pur- 
pose and  Reference 164 

LXIII.  The  Dative  with  Special  Intransitive  Verbs.   The 

Irregular  Verbs  Volo,  Nolo,  Maid 166 

LXIV.  Reading  Lesson.    Belling  the  Cat.    Nasica  a?id  Ennius. 

Orgetorix  and  the  Helvetians 1 68 

LXV.  Participles .170 

LXVI.  Reading  Lesson.    Dicta  Antlquorum.    Orgetorix  and  the 

Helvetians  (continued)     . 173 

LXVII.  The  Ablative  Absolute  .     .     .   - 175 


CONTENTS  xi 

LESSON  PAGE 

LXVIII.  The  Gerund.    The  Irregular  Verb  E5 178 

Ninth  Review  Lesson 180 

LXIX.  The  Gerundive.    The  Irregular  Verb  Fero     .     .     .  182 

LXX.  Reading  Lesson.    The  Helvetians  leave  their  Territory  184 

LXXI.  The  Ablative  of  Specification.    Deponent  Verbs  .  186 
LXXII.  Temporal  Clauses  with  Cum.   The  Irregular  Verb 

Flo ! 188 

LXXI  1 1.  Reading  Lesson.     Cczsar  refuses  the  Helvetia?is  Per- 

missioti  to  go  through  the  Roman  Province  .     .     .  190 
LXXIV.  Substantive  Clauses  of  Fact  introduced  by  Quod. 

The  Indicative  in  Adverbial  Clauses  .     .     .     .  192 

LXXV.  Subordinate  Clauses  in  Indirect  Statements    .     .  194 

Tenth  Review  Lesson 196 

Summary:  The  Uses  of  Nouns  and  Verbs      .     .     .  198 

Selections  for  Reading  : 

Caesar:  The  Campaign  against  the  Helvetians   .     .     .     .     .     .  201 

Caesar  :  The  Story  of  the  Aduatuci '  .  206 

Stories  of  Hercules .     .     .     .    •     .     .  208 

Stories  of  Ulysses 213 

Eutropius:  History  of  Rome 218 

Stories  from  Roman  History  .  ' 223 

Review  Questions 227 

Appendix  I : 

Rules  of  Syntax  . 245 

Formation  of  Latin  Words      . .  249 

English  Derivatives 251 

Appendix  II : 

Declensions  and  Conjugations     .     .     . 253 

Latin-English  Vocabulary 287 

English-Latin  Vocabulary 331 

Index 341 


FIRST   YEAR    LATIN 


ESSENTIALS   OF  GRAMMAR 

THE  PARTS  OF  SPEECH 

Nouns 

I.  a.  A  noun  is  the  name  of  a  person,  place,  or  thing: 
boy,  London,  ship ;  puer,  Londinium,  navis. 

b.  A  proper  noun  is  the  name  of  a  particular  person,  place, 
or  thing  :   Cornelia,  Rome,  Rhone  ;  Cornelia,  Roma,  Rhodanus. 

c.  A  common  noun  is  a  name  that  may  be  applied  to  any 
one  of  a  class  of  objects  :  boy,  city,  day ;  puer,  urbs,  dies. 

d.  A  collective  noun  is  a  name  that  may  be  applied  to  a 
group  of  objects,  though  itself  in  the  singular  number  (xxm) : 
crozvd,  family  ;  multitude,  gens. 

e.  A  verbal  noun  is  the  name  of  an  action  :  seeing,  writing, 
to  see,  to  write  ;  videndi  (459),  scribendl,  videre,  scribere. 

/.  An  abstract  noun  is  the  name  of  a  quality  or  condition  : 
goodness,  truth,  poverty ;  bonitas,  Veritas,  paupertas. 

Pronouns 

II.  a.  Apronoun  is  a  word  used  to  take  the  place  of  a  noun  or 
of  another  pronoun  :  /,  you,  him,  this,  who  ;  ego,  tu,  eum,  hoc,  qui. 

b.  The  noun  (or  pronoun)  for  which  a  pronoun  stands  is 
called  its  antecedent  (from  antecedere,  to  go  before).  Thus,  in 
the  sentence  John  goes  to  school,  but  he  does  not  study,  the 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


noun  Jo/in  is  the  antecedent  of  he.  The  antecedent  is  especially 
cofnmoh  with  a  relative  pronoun  (n,  d).  Neither  in  Latin  nor 
in  English  does  the  antecedent  necessarily  stand  in  advance  of 
its  pronoun  :    What  he  says,  he  believes,  quod  dicit,  id  credit. 

c.  A  perso?tal  pronoun  shows  by  its  form  whether  it  stands 
( i )  for  the  speaker  :  I,  we;  ego,  nos,  that  is,  the  first  person  ; 
(2)  for  the  person  spoken  to  :  thou,  you, ;  tu,  vos,  that  is,  the 
second  person  ;  or  (3)  for  the  person  or  thing  spoken  of :  he, 
she,  it,  they ;  is,  ea,  id,  ei,  that  is,  the  third  person. 

d.  A  relative  pronoun  connects  a  subordinate  clause,  in 
which  it  stands,  with  the  antecedent :  The  book  that  you,  have  is 
mine,  liber  quern  habes  meus  est.  The  relative  pronouns  in  Eng- 
lish are  ivho,  which,  that,  and  as ;  in  Latin  the  relative  is  qui. 

e.  An  interrogative  pronoun  is  used  to  ask  a  question  :  Who 
is  walking  in  the  garden  ?  Quis  in  horto  ambulat  ?  The  inter- 
rogative pronouns  in  English  are  who,  which,  and  what;  in 
Latin,  quis  and  uter. 

f.  A  demonstrative  pronoun  points  out  an  object  definitely: 
this,  that,  these,  those  ;  hie,  ille,  hi,  illi. 

g.  An  indefinite  pronotm  refers  to  an  object  indefinitely : 
some,  some  one,  any,  any  one  ;  aliquis,  quis. 

h.  A  reflexive  pronoun  refers  back  to  the  subject :  He 
blamed  himself,  se  culpavit. 

Adjectives 

III.  a.  An  adjective  is  a  word  used  to  qualify  or  limit  a 
noun  or  a  pronoun  :  good  book,  beautiful  moon,  five  girls ; 
liber  bonus,  luna  pulchra,  quinque  puellae. 

b.  A,  an,  and  the,  really  limiting  adjectives,  are  sometimes 
called  articles.  The  is  the  definite  article,  a  or  an  the  indefi- 
nite article.    These  articles  are  not  used  in  Latin. 


ESSENTIALS  OF  GRAMMAR  3 

c.  Numeral  adjectives  denote  how  many  persons  or  things 
are  under  consideration.  They  are  either  cardinal,  denoting 
how  many :  one,  two,  three,  four ;  unus,  duo,  tres,  quattuor ; 
or  ordinal,  denoting  which  in  order :  first,  second,  third, 
fourth  ;  primus,  secundus,  tertius,  quartus. 

d.  Possessive  adjectives  denote  ownership  :  my  friend,  our 
house ;  meus  amicus,  nostra  domus.  Possessive  adjectives  are 
frequently  used  as  possessive  pronouns. 

e.  The  demonstrative  pronouns,  the  indefinite  pronouns,  and 
the  interrogative  pronouns  which  and  what  may  be  used  as 
adjectives,  and  are  then  called  respectively  demonstrative  adjec- 
tives :  this  book,  that  hoitse ;  hie  liber,  ilia  domus ;  indefinite 
adjectives :  some  boys,  aliqui  pueri ;  and  interrogative  adjec- 
tives :   Which  way  shall  we  go  ?    Qua  via  ibimus  ? 

/.  Adjectives  are  often  used  as  nouns  :  "  The  land  of  the 
free,"  patria  liber  drum. 

Verbs 

IV.  a.  A  verb  is  a  word  which  can  declare  or  assert  some- 
thing about  a  person,  a  place,  or  a  thing :  The  man  laughs, 
vir  ridet ;  the  town  is  captured,  oppidum  captum  est ;  the  leaf 
falls,  folium  cadit. 

b.  A  verb  which  has  an  object  (xiv,  a)  to  complete  its  mean- 
ing is  said  to  be  transitive,  or  to  be  used  transitively  :  The 
girl  has  a  rose,  puella  rosam  habet. 

c.  A  verb  which  does  not  have  an  object  (xiv,a)  to  complete 
its  meaning  is  said  to  be  intransitive,  or  to  be  used  intransi- 
tively :  Birds  fly,  aves  volant ;  /  walk,  ambulo. 

Note.  Thus  certain  verbs  may  at  one  time  be  transitive  and  at  another 
intransitive :  The  wind  blew  the  snow  into  our  faces ;  the  wind  blew 
furiously. 


4  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

d.  Verbs  are  classified  as  regular  or  irregular.  This  dis- 
tinction is  made  merely  for  convenience.  A  regular  verb  in 
English  forms  its  imperfect  (past)  tense  (xxxiii,  a)  and  past 
participle  (xxxiv,  b)  by  the  addition  of  d  or  ed  to  the  present : 
present,  love ;  past,  loved ;  past  participle,  loved.  For  Latin 
regular  verbs  see  658-662. 

e.  An  irregular  verb  in  English  does  not  form  its  imperfect 
(past)  tense  by  the  addition  of  d  or  ed  to  the  present :  present, 
give ;  past,  gave ;  past  participle,  given.  For  Latin  irregular 
verbs  see  663-668. 

f.  An  auxiliary  verb  is  used  in  the  conjugation  of  other 
verbs  :  /  am  loved,  he  has  given.  In  Latin  the  verb  esse,  to 
be  (663),  is  so  used  :   missus  est,  he  has  been  sent. 

Adverbs 

V.  a.  An  adverb  is  used  to  modify  a  verb,  an  adjective,  or 
another  adverb  :  He  walks  swiftly,  celeriter  ambulat. 

.  b.  An  adverb  of  place  answers  the  question  where  ?  —  here, 
there,  hence ;  hie,  illic,  hinc. 

c.  An  adverb  of  time  answers  the  question  when  ?  —  then, 
now,  often  ;  turn,  nunc,  saepe. 

d.  An  adverb  of  manner  answers  the  question  how  ?  —  so, 
well,  ill',  sic,  bene,  male. 

e.  An  adverb  of  degree  answers  the  question  how  much  f  — 
little,  almost,  enough  ;  paulo,  paene,  satis. 

f.  A  modal  adverb  expresses  affirmation  or  negation,  or  the 
degree  of  confidence  with  which  a  statement  is  made :  yes,  no, 
certainly,  perhaps  ;  certe,  forsitan. 


ESSENTIALS  OF  GRAMMAR  5 

Prepositions 

VI.  A  preposition  is  used  before  a  noun  or  pronoun  to 
show  its  relation  to  another  word  in  the  sentence.  Usually 
the  relation  shown  is  position,  direction,  or  time  :  He  sent  a 
legion  against  the  enemy,  in  hostes  legionem  misit.  In  Latin 
certain  phrases  which  would  be  introduced  in  English  by 
a  preposition  are  expressed  by  the  use  .of  one  of  the  cases 
(xxiv,  b)  without  a  preposition  :  At  dawn  he  sent  a  legion,  prima 
luce  legionem  misit. 

Conjunctions 

VII.  a.  A  conjunction  connects  words,  phrases  (xvi),  clauses 
(xx),  and  sentences  (xviii)  :  boys  and  girls,  pueri  et  puellae ; 
they  fought  bravely  but  were  conquered,  fortiter  Jugnaverunt 
sed  victi  sunt. 

b.  A  coordinate  conjunction  connects  words,  phrases,  clauses, 
and  sentences  of  equal  order  or  rank.  The  conjunctions  in 
the  examples  in  vn,  a  are  coordinate. 

c.  A  subordinate  conjunction  connects  a  subordinate  clause 
(xx,  a)  with  a  principal  clause  (xx,  a) :  The  boy  was  praised 
because  he  was  industrious,  puer  laudatus  est  quod  impiger  erat. 

Interjections 

VIII.  An  interjection  is  used  to  express  strong  feeling.  It 
is  not  grammatically  related  to  any  other  word  in  the  sentence  : 
oh  !  ah  !  alas  !  hurrah  !  eheu  !  ecce  ! 

Note.  The  following  couplets  have  often  proved  useful  to  young 
persons  in  identifying  the  parts  of  speech : 

Three  little  words  we  often  see 
Are  Articles,  a,  an,  and  the. 

A  Noun  's  the  name  of  anything ; 
As  school  ox  garden,  hoop  or  swing. 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

Adjectives  tell  the  kind  of  noun ; 

As  g?'eat,  small,  pretty,  white,  or  brown. 

Instead  of  nouns  the  Pronouns  stand ; 
/  come,  you  go,  as  they  command. 

Verbs  tell  of  something  being  done ; 
As  read,  write,  spell,  sing,  jump,  or  run. 

How  things  are  done  the  Adverbs  tell ; 
As  slowly,  quickly,  ill,  or  well. 

They  also  tell  us  where  and  when ; 
As  here  and  there  and  now  and  then. 

A  Preposition  stands  before 

A  noun;  as  in  or  through  a  door. 

Conjunctions  join  the  words  together ; 
As  rain  and  sunshine,  wind  or  weather. 

Conjunctions  sentences  unite; 

As  kittens  scratch  and  puppies  bite. 

An  Interjection  shows  surprise ; 

As  Oh  !  how  pretty  !  Ah  !  how  wise  ! 


THE   SENTENCE 

IX.  A  sentence  is  a  word  or  a  group  of  words  expressing 
a  thought :  Stars  shine ;  he  walks  ;  stellae  lucent ;  ambulat. 

X.  a.  A  declarative  sentence  declares  or  asserts  something  : 
The  farmers  are  plowing  the  fields,  agricolae  agros  arant. 

b.  An  interrogative  sentence  asks  a  question  :    Why  are  the 
farmers  plowing  the  fields  ?    Cur  agricolae  agros  arant  ? 

c.  An  imperative  sentence  expresses  a  command,  a  request, 
or  an  entreaty  :  Plow  the  fields  to-day \  hodie  agros  arate. 

d.  An    exclamatory   sentence    expresses    strong   feeling1  or 
emotion  :    Would  that  he  had  remained !  Utinam  mansisset ! 


ESSENTIALS  OF  GRAMMAR  7 

XI.  a.  A  sentence  is  made  up  of  two  parts,  one  called  the 
subject  and  the  other  the  predicate. 

b.  The  subject  represents  the  person,  place,  or  thing  about 
which  something  is  declared  or  asserted :  Birds  sing,  aves  cantant. 

c.  The  predicate  declares  or  asserts  something  about  the 
person,  place,  or  thing  which  the  subject  represents  :  Birds 
sing,  aves  cantant. 

Note.  In  English  and  in  Latin  either  the  subject  or  the  predicate,  or 
both,  may  be  enlarged  to  any  extent  by  the  addition  of  qualifying  words 
and  expressions  called  modifiers :  My  sister's  small  birds  \  sing  sweetly  in 
the  morning. 

XII.  The  simple  stcbject  is  the  noun  or  pronoun  which 
signifies  the  person,  place,  or  thing  about  which  the  assertion 
is  made.  The  simple  predicate  is  the  verb  that  makes  the 
assertion.  Birds  is  the  simple  subject,  and  sing  the  simple 
predicate,  in  the  note  under  xi,  c. 

XIII.  "The  complete  stcbject  is  the  simple  subject  with  all 
its  modifiers.  The  complete  predicate  is  the  simple  predicate 
with  all  its  modifiers.  Thus,  in  the  example  in  the  note  under 
xi,  c  the  complete  subject  is  all  that  precedes  the  vertical  line, 
and  the  complete  predicate  all  that  follows  it. 

XIV.  a.  The  object  of  a  verb  is  a  word  or  an  expression 
that  completes  the  meaning  of  the  verb,  and  signifies  that 
which  is  affected  by  the  action  :  He  sent  messengers,  nuntios 
misit ;  he  wished  me  to  go  to  Italy,  me  in  Italiam  ire  voluit. 

b.  The  direct  object  represents  that  which  is  immediately 
affected  by  the  action  of  the  verb ;  the  indirect  object  that  to 
or  for  which  the  action  is  performed.  Thus,  in  He  gave  me  a 
book,  mihi  librum  dedit,  book  is  the  direct  object,  and  me  the 
indirect. 


8  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

XV.  a.  A  predicate  noun  or  a  predicate  adjective  is  used 
after  certain  intransitive  or  passive  verbs  to  complete  their 
meaning,  and  to  describe  or  define  the  subject :  Marcus  is  a 
sailor ;  the  sailor  is  brave  ;  Marcus  nauta  est ;  nauta  fortis  est. 

b.  The  predicate  noun  or  adjective  is  called  the  complement 
of  the  verb.  Intransitive  verbs  that  require  a  complement  are 
called  copulative  verbs.  The  verb  be  (Latin  esse)  in  its  various 
forms  (am,  was,  has  been,  etc.)  is  often  called  the  copula. 

c.  The  predicate  noun  or  adjective  has  the  same  case  as 
the  subject ;  hence  the  term  predicate  nominative. 

XVI.  a.  A  phrase  is  a  combination  of  words  (not  subject 
and  predicate)  used  as  a  single  part  of  speech. 

b.  An  adjective  phrase  modifies  a  noun  :  A  man  of  great 
valor,  vir  magnae  virtutis. 

c.  An  adverbial  phrase  modifies  a  verb  :  They  work  with 
great  diligence,  magna  cum  diligentia  laborant.  In  Latin  certain 
cases  of  nouns  are  used  to  express  what  in  English  would  be 
prepositional  phrases  of  an  adverbial  nature  (vi). 

XVII.  A  simple  sentence  contains  but  one  statement,  that 
is,  one  subject  and  one  predicate  :  Ccesar  drew  tip  a  line  of 
battle,  Caesar  aciem  instriixit. 

XVIII.  A  compound  sentence  contains  two  or  more  inde- 
pendent statements  :  Ccesar  drew  up  a  line  of  battle,  but  the 
enemy  fled,  Caesar  aciem  Instriixit,  sed  hostes  fiigerunt. 

Note.  An  independent  statement  is  one  that  can  stand  alone ;  it  does 
not  depend  on  (qualify  or  limit)  another  statement. 

XIX.  A  complex  sentence  contains  one  independent  (prin- 
cipal)   statement   and   one   or   more   dependent    (subordinate) 


ESSENTIALS  OF  GRAMMAR  9 

statements  :    When  the  messenger  had  replied,  the  lieutenant 
spoke   as  follows,   cum   nuntius   respondisset,   legatus   haec  dixit. 

Note.  A  dependent,  or  subordinate,  statement  is  one  that  qualifies  or 
limits  another  in  some  way ;  thus,  the  dependent  statement  when  the  mes- 
senger had  replied  limits  the  verb. spoke,  telling  when  the  lieutenant  spoke. 

XX.  a.  The  separate  statements  in  a  compound  or  a  com- 
plex sentence  are  called  clauses,  and,  as  has  already  been 
seen,  they  may  be  either  independent  {principal)  or  dependent 
{subordinate), 

b.  When  dependent  (subordinate)  clauses  modify  nouns  or 
pronouns  they  are  called  adjective  clauses  :  The  girls  whom  we 
praised  zvere  good,  puellae  quas  lauddvimus  bonae  erant. 

c.  When  dependent  (subordinate)  clauses  modify  verbs  they 
are  called  adverbial  clauses  :  When  the  messenger  had  replied, 
the  lieutenant  spoke  as  follows,  cum  nuntius  respondisset,  le- 
gatus haec  dixit. 

d.  When  dependent  (subordinate)  clauses  are  used  as  nouns 
they  are  called  substantive  clauses  :  That  you  are  here  pleases 
us,  quod  ades  nos  delectat. 

e.  Dependent  (subordinate)  clauses  introduced  by  when 
(Latin  cum,  ubi,  etc.)  are  called  temporal  clauses ;  introduced 
by  because  (Latin  quod  etc.),  they  are  called  causal  clauses  ; 
introduced  by  if  (Latin  si),  they  are  called  conditio7ial  clauses ; 
introduced  by  although  (Latin  cum,  etsi,  etc.),  they  are  called 
concessive  clauses  ;  introduced  by  a  relative  pronoun  (Latin  qui), 
they  are  called  relative  clauses. 

f  The  independent  clause  of  a  complex  sentence  is  called 
the  principal  clause.  Connected  clauses  that  are  of  the  same 
rank,  both  independent  or  both  dependent,  are  said  to  be 
cobrdifiate. 


IO  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

INFLECTION 

XXI.  Inflection  is  a  change  in  the  form  of  a  word  to  in- 
dicate a  change  in  its  meaning  or  use  :  man,  men,  boy,  boys, 
love,  loved)  vir,  viri,  puer,  pueri,  amant,  amabant. 

Declension 

XXII.  The  inflection  of  a  noun  or  pronoun  is  called  its 
decle7ision.  Nouns  and  pronouns  in  English  are  declined  to 
show  number  and  case,  and  a  few  nouns  to  show  gender.  In 
Latin  the  nouns  and  pronouns  are  declined  ;  adjectives  also  are 
declined  in  gender,  number,  and  case  to  agree  with  the  nouns 
which  they  modify. 

Number 

XXIII.  A  noun  or  pronoun  is  in  the  singular  number 'when 
it  means  one  person,  place,  or  thing :  town,  city,  I\  oppidum, 
urbs,  ego  ;  in  the  plural  number  when  it  means  more  than  one 
person,  place,  or  thing :  towns,  cities,  we ;  oppida,  urbes,  nos. 

Case 

XXIV.  a.  The  several  forms  taken  by  words  that  are  de- 
clined are  called  cases.  In  English  there  are  the  following 
cases,  to  indicate  the  uses  of  nouns  and  pronouns  : 

i.  The  nominative,  primarily  used  as  the  subject  of  a  sen- 
tence :  He  throws  the  ball. 

2.  The  possessive  (genitive),  used  to  denote  possession  or 
ownership  :  John  throws  his  ball;  see  the  queen's  crown. 

3.  The  objective  (accusative),  used  as  the  object  of  a  transi- 
tive verb  or  of  a  preposition  :  John  throws  the  ball  to  him. 

4.  The  dative,  used  to  express  the  indirect  object  of  the 
verb  :  John  throws  him  the  ball.  Only  personal  pronouns  and 
the  pronoun  who  have  separate  forms  for  these  cases  in  English. 


ESSENTIALS  OF  GRAMMAR  II 

Nouns  have  the  nominative,  objective,  and  dative  alike,  with 
a  separate  form  for  the  possessive. 

b.  In  Latin  there  are  seven  cases  :  nominative,  genitive, 
dative,  accusative,  ablative,  vocative,  and  locative ;  but  a 
single  form  sometimes  does  duty  for  several  cases  (cf .  agricola, 
63).  The  nominative,  genitive,  and  accusative  cases  are  used 
much  like  the  same  cases  in  English.  The  dative  expresses 
in  general  that  relation  of  words  to  other  words  which  is  ex- 
pressed in  English  by  prepositional  phrases  beginning  with  to 
or  for :  to  the  farmer,  for  the  man.  The  ablative  expresses 
in  general  that  relation  of  words  to  other  words  which  is  ex- 
pressed in  English  by  prepositional  phrases  beginning  with 
from,  with,  by,  in  :  with  a  spear,  by  a  story. 

c.  The  direct  object  of  a  verb  in  Latin  is  in  the  accusative 
case,  but  sometimes  the  direct  object  in  English  is  expressed 
in  Latin  by  the  dative  (425,  433). 

Gender  — - 

XXV.  a.  The  gender  of  English  nouns  is  what  is  called 
natural  gender,  and  hence  has  very  little  to  do  with  grammar. 
Thus,  a  noun  denoting  a  male  is  in  the  mascidine  gender-, 
man,  boy,  father ;  a  noun  denoting  a  female  is  in  the  feminine 
gender-,  woman,  girl,  mother-,  one  denoting  either  male  or 
female  is  in  the  common  gender :  cat,  dog,  parent ;  one  de- 
noting a  sexless  object  is  in  the  neuter  gender-,  river,  wind, 
mountain. 

b.  In  Latin  only  nouns  that  denote  persons  and  some  ani- 
mals have  natural  gender  :  nauta,  sailor  (masc.) ;  mater,  mother 
(fern.).  All  others  have  an  arbitrary  gender,  called  gram- 
matical gender,  determined,  chiefly  by  the  ending :  flumen, 
river  (neut.) ;  ventus,  wind  (masc);  nubes,  cloud  (fern.). 


12  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

Comparison 

XXVI.  a.  English  adjectives  and  adverbs  are  inflected  to 
show  degree.  This  is  called  comparison.  There  are  three  de- 
grees of  comparison,  the  positive,  the  comparative,  and  the  super- 
lative :  positive  wise,  comparative  wiser,  superlative  wisest ; 
positive  good,  comparative  better,  superlative  best',  positive  often, 
comparative  oftener,  superlative  oftenest. 

b.  Adjectives  and  adverbs  are  also  compared  in  English  by 
prefixing  the  adverbs  more  and  most :  beautiful,  more  beauti- 
ful, most  beautiful. 

c.  Comparison  in  Latin  is  indicated  exactly  as  in  English  : 
sapiens,  sapientior,  sapientissimus  ;  bonus,  melior,  optimus  ;  idoneus, 
magis  idoneus,  maxime  idoneus  ;  saepe,  saepius,  saepissime. 

Conjugation 

XXVII.  a.  The  inflection  of  a  verb  is  called  conjugation. 
Verbs  are  conjugated  to  show  voice,  mood,  and  tense,  and  the 
number  and  person  of.  the  subject. 

b.  The  English  verb  has  but  few  changes  of  form.  Thus 
the  verb  love  has  in  common  use  only  the  forms  love,  loves, 
loving,  and  loved.  Most  of  the  conjugation  of  the  verb  is  made 
up  of  verb  phrases  formed  by  the  use  of  auxiliaries  (iv,f)  :  I  am 
loved,  I  shall  love,  I  shall  have  been  loved,  etc. 

c.  The  Latin  verb  has  many  changes  in  form  to  show  voice, 
mood,  tense,  number,  and  person  :  amor,  /  am  loved ;  amabo, 
/  shall  love  ;  amatus  ero,  /  shall  have  been  loved. 

Voice 

XXVIII.  A  verb  is  in  the  active  voice  when  it  repre- 
sents the  subject  as  acting  (or  being)  :  The  man  praised  the 
boy,  vir  puerum  lauddvit.  A  verb  is  in  the  passive  voice  when  it 
represents  the  subject  as  acted  on.:  The  boy  was  praised  by  the 
man,  puer  a  viro  laudatus  est. 


ESSENTIALS  OF  GRAMMAR  13 

Mood 

XXIX.  A  verb  is  in  the  indicative  mood  when  it  is  used  in 
stating  a  fact  or  in  asking  a  question  :  The  citizens  are  assem- 
blingr,  elves  conveniunt ;  why  do  they  carry  arms?  cur  arma  portant? 

XXX.  a.  In  English  a  verb  is  in  the  subjunctive  mood 
when  it  asserts  something  doubtfully  or  conditionally.  It  is 
used  in  subordinate  clauses,  and  is  usually '  introduced  by  if, 
though,  and  the  like  :  If  he  were  here,  I  should  be  glad; 
"  Though  he  slay  me,  yet  will  I  trust  in  him!' 

Note.  The  subjunctive  is  very  little  used  in  modern  English,  its 
place  being  taken  by  the  indicative. 

b.  In  Latin  the  subjunctive  has  a  great  variety  of  uses,  in 
independent  as  well  as  in  dependent  clauses  (344,  358,  373,  etc.). 

XXXI.  a.  A  verb  is  in  the  imperative  mood  when  it  expresses 
command,  request,  or  entreaty :  Fortify  the  city,  urbem  munite. 

b.  Unless  emphatic  the  subject  of  the  imperative  (thou  or 
you)  is  not  expressed  either  in  English  or  in  Latin. 

The  Infinitive 

XXXII.  a.  The  infinitive  in  English  (to  love,  to  have 
loved,  etc.)  is  a  verbal  noun.  It  has  neither  person  nor  num- 
ber. Like  a  noun  it  may  be  the  subject  or  the  object  or  the 
complement  of  a  verb  :  To  see  is  to  believe ;  he  wishes  to  go 
home.  Like  a  verb  it  may  have  a  subject,  an  object,  and 
adverbial  modifiers  :    We  wish  you  to  begin  your  work  early. 

b.  The  Latin  infinitive  is  used  in  the  same  way  that  the 
English  infinitive  is  used.  It  differs,  however,  from  the  English 
infinitive  in  not  being  used  in  prose  in  expressions  of  purpose 
(They  came  to  see  me),  and  in  being  used  constantly  for  the 
verb  of  a  statement  that  is  given  indirectly :  He  said  that 
he  would  come,  dixit  se  venturum  esse. 


14  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

c.  The  verbal  noun  in  -ing  is  sometimes  called  an  infinitive  : 
Seeing  is  believing  =  to  see  is  to  believe.  This  verbal  noun  has 
its  counterpart  in  the  Latin  gerund  (459). 

Tense 

XXXIII.  a.  A  verb  is  in  the  present,  past  (imperfect),  or 
future  tense  according  as  it  represents  an  action  as  taking 
place  in  present,  past,  or  future  time  :  /  love,  I  loved  (was 
loving),  I  shall  love ;  amo,  amabam,  amabo. 

b.  The  present  perfect  {perfect)  tense  represents  an  action 
completed  in  the  present :  /  have  loved,  amavi ;  the  past 
perfect  (pluperfect)  an  action  completed  in  the  past  before 
some  other  past  action  or  state  :  /  had  loved,  amaveram  ;  and 
the  future  perfect  an  action  completed  in  the  future  before 
some  other  future  action  or  state  :  /  shall  have  loved,  amavero. 

The  Participle 

XXXIV.  a.  The  participle  is  a  verbal  adjective.  Like  an 
adjective  it  may  qualify  a  noun  :  struggling  soldiers,  milites 
labor  antes.  Like  a  verb  it  may  have  an  object  and  adverbial 
modifiers  :  Fearing  danger  they  remained  in  the  camp,  peri- 
culum  veriti  in  castris  manserunt. 

b.  There  are  in  English  three  participles  in  the  active  voice : 
present,  loving ;  past,  loved ;  perfect,  having  loved ;  and  three 
in  the  passive  voice  :  present,  (being)  loved ;  past,  loved ;  per- 
fect, having  been  loved.  In  Latin  the  past  and  perfect  active 
and  the  present  passive  participles  are  wanting,  but  there  is  a 
future  participle. 

c.  The  participle  in  -ing  is  used  with  the  auxiliary  be  to 
make  the  progressive  form  of  the  verb :  you  are  loving,  he 
was  loving,  they  will  be  loving.  Latin  has  no  special  tenses  for 
the  progressive  forms. 


TO  THE   BEGINNER   IN   LATIN 

What  Latin  is.  Latin  is  the  language  that  was  used  by  the 
ancient  Romans.  It  gets  its  name  from  the  Lati'ni,  a  little 
tribe  living  in  western  Italy  more  than  twenty-five  hundred 
years  ago.  The  Latini,  and  their  successors,  the  Romans, 
slowly  extended  their  lands  and  their  power  until  they  gained 
control  of  all  Italy,  and  finally  of  all  the  civilized  world  of 
those  days.  Their  dominions  reached  from  the  Atlantic  Ocean 
to  Persia  and  from  the  Baltic  Sea  to  the  deserts  of  Africa,  and 
their  language  was  spoken  wherever  they  ruled.  For  about 
six  hundred  years  the  Romans  were  the  most  powerful  nation 
on  the  earth.  Their  history  covers  in  all  a  period  of  twelve 
centuries ;  no  nation  has  had  a  longer  history. 

Why  Latin  is  studied.  And  now  why  is  it  that  it  is  worth 
your  while  to  study  a  language  that  is  so  many  centuries  old  ? 

First,  a  knowledge  of  Latin  helps  you  to  use  English  more 
correctly.  As  more  than  half  the  words  in  the  English  language 
are  of  Latin  origin,  you  yourself  in  a  sense  speak  Latin  to-day. 
There  are  the  words  of  your  everyday  talk,  like  animal ;  there 
are  the  learned  words,  like  emancipate ;  there  are  the  terms 
of  law,  of  medicine,  and  of  the  sciences,  like  mandamus, 
delirium,  and  antennae ;  and  there  are  the  words  which  are 
newly  come  into  use,  like  tractor.  If  you  study  Latin,  you 
will  be  helped  to  know  the  meaning  of  many  of  these  words, 
how  to  spell  them,  and  how  to  use  them  correctly ;  all  of  which 
is  quite  worth  your  while,  particularly  if  you  are  intending  to 
enter  one  of  the  professions. 

Again,  the  study  of  Latin  will  train  your  mind.  Latin  is 
somewhat  unlike  English  in  the  form  of  its  words  and  much 

*5 


1 6  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

unlike  English  in  the  order  of  the  words  in  its  sentences.  You 
will  therefore  be  obliged  to  look  carefully,  and  to  think  care- 
fully, and  to  speak  carefully  whenever  you  try  to  read  and  to 
translate  anything  written  in  Latin.  But  this  close  attention 
will  do  good  to  your  mind  :  it  will  train  your  powers  of  obser- 
vation, of  clear  thinking,  and  of  clear  expression  ;  in  fact,  no 
other  subject  that  you  study  in  school  can  do  as  much  for  you 
as  can  Latin  toward  developing  these  desirable  powers. 

Furthermore,  the  reading  of  Latin  will  add  to  your  informa- 
tion. If  you  are  to  be  a  well-informed  person,  you  will  need  to 
know  something  about  Rome  and  the  Romans,  and  what  they 
have  meant  in  the  history  of  the  world ;  and  in  no  other  way 
can  you  better  come  to  know  and  to  appreciate  the  literature, 
the  life,  the  customs,  and  the  civilization  of  the  Romans  than 
by  the  faithful  study  of  their  language  and  of  the  things 
written  in  that  language. 

How  to  study  Latin.  I.  Never  allow  yourself  to  think  that 
Latin  is  not  worth  your  best  efforts  or  that  it  is  too  hard  for  you. 
Industry  and  confidence  will  bring  you  success  in  this  study. 

2.  Have  a  fixed  hour  each  day  for  the  study  of  your  Latin. 
If  possible,  prepare  your  lesson  for  to-morrow  immediately  after 
reciting  the  lesson  of  to-day.  Your  interest  will  then  be  greater 
and  your  mind  better  fitted  to  grasp  the  subject. 

3.  Learn  each  day's  lesson  with  thoroughness.  Neglect  no 
part  of  the  lesson  even  if  it  seems  to  you  unimportant. 

4.  Before  beginning  a  new  lesson  recall  what  you  have 
already  learned  about  the  subject  to  be  taught  in  the  new 
lesson.  For  example,  if  you  are  about  to  study  a  new  use  of 
one  of  the  cas.es,  recall  all  the  uses  of  that  case  which  you  have 
previously  learned. 

5.  Review  the  vocabularies  regularly.  A  knowledge  of  the 
meanings  of  the  words  will  be  a  great  saving  of  time  to  you,  as 
well  as  a  constant  encouragement.    Aim  to  know  every  word 


TO  THE  BEGINNER  IN  LATIN 


J7 


you  have  met,  and  to  this  end  keep  lists  of  words  about  the 
meaning  of  which  you  are  doubtful. 

6.  Recite  the  declensions  and  the  conjugations  by  yourself 
aloud.  It  will  help  you  to  remember  them,  and  you  will  make 
better  recitations.    Read  the  Latin  sentences  aloud  each  day. 

7.  Go  over  the  new  lesson  slowly,  and  thus  avoid  mistakes  in 
the  spelling  of  words,  in  their  endings,  and  in  the  explanation 
of  Latin  constructions. 

8.  Recall  your  English  grammar  when  you  are  learning 
Latin  constructions  ;  most  of  the  Latin  usages  that  you  will 
learn  in  your  first  year  are  like  English  usages. 

9.  Study  the  lessons  as  a  whole.  Then  go  back  to  special 
difficulties.  Go  over  the  lesson  again  just  before  the  recitation 
and  consider  the  troublesome  parts. 


i8 


INTRODUCTION 

ALPHABET 

1.  The  Latin  alphabet  has  no  j  or  w.  Otherwise  it  is  the 
same  as  the  English. 

2.  The  vowels  are  a,  e,  i,  o,  u.   The  other  letters  are  consonants. 

3.  The  letter  i  is  used  both  as  a  vowel  and  as  a  consonant. 
Before  a  vowel  in  the  same  syllable  it  has  the  force  of  a 
consonant  and  is  called  \-consonant.  Thus  in  iacio,  /  throw,  the 
first  i  is  a  consonant,  and  the  second  a  vowel. 

SOUNDS   OF  THE    LETTERS1 

4.  The  vowels  are  either  long  or  short.  In  this  book  the  long 
vowels  are  marked  (-)  ;  unmarked  vowels  are  to  be  regarded 
as  short.    The  vowels  are  sounded  as  follows  : 

a  like  the  last  a  in  aha'  &  like  the  first  a  in  aha1 

e  like  e  in  they  S  like  e  in  met 

I  like  i  in  machine  l  like  i  in  pin 

o  like  o  in  note  5  like  o  in  obey 

u  like  oo  in  boot  u  like  oo  in  foot 

5.  The  diphthongs  are  sounded  as  follows  : 

ae  like  ai  in  aisle  V  en  like  eu  mfeud 

au  like  ou  in  our  oe  like  oi  in  boil 

ei  like  ei  in  eight  ui  like  we 

1  Latin  is  pronounced  to-day  substantially  as  it  was  pronounced  by  the 
Romans  at  the  beginning  of  the  Christian  era. 

l9 


20  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

6.  The  consonants  generally  have  the  same  sound  as  the 
corresponding  consonants  in  English.  But  there  are  the  follow- 
ing exceptions  : 

c  is  like  c  in  come  bs  and  bt  are  like  ps  and  // 

g  is  like  g  in  get  ch  is  like  k  in  kite 

i-consonant  is  like  7  in  yet      gu,  qu,  and  sometimes  su  before  a 

s  is  like  s  in  sun  vowel  are  like  gw,  qw,  and  sw  {it  is 

t  is  like  /  in  time  not  counted  as  a  vowel) 

v  is  like  w  in  wine  ph  is  like/ 

x  is  like  x  in  extra  th  is  like  / 

When  a  consonant  is  doubled  (as  11),  it  should  be  pro* 
nounced  twice. 

EXERCISE  IN  PRONUNCIATION 

7.  1.  sum,  turn.  2.  cum,  dum.  3.  ad,  id.  4.  in,  an.  5.  at, 
et,  ut.  6.  hie,  hie,  hac.  7.  hoc,  hue.  8.  hoc,  num.  9.  is,  bis,  Is. 
10.  die,  due.  11.  fac,  fer.  12.  aut,  hae.  13.  e,  a,  I.  14.  ex, 
ab,  ob.  15.  do,  da,  de.  16.  pax,  dux.  17.  nox,  vox.  18.  pars, 
sol.  19.  tres,  mos.  20.  quo,  qua.  21.  ius,  qui.  22.  quae,  quin. 
23.  quis,  se.    24.  me,  te.    25.  gens,  sic.    26.  vel,  vir,  iam. 

SYLLABLES 

8.  A  syllable  consists  of  a  vowel  or  a  diphthong  with  or 
without  one  or  more  consonants.  Hence  a  word  has  as  many 
syllables  as  it  has  vowels  and  diphthongs  :  5-ce'-a-nus,  ocean. 

9.  When  a  word  is  divided  into  syllables,  a  single  consonant 
between  two  vowels  is  joined  with  the  vowel  following :  la-ti- 
tu'-do,  width. 

10.  If  there  are  two  or  more  consonants  between  two  vowels, 
the  first  is  pronounced  with  the  preceding  vowel :  im-mor-ta'-lis, 
immortal. 


INTRODUCTION  21 

But  a  consonant  followed  by  1  or  r  is  pronounced  with  the  1  or 
r,  except  in  11  and  rr :  pu'-bli-cus,  public ;  when  11  or  rr  occurs, 
one  1.  or  one  r  is  joined  to  the  preceding  syllable,  and  the 
other  to  the  following  syllable  :  ter'-ra,  land. 

Compound  words  are  divided  in  such  a  way  as  to  show  the 
component  parts  :  ab'-est  (ab,  away,  +est,  he  is)>  he  is  away. 

11.  The  last  syllable  of  a  word  is  called  the  ultima  ;  ( the  one 
next  to  the  last,  the  penult ;  the  one  before  the  penult,  the 
antepemdt. 

12.  A  vowel  is  generally  short  before  another  vowel  or  h  : 
p5-e'-ma,  poem  ;  ni'-hil,  nothing. 

13.  A  vowel  is  generally  short  before  nt  or  nd,  and  before 
final  m  or  final  t :  vo'-cant,  they  call ;  vo-ca'-bam,  /  was  calling. 

14.  A  vowel  is  long  before  nf  or  ns  :  a'-mans,  loving. 

15.  A  vowel  resulting  from  the  contraction  of  two  vowels  is 
long  :  co '-go  (co-ago),  /  bring  together. 

16.  The  quantity  of  vowels  other  than  those  mentioned  in 
the  preceding  sections  must  be  learned  by  observation. 


QUANTITY  OF   SYLLABLES 

17.  A  syllable  is  long  by  nature  when  it-  contains  a  long 
vowel  or  a  diphthong  :  vic-to'-ri-a,  victory  ;  prae'-mi-um,  reward. 

18.  A  syllable  is  short  by  nature  when  it  does  not  contain 
a  long  vowel  or  a  diphthong  :  o-pl'-ni-o,  opinion. 

19.  A  syllable  is  long  by  position  when  it  has  a  short  vowel 
followed  by  x  or  z,  or  by  two  or  more  consonants,  unless  these 
two  consonants  are  p,  b,  t,  d,  c,  g,  followed  by  1  or  r ;  but  the 
short  vowel  is  still  pronounced  short :  de-tri-men'-tum,  loss. 

RE 

X-   A' 


22  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

ACCENT 

20.  Words  of  two  syllables  have  the  accent  on  the  first 
syllable  :  pa'-ter,  father. 

21.  Words  of  more  than  two  syllables  have  the  accent  on 
the  penult  when  it  is  long,  otherwise  on  the  antepenult : 
de-mon-stra'-re,  to  point  out ;  ce-le'-ri-tas,  swiftness ;  e-ven'-tus, 
oittcome  (cf.  19). 

22.  Several  words,  of  which  the  commonest  are  -ne,  the  sign 
of  a  question,  and  -que,  and,  are  appended  to  other  words. 
The  words  so  appended  are  known  as  enclitics.  The  words 
to  which  they  are  appended  are  accented  on  the  syllable  pre- 
ceding the  enclitic,  whether  that  syllable  is  long  or  short: 
a-mat'-ne  ?   does  he  love  ?  ar-mS'-que,  and  arms. 

EXERCISE  IN  ACCENT  AND  PRONUNCIATION 

23.  Divide  the  following  words  into  syllables,  state  the  rule 
for  the  accent,  and  then  pronounce  : 

1.  dlvidunt,  appellare  6.  causis,  praecedo 

2.  Institutls,  differebamus  7.  finis,  prohibitus 

3.  humanitate,  provincia  8.  initio,  persuaseramus 

4.  longus,  animos  9.  tempora,  magistratuum 

5.  importabunt,  bellum  10.  fraternus,  conloquium 

24.  The  following  Latin  version  of  "  Twinkle,  Twinkle, 
Little  Star"  may  be  used  for  practice  in  pronunciation,  and 
for  illustration  of  the  preceding  statements  about  syllables, 
accent,  etc. : 

MICA,  MICA 

Mica,  mica,  parva  Stella ! 
Miror  quaenam  sis,  tarn  bella ! 
Splendens  eminus  in  illo, 
Alba  velut  gemma,  caelo. 


INTRODUCTION 


23 


Quando  fervens  Sol  discessit, 
Nee  calore  prata  pascit, 
Mox  ostendis  lumen  purum, 
Micans,  micans  per  obscurum. 

Tibi  noctu  qui  vagatur 
Ob  scintillulam  gratatur ; 
Ni  micares  tu,  non  sciret 
Quas  per  vias  errans  Iret. 

Meum  saepe  thalamum  luce 
Specularis  curiosa ; 
Neque  carpseris  soporem 
Donee  venit  Sol  per  auram. 


THE  ARCH  OF  TITUS,   SHOWING  A  ROMAN  INSCRIPTION 


LESSON  I 


THE  SINGULAR  AND  PLURAL  OF  NOUNS  AND  VERBS 
THE  NOMINATIVE  CASE  USED  AS  SUBJECT 

25.  The  Singular  and  Plural  of  Nouns  and  Verbs. 


Noun 
Nom.  Sing,  agricol  a,  farmer 
Nom.  Plur.  agricol  ae,  farmers 


Verb 
J  a1  Pers.  Sing,   laborat,  works, 

is  working,  does  work 
jd  Pers.  Plur.  labora  nt,.  work, 

are  working,  do  work 


a.  Observe  that  the  distinction  between  the  singular  and  the  plural 
is  shown  by  the  final  letters  of  the  noun  and  of  the  verb.  These  final 
letters  of  a  noun  are  called  case  endings ;  the  final  letters  of  a  verb 
are  called  personal  endings. 

b.  Form  the  nominative,  plural  of  the  nouns  in  the  vocabulary, 
and  the  third  person  plural  of  the  verbs. 


26. 


VOCABULARY 


agri'cola,  farmer  (agriculture) 

Corne'lia,  Cornelia 

Iu'lia,  Julia 

nau'ta,  sailor  (nautical) 

puel'la,  girl 

et,  conj.,  and 

-ne,  enclitic,  sign  of  a  question 


appropin'quat,  approaches,  draws 

near  (propinquity) 
can'tat,  sings  (incantation) 
labo'rat,    works,    labors,    suffers 

(laboratory) 
na'tat,  swims  (natatorium) 
quis,  interrog.  pron.,  who  ? 


n'bulat,  walks  (perambulate)  quid,  interrog. pron.,  what? 

27.  The  Nominative  Case  used  as  Subject. 

1 .  Puella  cantat,  the  girl  sings  (is  singing,  does  sing). 

2.  Puellae  cantant,  the  girls  sing  (are  singing,  do  sing). 

3.  Cantatne  puella,  does  the  girl  sing  (is  the  girl  singing)  ? 

4.  Cantantne  puellae,  do  the  girls  sing  (are  the  girls  singing)  ? 


NOMINATIVE  AS   SUBJECT  25 

a.  In  Latin  there  is  no  article  (111,  b) :  puella  may  be  translated 
girl,  a  girl,  or  the  girl ;  and  puellae,  girls  or  the  girls. 

b.  What  is  the  subject  (xi,  b)  of  each  of  the  model  sentences,  and 
what  is  the  predicate  (xi,  c)  ?  In  what  case  is  the  subject  of  a  Latin 
verb  (xxiv)  ? 

c.  Observe  that  the  verbs  agree  with  their  subjects  in  number. 

d.  Observe  that,  -ne  is  not  separately  translated.  Usually  it  is 
attached  to  the  emphatic  word  in  the  sentence,  and  the  emphasized 
word  is  placed  first.  When  an  interrogative  word  is  used,  -ne  is 
omitted  :  see  sentence  1 1  below.  In  English  -ne  is  represented  on  the 
printed  page  by  the  question  mark,  and  in  oral  translation  by  the 
inflection  of  the  voice. 

28.  Rule  for  the  Nominative  Case  as  Subject.  The  subject  of 
a  verb  is  in  the  nominative  case. 

29.  Rule  for  the  Agreement  of  the  Verb  with  its  Subject.    A 

verb  agrees  with  its  subject  in  person  and  number. 

EXERCISES 

30.  1.  Nauta  cantat.  2.  Nautae  cantant.  3.  Agricola  labo- 
rat.  4.  Agricolae  laborant.  5.  Puella  natat.  6.  Puellae  natant. 
7.  Cornelia  appropinquat.  8.  Puellaene  appropinquant  ?  9.  Cor- 
nelia et  puellae  cantant.  10.  Iulia  laborat  et  cantat.  11.  Quid 
appropinquat?    12.  Laborantne  nautae?    13.  Quis  ambulat? 

31.  1.  The  sailor  is  swimming.  2.  The  girls  are  singing. 
3.  Who  approaches  ?  %.  Are  the  sailors  approaching  ?  5.  Does 
Cornelia  sing  ?  6.  Cornelia  and  Julia  are  walking  and  singing. 
7.  The  girl  sings,  and  the  farmer  works.  8.  Sailors  and  farmers 
are  working. 


TUBA 


LESSON   II 


THE  ACCUSATIVE  CASE  USED  AS  THE  DIRECT  OBJECT 

32.  The  Accusative  Case  used  as  the  Direct  Object. 

1.  Nauta  puellam  vocat,  the  sailor  calls  the  girl. 

2.  Nautae  puellas  vocant,  the  sailors  call  the  girls. 

a.  Observe  that  puellam  is  the  object  (xiv,  a)  of  vocat,  and  puellas 
of  vocant ;  and  that  when  a  Latin  noun  is  used  as  the  object,  the 
case  ending  is  not  the  same  as  when  it  is  the  subject  and  so  in 
the  nominative.  The  case  of  the  object  in  Latin  is  called  accusative 
(xxiv)  and  not  objective,  as  in  English. 

b.  Form  the  accusative  singular  and  plural  of  the  nouns  in  sections 
26  and  34. 

33.  Rule  for  the  Accusative  as  the  Direct  Object.  The  object 
of  a  verb  is  in  the  accusative  case. 


34. 


a'qua,  water  (aquatic) 
Gal'ba,  Galba 

lit'tera,  letter  (of  the  alphabet); 
plur.,  a  letter,  epistle  (literary) 
ter'ra,  land  (terrace) 
tu'ba,  trumpet  (tuba) 
a'mat,  loves,  likes  (amateur) 


VOCABULARY 

con 'vocat,  calls  together  (convoke) 
ha'bet,  has,  holds  (habit) 
lau'dat,  praises  (laud) 
vi'det,  sees  (provide) 
quern,  ace.  #/*quis,  whom? 
quid,  ace.  of  quid,  what  ? 
nunc,  adv.,  now 


35.  Order  of  Words.  Observe  that  in  the  model  sentences 
(32)  the  order  of  Latin  words  is  unlike  the  order  of  the  words 
in  the  English  sentences.  The  normal  position  of  the  subject 
of  a  Latin  sentence  is  at  the  beginning ;  that  of  the  verb  is 
at  the  end.  Variations  from  this  order  put  emphasis  on  the 
word  moved  toward  the  beginning  of  the  sentence ;  thus, 
puellam  nauta  vocat  means  that  the  sailor  calls  a  girl.  In  trans- 
lating Latin  sentences  put  the  emphasis  where  it  belongs. 


ACCUSATIVE  AS  DIRECT  OBJECT 


27 


EXERCISES 

36.  1.  Galba  tubam  habet.  2.  Tubasne  habet  Galba?  3.  Puel- 
lae  Corneliam  et  Iuliam  laudant.  4.  Litteras  nauta  videt. 
5.  Nautas  Galba  convocat.  6.  Quis  Galbam  videt?  7.  Quern 
videt  Galba?  8.  Agricola  puellas  nunc  convocat.  9.  Videntne 
nautae  terrain  ?    10.  Corneliam  puellae  amant. 

37.  1.  Who  is  approaching?  2.  The  sailor  and  Galba  are 
approaching.  3.  What  has  the  farmer?  4.  The  farmer  has 
land.  5.  Does  Galba  praise  the  farmers?  6.  The  girl  sees 
the  water  and  the  land.  7.  The  sailors  call  together  the 
farmers.     8.  Julia  now  has  the  letter. 


A  SCENE  IN  A  ROMAN  STREET 


LESSON   III 


THE  PRESENT  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE  OF  THE  FIRST  CONJUGATION 

38.  The  Four  Conjugations.  Regular  verbs  in  Latin  are 
divided  into  four  classes,  or  conjugations  (xxvn),  distinguished 
from  one  another  by  the  stem  vowel  before  the  ending  -re  of 
the  present  infinitive  active. 


Present 
Infinitive 

Present 
Stem 

DlSTINGUISHING 

Vowel 

First  Conj. 
Second  Conj. 
Third  Conj. 
Fourth  Conj. 

ama're 
mone're 
re'gere 
audi 're 

ama- 
mone- 
rege- 
audl- 

a 
e 

I 

39.  The  Present  Indicative  Active  of  the  First  Conjugation. 

Singular  Personal  Endings 

ist  Pers.    a 'mo,  I  love,  am  loving,  do  love  -o,  7" 

2d  Pers.    a 'ma  s,  you  love,  are  loving,  do  love  -s,  you 

3d  Pers.    a'mat,  he,  she,  it  loves,  is  loving,  does  love  -t,  he,  she,  it 

Plural 

ist  Pers.    ama'mus,  we  love,  are  lovmg,  do  love  -mus,  we 

2d  Pers.    ama'tis,  you  love,  are  loving,  do  love  -tis,  you 

3 d  Pers.    a'mant,  they  love,  are  loving,  do  love  -nt,  they 

a.  Observe  that  in  amo  the  final  a  of  the  stem  disappears, 
giving  amo  instead  of  amao.  In  what  forms  is  this  a  of  the  stem  not 
long  (13)? 

b.  When  the  subject  of  a  verb  is  a  personal  pronoun,  it  is  seldom 
expressed  in  Latin  unless  emphatic.  Why  is  the  omission  of  the 
subject  possible  ?    Translate  puellas  convocatis  and  nautam  vident. 

c.  Inflect  like  amo  the  present  indicative  active  of  ambulo,  appro- 
pinquo,  canto,  convoco,  laboro,  laudo,  and  nato. 


PRESENT  INDICATIVE,  FIRST  CONJUGATION      29 

40.  VOCABULARY 

do,  pres.  stem  da-  {the  a  of  do  is  sae'pe,  adv.,  often 

regularly  short,  but  long  in  das),  sed,  conj.,  but 

give  {dative)  spec'to,  pres.  stem  specta-,  look  at 
in'cola,  inhabitant  {spectator) 

EXERCISES 

41.  1.  Ambulat,  convocat,  cantat.  2.  Convocantne  ?  cantant- 
ne?  laudantne?  3.  Natas,laboras,ambulas.  4.  Amamus, appropin- 
quamus,  ambulamus.  5.  Convocatis,  cantatis,  amatis.  6.  Amant, 
dat,  laudamus.  7.  Quern  spectas  ?  8.  Incolas  laudo.  9.  Iuliam 
saepe  laudatis.    10.  Sed  litteras  laudamus.    1 1 .  Quid  nunc  datis  ? 

42.  i.I  swim,  he  swims,  I  am  swimming.  2.  Are  you  work- 
ing ?  we  sing,  does  she  praise  ?  3.  They  are  approaching,  they 
give,  you  walk.  4.  You  are  praising,  they  swim,  he  does  labor. 
5 .  We  call  together  the  inhabitants,  -but  you  call  together  the 
sailors.    6.  The  girls  are  now  looking  at  the  water. 


RUINS  OF   A  ROMAN  AQUEDUCT 


LESSON  IV 


( 


THE  GENITIVE  CASE  USED  TO  DENOTE  POSSESSION 

43.  The  Genitive  Case  used  to  denote  Possession. 

1.  Filiae  Galbae  cantant,  the  daughters  of  Galba  sing,  or  Galba' s 

daughters  si  fig. 

2.  Filias    nautarum    laudamus,   zee  praise    the    daughters   of  the 

sailors,  or  we  praise  the  sailors'  daughters. 

a.  Observe  that  Galbae  modifies  filiae  and  tells  whose  daughters 
are  singing.  In  the  same  way  nautarum  modifies  filias  and  tells 
whose  daughters  we  are  praising.  This  usage  of  Galbae  and  of 
nautarum  is  like  that  of  the  English  possessive  case  (xxiv,  a,  2). 
In  Latin  the  case  thus  used  is  called  the  geiiitive  (xxiv,  b),  and 
this  usage  of  that  case  is  called  the  Genitive  of  Possession. 

b.  Observe  the  case  endings  of  the  genitive.  Form  the  genitive  sin- 
gular and  the  genitive  plural  of  the  nouns  in  sections  26,  34,  and  45. 

c.  Note  the  translations  given  to  the  genitives  in  the  model  sen- 
tences.   Translate  filia  agricolae  and  filiae  agricolarum. 

d.  The  genitive  normally  stands  after  the  word  it  modifies. 

44.  Rule  for  the  Genitive  of  Possession.  The  word  denoting 
the  owner  or  possessor  is  in  the  genitive  ease. 


45.  VOCABULARY 

fe'mina,  woman  {feminine) 
fi'lia,  daughter  (filial} 
fortu'na,  fortune  (fortunate) 
poe'ta,  poet  (poetic) 
regi'na,  queen 
cu'ius,  gen.  of  quis  and  of  quid,  of 

whom  ?  whose  ?  of  what  ? 
delec' 'to, pres.  stem  delecta-,  delight, 

please  (delectable) 


exspec1 to, pres.  stem  exspecta-,  wait, 

wait  for  (expect) 
fu' 'go,  pres.  stem  fuga-,  put  to  flight, 

rout 
li'bero,  pres.  stein  libera-,  set  free, 

free  (liberate) 
por'to,  pres.  stem    porta-,    carry, 

bring  (portable) 
et'iam,  adv.,  even 


GENITIVE  OF  POSSESSION 


31 


EXERCISES 

46.  1.  Delectat,  fugamus,  liberas.  2.  Exspectamus,  portant, 
delectas.  3.  Delectamus,  fugatis,  liberant.  4.  Liberatne?  libero, 
portamus.  5.  Fllias  incolarum  liberant.  6.  Poetae  fortuna  regi- 
nam  delectat.  7.  Spectamus  fllias  feminae.  8.  Filiane  Galbae 
litteras  exspectat  ?  9.  Etiam  tubae  nautarum  incolas  fugant. 
10.  Cuius  litteras  portas  ? 

47.  I.I  am  calling  together  the  sailors  of  the  queen. 
2.  The  poets'  daughters  love  the  land.  3.  Whose  daughter 
are  you  setting  free  ?  4.  Do  they  praise  Galba's  daughters  ? 
5.  We  are  now  waiting  for  the  farmers.  6.  Whom  does  the 
fortune  of  the  farmers  delight  ? 


A  STREET  IN  POMPEII  TO-DAY 


LESSON  V 


THE  PRESENT  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE  OF  THE  SECOND 
CONJUGATION  -CAUSAL  CLAUSE  WITH  QUOD 

48.  The  Present  Indicative  Active  of  the  Second  Conjugation. 

Singular 
ist  Pers.    mo'neo,  I  advise,  am  advising,  do  advise 
2d  Pers.    mo'nes,  you  advise,  are  advising,  do  advise 
j d  Pers.    mo 'net,  he,  she,  it  advises,  is  advising,  does  advise 

Plural 
ist  Pers.    mone'mus,  we  advise,  a?'e  advising,  do  advise 
2d  Pers.    mone'tis,  you  advise,  are  advising,  do  advise 
jd  Pers.    mo'nent,  they  advise,  are  advising,  do  advise 

a.  What  verbs  belong  to  the  second  conjugation  (38)  ? 

b.  Observe  that  to  the  stem  mone-  the  same  personal  endings  are 
added  to  inflect  moneo  that  were  added  to  the  stem  ama-  to  inflect 
amo.  Observe  the  three  forms  in  which  the  present  tense  has  the  e 
of  the  stem  not  marked  long.  Compare  the  forms  of  the  present 
tense  of  amo  (39). 

c.  To  the  stems  doce-,  habe-,  terre-,  and  vide-  add  the  personal 
endings  and  thus  inflect  their  present  indicative  active. 


49. 


VOCABULARY 


pecu'nia,  money  {pecuniary) 
pira'ta,  pirate  (piratical) 
prae'da,  booty,  plunder  (predatory) 
cur,  adv.,  why  ? 
do'ceo,  docere,  teach,  show  (docile) 


mo'neo,  monere,  advise,  warn  (ad- 
monition) 

ter'reo,  terrere,  scare,  frighten 
(terror) 

vi'deo,  videre,  see  (improvident) 


ha'beo,  habere,  have,  hold  (habit)       quod,  conj.,  because 

a.  The  infinitive  will  hereafter  be  given  with  each  verb  in  the 
vocabulary.    Of  what  help  will  this  be  to  you  (38)  ? 

32  ' 


PRESENT  INDICATIVE,  SECOND  CONJUGATION      33 

50.  Causal  Clause.  For  the  kinds  of  clauses  in  a  complex 
sentence  see  xix,  xx. 

Incolas  monet  quod  piratae  appropinquant,  he  warns  the  inhab- 
itants because  the  pirates  are  approaching. 

a.  Observe  that  quod  introduces  a  dependent  clause,  which  tells 
the  reason,  or  cause,  of  what  is  stated  in  the  independent  part  of  the 
sentence.    Such  a  quod  clause  is  called  a  causal  clause. 

51.  Rule  for  a  Causal  Clause  with  Quod.  The  cause  of  an  ac- 
tion may  be  expressed  by  a  dependent  clause  introdttced  by  quod. 

EXERCISES 

52.  1.  Pecuniam  habes.  2.  Iuliam  doceo.  3.  Incolas  saepe 
mones.  4.  Puellasne  terrent  ?  5.  Quern  vident  ?  6.  Monemus 
et  docemus.  7.  Quid  habemus  ?  8.  Praedam  nunc  video. 
9.  Tubam  videtis.  10.  Agricolasne  monetis  ?  n.  Litteras 
habent.  12.  Iulia  fllias  poetae  docet.  13.  Etiam  pecuniam 
agricolarum  habent  piratae.  14.  Filiarum  fortuna  feminam 
delectat.  15.  Cur  Iuliam  et  Corneliam  monet?  16.  Quern 
doces  et  mones?     17.  Feminae  puellas  laudant  quod  laborant. 

53.  1.  They  are  advising.  2.  They  have.  3.  I  am  warning. 
4.  You  frighten.  5.  We  see.  6.  Does  he  teach  the  girls? 
7.  Do  Cornelia  and  Julia  look  at  the  pirate?  8.  Why  do  the 
pirates  frighten  the  inhabitants  ?  9.  They  have  the  money  and 
the  booty.  10.  We  praise  the  woman  because  she  teaches  the 
girls.    11.  What  do  you  see?    What  are  you  looking  at? 


A  ROMAN  COIN 


LESSON  VI 


THE  DATIVE  CASE  USED  AS  THE  INDIRECT  OBJECT  •  THE 

ABLATIVE  USED  IN  PREPOSITIONAL  PHRASES  TO  SHOW 

PLACE  WHERE 

54.  The  Dative  and  Ablative  Cases.  Besides  the  three  cases 
that  you  have  already  studied,  there  are  in  Latin  in  common 
use  two  other  cases,  the  dative  and  the  ablative.  For  the 
general  character  of  these  cases  see  xxiv,  a,  4  ;  b. 

55.  VOCABULARY 

do'mina,  lady,  mistress  (of  slaves)  ha'bito,  habitare,  dwell,  live  {in- 

{dominant)  habitant) 

fa'bula,  story  {fable)  ma'neo,  manere,  remain  {mansion) 

In'sula,  island  {peninsula)  nar'ro,  narrare,   tell,  relate  {nar- 

vi'a,  way,  road,  street  {viaduct)  rator) 

in,  prep,  with  abl.y  in,  on  cui,  dat.  of  quis  and  of  quid,  to 

demon'stro,     demonstrate,     point  whom  ?   for  whom  ?   to  what  ? 

out,  show  {demonstrate)  for  what  ? 

56.  The  Dative  used  as  Indirect  Object. 

Corneliae  et  puellis  fabulam  narro,  I  am  telling  a  story  to  Cornelia 
and  the  girls,  or  I  am  telling  Cornelia  and  the  girls  a  story. 

a.  Observe  that  what  is  being  told  is  a  story,  fabulam,  the  direct 
object ;  and  that  the  persofis  to  whom  the  story  is  told  are  Cornelia 
and  the  girls.  Corneliae  and  puellis,  therefore,  are  in  the  dative  case, 
as  this  is  the  case  which  expresses  the  relation  of  to  ox  for  (xxiv,  b). 
This  usage,  which  is  like  the  English  (xxiv,  a,  4),  is  called  the 
Dative  of  the  Indirect  Object. 

b.  The  case  endings  of  the  dative  are  -ae,  singular,  and  -is,  plural. 
Form  the  dative,  singular  and  plural,  of  the  nouns  in  sections  26, 
34,  and  55. 

34 


DATIVE  AS  INDIRECT  OBJECT  35 

57.  Rule  for  the  Dative  of  the  Indirect  Object.  The  i7idirect 
object  of  a  verb  is  in  the  dative  case. 

58.  The  Ablative  used  in  Prepositional  Phrases  to  show 
Place  Where. 

In  terra  et  in  insulis  habitant,  they  live  on  the  land  and  on  the 
islands. 

a.  Observe  that  the  phrases  (xvi,  d)  on  the  land,  in  terra,  and  on 
the  islands,  in  Insulis,  show  place  where.  Terra  and  insulis  are  in  the 
ablative  case  (xxiv,  b). 

b.  The  case  endings  of  the  ablative  are  -a,  singular,  and  -is,  plural. 

c.  Form  the  ablative,  singular  and  plural,  of  the  nouns  in  sec- 
tions 26,  34,  and  55. 

59.  Rule  for  the  Ablative  of  Place  Where.  Place  where  is 
commonly  expressed  by  a  phrase  consisting  of  a  preposition, 
usually .  in,  with  the  ablative  case. 

60.  Order  of  Words.  The  indirect  object  normally  stands 
before  the  direct  object.  An  ablative  normally  stands  before 
the  direct  object.  Variations  from  this  order  give  emphasis  to 
the  word  removed  from  its  normal  position. 

EXERCISES 

61.  1.  Agricola  dominae  viam  demonstrat.  2.  Puellis  etiam 
Cornelia  fabulam  narrat.  3.  In  insula  habitamus.  4.  Ouis 
poetis  insulam  demonstrat?  5.  Cur  plratae  in  aqua  manent  ? 
6.  Cui  pecuniam  das  ?  7.  Nautae  agricolis  praedam  demon- 
strant.  8.  Incolae  in  viis  appropinquant  et  reglnam  spectant. 
9.  Dommam  amant  quod  fabulas  narrat. 

62.  1.  To  whom  are  you  pointing  out  the  lady?  2.  I  am 
pointing  out  the  letter  to  Julia.  3.  They  are  telling  stories  to 
the  queen.  4.  Galba's  daughter  gives  money  to  the  sailors. 
5.  Do  the  pirates  live  on  the  island  ?  6.  Whose  daughters  are 
approaching  in  the  street  ? 


LESSON  VII 


THE  FIRST  DECLENSION  •  GENDER 

63.  The  First  Declension.  There  are  five  declensions  (xxn) 
of  Latin  nouns.  Those  nouns  which  end  in  -a  in  the  nomina- 
tive singular  and  in  -ae  in  the  genitive  singular  are  said  to 
belong  to  the  first  declension.  Learn  the  complete  inflection 
of  the  noun  agricola  : 


Singular 
Norn,    agri'cola 
Gen.     agri'colae 
Dat.     agri'colae 
Ace.      agri'colam 
Abl.      agri'cola 

Plural 
Nom.    agri'colae 
Gen.     agricola'rum 
Dat.     agri'colis 
Ace.      agri'colas 
Abl.      agri'colis 


Case  Endings 
-a 
-ae 
-ae 
-am 
-a 


-ae 

-arum 

-Is 

-as 

-Is 


a.  Observe  that  the  inflection  of  a  noun  consists  merely  in  adding 
the  case  endings  to  an  unchangeable  part  .of  the  word.  This  un- 
changeable part  is  called  the  base.  Decline  like  agricola  the  nouns 
in  section  55. 

64.  Gender.  Latin  nouns  are  masculine,  feminine,  pr  neuter 
in  gender  (xxv,  a,  b). 

a.  Nouns  of  the  first  declension  are  feminine  unless  they  denote 
males.  Nauta,  agricola,  Galba,  poeta,  and  pirata  are  the  masculine 
nouns  you  have  learned.  Hereafter  the  gender  of  nouns  will  be 
shown  in  the  vocabularies  by  the  letters  m.,  /.,  or  n. 

36 


THE  FIRST  DECLENSION 


37 


65. 


VOCABULARY 


diligen'tia,  -ae,  /.,  diligence  {dili-  por'ta,  -ae,  /,  gate  {portal) 

gent)  provin'cia,  -ae,  /,  province  {pro- 

fu'ga,  -ae,/,  flight,  rout  {refuge)  vincial) 

Germa'nia,  -ae, /,  Germany  {Ger-  pug'na,  -ae,/,  fight  {pugnacious) 

manic)  sil'va,  -ae,/,  woods,  forest  {silvan) 

Grae'cia,  -ae,  /,  Greece  {Grecian)  victo'ria,  -ae,/.,  victory  {victorious) 

Ita'lia,  -ae,  /,  Italy  {Italian) 

a.  The  ending  -ae  of  the  genitive  singular  is  placed  after  the 
nouns  in  the  vocabulary  to  indicate  that  these  nouns  belong  to  the 
first  declension. 

EXERCISES 

66.  i.  Cur  poetae  in  silvls  manent  ?  2.  Cui  victoriam  regi- 
me narras  ?  3.  In  porta  Iuliam  et  Corneliam  video.  4.  In 
Germania  et  in  Graecia  saepe  agricolas  convocant.  5.  Habi- 
tantne  in  provincia  ?  6.  Victoria  nautarum  agricolas  terret. 
7.  Diligentia  puellarum  feminam  delectat.  8.  In  pugna  piratas 
Italiae  fugamus.    9.  Galba  fugam  piratarum  narrat. 

67.  i.I  am  living  in  a  province  of  Greece.  2.  The  forests 
of  the  provinces  delight  the  poets.  3.  He  gives  money  to 
Julia's  daughter.  4.  To  whom  do  you  give  water  ?  5.  Whose 
diligence  do  you  praise  ?  6.  They  are  waiting  in  the  road  and 
looking  at  the  woods. 


LA $V/><  rti^r 


OTM/fy 


A  WALL  DRAWING.     PROBABLY  THE  WORK  OF  A  ROMAN  SCHOOLBOY 
RE 


38 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


FIRST   REVIEW   LESSON 


69 


LESSONS   I-VII 

L  Give  the 

English  meanings  of  the  following  words : 

agricola 

do 

habito 

-ne 

quis 

ambulo 

doceo 

in 

nunc 

quod 

amo 

domina 

incola 

pecunia 

reglna 

appropinquo 

et 

Insula 

pirata 

saepe 

aqua 

etiam 

laboro 

poeta 

sed 

canto 

exspecto         laudo 

porta 

silva 

convoco 

fabula 

libero 

porto 

specto 

cui 

femina 

littera 

praeda 

terra 

cuius 

filia 

maneo 

provincia 

terreo 

cur 

fortuna 

l           moneo 

puella 

tuba 

delecto 

fuga 

narro 

pugna 

via 

demonstro 

fugo 

nato 

quern 

victoria 

diligentia 

habeo 

nauta 

quid 

video 

).  Give  the  Latin  meanings  of  the 

following  words  : 

often 

sing 

approach, 

draw  near 

to  whom  ?  to  what  ? 

wa?lk 

give 

labor,  work, 

suffer 

farmer 

booty,  plunder 

whom  ? 

call  together 

island 

wait,  wait  for,  expect 

flight,  rout 

poet 

put  to  flight, 

rout 

land 

trumpet 

love,  like 

forest,  woods 

teach,  show 

girl 

diligence 

lady,  mistress 

gate 

delight,  please 

remain 

and 

who? 

way,  road, 

street 

water 

but 

inhabitant 

have,  hold 

in,  on 

advise,  warn 

dwell,  live 

look  at 

sailor 

story 

because 

province 

FIRST  REVIEW  LESSON 


39 


point  out, 

show 

fight 

tell,  relate,  narrate 

daughter 

victory 

letter 

set  free,  free, 

liberate 

see 

praise 

queen 

fortune 

what? 

why? 

carry,  bring 

scare,  frighten 

money 

woman 

whose  ? 

even 

a 

pirate 

swim 

now 

70.  Decline  the  nouns  and  conjugate  the  verbs  in  68.  Give 
the  genitive  singular  of  each  noun  ;  give  the  other  cases,  in 
the  singular  and  in  the  plural.  Give  the  third  person,  singular 
and  plural,  of  the  present  indicative  of  each  verb  in  68. 

71.  Following  the  suggestions  in  634,  give  English  words 
derived  from  the  Latin  words  in  68.  Define  these  derivatives, 
and  illustrate  each  by  an  English  sentence. 

72.  Give  the  rule,  if  there  is  one,  for  the  following  con- 
structions, and  illustrate  each  by  a  brief  sentence  in  Latin  : 

1.  Nominative  as  the  subject 

2.  Agreement  of  the  verb  with  its  subject 

3.  Accusative  as  the  object 

4.  Genitive  of  possession 

5.  Causal  clause  with  quod 

6.  Dative  of  the  indirect  object 

7.  Ablative  of  place  where 

8.  Questions 


ROMAN  WRITING   MATERIALS 


LESSON  VIII 


THE  SECOND  DECLENSION 

73.  The  Second  Declension.  Most  nouns  of  the  second  de- 
clension end  in  -us  or  -urn.  Those  ending  in  -us  are  generally  mas- 
culine ;  those  in  -um  are  neuter.  Hortus,  garden,  and  donum,  gift, 
are  inflected  as  follows  : 


SINGULAR 

C 

\se  Endings 

Case  Endings 

Norn. 

hor'tus 

-us 

do'num 

-um 

'Gen. 

hor'ti 

-1 

do'ni 

-I 

Dat. 

hor'to 

-6 

do 'no 

-0 

Ace. 

hor'tum 

-um 

do'num 

-um 

Abl. 

hor'to 

-0 

do 'no 

-6 

Nom. 

hor'ti 

PLURAL 
-1 

do'na 

-a 

Gen. 

horto'rum 

-orum 

dono'rum 

-orum 

Dat. 

hor'tis 

-is 

do'nis 

-is 

Aee. 

hor'tos 

-OS 

do'na 

-a 

Abl. 

hor'tis 

-Is 

do'nis 

-is 

a.  Learn  the  case  endings  first.  Then  learn  the  inflection  by  add- 
ing the  case  endings  to  the  base  of  each  noun.  Then  practice  the 
inflection  of  the  nouns  in  section  74. 

b.  What  do  you  notice  about  the  dative  and  the  ablative  plural 
of  the  first  and  second  declensions  ?  What  cases  are  alike  in  the 
second  declension  ? 


74. 


VOCABULARY 


ami'cus,  -1,  m.,  friend  (amicable) 
do'minus,  -1,  m.,  master  (of  slaves) 

(domineer) 
do'num,  -I,  n.,  gift,  present  (donor) 
e'quus,  -1,  m.,  horse  (equine) 
frumen'tum,  -1,  n.,  grain 


hor'tus,  -1,  m.,  garden   (horticul- 
ture) 
Mar'cus,  -1,  m.,  Marcus 
op'pidum,  -1,  n.,  town 
ser'vus,  -1,  m.,  slave  (servile) 
tribu'nus,-!,  m.,  tribune  (tribunal) 


40 


THE  SECOND  DECLENSION 


41 


EXERCISES 

75.  1.  Oppidum  vide5.  2.  Oppida  videmus.  3.  Dominusne 
servum  monet  ?  4.  Equum  tribunus  spectat.  5.  Equi  domi- 
norum  servos  delectant.  6.  Marcus  amico  fabulam  narrat. 
7.  Domini  amicis  praedam  dant.  8.  In  oppidis  amicos  saepe 
convocamus.  9.  Servi  appropinquant  et  frumentum  et  aquam 
portant. 

76.  1.  Who  has  the  tribune's  horse?  2.  The  servants  now 
have  the  gifts  of  the  masters.  3.  Have  you  friends  in  the  gar- 
den ?  4.  A  servant  carries  the  grain  of  the  tribune.  5.  Whose 
gift  are  they  showing  to  Marcus  ?  6.  We  see  the  town  and  the 
gardens  of  the  town. 


RUINS  OF  AN  AMPHITHEATER 


LESSON  IX 


ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  FIRST  AND  SECOND  DECLENSIONS 

77.  Adjectives  in  Latin.  Latin  adjectives,  unlike  English 
adjectives,  are  declined  (xxu).  There  are  two  declensions  of 
adjectives. 

78.  Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions.  One  class 
of  adjectives  has  in  its  masculine  and  neuter  forms  the  case 
endings  of  the  second  declension,  and  in  its  feminine  forms  the 
case  endings  of  the  first  declension  :  as,  bonus  (masc),  bona  (fern.), 
bonum  (neut),  good.    Learn  the  full  declension  of  bonus  (643). 

79.  Rule  for  the  Agreement  of  Adjectives.  Adjectives  agree 
with  their  nouns  in  gender,  number,  and  case. 

Masculine  Feminine  Neuter 

Nom.    hortus  bonus  puella  bona  donum  bonum 

Gen.     horti  boni  puellae  bonae  doni  boni 

Dat.     horto  bono  puellae  bonae  dono  bono 
etc.                                etc.  etc. 

a.  Complete  the  declension  of  the  expressions  given  above.  De- 
cline together  amicus  bonus,  goodfrie?id ;  f abula  grata,  pleasi?ig  story ; 
oppidum  magnum,  large  toivn. 

80.  The  rule  given  in  79  does  not  mean -that  adjectives 
must  have  the  same  case  endings  as  the  nouns  they  modify. 
An  adjective  modifying  a  masculine  noun  of  the  first  declension 
will  not  have  the  same  case  endings  as  the  noun.    Thus, 

Singular  Plural 

Nom.    nauta  bonus  nautae  boni 

Gen.     nautae  boni  nautarum  bonorum 

Dat.     nautae  bon6  nautis  bonis 
etc.  etc.    . 

42 


ADJECTIVES,  FIRST  AND  SECOND  DECLENSIONS     43 

a.  Complete  the  declension  of  nauta  bonus.    Decline  poeta  gratus, 

pleasing  poet. 

81.  Order   of   Words.    An   adjective   normally  follows   the 

noun  which  it  modifies.  ...  1 


82. 


VOCABULARY 


car'rus,  -1,  mn  wagon,  cart  (ear) 
ci'bus,  -1,  m.,  food 
pi'lum,  -1,  ;z.,  javelin 
re'mus,  -1,  m.,  oar  (trireme) 
ven'tus,  -1,  m.,  wind  (ventilate) 
pro'bo,  probare,  approve,  approve 

of  (approbation) 
bo'nus,  bo'na,  bo'num,  good,  kind 

(bonus) 


gra'tus,  gra'ta,  gra'tum,  pleasing, 

welcome  (gratitude) 
mag'nus,  mag'na,  mag'num,  great, 

large  (magnitude) 
va'lidus,  va'lida,  va'lidum,  strong, 

robust  (valid) 
at'que,  conj.,  and  also 
non,  adv.,  not  (nonexistent) 
ubi,  adv. ,  where  ?  (ubiquitous) 


EXERCISES 

83.  1.  Equos  magnos  spectamus  atque  probamus.  2.  Tribu- 
nus  amico  bono  pilum  dat.  3.  Donum  gratum  nautae  Iuliam 
delectat.  4.  Nauta  validus  remos  validos  habet.  5.  Servos 
bonos  videt  puella.  6.  Nautas  venti  magnl  non  terrent.  7.  Ubi 
frumentum  agricolarum  validorum  videtis  ?  8.  In  carro  magno 
frumentum  portant.  9.  Plratae  agricolas  terrent  quod  plla  habent. 

84.  i.I  have  a  large  wagon.  2.  The  good  master  has  a  good 
slave.  3.  And  he  also  gives  the  good  slave  a  welcome  gift. 
4.  Does  the  slave  approve  of  the  gift?  5.  They  do  not  live 
in  a  large  town  of  Greece.  6.  He  is  not  calling  together  the 
good  sailors.     7.  Where  do  you  see  a  large  forest  ? 


LESSON   X 


THE  PRESENT  INDICATIVE  OF  SUM  •  PREDICATE  NOUN 
AND  PREDICATE  ADJECTIVE 

85.  The  Present  Indicative  of  Sum.  The  irregular  verb 
sum,  /  am,  is  conjugated  in  the  present  indicative  as  follows : 

Singular  Plural 

ist  Pers.     sum,  /^w  su'mus,  we  are 

2d  Pers.      es,  you  are  es'tis,  you  are 

jd  Pers.      est,  he,  she,  it  is  sunt,  they  are 

86.  Predicate  Noun  and  Predicate  Adjective.  For  the  defi- 
nition of  a  predicate  noun  and  of  a  predicate  adjective,  see  xv. 

1.  Marcus  est  agricola,  Marcus  is  a  farmer. 

2.  Nautae  sunt  amici,  the  sailors  are  friends. 

3.  Hortus  est  magnus,  the  garden  is  large. 

4.  Puellae  sunt  gratae,  the  girls  are  welcome. 

a.  Observe  the  case  of  agricola,  amici,  magnus,  and  gratae  (xv,  c). 

87.  Rule  for  the  Agreement  of  a  Predicate  Noun.  A  predicate 
noun  agrees  in  case  with  the  subject  of  the  verb. 

88.  Rule  for  the  Agreement  of  a  Predicate  Adjective.  A  predi- 
cate adjective  agrees  in  gender,  number,  and  case  with  the 
sicbject  of  the  verb. 

89.  Order  of  Words.  The  verb  sum  generally  has  no 
emphasis  (unless  it  begins  the  sentence),  and  it  is  placed  in 
the  sentence  where  it  sounds  best  or  where  it  adds  clearness. 

In  Latin  phrases  consisting  of  a  monosyllabic  preposition, 
adjective,  and  noun  the  order  of  words  is  often  adjective, 
preposition,  noun  :  as,  magno  in  oppido,  in  the  large  town. 

44 


•  ■■  ■ 

;   ;'>«      / 

jI 

WITHIN  A  ROMAN  HOUSE 


THE  PRESENT  INDICATIVE  OF  SUM 


45 


90. 


VOCABULARY 


bel'lum,  -I,  n.,  war  (belligerent) 

Britan'nia,  -ae,/,  Britain  (Britan- 
nic) 

de'a,  -ae,/.,  goddess  (deity) 

de'us,  -I,  m.y  god  (deify) 

Euro'pa,  -ae,/!,  Europe  (European) 

Ro'ma,  -ae,/,  Rome 

Roma'nus,  -I,  ni.,  a  Roman 
(Roman) 

Ves'ta,  -ae,/,  Vesta  (vestal) 

la'tus,  la'ta,  la'tum,  wide,  broad 


lon'gus,  lon'ga,  lon'gum,  long 
(longitude) 

me'us,  me'a,  me'um,  my,  mine 

no'vus,  no'va,  no'vum,  new  (nov- 
elty) 

par'vus,  par'va,  par'vum,  small, 
little 

tu'us,  tu'a,  tu'um,  your,  yours 
(referring  to  one  owner) 

e'rat,  he,  she,  it  was 

e'rant,  they  were 


(latitude) 

EXERCISES 

91.  i.  Galba  agricola  est.  2.  Galba  est  validus.  3.  Iulia  et 
Cornelia  sunt  flliae  meae.  4.  'Filia  mea  est  parva.  5.  Estne 
oppidum  tuum  magnum  ?  6.  Britannia  est  Insula  Europae. 
7.  Vesta  erat  dea  Romae.  8.  Carri  Romanorum  boni  et  valid! 
erant.  9.  Non  gratum  est  bellum.  10.  Bella  non  grata  sunt. 
11.  Graecia  est  terra  parva  Europae.  12.  Sumus  amid  tribuni. 
13.  Magno  in  oppido  vias  latas  videmus. 

92.  1.  The  streets  of  the  town  are  long.  2.  The  streets  of 
Rome  were  not  broad.  3.  The  roads  of  Britain  are  broad  and 
long.  4.  Where  are  you?  5.  The  new  gifts  of  the  tribune 
are  pleasing.  6.  We  praise  the  gods  because  they  give  gifts. 
7.  We  are  Romans,  but  we  are  living  in  Britain. 


PUERI  PUELLAEQUE 


LESSON   XI 


APPOSITION 

93.  Apposition. 

1.  Galba,  tribunus,  pilum  habet,  Galba,  the  tribune,  has  a  javelin. 

2.  Marcum  amicum  amo,  I  love  (my)  friend  Ma  reus. 

a.  Observe  that  tribunus  denotes  the  same  person  as  Galba,  and 
is  joined  to  Galba  as  a  descriptive  or  explanatory  noun  ;  and  that 
amicum  is  related  in  the  same  way  to  Marcum.  Such  words  are 
called  appositives. 

94.  Rule  for  Apposition.  An  appositive  agrees  in  case  with 
the  noun  which  it  explains. 


95. 


VOCABULARY 


cla'rus,    -a,    -um,    famous,    clear  pa'ro,  parare,  prepare,  get  ready 

(clarify)  (prepare) 

de,  prep,  with  abl.,  from,  concern-  pa'tria,  -ae,  /.,  native  land,  coun- 

ing  (depend)  try  (patriotism) 

oce'anus,  -I,  ;;/.,  ocean  (oceanic)  tem'plum,  -I,  ;/.,  temple 


CORNELIA   ET   IULIA 

96.  Cornelia  et  Iulia  puellae  parvae  sunt.  Ubi  habitant  ?  Non 
in  Graecia,  sed  claro  in  oppido  Italiae  habitant.  Incolae  Romae 
sunt.  Italia  patria  Romanorum  est.  Roma  vias  latas  et  templa 
magna  habet.    Roman!  bella  amant  et  probant. 

Poetae  filia  est  Cornelia.  Poeta  latis  in  hortis  saepe  ambu- 
lat.  Atque  de  bello  longo  et  fuga  incolarum  Germaniae  cantat, 
quod  victoriam  Romanorum  probat. 

Iulia  filia  agricolae  valid!  est.  Agricola  equos  et  carros 
novos   habet.     Cibum    et   frumentum   equi   agricolae   portant. 

46 


APPOSITION 


47 


TEMPLUM 


Servl  agricolae  equls  aquam  dant.  Iulia  equos  amat  et  servos 
laudat.    Bonus  dominus  est  agricola. 

Marcus  et  Galba,  tribuni,  amici  puellarum  sunt.  Marcus 
poetae  amicus  est  et  fabulas  gratas  Corneliae  narrat.  Galba 
Iuliae  silvas  et  insulas  ocean!  demonstrat. 

Femina  bona  puellas  docet.  Diligentia  Corneliae  feminam 
delectat.  In  hbrto  poetae  puellas  convocat  et  fabulas  narrat. 
Fabulae  de  bello  puellas  parvas  terrent. 

Saepe  Vestae  dona  parant.  Quis  est  Vesta  ?  Vesta  dea 
Romanorum  est  et  templum  habet.  Saepe  in  viis  Romae 
puellae  ambulant  et  praedam  Germaniae  et  Britanniae  spectant. 


LESSON   XII 


THE  SECOND  DECLENSION :  NOUNS  IN  -ER,  -IR,  -IUS,  AND  -IUM 

97.  Nouns  of  the  Second  Declension  in  -er  and  -ir.  Some 
nouns  of  the  second  declension  end  in  -er  and  -ir.  They  are 
slightly  different  from  hortus  in  their  inflection  : 


Singular 

Nom. 

pu'er 

a'ger 

vir 

Gen. 

pu'er  I 

a'gri 

vi'ri 

Dat. 

pu'er  6 

a'gro 

vi'ro 

Ace. 

pu'er  urn 

a'grum 

vi'rum 

Abl. 

pu'er  o 

a'gro 
Plural 

vi'ro 

Nom. 

pu'er  I 

a'gri 

vi'ri 

Gen. 

puero'rum 

agro'rum 

virO'rum 

Dat. 

pu'er  Is 

a'gris 

Vi'ris 

Aee. 

pu'er  6s 

a'gros 

vi'ros 

Abl. 

pu'er  is 

a'gris 

vi'ris 

a.  Observe  that  these  nouns  are  declined  in  the  same  way  as 
hortus  except  that  they  lack  the  ending  -us  in  the  nominative  singular. 
Ager  is  like  puer  except  that  e  before  r  occurs  only  in  the  nominative 
singular. 

98.  Nouns  of  the  Second  Declension  in  -ius  and  Aum.  Nouns 
of  the  second  declension  ending  in  -ius  and  -ium  contract  the 
genitive  ending  -ii  to  -I.  The  accent  remains  on  the  same 
syllable  as  in  the  nominative  :  auxi'lium,  gen.  auxi'li.  Learn 
the  declension  of  filius  and  proelium  (637). 

99.  Gender  of  Nouns  of  the  Second  Declension.  Nouns  of 
the  second  declension  ending  in  -um  are  neuter ;  most  others 
are  masculine. 

48 


THE  SECOND  DECLENSION 


49 


100. 


VOCABULARY 


a'ger,  agri,  m.,  field  (agriculture)  *  prae'mium,    praemi,    ».,    reward 
auxi'lium,   auxi'H,   /z.,  aid,    help  (premium) 

(auxiliary)  proe'lium,  proeli,  n.,  battle 

fi'lius,  fill,  m.,  son  (filial)  pu'er,  pueri,  w.,  boy  (puerile) 

gla'dius,  gladi,  w.,  sword  (gladia-  so'cius,    soci,    m.,    comrade,    ally 

tor)  (associate) 

nun'tius,    ntinti,    m.,    messenger  vir,  viri,  m.,  man  (virile) 

(pronunciation) 

EXERCISES 

101.  i.  Filii  virorum  in  Britannia  sunt.  2.  Viri  erant  socii. 
3.  Nuntius  sociorum  sum.  4.  Pueros  parvos,  fllios  tribuni, 
exspectamus.  5.  Pueri  gladium  et  pilum  Marcl  habent.  6.  Quis 
viro  viam  demonstrat  ?  7.  Proelium  est  longum  et  socii  auxi- 
lium  exspectant.  8.  In  agro  laborant  vir  et  filii  nunti.  9.  Cur 
viris  praemia  nunc  datis  ? 

102.  1.  The  son  of  the  messenger  is  a  small  boy.  2.  We 
see  your  sword,  but  we  have  not  your  javelin.  3.  They  frighten 
the  little  boys  and  the  woman.  4.  The  men  are  putting  the 
allies  to  flight.  5.  Where  do  the  messengers  live?  6.  I  have 
my  son's  sword.    7.  Wars  and  battles  delight  the  Romans. 

1  The  spelling  of  the  English  derivatives  agriculture,  puerile,  and  virile  will 
help  you  to  recall  the  spelling  of  the  genitives  of  ager,  puer,  and  vir. 


LESSON   XIII 


ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  FIRST  AND  SECOND  DECLENSIONS 
ENDING  IN  -ER 

103.  Adjectives  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions  in  -er. 
Some  adjectives  of  the  first  and  second  declensions  end  in  -er 
in  the  nominative  singular  masculine.  Their  inflection  resem- 
bles that  of  puer  and  of  ager. 

a.  Learn  the  declension  of  liber  and  noster  (643). 

b.  Observe  that  liber  retains  the  e  in  all  forms,  as  puer  does,  while 
noster,  like  ager,  has  no  e  after  the  nominative. 

c.  Decline  miser,  wretched,  like  liber.  The  other  adjectives  in  this 
book  that  end  in  -er  are  declined  like  noster. 

d.  Decline  together  vir  liber,  free  man ;  femina  misera,  poor 
woman  ;  bellum  miserum,  wretched  war ;  poeta  liber,  free  poet ;  ami- 
cus noster,  our  friend. 


104. 


H'ber,  li'bera,  li'berum,  free  (lib- 
eral} 

mi'ser,  mi'sera,  mi'serum,  poor, 
unhappy,  wretched  (miserable) 

mul'tus,  mul'ta,  mul'tum,  much 
(multitude) 

mul'ti,.  mul'tae,  mul'ta,  many 


VOCABULARY 
nos'ter. 


nos'tra,    nos'trum,    our 

(nostrum) 
su'pero,  superare,  surpass,  defeat, 

overcome,  conquer  (insuperable) 
ves'ter,    ves'tra,   ves'trum,   your 

(of  more  than  one  owner)- 
vo'co,  vocare,  call  (vocation) 


EXERCISES 

105.  1.  Equos  in  agro  Marci  amici  video.  2.  Nuntius  miser 
fabulam  miseram  de  fuga  sociorum  narrat.  3.  Vestrls  amicls 
praemia  dant.  4.  Pecunia,  donum  Corneliae,  f Ilium  nostrum 
delectat.  5.  Sumus  viri  liberi  in  oppido  libero.  6.  Deae  Grae- 
ciae  multae  erant.    7.  Socius  noster  est  miser,  quod  gladium 

50 


ADJECTIVES   ENDING  IN  -ER 


Si 


non  habet.    8.  Romanos  in  proelio  superant.    9.  Vocatne  filius 
tuus  ?     10.  Domino  servus  miser  cibum  parat. 

106.  1.  Our  friends,  Marcus  and  Galba,  are  wretched. 
2.  There  are  many  carts  in  the  streets  of  our  town.  3.  She 
calls  together  the  unhappy  sons  of  the  messengers.  4.  Where 
do  you  see  your  horse  ?  5 .  The  winds  do  not  frighten  the 
sailors.  6.  We  are  sons  of  free  men.  7.  I  have  a  javelin,  the 
gift  of  a  friend. 

DE   GRAECIA 

107.  Graecia,  terra  parva,  provincia  Romanorum  erat.  Athe- 
nae,  Sparta,  Thebae,  Corinthus  clara  oppida  Graeciae  erant.  In 
oppidls  erant  templa  multa  deorum  et  dearum.  In  vils  oppi- 
dorum  statuae  (statues)  multae  virorum  clarorum  erant.  Incolae 
n5n  erant  miseri.    Quis  incolas  Graeciae  non  laudat  ? 


A   RESTORATION   OF  THE    ROMAN   FORUM 


LESSON   XIV 


THE  IMPERFECT  AND  FUTURE  INDICATIVE  OF  SUM  •  THE 
DATIVE  WITH  ADJECTIVES 

108.  The  Imperfect  Indicative  of  Sum.  The  imperfect  indic- 
ative of  sum  is  inflected  as  follows : 

Singular  Plural 

i.  e'ram,  I  was  era'mus,  we  were 

2.  e'ras,  you  were  era 'tis,  you  were 

3.  e'rat,  he,  she,  it  was  e'rant,  they  were 

109.  The  Future  Indicative  of  Sum.  The  future  indicative 
of  sum  is  inflected  as  follows  : 

Singular  Plural 

1.  e'ro,  /  shall  be  e'rimus,  we  shall  be 

2.  e'ris,  you  will  be  e'ritis,  you  will  be 

3.  e'rit,  he,  she,  it  will  be  e'runt,  they  will  be 

110.  The  Dative  with  Adjectives. 

Donum  puero  erit  gratum,  the  gift  will  be  pleasing  to  the  boy. 

a.  Observe  that  puero  is  translated  with  the  adjective  gratum, 
pleasing  to  the  boy.  Certain  Latin  adjectives,  particularly  those  mean- 
ing near,  Jit,  friendly,  pleasing,  like,  and  their  opposites,  are  thus  fol- 
lowed by  the  case  expressing  to  or  for,  exactly  as  they  are  followed 
in  English  by  a  phrase  beginning  with  to  or  for:  as,  fit  for  war,  un- 
friendly to  us.    This  usage  is  known  as  the  Dative  with  Adjectives. 

111.  Rule  for  the  Dative  with  Adjectives.  Certain  adjectives 
meaning  near,  fit,  friendly,  pleasing,  like,  and  their  oppositesy 
may  be  accompanied  by  a  dative  to  show  the  person  or  the 
thing  toward  which  the  quality  of  the  adjective  is  directed. 

S2 


THE  IMPERFECT  AND  FUTURE  OF  SUM 


S3 


112. 


VOCABULARY 


in'terim,    adv.,    meanwhile    (in- 


li'ber,  libri,  m.,  book  {library) 
propin/quus,  -a,  -um,  near  (pro- 
pinquity) 
pro'ximus,  -a,  -um,  nearest,  next, 
very  near  (proximity) 


ami'cus,  -a,  -um,  friendly 
cer'te,  adv.,  certainly 
fini'timus,  -a,  -um,  neighboring, 

near  (affinity) 
ido'neus,  -a,  -um,  fit,  suitable 
inimi'cus,    -a,    -um,    unfriendly, 

hostile  (inimical) 
iniu'ria,  -ae,  /.,  injustice,  wrong 

(injury) 

EXERCISES 

113.  i.  Est,  erat,  erit.  2.  Sunt,  erant,  erunt.  3.  Sumus, 
eramus,  erimus.  4.  Sum,  eram,  ero.  5.  Es,  eras,  eris.  6.  Estis, 
eratis,  eritis.  7.  Certe  eramus,  inimici  Marco,  vestro  filio.  8.  Pro 
ximi  oppido  erant  multi  agri.  9.  Iniuriae  sociorum  multae 
erunt.  10.  Insulam  terrae  propinquam  video.  11.  Venti  nautls 
non  erunt  grati.  12.  Agricolae  bello  longo  idonel  non  erant. 
13.  Interim  vestris  filiis  erimus  amici.  14.  Gladii  atque  pila 
proelio  idonea1  sunt. 

114.  1.  I  am,  we  are.  2.  Where  were  we?  I  was  in  the 
town.  3.  I  shall  be,  we  shall  be.  4.  Is  he  a  tribune?  They 
are  allies.  5.  Meanwhile  you  will  be  a  free  man.  6.  Our 
towns  are  near  Greece.  7.  In  our  towns  the  men  are  unfriendly 
to  Rome.  8.  There  will  be2  a  great  battle  in  Britain.  9.  The 
books  will  certainly  be  welcome  to  my  friend  Marcus. 

1  The  predicate  adjective  idonea  is  neuter  because  the  two  subjects  are 
things  without  life. 

2  Express  there  zvill  be  by  erit,  and  place  erit  at  the  beginning  of  the  sen- 
tence.   How  do  you  say  there  are  ?  there  is  ?*  there  were  ? 


GLADIUS 


54 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


SECOND   REVIEW  LESSON 


LESSONS  VIII-XIV 


115.  Give  the  English  meanings  of  the  following  words  : 


ager 

deus 

interim 

nuntius             remus 

amicus,  iiou?i 

dominus 

latus 

oceanus            servus 

amicus,  adj. 

donum 

liber 

oppidum           socius 

atque 

equus 

liber 

paro                  supero 

auxilium 

fllius 

longus 

parvus              templum- 

bellum 

fmitimus 

magnus 

patria                tribunus 

bonus 

frumentum 

meus 

pllum                tuus 

carrus 

gladius 

miser 

praemium        ubi 

certe 

gratus 

multus 

probo                validus 

cibus 

hortus 

multi 

proelium           ventus 

clarus 

idoneus 

non 

propinquus       vester 

de 

inimicus 

noster 

proximus          vir 

dea 

iniuria 

novus 

puer                  voco 

L6.  Give  the  Latin  meanings  of  the 

following  words : 

garden 

from, 

concerning        strong,  robust 

many 

where  ? 

native  land,  country 

oar 

son 

great,  large 

man 

war 

your  (sing.) 

call 

comrade,  ally 

slave 

god 

meanwhile 

aid,  help 

long 

horse 

near 

sword 

wind 

nearest,  next 

goddess 

boy 

javelin 

food 

good 

,  kind 

unfriendly 

much 

not 

new 

grain 

messenger 

battle 

approve,  approve  of 

famous 

get  ready 

injustice,  wrong 

friendly 

certainly 

SECOND  REVIEW  LESSON 


55 


friend  field  book 

tribune  small,  little  fit,  suitable 

your  (plur.)  gift  free 

temple  pleasing,  welcome  our 

my,  mine  surpass,  defeat,  overcome,  conquer       town 

master  wide,  broad  reward 

cart  neighboring,  near  ocean 

and  also  poor,  unhappy,  wretched 

117.  Decline  each  noun  and  adjective  in  1 1 5 .  Conjugate  each 
verb  in  the  present  indicative  active.  Give  the  genitive  singular 
of  each  noun  ;  give  the  other  cases,  in  the  singular  and  the 
plural.    Conjugate  sum  in  the  imperfect  and  future  indicative. 

118.  Following  the  suggestions  in  634,  give  English  words 
derived  from  the  Latin  words  in  115.  Define  these  derivatives, 
and  illustrate  each  by  an  English  sentence. 

119.  Give  the  rule  for  the  following  constructions,  and 
illustrate  each  by  a  sentence  in  Latin  : 

1.  Agreement  of  adjectives  4.  Apposition 

2.  Predicate  noun  5.   Dative  with  adjectives 

3.  Predicate  adjective 


A  ROMAN  BOY 


A  ROMAN  GIRL 


LESSON   XV 


THE  IMPERFECT  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE,  FIRST  AND  SECOND 
CONJUGATIONS  •  THE  ABLATIVE  OF  MEANS 

120.  The  Imperfect  Indicative  Active,  First  and  Second 
Conjugations.  The  imperfect  indicative  active  of  the  first  and 
second  conjugations  is  inflected  as  follows  : 

Singular  Plural 

i.  ama'bam,  I  was  loving  amaba'mus,  we  were  loving 

2.  ama'bas,  you  were  loving  amaba'tis,  you  were  loving 

3.  ama'bat,  he  was  loving  ama'bant,  they  were  loving 

Singular  Plural 

1.  mone'bam,  I  was  advising  moneba1 'mus,  we  were  advising 

2.  mone'bas,  you  were  advising  moneba'tis,  you  were  advising 

3.  mone'bat,  he  was  advising  mone'bant,  they  were  advising 

a.  Observe  that  in  this  tense  the  personal  ending  of  the  first 
person  singular  is  -m,  not  -6. 

b.  Observe  that  amabam  is  formed  by  adding  to  the  stem  ama- 
the  tense  sign  -ba-,  and  to  that  tense  sign  the  personal  endings : 
ama-ba-m  etc.    Divide  monebam  into  three  parts  in  the  same  way.  * 

c.  Inflect  the  imperfect  of  the  verbs  in  68  and  115. 

d.  The  imperfect  tense  expresses  action  going  on  in  past  time. 

121.  The  Ablative  of  Means. 

Roman!  gladiis  et  pills  pugnabant,  the  Romans  were  fighting  with 
swords  and  javelins. 

a.  Observe  that  gladiis  and  pilis  are  in  the  ablative,  since  they  ex- 
press the  relations  of  with  and  by.  They  answer  the  questions  with 
what  ?  by  means  of  what  ?  The  ablative  so  used  is  called  the  Ablative 
of  Means.  It  is  limited  to  nouns  that  denote  things,  and  is  translated 
by  a  phrase  beginning  with  by,  with,  or  by  means  of 

56 


THE  IMPERFECT  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE  57 


122.  Rule  for  the  Ablative  of  Means.  The  means  by  which 
an  action  is  accomplished  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  without 
a  preposition  (xxiv,  b). 

123.  VOCABULARY 

ar'mo,  armare,  arm,  equip  (armor)  lega'tus,  -1,  m.,  lieutenant,  ambas- 
com'pleo,  complere,  fill  (complete)  sador  (legation) 

defes'sus,  -a,  -um,  tired  out,  weary  pug'no,  pugnare,  fight  (pugilist) 

Helve'tii,  -orum,  m.  plur,  Helve-  scu'tum,  -1,  #.,  shield  (escutcheon) 

tians  vi'cus,  -1,  m.,  village  (vicinity) 

EXERCISES 

124.  1.  Demonstrabant,  parabat,  complebatis.  2.  Narra- 
bam,  videbas,  habitabamus.  3.  Superabas,  habebatis,  probabat. 
4.  Cantabas,  liberabam,  manebatis.  5.  Terrebam,  vocabat,  de- 
lectabatis.  6.  Legatos  convocabam.  7.  Agricolae  fr Omentum 
et  cibum  cams  parvis  portabant.  8.  Interim  gladiis  in  silvis 
pugnabant.  9.  Scutis  amicos  nostros  armabamus.  10.  Lega- 
tum,  amicum  meum,  vocabam.  11.  Pills  tribunum  et  legatum 
in  pugna  superabant.  12.  Deis  dona  vestra  erunt  grata.  13.  Vi- 
cus  proximus  oceano  erat. 

125.  i.  I  was  walking,  but  you  (sing)  were  waiting  in  the 
field.  2.  We  were  arming,  they  were  remaining.  3.  You  (plur.) 
were  approaching,  and  they  were  fighting.  4.  He  was  working 
in  the  village.  5.  We  were  teaching  by  means  of  stories  and 
books.  6.  With  your  swords  you  were  liberating  your  friends. 
7.  Food  was  welcome  to  the  tired  Helvetians.  8.  The  men 
were  fighting  with  long  javelins.  9.  The  lieutenant  was  filling 
the  village  with  food  and  grain. 


LESSON  XVI 


THE  FUTURE  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE,  FIRST  AND  SECOND 
CONJUGATIONS  •  THE  ABLATIVE  OF  MANNER 

126.  The  Future  Indicative  Active,  First  and  Second  Con- 
jugations. The  future  indicative  active  of  the  first  and  second 
conjugations  is  inflected  as  follows : 


Singular 


Plural 


ama'bo,  I  shall  love 
ama'bis,  you  will  love 
ama'bit,  he  will  love 


ama'bimus,  we  shall  love 
ama'bitis,  you  will  love 
ama'bunt,  they  will  love 


Singular 

i.  mone'bo,  I  shall  advise 

2.  mone'bi  s,  you  will  advise 

3.  mone'bit,  he  will  advise 


Plural 


mone'bimus,  we  shall  advise 
mone'bitis,  you  will  advise 
mone'bunt,  they  will  advise 


a.  Observe  that  the  future  of  amo  is  formed  by  adding  to  the  stem 
ama-  the  tense  sign  -bi-,  and  to  the  tense  sign  the  personal  endings ; 
but  the  i  is  dropped  in  the  first  person,  and  in  the  third  person  plural 
is  changed  to  u. 

1.  How  is  the  future  of  moneo  formed  ? 

b.  Inflect  the  future  of  the  verbs  in  68  and  115. 


127. 


VOCABULARY 


aedi'fico,  aedificare,  build  (edifice) 
ae'ger,  ae'gra,  ae'grum,  sick 
cum,  prep,  with  ad/.,  with 
cu'ra,  -ae,  /.,  care,  anxiety  (cura- 
tor) 
in.,  prep,  with  ace,  into,  to 


58 


navi'gium,  navi'gi,  ;/.,  boat 
pro'pero,  properare,  hasten 
quo,  adv.,  whither? 
stu'diuin,   studi,   n.,  zeal,   eager- 
ness (study) 
te'neo,  tenere,  hold,  keep  (tenant) 


THE  FUTURE  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE         •       59 

128.  The  Ablative  of  Manner. 

1.  Marcus  cum  studio  laborat,  Marcus  works  with  zeal  (zealously). 

2.  Marcus  magno  cum  studio  laborat,  Marcus  works  with  great 

zeal. 

3.  Marcus  magno  studio  laborat,  Marcus  works  with  great  zeal. 

a.  Observe  that  manner  is  expressed  in  these  sentences  by  the 
.  use  of  the  ablative  case.  Observe  that  2  and  3  are  translated  in  the 
same  way,  and  that  cum  may  be  omitted  when  there  is  an  adjective 
in  the  phrase.  The  ablative  thus  used  answers  the  questions  how  ?  in 
what  way  ?  in  what  manner  ?  and  is  called  the  Ablative  of  Manner. 
The  ablative  of  manner  may  often  be  translated  by  an  adverb :  cum 
studio,  zealoicsly. 

129.  Rule  for  the  Ablative  of  Manner.  The  ablative  with 
cum  is  used  with  abstract  nouns  (1,  f)  to  denote  the  manner 
of  an  action  ;  but  cum  may  be  omitted  if  an  adjective  modifies 
the  noun  of  the  phrase. 

EXERCISES 

(  130.  1.  Vocabunt,  complebunt,  properabunt.  2.  Armabitne  ? 
superabit,  tenebimus.  3.  Manebuntne  ?  demonstrabimus,  ter- 
rebo.  4.  Laborabis,  docebitis,  habebo.  5.  Quo  properabit 
agricola  validus  ?  6.  In  agros  properabunt  agricola  et  pueri. 
7.  In  agris  laborabunt  magno  cum  studi5.  8.  Cum  cura  fru- 
mentum  in  vlcum  portabunt.  9.  Magna  diligentia  navigium 
aedificabitis.     10.  Servi  aegri  parvo  studio  laborant. 

131.  1.  You  (sing.)  will  build.  2.  He  will  hasten.  3.  Who 
will  not  remain  ?  4.  You  (pltir.)  will  hold.  5.  We  shall  carry 
the  sick  men  with  great  care.  -  6.  Whither  will  the  lieutenant 
hasten  ?  7.  He  will  hasten  into  Greece  and  also  will  arm  the 
inhabitants.  8.  Where  will  our  friends  fight  zealously  ?  9.  The 
men  were  diligently  filling  the  boats. 


LESSON  XVII 


PRINCIPAL  PARTS  •  THE  PERFECT  STEM  •  THE  PERFECT 
INDICATIVE  ACTIVE,  FIRST  CONJUGATION 

The  principal  parts  of  the  verb  amo 


Perf.  Pass.  Part. 
amatus 


132.  Principal  Parts 

are  as  follows  : 

Pres.  Ind.  Act.       Pres.  Inf.  Act.         Perf.  Ind.  Act. 
amo  amare  amavi 

a.  The  principal  parts  of  the  verb  are  so  called  because  all  forms 
of  the  verb  can  be  made  from  them,  or  from  the  three  stems  shown 
in  the  principal  parts.    These  three  stems  are  as  follows : 

i.  Present  stem :  ama-,  found  by  dropping  the  -re  of  the  present 
infinitive  active. 

2 .  Perfect  stem :  amav-,  found  by  dropping  the  personal  ending 
-I  of  the  first  person  singular  of  the  perfect  indicative  active. 

3.  Participial  stem :  amat-,  found  by  dropping  the  nominative 
ending  -us  of  the  perfect  passive  participle. 

133.  The  Perfect  Stem.  By  the  use  of  the  present  stem 
you  have  conjugated  the  present,  imperfect,  and  future  tenses. 
By  the  use  of  the  perfect  stem  amav-  the  perfect,  pluperfect, 
and  future  perfect  tenses  are  conjugated. 

134.  The  Perfect  Indicative  Active  of  the  First  Conjugation. 
The  perfect  indicative  active  of  amo  is  inflected  as  follows  : 


Personal  Endings  of 

Singular 

Perfect  Tense 

I, 

ama'vi,  I  have  loved,  I  loved 

-i 

2. 

amavis'tl,  you  have  loved,  etc. 

-isti 

3- 

ama  V  it,  he  has  loved,  etc. 
Plural 

-it 

1. 

ama'vimus,  we  have  loved,  etc. 

-imus 

2. 

amavis'tis,  you  have  loved,  etc. 

-istis 

3- 

amave'runt,  they  have  loved,  etc. 
60 

-erunt 

PERFECT  INDICATIVE,  FIRST  CONJUGATION      61 

a.  Observe  that  the  perfect  tense  has  two  meanings :  /  have  loved 
and  /  loved.  Both  express  completed  action.  /  have  loved  indicates 
that  the  action  is  completed  at  the  present  time ;  and  the  perfect 
tense  so  used  is  known  as  the  perfect  definite.  I  loved  indicates  merely 
that  the  action  was  completed  at  some  indefinite  time  in  the  past; 
and  the  perfect  tense  so  used  is  known  as  the  perfect  indefinite.  The 
imperfect  tense,  in  contrast  with  the  perfect,  expresses  an  action 
going  on  in  the  past  (120,  d). 

b.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  each  verb  of  the  first  conjugation  in  68 
and  115;  they  are  formed  in  the  same  way  as  those  of  amo  (except  do, 
dare,  dedi,  datus).    Inflect  the  perfect  tense  of  each. 

EXERCISES 

135.  1.  Vocavitne?  convocavit,  superavit.  2.  Pugnaverunt, 
exspectaverunt,  laboraverunt.  3.  Properavimus,  aedificavimus, 
armavimus.  4.  Laudavine  ?  vocavisti,  properavistis.  5.  Porta- 
vit,  delectavit,  dedit. 

136.  1.  You  have  praised,  you  showed,  you  related.  2.  I 
have  given,  I  brought,  I  set  free.  3.  They  approved,  they 
have  sung,  they  swam.    4.  We  gave,  we  dwelt,  we  showed. 

137.  VOCABULARY 

ar'ma,  -orum,  n.  plur.,  arms  Ro'mulus,  -I,  m.,  Romulus 

di'u,  adv.,  for  a  long  time,  long  Sabi'ni,  -orum,  m.plur.,  the  Sabines 

pro,  prep,  with  abl.,  before,  for,  vul'nero,  vulnerare,  vulneravi,  vul- 
in  defense  of  (proceed)  neratus,  wound  (vulnerable) 

DE  SABINIS 

138.  Romulus  Romam,  clarum  oppidum  Italiae,  aedificavit. 
Valid!  viri  erant  Roman!  et  patriam  amabant.  Saepe  pro 
patria  pugnabant  et  saepe  Sabinos  armls  in  bello  superabant. 
Sabini  bona  arma  habebant  et  magno  cum  studio  pills  longls 
diu  pugnaverunt.  Sed  Roman!  Sabinos  fugaverunt  et  multos 
viros  gladiis  vulneraverunt. 


LESSON   XVIII 


THE  PERFECT  INDICATIVE  ACTIVE,  SECOND  CONJUGATION 
THE  ABLATIVE  OF  ACCOMPANIMENT 

139.  Principal  Parts  of  Verbs  of  the  Second  Conjugation. 
The  principal  parts  of  verbs  of  the  second  conjugation  are  not 
so  regular  as  those  of  the  first  conjugation.  You  have  already 
had  some  verbs  of  the  second  conjugation.  Their  principal 
parts  are  as  follows : 


Pres.  Ind. 

Pres.  Inf. 

Perf.  Ind. 

Perf.  Part. 

compleo 

complere 

complevl 

completus 

doceo 

docere 

docui 

doctus 

habeo 

habere 

habul 

habitus 

maneo 

manere 

mans! 

mansurus 

moneo 

monere 

monul 

monitus 

teneo 
terreo 

tenere 
terrefe 

tenui 
terrui 

territus 

video 

videre 

vidi 

visus 

a.  Learn  the  principal  parts  of  these  verbs.    What  is  the  perfect 
stem  of  each  ? 

b.  Learn  the  inflection  of  the  perfect  tense  of  moneo  (659),  and 
practice  the  inflection  of  the  perfect  tense  of  the  other  verbs. 


EXERCISES 

140.  1.  Monuit,  monuerunt,  docuit.  2.  Docuerunt,  habuit, 
habuerunt.  3.  Terruisti,  terruistis,  tenuistine  ?  4.  Vidi  ?  vlde- 
runtne  ?  mansimus.     5.  Tenuit,  tenuerunt,  terruerunt. 

141.  1.  I  have  filled,  you  have  seen,  we  have  held.  2.  He 
frightened,  it  had,  they  have  filled.  3.  She  has  remained,  I 
have  taught,  you  (plur.)  have  warned. 

62 


PERFECT  INDICATIVE,  SECOND  CONJUGATION     63 

142.  The  Ablative  of  Accompaniment. 
Cum  filio  me5  ambulabat,  he  was  walking  with  my  son. 

.  a.  Observe  that  the  phrase  cum  filio  answers  the  questions  with 
whom  ?  in  whose  company  ?  This  use  of  the  ablative  with  the  preposi- 
tion cum  is  called  the  Ablative  of  Accompaniment. 

143.  Rule  for  the  Ablative  of  Accompaniment.     The  ablative 
with  cum  is  used  to  show  accompaniment. 

144.  VOCABULARY 

capti'vus, -1,  w.,  captive  {captivate)  lo'cus,  -1,  m.  (plur.  loca,  n.),  place 
cau'sa,  -ae,yi,  cause,  reason  (location) 

hi'emo,  hiemare,  hiemavi,  hiema-  peri'culum,  -i,   ;/.,   peril,    danger 
turns,1  spend  the  winter  (peril) 


EXERCISES 


145.  1.  Pueri     carrum     nostrum     frumento    compleverunt. 

2.  Cum  cura  puellam  aegram  certe  portaverunt.  3.  Scuta  et 
gladios  captivorum  pro  portis  vldi.  4.  Locus  proelio  idoneus 
non  .  erat.  5 .  Legatus  cum  multis  viris  in  Germaniam  prope- 
ravit.  6.  Causam  belli  demonstrabit.  7.  In  Graecia  cum  amicis 
vestrls  hiemavi.    8.  Magn5  cum  perlculo  manserunt. 

146.  1.  The   swords  and  the  javelins  frightened  the  cap- 
tives.    2.   They   fought   with   the   tribune    in   the   long   war. 

3.  The  women  were  spending  the  winter  in  Italy.  4.  Who 
will  tell  the  lieutenant  the  cause  of  the  war  ?  5 .  They  have 
filled  the  place  with  arms.  6.  The  Romans  have  fought  with 
the  allies  in  defense  of  Rome. 

1  Future  active  participle  (441,0).    This  form,  if  it  occurs,  is  given  in  the 
principal  parts  where  the  perfect  passive  participle  is  not  in  use. 


LESSON  XIX 


THE  DEMONSTRATIVE  IS  •  THE  PERFECT  INDICATIVE  OF  SUM 

147.  The  Demonstrative   7s.     The   demonstrative   is,    this, 
that,  plur.  these,  those,  is  declined  as  follows  : 


SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

Masc. 

FEM. 

Neut. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

is 

e'a 

id 

ii(e'i) 

e'ae 

e'a 

Gen. 

e'ius 

e'ius 

e'ius 

.eo'rum 

ea'rum 

eo'rum 

Dat. 

e'i 

e'i 

e'i 

iis  (e'is) 

iis  (e'is) 

iis  (e'is) 

Ace. 

e'um 

e'am 

id 

e'os 

e'as 

e'a 

Abl 

e'o 

e'a 

e'o 

iis  (e'is) 

iis  (e'is) 

iis  (e'is) 

a.  II  and  iis  are  pronotinced  as  monosyllables,  I  and  Is. 

148.  The  Uses  of  Is.  There  is  no  word  in  English  like  is. 
Although  it  is  a  demonstrative  pronoun  (u,f)  and  means  this 
and  that,  it  does  not  point  emphatically  to  what  is  near,  as 
does  hie,  or  to  what  is  remote,  as  does  ille  (228).  Generally 
it  refers  to  somebody  or  to  something  that  has  just  been 
mentioned.  Sometimes  it  approaches  in  meaning  the  English 
definite  article  the.  It  is  translated  by  this  or  that  as  the 
meaning  of  the  sentence  may  require. 

1.  Is  agricolas  convocavit,  this  (or  thai)  man  called  the  farmers 

together.  , 

2.  Is  servus  cum  diligentia  laborat,  this  (or  that)  slave  works 

dilige?itly. 

a.  Observe  that  is  is  used  in  the  first  sentence  as  a  pronoun,  and 
in  the  second  sentence  as  an  adjective  (in,  e).  Is,  when  an  adjective, 
usually  precedes  its  noun. 

b.  Decline  together  id  donum  ;  is  nuntius  ;  ea  patria. 

64 


THE  DEMONSTRATIVE  IS 


65 


149.  The  Perfect  Indicative  of  Sum.    The  perfect  indicative 
of  sum  is  conjugated  as  follows  :  # 


Singular 

i.  fu'i,  I  have  been,  was 

2.  fuis'ti,  you  have  been,  were 

3.  fu'it,  he  has  bee?i,  was 


Plural 


fu'imus,  we  have  been,  were 
fuis'tis,  you  have  been,  were 
fue'runt,  they  have  been,  were 


EXERCISES 

150.  1.  Id  scutum  vidi.  2.  Is  gladius  est  meus.  3.  Ea  pugna 
erit  longa.  4.  Eo  gladio  pugnabo.  5.  Ei  captivo  cibum  dedit. 
6.  Id  erat  tuum.  7.  Periculum  eorum  legatorum  demonstrabat. 
8.  In  Germania  et  in  terra  Helvetiorum  fuimus.  9.  Fuitne 
tua  filia  aegra  ?  10.  Dominus  eius  servi  fuit  defessus.  11.  Ea 
victoria  Romanos  delectavit.  12.  Cum  eo  amico  in  Britanniam 
properabam.     13.  Ubi  fuistis  ? 

151.  1.  By  means  of  these  arms  we  shall  overcome  the 
pirates  on  the  ocean.  2.  That  help  is  pleasing  to  the  Romans. 
3.  I  have  often  been  in  those  woods.  4.  I  have  taught  the 
sons  of  these  farmers.  5.  You  have  seen  and  praised  these 
allies  because  they  fought  with  zeal.  6.  Whither  were  you 
hastening  with  this  boy  ?  7.  The  causes  of  this  war  have 
been  many. 


LESSON  XX 


THE  INTERROGATIVE  QUIS 

152.  The  Uses  of  the  Interrogative  Quis.  The  interrogative 
quis  (qui),  zvho  ?  which  ?  what  ?  may  be  used  as  a  pronoun  or 
as  an  adjective  (n,  e  ;  in,  e)  :  quis  vocat  ?  who  calls  ?  quod  donum 
habes  ?  zvhat  gift  have  you  ? 


153.  The   Declension   of   the   Interrogative   Pronoun, 
interrogative  pronoun  quis  is  declined  as  follows  : 


The 


SINGULAR 

Masc.  and  Fem.    Neut.  Masc. 

Nom.    quis  quid  qui 

Ge?i.     cu'ius  cu'ius  quo 'rum 

Dat.     cui  cui  qui'bus 

Ace.      quern         quid  quos 

Abl.      quo  quo  qui'bus 

a.  Which  forms  have  you  already  learned  ? 


PLURAL 

Fem. 

quae 

qua'rum 

qui'bus 

quas 

qui'bus 


Neut. 

quae 
quo 'rum 
qui'bus 
quae 
qui'bus 


154.  The  Declension  of  the   Interrogative  Adjective.     The 

interrogative  adjective  qui  is  declined  as  follows  in  the  singular 
(the  plural  is  the  same  as  that  of  quis) : 


SINGULAR 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

qui 

quae 

quod 

Gen. 

cu'ius 

cu'ius 

cu'ius 

Dat. 

cui 

cui 

cui 

Ace. 

quern 

quam 

quod 

Abl 

quo 

qua 

quo 

a.  Decline  together  qui  captivus  ;  quae  causa ;  quod  periculum. 

66 


THE  INTERROGATIVE   QUIS 


67 


2.  Qui  legati  eos 
4.  Cui  dat  Marcus 


EXERCISES 

155.  I.  Qui  id  templum  aedificaverunt? 
viros  armaverunt  ?  3.  Quid  in  eo  agro  est  ? 
id  praemium  ?  5 .  Quibus  terris  est 
Britannia  proxima  ?  6.  Quern  lau- 
datis  ?  7.  Quern  librum  laudavit 
Cornelia?  8.  Quo  gladio  captlvum 
vulneraverunt  ?  9.  Quod  periculurn 
narras  ? 


156.   1.  Who  was  the  messenger 
of  the  gods?    2.  What  gift  did  he 

give  to  this  boy  ?  3.  Whose  shield  did  that  slave  have  ?  4.  To 
whom  have  they  shown  the  causes  of  this  war  ?  5 .  Whom  have 
you  overcome  ?  6:  With  what  arms  have  they  overcome  the 
Helvetians  ?    7.  In  which  village  did  they  live  ? 


157. 


VOCABULARY 


adoro,  adorare,  adoravi,  adoratus, 

pray  to,  worship  (adoration) 
animus,"  -I,  m.,  feeling,  mind  (ani- 
mus) 


imperium,  impe'ri,  n.,  command, 

power  {imperial) 
i'taque,  conj.,  and  so,  therefore 


DE  DEIS  ROMANORUM 

158.  Mars,  proavus  (the  ancestor)  Romanorum,  arma  et  proelia 
et  bella  amabat.  Romulus  et  Remus,  filii  del  armorum,  Romam 
aedificaverunt.  Itaque  proelia  et  bella  animos  Romanorum 
delectaverunt.  Mercurium  et  Neptunum  et  Vestam  RomanI 
adorabant.  Mercurius,  nuntius  deorum,  imperia  deorum  incolis 
terrarum  (the  earth)  narrabat.  Neptunum,  deum  aquarum  et 
5ceani,  nautae  adorabant.  Feminae  Vestam,  deam  foci  (hearth)y 
idorabant  et  el  deae  multa  ddna  parabant. 


LESSON  XXI 


THE  PRESENT,   IMPERFECT,   FUTURE,   AND  PERFECT  INDICA- 
TIVE ACTIVE  OF  THE  THIRD  CONJUGATION 

159.  The  Present,  Imperfect,  Future,  and  Perfect  Indicative 
Active  of  the  Third  Conjugation.  Learn  the  present,  imperfect, 
future,  and  perfect  indicative  active  of  the  verb  rego  (660). 
What  are  the  present  and  perfect  stems  ? 

a.  Observe  that  the  personal  endings,  except  in  the  first  person  sin- 
gular of  the  future,  are  the  same  as  in  the  first  and  second  conjugations. 

b.  Observe  that  the  differences  between  this  conjugation  and  the 
first  and  second  conjugations  are  in  the  present  and  future  tenses. 

c.  Observe  that  in  the  present  tense  the  e  of  the  present  stem  rege- 
disappears  before  6  in  the  first  person,  just  as  happened  in  ama-o 
and  that  it  becomes  u  in  the  third  person  plural,  while  in  the  other 
persons  it  is  i.    The  inflection  is  like  that  of  ero,  future  of  sum. 

d.  Observe  that  the  future  does  not  use  -bi-  as  a  tense  sign,  but 
has  -a-  in  the  first  person  singular,  and  -e-  in  the  other  persons. 

e.  Give  heed  to  the  quantities  and  the  accents.  Inflect  like  rego 
the  verbs  in  the  following  vocabulary. 

160.  VOCABULARY 

bene,  adv.,  well  {benevolent)  emo,    emere,    emi,    emptus,    buy 

hodie,  adv.,  to-day  {preemption) 

olim,  adv.,  once,  formerly  mitto,  mittere,  misi,  missus,  send 

turn,  adv.,  then  (remit) 

diico,   ducere,   dtixi,  ductus,  lead      rego,    regere,    rexi,    rectus,    rule, 

(conduct)  manage  (regent) 

EXERCISES 

161.  1.  Regit,  regebat,  reget.  2.  Emo,  emebam,  emam. 
3.  Ducunt,  ducent,  ducebat.  4.  Rexit,  rexerunt,  duxit.  5.  Duxe- 
runt,  emisti,  emistis.     6.  Misi,   misimus,  misit.     7.  Mittimus, 

68 


THE  THIRD  CONJUGATION 


69 


mittunt,  mittent.  8.  Is  agricola  mult5s  agros  habet.  9.  Fru- 
mentum  in  oppidum  magnum  navigils  mittet.  10.  Frumentum 
in  vlcum  equis  validls  mittet.  1 1 .  Quis  eos  equos  in  via  ducet  ? 
12.  Filil  agricolae,  Marcus  et  Galba,  equos  duxerunt  et  hodie 
ducent.  13.  Turn  arma  nova  ement.  14.  Olim  Roman!  Italiam 
bene  rexerunt. 

162.  1.  They  rule,  they  were  ruling,  they  will  rule.  2.  He 
leads,  he  was  leading,  he  will  lead.  3.  I  have  bought,  we 
bought,  they  bought.  4.  I  am  sending,  I  shall  send,  I  have 
sent.  5.  You  send,  you  will  send,  you  have  sent.  6.  The 
Romans  once  had  many  lands.  7.  Often  they  did  not  rule 
these  lands  well.  8.  Then  the  allies  sent  assistance.  9.  What 
girls  spent  the  winter  in  Italy?  10.  I  shall  send  a  lieutenant 
with  these  captives  into  Italy. 


GLADIATORS   ENTERING  THE  ARENA 


7o 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


THIRD   REVIEW   LESSON 


LESSONS  XV-XXI 


163.  Give  the  English 

meanings  of'the  following  words  : 

adoro              causa 

hiemo 

mittc 

►                  rego 

aedifico           compleo 

hodie 

navigium           scutum 

aeger              cum 

imperium 

olim 

studium 

animus           cura 

in 

perlculum          teneo 

arma               defessus 

is 

pro 

turn 

armo               diu 

itaque 

propero             vicus 

bene               duco 

legatus 

pugno                vulnero 

captlvus          emo 

locus 

quo 

164.   Give  the  Latin  meanings  of  the  following  words  : 

lead 

rule 

zeal,  eagerness 

once,  formerly 

place 

care,  anxiety 

peril 

equip,  arm 

arms 

with 

sick 

pray  to,  worship 

before,  for,  in  defense  of 

shield 

hold,  keep 

then 

spend  the  winter 

hasten 

whither  ? 

this,  that 

captive 

village 

into,  to 

to-day 

tired  out,  weary 

send 

cause,  reason 

feeling,  mind 

well 

buy 

fight 
wound 

lieutenant, 

envoy 

command,  power 

fill 

and  so,  therefore 

for  a  long  time,  long 

build 

boat 

165.  Decline  each  noun  and  each  adjective  in  163.  Con- 
jugate each  verb  in  the  present,  imperfect,  and  future  indica- 
tive active.  Give  the  principal  parts  of  each  verb  in  68,  115, 
and  163.  Conjugate  each  verb  in  163  in  the  perfect  indica- 
tive active.    Decline  is  and  quis. 


THIRD  REVIEW  LESSON 


7* 


166.  Following  the  suggestions  in  634,  give  English  words 
derived  from  the  Latin-words  in  163.  Define  these  derivatives, 
and  illustrate  each  by  an  English  sentence. 

167.  Give  the  rule  for  the  following  constructions,  and 
illustrate  each  by  a  sentence  in  Latin  : 

1.  Ablative  of  means  3.  Ablative  of  accompaniment 

2.  Ablative  of  manner 


A  RACE  IN  THE  CIRCUS  MAXIMUS 


LESSON   XXII 


168. 


READING  LESSON 


VOCABULARY 


ala,  -ae,/".,  wing 

cera,  -ae,/.,  wax 

Creta,  -ae,/,  Crete 

Daedalus,  -I,  m.,  Daedalus,  father 

of  Icarus 
iam,  adv.,  now,  already 
Icarus,  -I,  m.,  Icarus 
-que,  conj.,  enclitic  (22),  and 
quoque,  adv.,  also,  too 
apto,  aptare,  aptavi,  aptatus,  fit, 

fit  to,  adjust  (adapt) 
confirmo,    confirmare,   confirmavi, 


confirmatus,  strengthen,  en- 
courage (confirmation) 

decido,  decidere,  decidi, ,  fall 

off,  fall  down  (deciduous) 

fingo,  fingere,  finxi,  fictus,  fash- 
ion, devise  {fiction) 

postulo,  postulare,  postulavi,  pos- 
tulatus,  demand  (postulate) 

aolvo,  solvere,  solvi,  solutus,  loose 
(solve) 

volo,  volare,  volavi,  volaturus,  fly 
(volatile) 


169. 


DE  ICARO 


Marcus.    Fabulam  bonam  amicus  meus  hodie  narravit. 

Iulia.    De  quo  narravit  amicus  tuus  ? 

Marcus.    De  Icar5,  Daedall  filio,  puero  misero. 

Iulia.    Ubi  habitabat  Icarus  ?     In  Britannia  ? 

Marcus.  Non  in  Britannia  habitabat,  sed  in  Creta,'  insula 
magna  et  clara.  Daedalus  filio  alas  finxit  et  paravit.  Eas 
alas  Icaro  magna  cum  cura  cera  aptavit.  Alae  Icaro  gratae 
erant.  Turn  Daedalus  puerum  volare  (to  fly)  docuit,  sed  altius 
(too  high)  volavit  Icarus.  Itaque  sol  (the  sim)  ceram  solvit, 
et  alae  deciderunt. 

Iulia.    Sed  quid  de  Icaro  ? 

Marcus.    Icarus  quoque  decidit  in  oceanum. 

Iulia.    Eheu  (alas),  miserum  Tcarum  ! 

72 


READING  LESSON 


73 


ROMANI   PRO   SOCIIS   PUGNANT 

170.  Quod  iniuriae  multae  fuerunt,  socii  nostrl  auxilium  postu- 
lant. Itaque  RomanI  legatum  cum  viris  in  terram  Helvetiorum 
mittent.  Is  legatus  iam  viros  convocavit  in  oppidum.  Cibum 
et  carros  emit  et  viros  gladiis  scutisque  armavit.  Socii  interim 
frumentum  paraverunt.  Hodie  legatus  animos  virorum  con- 
firmabit.  Turn  in  agros  finitimos  viros  ducet  et  proelium 
exspectabit.  Locus  eius  proell  propinquus  Helvetiis  est.  Nostrl 
viri  magn5  cum  studio  pro  socils  pugnabunt  et  Helvetios 
superabunt.  Multos  captivos  in  oppidum  ducent.  El  captivi 
in  vicis  nostris  hiemabunt. 


ICARUS  IN  OCEANUM  DECIDIT 


LESSON   XXIII 


THE  THIRD  DECLENSION 


171.  The  Third  Declension.  Nouns  of  the  third  declension 
end  variously  in  the  nominative  singular.  They  are  of  mascu- 
line, feminine,  or  neuter  gender.  Their  inflection  is  illustrated 
by  the  following  words  : 


rex,  m. 

miles,  m. 

virtus,  f. 

caput,  n. 

king 

soldier 

valor 

head 

CASE  ENDINGS 

Singular 

M.  AND  F. 

N. 

Nom. 

rex 

mi'les 

vir'tus 

ca'put 

-s  or  — 

— 

Gen; 

re'gis 

ml 'lit  is 

virtu 'tis 

ca'pitis 

-is 

-is 

Dat. 

re'gi 

mi 'lit! 

virtu 'ti 

ca'piti 

-I 

-I 

Ace. 

re 'gem 

mi 'lit  em 

virtu 'tern 

ca'put 

-em 

— 

Abl. 

re'ge 

mi 'lite 

virtu 'te 
Plural 

ca'pite 

-e 

-e 

Nom. 

re'ges 

mi'lites 

virtu 'tes 

ca'pita 

-es 

-a 

Gen. 

re 'gum 

ml'litum 

virtu 'turn 

ca'pitum 

-um 

-um 

Dat. 

re 'gibus 

mili'tibus 

virtu 'tibus 

capi 'tibus 

-ibus 

-ibuj 

Ace. 

re'ges 

mi'lites 

virtu 'tes 

ca'pita 

-es 

-a 

Abl. 

re 'gibus 

mili'tibus 

virtu 'tibus 

capi 'tibus 

-ibus 

-ibuf 

a.  To  decline  a  noun  of  the  third  declension  it  is  necessary  tc 
know  the  gender,  and  the  spelling  of  the  nominative  and  the  geni 
tive  singular.  These  things,  therefore,  must  be  learned  about  even 
noun  of  this  declension.  Often  an  English  derivative  will  suggest  th( 
spelling  of  the  genitive  singular :  as,  capital,  capitis  ;  military,  militis 

b.  No  adequate  rule  for  the  gender  of  nouns  of  the  third  declensioi 
can  be  given.    But 

Nouns  ending  in  -tor  are  masculine. 

Nouns  ending  in  -tas,  -tus,  or  -tiido,  and  most  nouns  ending  in  -ii 
are  feminine. 

Nouns  ending  in  -e,  -al,  or  -ar  are  neuter. 

74 


THE  THIRD  DECLENSION  75 

c.  Learn  the  case  endings.  Then  practice  the  declension  of  the 
nouns  above  and  of  those  in  the  vocabulary.  Observe  that  masculines 
and  feminines  are  declined  alike. 

d.  Decline  together  miles  bonus,  good  soldier ;  virtus  nostra,  our 
valor ;  and  caput  parvum,  small  head. 

172.  VOCABULARY 

caput,  capitis,  n.,  head  {capital)  lapis,  lapidis,  w.,  stone  {dilapidate) 

dux,    ducis,    m.y    leader,    general  miles,  mllitis,  #z.,  soldier  {military) 

{conductor)  pedes,  peditis,  m.,  foot  soldier 
eques,  equitis,  m. ,  horseman  {eques-  {pedestrian) 

trian)  rex,  regis,  m.,  king  {regal) 

iet  .  .  .  et,  conj.,  both  .  .  .  and  virtus,  virtutis,  f.,  valor,  courage 
fortiter,  adv.,  bravely  {virtue) 

EXERCISES 

173.  1.  Regem  et  ducem  hodie  vidi.  2.  Capita  multorum 
peditum  vidimus.  3.  Et  reges  et  duces  milites  nostr5s  duxe- 
runt.  4.  Etiam  equites  pro  rege  et  duce  fortiter  pugnabant. 
5.  Virtute  et  studio1  socios  superaverunt.  6.  Lapidibus  et  pills 
multos  agricolas  vulneraverunt.  7.  Virtus  equitum  atque  stu- 
dium  peditum  legatum  certe  delectabit.2  8.  Quis  iis  equitibus 
scuta  emet  ?    9.  Nostros  milites  in  silvas  quoque  misimus. 

174.  1.  The  commands  of  the  king  have  been  many.  2.  We 
shall  approve  of  the  commands  of  the  kings.  3.  By  the  valor 
of  these  soldiers  we  shall  overcome  the  Helvetians.  4.  I  shall 
spend  the  winter  with  the  general.    5.  In  a  town  I  saw  a  king. 

This  king  was  a  good  general  and  ruled  well.  7.  He  bought 
food  for  the  wretched  foot  soldiers.  8.  He  sent  both  arms 
and  grain  into  that  town. 

1  Observe  that  the  ablative  of  an  abstract  noun  may  express  means. 

2  Observe  that  a  singular  verb  may  be  used  with  two  subjects,  if  the*sub- 
jects  are  abstract  nouns  and  considered  as  a  single  whole. 


LESSON  XXIV 


THE  THIRD  CONJUGATION:    VERBS   IN  -10  •  THE  ABLATIVE  OF 
PLACE   FROM   WHICH  •  THE  ACCUSATIVE   OF  PLACE  TO   WHICH 

175.  The  Third  Conjugation :  Verbs  in  -id.  Certain  verbs 
of  the  third  conjugation  differ  in  inflection  from  the  regular 
verbs  of  that  conjugation.  Learn  the  present,  imperfect,  future, 
and  perfect  indicative  active  of  capio,  take  (66 1). 

a.  Wherein  does  the  inflection  of  capio  differ  from  that  of  rego  in 
the  present  ?  in  the  imperfect  ?  in  the  future  ? 

b.  Verbs  in  -io,  with  the  infinitive  in  -Sre,  are  conjugated  like  capio. 
Like  capio  inflect  in  the  same  tenses  fugio  and  iacio  (176). 

176.  VOCABULARY 

a  (ah),  prep,  with  at?/.,  away  from,  pes,  pedis,  m.,  foot  (pedal) 

from,  by  (avert)  capio,  capere,  cepi,  captus,  take, 
ad,  prep,    with    ace.,    to,    toward  capture,  receive  (captive) 

(adhere)  dimitto,  dimittere,  dimisi,  dimis- 
conloquium,  conlo'qul,  n.,  confer-  sus,  send  away  (dismiss) 

ence,  interview  (colloquial)  fugio,  fugere,  fugi,  fugiturus,  flee, 
e   (ex),  prep,   with    abl.,   out  of,  .        run  away  (fugitive) 

from  (exit)  *  iacio,   iacere,   ieci,   iactus,  throw, 

murus,  -i,  m.,  wall  (mural)  hurl,  cast,  fling  (reject) 

a.  Ab  and  ex  are  used  instead  of  a  and  e  before  words  beginning  with 
a  vowel  or  h ;  before  consonants  either  a  or  ab,  e  or  ex  may  be  used.; 

177.  The  Ablative  of  Place  from  Which. 

1.  Milites  ab  vico  properant,  the  soldiers  are  hastening  away  fro  m\ 

the  village. 

2.  Milites  ex  vico  properant,  the  soldiers  are  hastening  out  of  the 

village. 

.  3.  Milites  de  vico  properant,  the  soldiers  are  hastening  from  (down 
from)  the  village. 

76 


VERBS  IN  -10  .77 

a.  Observe  that  the  phrases  ab  vico,  ex  vico,  and  de  vico  denote  the 
place  from  which  the  motion  is  directed.  This  usage  is  known  as  the 
Ablative  of  Place  from  Which.  Ab  vico  (i)  indicates  that  the  soldiers 
started  from  the  vicinity  of  the  village  ;  while  ex  vico  (2)  indicates  that 
they  started  from  some  point  or  place  within  the  village. 

178.  Rule  for  the  Ablative  of  Place  from  Which.  Place  from 
which  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  zvith  a  (ab),  de,  e  (ex). 

179.  The  Accusative  of  Place  to  Which. 

1.  Legatos  in  oppidum  miserunt,  they  sent  ambassadors  into  the 

tow?i. 

2.  Legatos  ad  oppidum  miserunt,  they  sent  ambassadors  to  the  town. 

a.  Observe  that  the  phrases  in  oppidum  and  ad  oppidum  denote 
the  place  to  which  the  motion  is  directed.  This  usage  is  known  as 
the  Accusative  of  Place  to  Which. 

180.  Rule  for  the  Accusative  of  Place  to  Which.  Place  to 
which  is  expressed  by  the  accusative  zvith  ad  or  in. 

EXERCISES 

181.  I.  Capiet,  capit,  capiunt.  2.  Iacio,  iaciam,  iaciebam. 
3.  Ceperunt,  iecit,  iecimus.  4.  Fugimus,  fugimus,  dimisimus. 
5.  Ex  conloquio  fugiunt.  6.  Ab  vico  in  agros  fugient.  7.  De 
oppido  ad  oceanum  fugit.  8.  Qui  litteras  ad  regem  miserunt? 
9.  De  murls  eius  oppidl  pila  iecerunt.  10.  Defessos  milites 
ex  proelio  dlmisit.  II.  Cur  ab  eo  loco  fugis  ?  12.  Carros 
nostros  capient. 

182.  1.  He  will  hurl,  they  will  hurl,  they  hurl.  2.  You 
throw,  you  will  throw,  you  have  thrown.  3.  They  wounded 
the  feet  of  the  horsemen.  4.  I  shall  hasten  from  Italy  into 
the  province.  5.  Both  women  and  girls  were  fleeing  from  the 
fields.  6.  They  have  hastened  from  Germany  into  Italy.  7.  He 
led  the  tribune  to  the  conference. 


LESSON  XXV 


THE  ABLATIVE  OF  CAUSE  •  PREPOSITIONAL  PHRASES 
EXPRESSING  CAUSE 


183. 


VOCABULARY 


inopia,  -ae,/,  want,  lack 
oh,  prep,  with  ace,  on  account  of 
pater,  patris,  m.,  father  {paternal) 
propter, prep,  with  ace,  on  account 

of 
soror,  sororis,/!,  sister  {sorority) 
vulnus,  vulneris,  ;/.,  wound  (vul- 
nerable) 

magnum,  homo  defessus,  id  vulnus. 


centurio,  centurionis,  m.,  centurion 

corpus,  corporis,  //.,  body  {cor- 
poral) x 

doleo,  dolere,  dolui,  dolitiirus, 
grieve  {doleful) 

explorator,  exploratoris,  m.,  scout 
{explore) 

homo,  hominis,  m.,  man  {homicide) 

a.  Decline  centurio  miser,  corpus 

184.  The  Ablative  of  Cause. 

1.  Legatus  militem  virtute  laudavit,  the  lieutenant  praised  the 

soldier  for  {because  of  o?i  account  of)  his  valor. 

2.  Pedites  via  longa  sunt  defessi,  the  foot  soldiers  are  tired  out 

with  {front,  because  of)  the  long  march. 

a.  Observe  that  the  ablatives  virtute  and  via  denote  cause  or  rea- 
son. Observe  the  various  prepositions  used  in  translating  these  abla- 
tives :  for,  with,  from,  because  of  on  account  of .  This  ablative  answers 
the  question  why  ?  and  is  known  as  the  Ablative  of  Cause. 


185.  Rule  for  the  Ablative  of  Cause. 

a  preposition  is  used  to  express  cause. 


The  ablative  without 


186.  Prepositional  Phrases  expressing  Cause.  Cause  may 
also  be  expressed  by  a  prepositional  phrase  consisting  of  ob 
or  propter  with  the  accusative,  or  of  de  or  ex  with  the  ablative  : 

1  See  171,  a. 

78 


THE  ABLATIVE  OF  CAUSE 


79 


1.  Legatus  militem  ob  (propter)  virtutem  laudavit,  the  lieutenant 

praised  the  soldier  on  account  of  his  courage. 

2.  Multis  de  causis  in  Italiam  properabunt,  for  many  reasons 

they  will  hurry  into  Italy. 

a.  Observe  the  translation  of  de  in  the  phrase  de  causis. 


EXERCISES 

187.  i.  Multis  de  causis  Roman!  auxilium  non  mlserunt. 
2.  Lapidibus  plllsque  eos  homines  vulneraverunt.  3.  Multa 
vulnera  in  capitibus  et  in  corporibus  ha- 
bent.  4.  Hodie  patres  vulneribus  filiorum 
dolebunt.  5.  Dux  noster  magna  victoria 
centuriones  laudabit.  6.  Perlculum  explo- 
ratorum  milites  terruit.  7.  Turn  in  muros 
oppidl  ob  iniurias  non  fugiebatis.  8.  Prop- 
ter inopiam  cibi1  magno  in  perlculo  fuimus. 
9.  Legatus  equites  et  pedites  ad  conlo- 
quium  duxit. 

188.  1 .  We  have  often  been  tired  because 
of  wounds.  2.1  shall  praise  our  soldiers 
because  of  their  courage  and  zeal.  3.  Our 
fathers  will  fight  for  a  long  time  and  will 
capture  much  booty.  4.  Which  centurion 
was  throwing  javelins  down  from  the  wall  ? 

5.  On  account  of  a  lack  of  food  and  water 
Marcus  and  Galba,  the  centurions,  did  not  fight  with  courage. 

6.  My  sister  is  now  grieving  because  the  women  of  Britain  are 
wretched.  7.  In  the  meantime  the  scouts  related  the  commands 
of  the  general. 

1  This  is  a  new  usage  of  the  genitive  case.  As  used  here,  the  genitive 
denotes  that  of  which  something  consists  or  is  made.  It  is  called  the  Genitive 
of  Material. 


CENTURIO 


LESSON   XXVI 


THE  THIRD  DECLENSION:    /-STEMS 


189.  The  Third  Declension:  /-Stems.  Certain  nouns  of  the 
third  declension  have  i-stems.    These  include  : 

1.  Nouns  which  end  in  -is  or  -es  in  the  nominative  singular 
and  have  no  more  syllables  in  the  genitive  singular  than  in  the 
nominative. 

2.  Neuters  ending  in  -e,  -al,  or  -ar. 

3.  Nouns  ending  in  -ns  or  -rs. 

4.  Monosyllables  ending  in  -s  or  -x,  with  a  consonant  pre- 
ceding the  -s  or  -x. 

These  nouns  show  the  following  peculiarities  of  declension  : 

1.  The  genitive  plural  ends  in  -ium. 

2 .  The  accusative  plural  of  masculines  and  of  f eminines  ends 
in  -Is  or  -6s. 

3.  The  nominative  and  the  accusative  plural  of  neuters  end 
in  -ia. 

4.  The  ablative  singular  of  neuters  and  of  a  few  other  words 
ends  in  -I. 

The  declension  of  nouns  having  i-stems  is  illustrated  by  the 
following  paradigms  : 

hostis,  m.,  enemy    mare,  n.,  sea      cohors,  f.,  cohort    mons,  m.,  mountain 


stem  hosti- 

stem  mari- 

stem  cohorti- 

stem  monti- 

SlNGULAR 

Nom. 

hos'tis 

ma're 

co'hors 

mons 

Gen. 

hos'tis 

ma'ris 

cohor'tis 

mon'tis 

Dat. 

hos'ti 

ma'ri 

cohor'tl 

mon'ti 

Ace. 

hos'tem 

ma're 

cohor'tem 

mon'tem 

Abl. 

hos'te 

ma'ri 

80 

cohor'te 

mon'te 

/-STEMS 

81 

Plural 

Norn. 

hos'tes 

ma'ria 

cohor'tes 

mon'tes 

Gen. 

hos'tium 

ma'rium 

cohor'tium 

mon'tium 

Dat. 

hos'tibus 

ma'ribus 

cohor'tibus 

mon'tibus 

Ace. 

hos'tis  (-6s) 

ma'ria 

cohor'tis  (-6s) 

mon'tis  (-6s) 

Abl. 

hos'tibus 

ma'ribus 

cohor'tibus 

mon'tibus 

a.  For  the  guidance  of  the  learner,  in  the  succeeding  vocabularies 
nouns  having  i-stems  will  be  followed  by  the  stem. 

b.  Decline  each  noun  in  190. 

190.  VOCABULARY 

civis,  civis  (civi-),  ni.,  citizen  (civil)  mare,  maris  (mari-),  n.,  sea  (mari- 
cohors,  cohortis  (cohorti-),/],  cohort  time) 

collis,  collis  (colli-),  m.,  hill  mons,  montis  (monti-),  m.,  moun- 
finis,  finis  (fini-),  m.,  end ;  fllur.,  tain  (mount) 

territories  (finish)  navis,  navis  (navi-),/,  ship  (navi- 
hostis,  hostis  (hosti-),  m.,  enemy         gate) 

(hostile)  urbs,  urbis  (urbi-),/],  city  (urban) 
ignis,  ignis  (igni-),  m.,  fire  (ignite) 

EXERCISES 

191.  1.  Victoria  hostium  civis  urbis  Romae  terruit.  2.  Collis 
et  montis  Italiae  non  vidl.  3.  Exploratores  et  centuriones  ex 
finibus  Sabmorum  fugerunt.  4.  Roman!  multas  navis  et 
navigia  in  marl  habuerunt.  5.  Magno  perlculd  elves  cibum 
frumentumque  in  urbem  portant.  6.  Cohortes  quoque  mittemus 
et  hostis  superabimus.  7.  Propinquum  monti  erat  oppidum. 
8.  Virtus  clvium  grata  duel  fuit. 

192.  1.  Have  we  many  ships  to-day?  2.  Formerly  they 
lived  on  the  hills  and  mountains.  3.  The  territories  of  the 
Romans  were  wide.  4.  These  citizens  are  not  fit  for  war. 
5.  Our  soldiers  have  captured  many  cities  of  Greece.  6.  Who 
are  throwing  javelins  down  from  the  walls  of  the  cities  ? 
7.  Boys  see  great  fires  in  the  city. 


LESSON   XXVII 


THE  ACCUSATIVE  AND  THE  ABLATIVE  WITH  PREPOSITIONS 
ADJECTIVES  USED  AS  NOUNS 

193.  Prepositions  with  the  Accusative.    The  following  prep- 
ositions are  used  with  the  accusative  : 

ad,  to,  toward,  against  {adverse)  among  (of  more  than  two  ob- 

ante,  before,  in  front  of  (anteced-  jects)  {intervene) 

ent)  ob,  on  account  of,  because  of 

apud,  near,  with,  among  per,  through  {perennial) 

contra,  against  {contradict)  post,  after,  behind  {postpone) 

in,  into,  against  {inspire)  propter,  on  account  of,  because  of 

inter,  between  (of  two  objects),  trans,  across  {transatlantic) 

194.  Prepositions  with  the  Ablative.     The  following  prep- 
ositions are  used  with  the  ablative  : 

a,  ab,  away  from,  from,  by  {abla-  in,  in,  at,  on  {insist) 

tive)  pro,  in  front  of,  in  behalf  of  {pro- 
cum,  with  {compete)  ted) 

de,  down  from,  concerning  {depose)  sine,  without  {sinecure) 
e,  ex,  out  of,  from  {expose) 


a.  Which  preposition  is  used  with  both  cases  ?    With  what  differ- 
ce  in  meaning  ? 

b.  Learn  the  meanings  of  all  these  prepositions. 


195.  Methods  of  saying  "to,"  "on  account  of,"  "because 
of,"  and  "  with  "  in  Latin  : 

a.  To :  If  the  phrase  expresses  the  indirect  object,  use  the  dative. 
If  the  phrase  occurs  with  a  verb  of  motio?i  (as  mitto),  use  ad  or  in  i 

with  the  accusative. 

b.  On  account  of,  because  of:    Use  either  ob  or  propter  with  the; 
accusative,  or  use  the  ablative. 


PREPOSITIONS 


83 


Remember  that  the  preposition  de  or  ex  is  used  in  certain  phrases 
(as,  multis  de  causis,  for  many  reasons). 

c.  With :  If  the  phrase  expresses  means,  use  the  ablative. 

If  the  phrase  expresses  ma?mer, 
use  the  ablative  with  cum ;  omit 
cum,  if  you  wish,  when  there  is  an 
adjective  in  the  phrase. 

If  the  phrase  expresses  accom- 
paniment, use  the  ablative  with  cum. 

If  the  phrase  expresses  cause,  use 
either  ob  or  propter  with  the  accusa- 
tive, or  use  the  ablative  of  cause. 


X  ZS^^^S^y  xf  WeWb.  r 

W^dA 

nm 

mJmmM 

^fflhwi^ 

mfri  Wm 

gSsw/j 

'tuSj?//' 

Tffll 

vw 

ml 

^•£>jl|Vw- 

-.—  ML 

EQUES   ROMANUS 


196.  Adjectives  used  as  Nouns. 

Adjectives    are    often    used    as 

nouns  (m,f)  ;  as,  amicus,  -1,  m., 

a  friend,  from  amicus,  a,  -um,  friendly  ;  multa,  -drum,  n.,  many 

things,  from  multi,  -ae,  -a,  many.     So  also  finitimi,  neighbors, 

and  nostri,  our  men. 

EXERCISES 

197.  1.  Nostri  centurionem  inter  captlvos  viderunt.  2.  Fini- 
timi propter  earn  victoriam  Romanorum  dolent.  3.  Cur 
cohortes  per  silvas  ad  oppidum  fugiebant  ?  4.  Cum  cura 
vestras  filias  libris  docuistis.  5.  Equites  et  pedites^nte  portam 
sunt.  6.  Sine  perlculo  in  urbe  manebimus.  7.  Atque  multa 
ex  ea  urbe  portaverunt.  8.  Trans  agrum  latum  exploratores 
ducit.    9.  In  provincia  cum  multis  militibus  fuit. 

198.  1.  After  this  battle  he  will  send  our  men  into  Germany. 
2.  They  captured  the  town  without  help.  3.  The  neighbors 
were  fighting  bravely  against  the  enemy.  4.  In  front  of  the 
town  was  a  hill.  5.  Near  the  lieutenant  a  messenger  was 
waiting.  6.  We  shall  hurry  through  Italy  and  shall  spend  the 
winter  among  those  mountains. 


LESSON   XXVIII 


READING  LESSON 


199. 


VOCABULARY 


exemplum,  -I,  n.,  example 

factum,  -I,  n.,  act,  deed  {fact) 

Horatius,  Horati,  m.,  Horatius,  a 
Roman 

nam,  conj.,  for 

pauci,  -ae,  -a,  plur.,  few,  only  a 
few  {paucity) 

pons,  pontis  (ponti-),  ;;/.,  bridge 
(po?itoon) 

Porsena,  -ae,  m.,  Porsena,  a  king 
of  Etruria 

Sublicius,  -a,  -um,  Sublician  (rest- 
ing on  piles) 

tandem,  adv.,  at  last,  finally 


tergum,  -I,  n.,   back ;    a  tergo,  in 

the  rear 
terror,  terroris,  m.,  terror,  fear 
'  Tiberis,  -is  (ace.  -im),  m.,  Tiber,  a 

river 
timidus,  -a,  -um,  fearful  {timid) 
defendo,  defendere,  defendl,  defen- 

sus,  defend  {defense) 
obsideo,  obsidere,  obsedi,  obsessus, 

besiege 
servo,  servare,  servavi,  servatus, 

save,  protect  (preserve) 
sustineo,  sustinere,  sustinui,  sus- 

tentus,  hold  up,  sustain,  hold 

in  check 


HORATIUS  PONTEM  DEFENDIT 

200.  Porsena,  Roman5rum  hostis,  rex  fuit  clarus.  Olim  urbem 
Romam  obsidebat.  Magnus  erat  terror  Romanorum,  quod  Por- 
sena multos  milites  habebat.  Timidae  feminae.  in  templis  deos 
adorabant.  Sed  virtus  valid!  viri  Romam  defendit.  Nam  paucis 
cum  sociis  pro  ponte  Sublicio  Horatius  hostis  sustinuit.  Cives 
interim  a  terg5  pontem  solvunt  et  rescindunt  (break  dowii).\ 
Turn  socios  Horatius  dimittit  et  pontem  contra  hostis  defendit. 
Tandem  decidit  pons,  et  inter  pila  hostium  Horatius  in  Tiberim* 
desilit  ( jumps  down)  et  ad  socios  natat.  Id  exemplum  virtu tis 
Romam  servavit.    Hodie  facta  Horati  laudamus. 

84 


READING  LESSON 


85 


201. 


VOCABULARY 


contends,  contendere,  contend!,  con- 
tentus,  struggle  {contend) 

cotidianus,  -a,  -urn,  daily 

fere,  adv.,  almost 

Gallia,  -ae,/,  Gaul  (Gallic) 

Gallus,  -I,  m.f  a  Gaul  (inhabitant 
of  Gaul) 

German!,  -orum,  m.plur.,  Germans 

Hispani, -orum,  m.plur.,  Spaniards 

Hispania,  -ae,/,  Spain 


incolo,  incolere,  incolui, ,  dwell 

in,  inhabit 
magnopere,  adv.,  greatly 
natio,   nationis,  /.,  race,  people, 

tribe  (national) 
non  solum  .   .   .   sed  etiam,  not 

only  .  .  .  but  also 
Rhenus,  -I,  m.,  Rhine  {Rhenish) 
timed,  timere,  timui,  ,  fear, 

dread 


DE  NATIONIBUS  EUROPAE 

202.  Hispania  et  Gallia  et  Germania  erant  nationes  Europae. 
Proxima  5ceano  erat  Hispania.  Galli  inter  Hispaniam  et  Ger- 
maniam,  GermanI  trans  Rhenum  incolebant.  German!  paucos 
vlcos  etiam  in  Gallia  habebant.  Quod  eae  nationes  hostes 
erant,  Roman!  cum  Hispanls  et  Gallis  et  Germanis  saepe 
pugnaverunt. 

Inter  Galliam  et  mare  erat  nova  provincia  Romae.  Incolae 
eius  provinciae  iniurias  Gallorum  diu  sustinuerunt.  Tandem  ab 
Romanis  auxilium  postulaverunt ;  nam  Helvetios  finitimos  mag- 
nopere timebant.  Helvetii  non  solum  provinciae  sed  etiam  Ger- 
manis inimici  erant  et  cum  Germanis  cotidianis  fere  proeliis 
contendebant. 


HORATIUS  PONTEM   DEFENDIT 


86 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


FOURTH   REVIEW  LESSON 


LESSONS  XXII-XXVIII 


203.  Give  the  English 

meanings  of  the  following  words  : 

a,  ab 

decido 

homo 

navis 

rex 

ad 

defendo 

hostis 

non  solum  .  .  . 

servo 

ante 

dteiitto 
do^o 

iacio 

sed  etiam 

sine 

apud 

iam 

ob 

solvo 

capio 

dux 

ignis 

obsideo 

soror 

caput 

e,  ex 

incolo 

pater 

sustineo 

centurio 

eques 

inopia 

pauci 

tandem 

civis 

et  .  .  .  et 

inter 

pedes 

tergum 

cohors 

exemplum 

lapis 

per 

terror 

collis 

explorator 

magnopere 

pes 

timeo 

confirmo 

factum 

mare 

pons 

timidus 

conloquium 

fere 

miles 

post ' 

trans 

contendo 

flngo 

mons 

postulo 

urb.s 

contra 

finis 

murus 

propter 

virtus 

corpus 

fortiter 

nam 

-que 

volo 

cotldianus 

fugio 

natio 

quoque 

vulnus 

204.  Give  the  Latin  meanings  of  the  following  words  : 

sister 

back 

after 

on  account  of,  because  of 

few,  only  a  few    wall 

and 

near,  with,  among 

fly 

without 

father 

conference,  interview 

both  .  .  .  and 

bridge 

head 

to,  toward,  against 

across 

enemy 

daily 

from,  away  from 

hill 

now 

defend 

not  only ...  but  also 

foot  soldier 

horseman 

stone 

throw,  hurl,  casl 

ship 

at  last 

before 

valor,  courage 

grieve 

soldier 

centurion 

leader,  general 

fear,  dread 

bravely 

for 

fashion,  devise 

mountain 

citizen 

fall  down 

dwell  in,  inhabit 

city 

terror 

loose 

between,  among 

FOURTH  REVIEW  LESSON 


87 


take,  capture 

king 

sea 

race,  people,  tribe 

fire 

greatly 

foot 

end,  territories 

struggle 

scout 

flee 

strengthen,  encourage 

man 

against 

body 

hold  up,  sustain,  hold  in  check 

wound 

lack,  want 

besiege 

act,  deed 

send  away 

demand 

cohort 

example 

out  of,  from 

through 

almost 

save,  protect 

fearful 

205.  Decline  each  noun  in  203.  Give  the  principal  parts 
of  each  verb.  Conjugate  each  verb  of  the  third  conjugation 
in  the  present,  imperfect,  future,  and  perfect  indicative  active. 
Use  each  preposition  in  a  Latin  phrase.  Which  nouns  have 
i-stems  ? 

206.  Following  the  suggestions  in  634,  give  English  words 
derived  from  the  Latin  words  in  203.  Define  these  derivatives, 
and  illustrate  each  by  an  English  sentence. 

207.  Give  the  rule,  if  there  is  one,  for  each  of  the  follow- 
ing constructions,  and  illustrate  each  by  a  sentence  in  Latin : 

1.  Ablative  of  place  from  which 

b 

2.  Accusative  of  place  to  which 

3.  Ablative  of  cause 


4.  Prepositional  phrases  express- 
ing cause 


5.  Prepositions  with  the  accusa- 
tive 

6.  Prepositions  with  the  ablative 

7.  Adjectives  used  as  nouns 


LESSON   XXIX 


ADJECTIVES   OF  THE  THIRD  DECLENSION    • 

208.  Adjectives  of  the  Third  Declension.  Besides  the  ad- 
jectives of  the  first  and  second  declensions  there  are  also 
adjectives  of  the  third  declension.  They  use  the  endings  of 
the  third  declension  of  nouns. 

a.  Some  of  these  adjectives  have  the  same  form  for  the  nomina- 
tive singular  of  all  three  genders :  as,  audax,  bold.  Others  have  the 
same  form  for  the  masculine  and  feminine  nominative  singular,  but 
a  different  form  for  the  neuter  nominative  singular :  as,  brevis,  breve, 
short.  Still  others  have  a  different  form  in  the  nominative  singular 
for  each  gender :  as,  acer,  acris,  acre,  keen,  eager. 

b.  Learn  the  declension  of  audax,  brevis,  and  acer  (644). 

c.  Observe  that  the  adjectives  having  two  or  three  endings  in  the 
nominative  singular  have  only  -i  in  the  ablative  singular.  Adjectives 
of  one  ending  more  often  have  -1  than  -e  in  the  ablative.  Compare 
the  endings  of  these  adjectives  with  the  endings  of  nouns  having 
i-stems  (189).   What  differences  are  there  ? 

d.  Decline  proelium  acre,  keen  battle ;  corpus  breve,  short  body; 
hostis  audax,  bold  enemy ;  vir  acer,  bold  man. 


209.  VOCABULARY 

acer,  acris,  acre,  keen,  eager,  sharp 
(acrid) 

audax,  audacis,  bold  (audacious) 

brevis,  -e,  short,  brief  (brevity) 

Caesar,  Caesaris,  m.,  Caesar 

communis,  -e,  common  (commu- 
nity) 


fortis,  -e,  brave,  strong  (fortitude) 
gravis,  -e,  heavy,  severe  (gravity) 
labor,   laboris,    ;;/.,  toil,   hardship 

(laborious) 
omnis,  -e,  all,  every,   the  whole 

(omnipresent) 
potestas,  potestatis,/,  power 


Note.  In  the  vocabularies  the  genitive  singular  will  be  given  of 
adjectives  of  one  ending ;  but  in  the  case  of  adjectives  of  two  or  of  three 
endings  all  the  forms  of  the  nominative  singular  will  be  given. 


ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  THIRD  DECLENSION        89 
EXERCISES 

210.  1.  Caesar  dux  audax  Romanorum  erat.  2.  Magna  fuit 
potestas  eius  ducis.  3.  Omnes  mllites  Caesarem  magnopere 
amabant,  quod  hostis  saepe  superavit.  4.  Labores  mllitum  in 
bello  saepe  erant  graves.  5.  Hostes  multl  et  acres  erant  et 
multa  plla  contra  Romanos  iaciebant.  6.  Sed  nostrae  cohortes 
propter  commune  periculum  non  fugerunt.  7.  Pro  Roma 
fortiter  pugnaverunt.    8.  Breve  erat  id  bellum. 

211.  1.  The  sword  of  the  Romans  was  both  short  and  heavy. 
2.  The  foot  soldier  had  a  bold  comrade.  3.  Our  men  were 
carrying  many  heavy  things.  4.  To  all  my  friends  I  shall 
give  gifts.  5.  The  leader  of  the  eager  horsemen  was  ^grieving 
because  of  many  hardships.  6.  He  dismissed  all  the  tribunes 
from  the  conference. 


CAESAR 


LESSON   XXX 


THE  FOURTH  CONJUGATION 

212.  The  Fourth  Conjugation.  Learn  the  present,  imperfect, 
future,  and  perfect  indicative  active  of  audio  (662). 

a.  Compare  the  inflection  of  audio  with  that  of  capio.  Observe 
that  three  forms  of  audio  in  the  present  differ  in  quantity  from  the 
corresponding  forms  of  capio :  audis,  audimus,  auditis.  In  other 
respects  the  inflection  is  identical  with  that  of  capio. 

b.  Inflect  like  audio  in  the  same  tenses  reperio,^;^,  and  venio,  come. 

213.  VOCABULARY 

flumen,  fluminis,  n.,  river  (fluent)  oppugno,  oppugnare,  oppugnavi, 
nobilis,  -e,  noble,   of  high  birth  oppugnatus,  attack  (impugn) 

(iiobility)  reperio,  reperire,  repperi,  repertus, 

audio,  audire,  audivi,  auditus,  hear  find  {repertory) 

(audible)  venio,  venire,  veni,  venturus,  come 

(invent) 

EXERCISES 

214.  1.  Audio,  audiebam,  audiam.  2.  Auditne  ?  audiebat, 
audiet.  3.  Audiunt,  audiebant,  audient.  4.  Audimus,  audlvi- 
mus,  audietis.  5.  Audivi,  audis,  audlverunt.  6.  Venls,  venit, 
venistl.  7.  Venit,  venimus,  Venimus.  8.  Reperlsne  ?  reppe- 
ristis,  reperltis.    9.  Repperi,  reperit,  repperit. 

215.  1.  He  has  found,  they  have  found,  they  came.  2.  You 
are  hearing,  you  did  come,  he  heard.  3.  We  have  heard,  we 
were  finding,  we  came.  4.  You  are  coming,  they  were  finding, 
we  shall  come.  5.  I  shall  hear,  we  hear,  they  heard.  6.  He 
came,  he  has  come,  they  hear.  7.  They  will  defend,  they 
have  attacked,  he  has  defended. 

90 


THE  FOURTH  CONJUGATION 


91 


216. 


CONLOQUIUM 


»  Marcus.    Hodie  fabulam  de  Porsena  et  Horatio  audlvi. 
IuLiAj,  Quis  fuit  Porsena  ?    Romanusne  erat  ? 

MXfcus.  Porsena,  rex  nobilis,  Romanorum  hostis  olim  fuit. 
Cum  Slilitibus  audacious  in  finis  R5man5rum  venit,  et  urbem 
Romam  oppugnabat. 

Iulia.    Fugeruntne  RomanI  ob  perlculum  ? 

Marcus.  Magnum  erat  perlculum  urbis  et  clvium,  quod  hostes 
erant  fortes  et  acres,  sed  RomanI  non  fugerunt. 

Iulia.    Cepitne  Porsena  Romam  ? 

Marcus.  Urbem  non-  cepit,  quod  virtus  validl  virl  clvls  defen- 
debat.    Paucls  cum  socils  Horatius  pro  urbe  fortiter  pugnabat. 

Iulia.    Diune  ho'stes  sustinuit  Horatius  ? 

Marcus.  Non  diu,  quod  hostes  erant  multl,  et  multa  plla 
iaciebant.  Tandem  trans  flu  men  ad  socios  natavit.  RomanI 
Horatium  oB  earn  virtutem  laudaverunt. 


SOLDIERS  MARCHING 


LESSON   XXXI 


217. 


THE  ABLATIVE  OF  TIME 


VOCABULARY 


aestas,  aestatis,^,  summer 
annus,  -I,  m.,  year  (annua/) 
decern,  adj.,  indecl.,  ten  (decimal) 
hiems,  hiemis,/.,  winter 
hora,  -ae,/.,  hour  {horoscope) 
lux,  lucis,/,  light  (translucent) 
nox,  noctis  (nocti-),  f.,  night  (noc- 
turnal) 
primus,  -a,  -um,  first  (primary) 

218.  The  Ablative  of  Time. 


secundus,  -a,  -um,  second  (second- 
ary) 

tempus,  temporis,  n.,  time  (tem- 
poral) 

gero,  gerere,  gessi,  gestus,  manage, 
carry  on  (vicegerent) 

prima  luce,  at  dawn 

bellum  gerere,  carry  on  war,  wage 
war 


1.  Homines  aestate  et  hieme  laborant,  men  toil  in  summer  and 

in  wi?iter. 

2.  Decern  annis  Caesar  multa  bella  gessit,  within  ten  years  Ccesar 

carried  on  many  wars. 

a.  Observe  that  these  ablatives  are  expressions  of  time.  They 
answer  the  questions  whe?i  ?  in  or  within  what  time  ?  This  usage  of 
the  ablative  is  known  as  the  Ablative  of  Time.  It  may  be  translated 
by  a  phrase  beginning  with  in,  at,  within,  or  during. 

219.  Rule  for  the  Ablative  of  Time.  The  time  at  which  or 
within  which  a  thing  happeiis  is  expressed  by  the  ablative 
without  a  preposition. 


J 


EXERCISES 


220.  i.  Hieme  venti  in  marl  sunt  graves.  2.  Aestate  agri- 
colae  in  agris  laborabant.  3.  Prima  luce  ad  Caesarem  venient. 
4.  Caesar   bellum   fortibus   cum   hostibus   gessit.      5.  Omnes 

92 


THE  ABLATIVE  OF  TIME  93 

provincias  paucls  annis  superavit.  6.  Quo  tempore  noctis  in 
urbem  venisti  ?  7.  Secunda  hora  proeli  decern  exploratores 
capiunt.     8.  Nuntius  eo  tempore  legato  litteras  demonstravit. 

221.  1.  Welcome  summer  will  come  in  a  short  time.  2.  At 
the    second   hour  of   the   night   we    heard   these    commands. 

3.  He   found  ten   wounds  on   the   body  of  the   foot   soldier. 

4.  At  dawn  Caesar  sent  this  cohort  between  the  hill  and  the 
mountain.  5.  They  all  fled  from  the  province  in  the  first 
year  of  the  war.  6.  Why  did  they  not  carry  on  war  with  the 
Romans  in  the  winter  ? 

LACONIC  SPEECHES1 

222.  1.  Amicus  olim  Spartanum  rogavit :  "  Cur  muros  non 
habet  Sparta  ?  "  Spartanus  respondit :  "  Nostra  urbs  muros 
optimos   (the  very  best)   habet,  yirtutem  incolarum  fortium." 

2.  Rex  Spartanus  olim  dixit :  "Mel  elves  numquam  roga- 
verunt,  f  Quot  sunt  hostes  ? '  sed  /  Ubi  sunt  ? '  " 

3.  Hostis  ante  pugnam  Spartano  dixit :  "  Solem  propter  pl- 
lorum  multitudinem  et  sagittarum  non  videbitis."  "  In  umbra 
igitur  pugnabimus,"  respondit  Spartanus. 

1  The  meanings  of  words  that  are  not  given  in  the  vocabularies  of  the 
lessons  may  be  found  in  the  general  vocabulary. 


AESTATE  AGRICOLA  IN  AGRIS  LABORAT 


LESSON   XXXII 


THE  PLUPERFECT  AND  FUTURE  PERFECT  INDICATIVE 
ACTIVE  OF  ALL  CONJUGATIONS 

223.  The  Formation  of  the  Pluperfect  and  Future  Perfect 
Tenses.  The  pluperfect  (xxxiii,  b)  and  the  future  perfect 
(xxxiii,  b)  indicative  active  of  amo  are  inflected  as  follows  : 

Pluperfect 

i.  ama'veram,  I  had  loved  amavera'mus,  we  had  loved 

2.  ama'veras,  you  had  loved  amavera'tis,  you  had  loved 

3.  ama'verat,  he  had  loved  ama'verant,  they  had  loved 

Future  Perfect 

1 .  ama'vero,  /  shall  have  loved     amav  e'rimus,  we  shall  have  loved 

2.  ama'veris,jw/  will  have  loved    amave'ritis,  you  will  have  loved 

3 .  ama'v  erit ,  he  will  have  loved      ama  V  erint,  they  will  have  loved 

'  a.  Observe  that  the  pluperfect  is  formed  by  adding  the  imperfect 
of  sum  (108)  to  the  perfect  stem;  and  the  future  perfect  by  adding 
the  future  of  sum  to  the  perfect  stem.  One  form,  however,  is  not 
spelled  as  it  is  in  the  inflection  of  sum.    Which  form  ? 

b.  The  tense  sign  of  the  pluperfect  is  -era- ;  of  the  future  perfect, 
-eri-. 

c.  What  are  the  perfect  stems  of  moneo,  rego,  capio,  audio,  and 
sum  ?  Inflect  the  pluperfect  and  future  perfect  tenses  of  these  verbs, 
and  of  the  verbs  in  203. 

d.  What  auxiliary  verbs  (iv,/*)  are  to  be  used  in  translating  these 
tenses  ?    What  English  tense  is  the  same  as  the  pluperfect  ? 

•  e.  The  perfect,  pluperfect,  and  future  perfect  use  the  perfect  stem, 
.  and  so  belong  to  the  perfect  system  of  the  verb.    Make  synopses  (671) 
in  this  system  of  the  model  verbs. 

94 


THE  PLUPERFECT  AND  FUTURE  , PERFECT   95 


224. 


VOCABULARY 


civitas,  civitatis,/,  state,  clan  princeps,  prlncipis,  w.,  chief  (prin- 

Labienus,  -1,  m.y  Labienus,  a  Ro-  cipal) 

man  officer  Romanus,  -a,  -urn,  Roman 

populus,  -1,  m.,  people  (popula-  telum,  -1,  n.,  weapon 

tioti) 

EXERCISES 

225.  1.  Emerint,  gesseram,  hiemaveratis.  2.  Demonstrave- 
rant,  audlveris,  superaveramus.  3.  Tenuer5,  compleveram,  arma- 
veras.  4.  Habitaveris,  vocaverat,  man- 
sero.    5.  Narraveratis,  miseras,  fugerimus. 

6.  Exspectaveram,  doluero,  conflrmaverit. 

7.  Sustinuerat,  rexeram,  progeraveris. 
8.  Labienus  prmcipem  virtute  laudave- 

rat.  9.  Fortis  homo  amlcos  multos  et  acris 
habuerit.  10.  Caesar  bella  non  solum  in 
Gallia   sed    etiam   in    Britannia    gesserat. 

1 1 .  Quo    tempore    noctis    arma    ceperis  ? 

12.  Galll  oppida  magna  cum  virtute  defen- 
derant.  13.  Populus  Romanus  elves  eius 
clvitatis  liberaverat. 


A   GALLIC  CHIEFTAIN 


226.    1.  We  shall  have  frightened,  you 
(sing.)   had   come,   you   (plnr)   will    have 
dismissed.     2.  He  will   have    fought,   he 
had  captured,  they  had  defended.     3.  We  had  led,  they  will 
'have  wounded,  he  will  have  thrown.    4.  You  (sing.)  will  have 
built,  we  had  found,  they  will  have  carried. 

5.  The  Roman  people  had  long  held  the  Gauls  in  check. 
6.  The  chiefs  had  called  together  all  the  clans.  7.  Labienus 
will  have  found  many  weapons  in  that  place.  8.  The  Gauls 
had  waited  for  aid.    9.  At  last  we  had  attacked  that  hill. 


LESSON  XXXIII 


THE  DEMONSTRATIVES  HIC  AND  ILLE  •  PLACE  FROM  WHICH 
AND  TO  WHICH,  IN  NAMES  OF  TOWNS 

227.  The  Demonstratives  Hie  and  Ille.  Review  the  declen- 
sion of  is  (654),  and  learn  the  declension  of  hie  and  ille  (654). 

a.  Decline  hie  princeps,  haec  civitas,  hoc  telum,  ille  Gallus,  ilia  nox, 
and  illud  tempus. 

228.  The  Distinction  between  Is,  Hie,  and  Ille.  Is  is  used 
indifferently  for  this  or  that  without  emphasis  (148).  Hie 
means  this,  and  ille  that,  with  a  certain  emphasis.  Hie  is 
applied  to  what  is  near  the  speaker  in  place,  time,  or  thought. 
Ille  is  applied  to  what  is  not  near  the  speaker  in  place,  time, 
or  thought.  Hie  and  ille,  like  is,  are  used  both  as  demonstra- 
tive adjectives  and  as  demonstrative  pronouns  :  as,  hoc  donum 
meum,  illud  tuum  est,  this  gift  is  mine,  that  is  yours.  Demon- 
stratives, when  used  as  adjectives,  regularly  precede  their  nouns. 

229.  Place  from  Which  and  to  Which,  in  Names  of  Towns. 
You  have  already  learned  that  place  from  which  is  expressed 
by  the  ablative  with  a  (ab),  de,  e  (ex)  (178);  and  that  place 
to  which  is  expressed  by  the  accusative  with  ad  or  in  (180). 
If,  however,  the  place  from  which  or  to  which  is  the  name 
of  a  town,  the  prepositions  are  omitted  :  as,  Roma  venit,  he 
came  from  Rome ;  Romam  venit,  he  came  to  Rome.  Domus, 
home,  also  omits  the  preposition  :  domum  venit,  he  came  home 
(homeward). 

230.  Complete  Rules  for  Place  from   Which  and  to  Which. 

a.  Place  from  which  is  usually  expressed  by  the  ablative  with 
a  (ab),  de,  e  (ex)  ;  but  with  the  names  of  towns,  and  with  domus, 
the  preposition  is  omitted. 

96 


HIC  AND  ILLE  97 

b.  Place  to  which  is  usually  expressed  by  the  accusative 
with  ad  or  in ;  but  with  the  names  of  towns  y  and  with  domus, 
the  preposition  is  omitted. 

231.  VOCABULARY 

Athenae,  -arum,  f.  plur.,  Athens  f rater,  fratris,  m.,  brother  (fra- 

Capua,  -ae,/.,  Capua  ternal) 

Carthago,  -inis,/,  Carthage  hie,  haec,  hoc,  dem.  pron.  or  adj., 

Corinthus,  -1,/.,  Corinth1  this 

Delphi,  -orum,  m.  plur.,  Delphi  ille,  ilia,  illud,  dem.  pron.  or  adj., 

domum,  uzee,  home,  homeward  that 

domo,  abl.,  from  home 

EXERCISES 

232.  1.  Dux  illos  equites  peditesque  Capuam  misit.  2.  Tan- 
dem ex  Italia  Carthaginem  propter  commune  perlculum  pro- 
peravit.  3.  HI  milites  Athenis  venerant  et  in  Gallia  pugnabant. 
4.  Secunda  illius  noctis  hora  nuntium  Corinthum  misit.  5.  111! 
legati  praedam  Romam  portaverant.  6.  Populus  audax  in  hac 
insula  habitaverat.  7.  Huic  centurionl  amicus  fueram.  8.  Ex 
his  finibus  omnes  principes  Delphos  fugerant,  quod  illo  tempore 
hostes  bellum  parabant. 

233.  1.  From  Delphi  they  had  come  to  Athens.  2.  From 
home  my  brother  hastened  to  Corinth.  3.  Caesar  had  sent 
messengers  through  those  states.  4.  In  these  years  the  Gauls 
had  been  friendly  to  the  Roman  people.  5.  These  enemies 
will  have  fought  with  Caesar  with  great  courage.  6.  This  is 
a  javelin,  that  is  a  sword. 

1  Most  names  of  towns  are  feminine. 


LESSON   XXXIV 


READING  LESSON 

VICTORIA  CAESARIS 

234.  In  Gallia  multae  et  fortes  civitates  erant.  Principes 
harum  civitatum  potestatem  imperiaque  Romanorum  timuerunt. 
Multos  milites  igitur  convocaverant  et  inter  montis  et  collls 
Romanos  exspectabant. 

Prlmo  anno  belli  populus  Romanus  Caesarem  contra  Gallos 
misit.    Is  dux,  cum  Labien5  et  peditibus  et  paucls  equitibus, 


MILITES   ROMANI 

ex  Italia  aestate  properavit  et  sine  periculo  in  finis  Gallorum 
venit.    His  in  locis  exploratores  Caesaris  hostes  reppererunt. 

Prima  luce  milites  Roman!  Gallos  oppugnaverunt.  Acre  erat 
proelium.  Galli  lapidibus  et  tells  gravibus  locum  defendebant 
Nostri  pila  iaciebant  et  gladiis  hostis  sustinebant.  Tandem  Galli 
defessi  ob  inopiam  telorum  et  vulnera  trans  flumen  fugerunt. 

Decern  annis  Caesar  multa  bella  in  Gallia  gessit  et  mult5s 

captivos  Romam  misit. 

98 


READING  LESSON  99 

235.  VOCABULARY 

Britanni,    -orum,  m.   plur.,    the      navigo,  navigare,  navigavi,  navi- 

Britons  gatus,  sail  {navigation) 

Cassivellaunus,  -I,    m.,    Cassivel-      occupo,   occupare,  occupavi,  occu- 

.    launus  patus,  seize,  take  possession  of 

obses,  obsidis,  m.y  hostage                       (occupy) 

tamen,  adv.,  yet,  but,  neverthe-      vasto,  vastare,  vastavi,  vastatus, 

less  lay  waste  {devastate) 

DE   CAESARE   ET   BRITANNIS 

236.  Quod  Britanni  ad  Gallos  auxilium  saepe  miserant, 
Caesar  in  Insulam  Britanniam  navigavit.  Territi  (although 
frightened)  magno  numero  navium  et  virorum,  Britanni  fortes 
magna  cum  virtute  pro  patria  pugnaverunt.  Tandem  tamen 
ab  litore  fugerunt.  Post  hoc  proelium  Roman!  agros  hostium 
vastaverunt  et  oppida  occupaverunt  et  multam  praedam 
ceperunt.  Cassivellaunus,  prmceps  Britannorum,  legatos  ad 
Caesarem  misit.  Caesar  obsides  postulavit.  Cum  his  obsidibus 
et  captivis  multis  ex  Britannia  in  Galliam  venit.  Propter  hanc 
victoriam  magna  erat  potestas  Romanorum  in  Britannia. 


IN  BRITANNIAM  CAESAR   NAVIGAT 


LESSON  XXXV 


THE  PRESENT,   IMPERFECT,   AND   FUTURE  INDICATIVE 

PASSIVE   OF    THE    FIRST    AND    SECOND    CONJUGATIONS 

THE  ABLATIVE  OF  AGENT 

237.  The  Passive  Voice.  In  the  active  voice  the  subject  o1 
the  verb  is  acting;  in  the  passive  voice  it  is  acted  on  (xxviii)  :  as 

The  general  praises  the  soldier  (active).  . 
The  soldier  is  praised  by  the  general  (passive). 

238.  The  Present  Indicative  Passive  of  the  First  Conjugation, 
The  present  indicative  passive  of  amo  is  inflected  as  follows  : 

Pers.  Pers. 

Singular  Endings  Plural  Ending; 

i.  a'mor,  I  am  loved  {I  am  -r  ama'mur,  we  are  loved  -mur 

being  loved) 

2.  ama'ris,  you  are  loved  -ris  ama'mini,  you  are  loved  -mini 

3.  ama'tur,  he,  she,  it  is  loved  -tur  aman'tur,  they  are  loved  -ntur 

a.  Observe  that  these  passive  forms  differ  from  the  active  only  ir 
the'  personal  endings.  The  endings  are  added  to  the  present  sten 
ama-  exactly  as  they  were  in  the  active  voice. 

239.  The  Imperfect  and  Future  Indicative  Passive  of  the 
First  Conjugation.  Compare  the  imperfect  and  the  future  active 
and  passive  of  amo  (658).  Observe  that  the  passive  endings  are 
added  to  the  tense  stems  amaba-  and  amabi-,  exactly  as  in  the 
active  voice,  except  in  the  second  person  singular  of  the  future, 
where  -bi-  is  changed  to  -be-.   Learn  these  tenses  of  moneo  (659) 

EXERCISES 

240.  1 .  Amat,  amatur.  2.  Amabat,  amabatur.  3.  Amabit,  ama- 
bitur.  4.  Amant,  amantur.  5.  Amabant,  amabantur.  6.  Ama- 
buntne  ?    amabunturne  ?     7.   Amamus,   amamur.      8.   Moneo 


THE  PASSIVE  VOICE  IQI 

moneor.      9.  Monebam,    monebar.       10.  Monebo,    monebor. 
11.  Monebitis,  monebimini.    12.  Monetis,  monemini. 

241.  1.  You  praise,  you  are  praised.  2.  They  were  praising, 
they  were  being  praised.    3.  You  will  praise,  you  will  be  praised. 

4.  I  teach,  I  am  taught.     5.  We  teach,  we  are  taught.    6.  We 
shall  teach,  we  shall  be  taught.    7.  They  teach,  they  are  taught. 

242.  The  Ablative  of  Agent. 

1.  Labienus  militem  laudat,  Labienus  praises  the  soldier. 

2.  Miles  ab  Labieno    laudatur,   the  soldier  is  being  praised  by 

Labienus. 

a.  Observe  the  changes  made  in  turning  the  active  sentence  into 
the  passive:  (1)  the  object  in  the  active  becomes  the  subject  in  the 
passive ;  (2)  the  subject  of  the  active  is  expressed  in  the  passive  by 
the  ablative  with  ab.    This  ablative  is  known  as  the  Ablative  of  Agent. 

b.  The  agent  is  the  person  doing  something.  The  ablative  of  agent 
should  not  be  confused  with  the  ablative  of  means  (122),  which  has 
no  preposition  :  as,  miles  lapide  vulneratur,  the  soldier  is  wounded  by 
a  stone ;  miles  a  Gallo  vulneratur,  the  soldier  is  wounded  by  a  Gaul. 

243.  Rule  for  the  Ablative  of  Agent.  The  personal  agent  zvith 
a  passive  verb  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  with  a  or  ab. 

EXERCISES 

244.  1.  Hie  puer  a  fratre  meo  laudabatur.  2.  Haec  praeda 
Romam  a  Caesare  portabitur.    3.  A  quo  non  amatur  potestas? 

Fabulae   multae  de  Britannia   ab   lis   nuntils    narrabuntur. 

5.  Oppidum  ab  militibus  oppugnatur.    6.  In  hac  pugna  decern 
homines  a  Gallis  vulnerantur.   7.  Navibus  frumentum  portabitur. 

245.  1.  All  these  Gauls  will  be  held  in  check  by  those  horse- 
men. 2.  My  brothers  were  praised  by  that  boy.  3.  Aid  is  being 
awaited  by  the  enemy.  4.  A  few  cohorts  were  seen  by  the 
chief.     5.  Rome  was  loved  by  all  the  Romans. 


LESSON   XXXVI 


Plural 

qui 

quae 

quae 

quorum 

quarum 

quorum 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

quos 

quas 

quae 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

THE  RELATIVE  QUI 

246.  The  Relative  Qui.  The  relative  qui,  who,  which,  that, 
is  declined  as  follows  : 

Singular 
Nom.    qui         quae      quod 
Gen.     cuius     cuius     cuius 
Dat.     cui         cui         cui 
Ace.      quern    quam    quod 
Abl.      quo       qua        quo 

a.  Compare  the  declension  of  the  relative  qui  with  that  of  the 
interrogative  qui  (154). 

247.  Agreement  of  the  Relative  with  its  Antecedent. 

1.  Puellae  quas  laudavimus  bonae  erant,  the  girls  whom  we  praised 

were  good. 

2.  Praeinium  quod  ille  homo  portat  laudatur,  the  reward  which 

that  man  is  bringing  is  praised. 

3.  Homo  cuius  gladium  habeo  est  nauta,  the  man  whose  sword  i 

have  is  a  sailor. 

a.  ObserVe  that  the  relative  (11,  d)  in  each  sentence  refers  to  a 
certain  word.  This  word  is  called  its  antecedent  (11,  b).  Observe  that; 
the  relative  has  the  same  gender  and  number  as  its  antecedent,  but 
that  its  case  is  different.  Thus,  in  sentences  1  and  2  it  is  accusative 
because  it  is  the  object  of  laudavimus  or  of  portat ;  in  sentence  3 
it  is  genitive  because  it  indicates  the  possessor  of  gladium. 

b.  A  relative  clause  modifies  its  antecedent  as  an  adjective  modifies 
its  noun. 

248.  Rule  for  the  Agreement  of  the  Relative.  A  relativt 
pronoun  agrees  with  its  antecedent  in  gender  and  number 
but  its  case  depends  on  the  way  it  is  used  in  its  own  clause 


249. 


THE  RELATIVE   QUI 
VOCABULARY 


103 


consilium,     consi'li,    ;z.,    advice,  mercator,  mercatoris,  *#.,  trader, 

plan  (counsel)  merchant  (merchandise) 

frustra,  adv.,  in  vain  (frustrate)  qui,  quae,  quod,  rel.  pron.,,  who, 
legio,  legionis,y],  legion  (legionary)  which,  that,  as 

mater,  matris, /.,  mother  (mater-  turris,    turris    (turri-),  /.,   tower 
nal)  (turret) 

EXERCISES 

250.  1.  Ilia  femina  quam  vides  est  mater  Corneliae.  2.  Mer- 
catores  multa  in  Germaniam  portant.  3.  Hostes  acres,  a  quibus 
nostra  patria  vastatur,  sunt  Ro- 
man!. 4.  Ii  homines,  quorum 
virtute  et  consiliis  urbs  tene- 
batur,  domum  e  bello  venient. 
5.  Turres,  quae  cum  cura  aedi- 
ficabantur,  ab  hostibus  vasta- 
buntur.  6.  Obsides  qui  a 
Romanis  liberantur  Athenas 
properabunt.  7.  Dux  legionis 
quam  Caesar  trans  flu  men  misit 
erat  Labienus. 

251.  1.  The  weapons  which 
we  have  brought  are  not  good. 
2.  This  summer  you  will  fight 
with  Caesar,  who  is  defending 
the  province.  3.  I  shall  praise 
the  plan  by  which  that  town  is 
being  laid  waste.  4.  Caesar  had 
ten  legions  in  the  wars  which  he  carried  on  with  the  Gauls. 
5.  The  woman  to  whom  I  showed  the  way  is  the  mother  of 
this  unhappy  hostage, 


MATER  CUM  PUERIS 


104 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


FIFTH    REVIEW  LESSON 


LESSONS   XXIX-XXXVI 


252.   Give  the  English  meanings  of  the  following  words  : 


acer 

decern 

hora 

nox 

qui 

aestas 

flumen 

Die 

obses 

reperio 

annus 

fortis 

labor 

occupo 

secundus 

audax 

frater 

legio 

omnis 

tamen 

audio* 

frustra 

lux 

oppugno 

telum 

brevis 

gero 

mater 

populus 

tempus 

clvitas 

gravis 

mercator 

potestas 

turris 

communis 

hie 

navigo 

primus 

vasto 

consilium 

hiems 

nobilis 

princeps 

venio 

253.   Give  the  Latin  meanings  of  the  following 

words  : 

legion 

this 

find 

come 

brother 

toil,  hardship 

that 

who,  which 

that,  as 

sail 

ten 

all 

advice,  plan 

summer 

mother 

in  vain 

hostage 

second 

short,  brief 

time 

brave,  strong 

trader 

year 

hour 

power 

river 

night 

chief 

winter 

bold 

tower 

first 

manage,  carry  on,  wage 

yet,  nevertheless 

common 

state,  clan 

heavy 

light 

noble,  of  high  birth 

people 

weapon 

attack 

seize,  take 

possession  of 

hear 

keen,  eager 

,  sharp 

lay  waste 

254.  Decline  each  noun  and  each  adjective  in  252.  Give  the 
principal  parts  of  each  verb.    Conjugate  each  verb  of  the  fourth 


FIFTH  REVIEW  LESSON 


105 


conjugation  throughout  the  indicative  mood.  Make  synopses 
(671)  of  each  verb  in  the  third  person  singular  and  plural. 
Decline  hie,  ille,  and  qui. 

255.  Following  the  suggestions  in  634,  give  English  words 
derived  from  the -Latin  words  in  252.  Define  these* derivatives, 
and  illustrate  each  by  an  English  sentence. 

256.  Give  the  rule  for  the  following  constructions,  and 
illustrate  each  by  a  sentence  in  Latin  : 

1.  Ablative  of  time 

2:  Place  from  which,  in  names  of  towns 

3.  Place  to  which,  in  names  of  towns 

4.  Ablative  of  agent 

5.  Agreement  of  the  relative 


HOSTES   CONTRA   ROMANOS   OPPIDUM   DEFENDUNT 


LESSON  XXXVII 


I 


THE  PRESENT,  IMPERFECT,  AND  FUTURE  INDICATIVE  PASSIVE 
OF  REGO  AND  CAPIO 

257.  The  Present,  Imperfect,  and  Future  Indicative  Passive 
of  Rego  and  Capio,  Review  the  present,  imperfect,  and  future 
indicative  active  of  rego  and  capio,  and  learn  the  passive  of  the 
same  tenses  (660,  661). 

a.  Observe  that  to  form  the  passive  you  have  only  to  substitute 
the  passive  personal  endings  for  the  active,  except  in  one  form. 
Which  one  is  that,  and  what  is  the  change  ? 

b.  Like  rego  inflect  in  both  voices  the  same  tenses  of  duco,  mitto, 
and  gero ;  inflect  iacio  and  recipio  like  capio. 


EXERCISES 

258.  1.  Regit,  regitur.  2.  Regebat,  regebatur.  3.  Reget, 
regetur.  4.  Regunt,  reguntur.  5.  Regent,  regentur.  6.  Regis, 
regeris.  7.  Regebas,  regebaris.  8.  Reges,  regeris.  9.  Regimus, 
regimur.  10.  Regitis,  regimini.  1 1.  Regam,  regar.  12.  Ca- 
piunt,  capiuntur.  13.  Capiebat,  capiebatur.  14.  Capiet,  capie- 
tur.  15.  Capient,  capientur.  16.  Capies,  capieris.  17.  Capis, 
caperis.     18.  Capiebas,  capiebaris. 

259.  1.  He  leads,  he  is  led.  2.  They  will  lead,  they  will 
be  led.  3.  They  lead,  they  are  led.  4.  You  lead,  you  are  led. 
5.  We  shall  lead,  we  shall  be  led.  6.  We  send,  we  are  sent. 
7.  Is  he  sent?  are  they  sent?  8.  He  will  send,  he  will  be- 
sent.  9.  You  are  sent,  you  will  be  sent.  10.  They  were  waging, 
I  was  waging.  11.  We  wage,  we  shall  wage.  12.  We  throw, 
we  are  thrown.  13.  We  threw,  we  were  being  thrown.  14.  Who 
receives  ?  who  was  being  received  ? 

106 


260. 


PASSIVE  OF  REGO  AND    CAPIO 


VOCABULARY 


IO7 


castra,  -drum,  n.  plur.,  camp 
{Lancaster) 

consul,  consulis,  m.,  consul  (con- 
sular) 

non  iam,  adv.,  no  longer 


pax,  pads,/!,  peace  (pacify') 
recipio,  recipere,  recepi,  receptus, 

receive,  welcome  (recipient) 
vinco,  vincere,  vicl,  victus,  defeat, 

conquer  (invincible) 


EXERCISES 

261.  1.  LegatI  de  pace  in  castra  consulis  venerunt.  2.  Iam 
ad  consulem  ducuntur  hi  legatl.  t  3.  Bene  a  consule  recipientur. 
4.  N5n  iam  urbs  hostium  defenditur.  5.  Tela  quae  de  muris 
iaciebantur  multos  vulnerabant.  6.  Mllites  consulis  non  saepe 
a  Gallis  vincuntur.    7.  Pax  populo  Romano  grata  erit. 

262.  1.  Labienus  with  only  a  few  cohorts  will  be  sent  from 
Rome  into  Gaul.  /2.  Those  towns  of  Gaul  will  be  defended 
bravely.  3.  The  legion  is  being  led  out  of  the  camp.  4.  Many 
states  of  Gaul  are  being  conquered  to-day.  5.  The  new  plans 
of  our  allies  were  being  announced  to  the  neighbors.  6.  They 
will*  be  received  by  Caesar,  who  has  conquered  the  Helvetians. 


CASTRA  ROMANA 


LESSON  XXXVIII 


THE  PERSONAL  AND  REFLEXIVE  PRONOUNS 

263.  The  Personal  Pronouns.  The  personal  pronouns  (n,  c) 
are  ego,  /;  tu,  you]  is,  he\  ea,  she ;  id,  it. 

In  reality  there  is  no  pronoun  of  the  third  person  in  Latin. 
The  demonstrative  is  (148,  228)  is  so  often  used  as  a  personal 
pronoun  that  it  may  be  classed  as  the  pronoun  of  the  third 
person.  Sometimes  the  demonstratives  hie  and  ille  are  similarly 
used.    Learn  the  declension  of  the  personal  pronouns  (652). 

264.  The  Personal  Pronouns   as   Subjects  of  Verbs.    The 

personal  pronouns  are  expressed  as  subjects  only  for  empha- 
sis, especially  the  emphasis  of  contrast:  as,  ego  te  laudo,  tu  me 
non  laudas,  I  praise  you,  you  do  not  praise  me. 

265.  The  Reflexive  Pronouns.  A  reflexive  pronoun  refers 
to  the  subject  of  its  clause  (11,  //).  Learn  the  declension  of  the 
reflexive  pronouns  (653). 

266.  The  Use  of  the  Reflexive  Pronouns.    The  use  of  the 

reflexive  pronouns  is  illustrated  by  the  following  sentences  : 

1.  Tu  te  amas,  you  love  yourself. 

2.  Omnes  homines  se  amant,  all  men  love  themselves. 

a.  Observe  that  te  and  se  refer  to  the  subjects  of  their  sentences. 

b.  Remember  that  is,  he\  ea,  she;  and  id,  it,  are  used  as  personal 
pronouns,  but  not  as  reflexive  pronouns ;  and  that  sui  is  always; 
a  reflexive  pronoun,  and  not  a  personal  pronoun. 

267.  Relative  Clauses  referring  to  Personal  Pronouns. 

Tu,  qui  venis,  es  amicus  meus,  you,  who  are  coming,  are  my  friend.  I 

a.  Observe  that  the  verb  of  the  relative  clause  is  in  the  same  per-( 
son  as  the  antecedent. 

108 


PERSONAL  AND   REFLEXIVE  PRONOUNS         109 

268.  VOCABULARY 

cotldie,  adv.,  daily  reliqui,  -orum,  ni.plur.,  the  rest 

eS°>  pers.pron.,  I  (egotistic)  sui,  reflex,  pt on.,  of  himself,  her- 
interficio,  interficere,  interfecl,  in-  self,  itself,  themselves 

terfectus,  kill  tempestas,  tempestatis,/,  weather, 
is,  ea,  id,  pers.  pro n.,  he,  she,  it  storm  (tempest) 

reliquus,  -a,  -um,  rest  of,  remain-  tu,  pers.  pron.,  you 

ing  (relic) 

EXERCISES 

269.  1.  Scutum  eius  erat  grave.  2.  AmicI  eorum  fuerant 
mllites.  3.  Studium  earum  laudatur.  4."Vobiscum1  propter 
tempestatem  manebo.  5.  Contra  eos  bellum  geritur.  6.  Estne 
Marcus  tecum  ?  7.  Cum  ea  ambulabat.  8.  Sine  vobis  Athenas 
properabunt.  9.  Nos  sumus  miseri,  vos  aegrl  et  defessl  estis. 
10.  Omnia  vestra  consilia  nobis  sunt  grata.  11.  Pater  et  mater 
eius  ab  vobis  bene  recipiebantur.  12.  Reliqui  principes,  qui 
se  armabant,  ad  conloquium  non  venerunt.  13.  Itaque  ad  se 
centurionem  vocat  et  el  consilium  narrat.  14.  Cotldie  Caesar 
pedites  e  castris  ducebat. 

270.  1.  His  mother  and  my  father  saw  you.  2.  They  are 
now  with  me.  3.  To  him,  to  her,  to  them  I  shall  give  rewards. 
4.  Their  camp  is  being  attacked.  5.  /  shall  hurry  into  town 
with  you.  6.  We  shall  free  ourselves  with  severe  hardship. 
7.  She  has  wounded  herself  with  her  father's  sword.  8.  The 
rest  will  kill  themselves.  9.  Their  towns  are  being  laid  waste 
by  the  Gauls  this  summer. 

1  The  preposition  cum  is  appended  to  the  ablative  of  personal  and  reflexive 
pronouns  in  the  manner  of  an  enclitic  (22) ;  so  usually  to  relative  and"  inter- 
rogative pronouns. 


I 


LESSON   XXXIX 


THE  PRESENT,  IMPERFECT,  AND  FUTURE  INDICATIVE  PASSIVE 
OF  THE  FOURTH  CONJUGATION 

271.  The  Present,  Imperfect,  and  Future  Indicative  Passive 
of  Audio.  Review  the  active  voice  of  audio  in  the  present, 
imperfect,  and  future  indicative,  and  learn  the  passive  of  the 
same  tenses  (662) 

a.  Like  audio  inflect  impedio,  hinder,  and  reperio,  Ji7id,  in  the 
present,  imperfect,  and  future  tenses. 

EXERCISES 

272.  1.  Audit,  audltur.  2.  Audiebat,  audiebatur.  .3.  Audiet, 
audietur.  4.  Audlmus,  audlmur.  5.  Audiemus,  audiemur. 
6.  Audiam,  audiar.  7.  Audltis,  audiminl.  8.  Audietis,  audie- 
minl.  9.  Audis,  audiris.  10.  Audiebam,  audiebar.  1 1.  Audiunt^ 
audiuntur.    12.  Audiebant,  audiebantur. 

273.  1.  I  hinder,  I  am  hindered.  2.  I  was  hindering,  I  was 
being  hindered.  3.  I  shall  hinder,  I  shall  be  hindered.  4.  They 
hinder,  they  are  hindered.  5.  They  will  hinder,  they  will  be 
hindered.  6.  He  finds,  he  is  found.  7.  He  found,  he  was 
found.    8.  He  will  find,  he  will  be  found. 

274.  VOCABULARY 

aedificium,  aedifi'ci,  n.,  building  dico,  dicere,  dixi,  dictus,  say  (did 

(edifice)  Hon) 

Coriolanus,  -1,  m.,  Coriolanus  impedio,  impedire,  impedivl,  im- 
maxime,  adv.,  greatly,  very  much  peditus,  hinder  (impede) 

(maximum)  incito,  incitare,  incitavi,  incitatus, 
statim,  adv.,  at  once  arouse,  impel  (incite) 

Veturia,  -ae,/i,  Veturia  praebeo,  praebere,   praebui,   prae- 
Volsci,  -orum,  m.,  Volscians  bitus,  cause,  furnish,  show 


PASSIVE  OF  THE  FOURTH  CONJUGATION       in 
EXERCISES 
VETURIA,   MATER   CORIOLANI 

275.  Urbl  Romae  olim  magnum  periculum  a  Volscis,  qui 
erant  popull  Roman!  hostes  audaces,  praebebatur.  Volsci  a 
Coriolano,  Romano,  incitabantur  et  ducebantur.  lam  aedificia 
multa  in  agris  ab  hostibus  vastabantur.  Cives  se  armabant. 
Urbs  cibo  complebatur  a  consule.  Frustra  hostes  impedie- 
bantur.  Turn  periculo  magno  Roman!  matrem  Coriolani  de 
pace  ad  eum  miserunt,  quod  ea  ab  filio  maxime  amabatur. 
Veturia,  mater  Coriolani,  in  castra  ad  fllium  venit.  In  castrls 
eum  repperit.  Coriolanus  earn  vidit  et  dixit,  "  Mea  patria  me 
et  socios  meos  vicit.,>    Statim  ab  urbe  fugit  cum  hostibus. 

276.  VOCABULARY 

autem, postpositive1  conj.,  but,  how-  perturbatus,  disturb,  throw  into 

ever,  besides  confusion  (perturbation) 

enim,  postpositive  co?ij.,  for  pono,  ponere,  posui,  positus,  put, 

perturbo,  perturbare,   perturbavi,  place  (postpone) 

DE   PERSEO 

277.  De  Perseo  multae  fabulae  narrantur  a  poetls.  Perseus 
filius  fuit  Iovis  (642),  regis  deorum.  Avus  eius  Acrisius  fuit. 
Ille  Perseum  interficere  volebat 2  ;  nam  propter  imperia  deorum 
puerum  timebat.  Cepit  igitur  eum  adhuc  infantem,  et  cum 
matre  in  area  posuit.  Turn  in  mare  arcam  iecit.  Danae, 
Persel  mater,  maxime  timebat,  tempestas  enim  magna  mare 
perturbabat.  Perseus  autem  in  sinu  (in  the  arms)  matris 
dormiebat. 

1  Never  the  first  word  in  the  sentence  or  clause. 

2  interficere  volebat,  wished  to  kill.  The  infinitive  used  in  this  way  is  called 
a  complementary  infinitive  (394). 


LESSON   XL 


THE  POSSESSIVE  ADJECTIVES  •  THE  ABLATIVE  OF  SEPARATION 

278.  The  Possessive  Adjectives.  The  possessive  adjectives 
are  as  follows  : 

meus,  -a,  -urn,  my  tuus,  -a,  -um,  your  (sing.) 

noster,  -tra,  -trum,  our  vester,  -tra,  -trum,  your  (plur.) 

suus,  -a,  -urn,  /lis,  her,  its,  their  (own),  used  reflexively 

a.  To  show  possession  the  possessive  adjectives  are  used  instead 
of  the  genitives  mei,  tui,  nostrum,  vestrum,  and  sui.  They  may  also 
be  used  as  possessive  pronouns  ;  as,  mea,  mine ;  nostrl,  our  men. 

279.  The  Distinction  between  Suus  and  the  Possessive  Geni- 
tive of  Is. 

1 .  Miles  scutum  eius  habet,  the  soldier  has  his  shield  (i.  e.  some- 

body else's  shield). 

2.  Miles  suum  scutum  habet,  the  soldier  has  his  own  shield. 

a.  Eius  (sentence  i)  does  not  refer  to  the  subject;  suum  (sen- 
tence 2)  does  refer  to  the  subject.  Suus  is  always  reflexive,  but  the 
genitives  of  is,  ea,  id  are  never  reflexive. 

280.  When  Possessive  Adjectives  are  used  in  Latin.  When 
the  meaning  is.  clear,  a  possessive  adjective  is  omitted  unless 
emphatic :  as, 

1.  Caesar  milites  in  castra  reduxit,   Ccesar  led  his  soldiers  back 

into  camp. 

2.  Caesar  suos  milites  in  castra  reduxit,   Ccesar  led  his  (own) 

soldiers  back  i?ito  camp  (but  the  others  he  left  outside). 

281.  The  Ablative  of  Separation. 

1.  Hie  homo  cibo  caret,  this  man  lacks  (is  separated  from)  food. 

2.  German!  Romanos  a  finibus  suis  prohibebant,  the  Germans 

were  keeping  the  Romans  away  from  their  lands. 


THE  POSSESSIVE  ADJECTIVES  113 

a.  Observe  that  the  ablative  is  here  used  to  denote  that  from  which 
there  is  freedom,  removal,  or  separation,  or  that  which  is  lacking. 
The  ablative  so  used  answers  the  questions  from  what  ?  of  what  t 
and  is  called  the  Ablative  of  Separation.  It  is  of  the  same  nature  as 
the  ablative  of  place  whence. 

282.  Rule  for  the  Ablative  of  Separation.  Words  signifying 
privation,  removal,  or  separation  are  follozved  by  the  ablative  with- 
out a  preposition,  or  with  the  prepositions  a  (ab),  de,  e  (ex). 

283.  VOCABULARY 

postea,  adv.,  afterwards  interclusus,    cut   off,   shut   off 

suus,  -a,  -um,  his  (own),  her  (own),  {conclude) 

its  (own),  their  (own)  privo,  privare,  privavi,  privatum, 

cared,  carere,  carui,  cariturus,  lack,  keep  from,  deprive  of  (priva- 

want  (caret)  Hon) 

desisto,  desistere,  destiti,  destitu-  prohibeo,  prohibere,  prohibui,  pro- 
ms, leave  off,  cease  (desist)  hibitus,  keep  away  (from),  re- 

intercludo,  intercludere,  interclusi,  strain  (prohibit) 

EXERCISES 

284.  1.  Caesar  autem  suos  milites  trans  flumen  misit. 
2.  Caesar  eius  fratrem  in  castris  reperiet.  3.  Ille  vir  aeger 
aqua  privabatur.  4.  Posted  ea  ci vitas  cibo  et  frumento  carebat. 
i.  Ab  aedificiis  et  pecunia  huius  populi  milites  diu  prohibuit. 
6.  Ob  inopiam  armorum  proelio  German!  destiterunt.  7.  Nostrl, 
qui  in  castra  Germanorum  properaverant,  eos  tells  privave- 
runt.  8.  Flumen  nostros  via  intercludebat.  9.  Apud  flumen 
navigia  ab  hostibus  eo  tempore  aedificabantur. 

285.  1.  Our  friends  lacked  money.  2.  The  enemy  will  de- 
fend their   own   buildings.     3.  You   will   free   us   from   care. 

4.  Caesar  announced  to  his  (men)  his  plans  concerning  peace. 

5.  They  will   afterwards   deprive  the  Germans   of  all   power. 

6.  The  rest  of  the  chiefs  were  being  shut  off  from  their  towns, 


LESSON   XLI 


THE  PERFECT,  PLUPERFECT,  AND  FUTURE  PERFECT 
INDICATIVE  PASSIVE  OF  ALL  CONJUGATIONS 

286.  The  Perfect,  Pluperfect,  and  Future  Perfect  of  AH 
Conjugations. 

a.  Review  the  principal  parts  of  amo,  and  notice  especially  the 
perfect  passive  participle.  Examine  the  formation  of  the  perfect 
indicative  passive  (658).  Observe  that  it  is  formed  by  using  the 
present  tense  of  sum  with  the  perfect  passive  participle  amatus. 
Those  tenses  which  are  formed  with  the  help  of  the  perfect  passive 
participle  belong  to  the  participial  system  of  the  verb  (671). 

b.  Examine  the  pluperfect  and  the  future  perfect  indicative  passive. 
Observe  that  they  are  formed  by  using  the.  imperfect  and  the  future 
of  sum  with  the  perfect  passive  participle. 

€.  The  perfect,  pluperfect,  and  future  perfect  indicative  passive  of 
all  verbs  are  formed  in  the  same  way. 

d.  The  participle  amatus  is  declined  like  bonus;  and  so  in  the 
nominative  singular  and  plural  it  is  changed  to  agree  with  the  subject 
of  the  verb  in  number  and  gender.  These  changes  are  made  because 
a  participle  is  an  adjective  in  its  nature.  Observe  these  changes  asj 
illustrated  in  287. 

e.  Recall  the  principal  parts  of  moneo,  rego,  capio,  and  audio,  and  in 
fleet  the  perfect,  pluperfect,  and  future  perfect  passive  of  these  verbs 
and  of  those  in  252. 

EXERCISES 

287.  i.Vir  amatus  est,  femina  amata  est,  bellum  amaturr- 
est.  2.  Viri  amati  sunt,  feminae  amatae  sunt,  bella  amata  sunt 
3.  Mllites  moniti  erant,  puer  monitus  erit,  oppidum  monitun 
erat.  4.  Agricola  captus  est,  urbs  recta  est,  provincia  recta  erat 
5.  Captus  sum,  captus  eram,  captus  er5.  6.  Auditus  es,  auditu 
eras,  auditus  eris.    7.  Audit!  sumus,  audit!  eramus,  auditl  erimus 

114 


THE  PERFECT  INDICATIVE  PASSIVE  115 

288.  1.  The  Gaul  was  warned,  had  been  warned,  will  have 
been  warned.  2.  The  buildings  have  been  taken,  had  been 
taken,  will  have  been  taken.  3.  The  territories  had  been  ruled 
by  the  Germans.  4.  The  cities  will  have  been  defended. 
5.  And  so  we  {fern)  shall  have  been  heard. 

289.  VOCABULARY 

concilium,    conci'H,    n.,    meeting  imperator,   imperatoris,   m.,  gen- 

(council)  eral,  commander  (emperor) 

ibi,  adv.,  there  mora,  -ae,/,  delay  (moratorium) 

impedimentum,  -I,  n.,  hindrance;  verbum,  -i,  n.,  word  (verbal) 
plur.,  baggage  (impediment) 

EXERCISES 

290.  1.  Multa  in  Italia  oppida  a  Romanis  aedificata  sunt. 
PaucI  German!  ibi  tells  nostrorum  interfecti  sunt.    3.  Tua 

verba  a  me  audita  erunt.  4.  E5  tempore  imperator  ab  impedi- 
ments carrlsque  interclusus  erat.  5.  Bellum,  quod  a  Caesare 
gestum  est,  longum  fuit.  6.  Milites,  qui  ab  eo  in  Galliam  missi 
sunt,  frumento  caruerunt.  7.  Praeda,  quae  ab  imperatore  nostro 
capta  erat,  sine  mora  Romam  portata  est.  8.  In  concilio  suis 
Caesar  dixit,  "  Consilia  mea  ab  hostibus  non  impedita  sunt." 

IUPPITER   PERSEUM   SERVAT  (continued  from  277) 

291.  Iuppiter  tamen  haec  omnia  vldit,  et  f Ilium  suum  ser- 
vare  constituit  (determined  to  save).  Tranquillum  igitur  fecit 
mare,  et  arcam  ad  insulam  Serlphum  duxit.  Huius  Insulae 
Polydectes  turn  rex  erat.  Postquam  x  area  ad  litus  ducta  est, 
Danae  in  harena  dormiebat.  Post  breve  tempus  a  viro  reperta 
est,  et  ad  regem  adducta  est.  Ille  matrem  et  puerum  bene 
recepit,  et  els  sedem  tutam  in  finibus  suis  praebuit. 

1  Postquam  introduces  a  subordinate  clause  of  time  (xx,  e). 


LESSON   XLII 


THE  FOURTH  DECLENSION 

292.  The  Fourth  Declension.  Nouns  of  the  fourth  declension 
end  in  the  nominative  singular  in  -us  or  -u.  Those  ending  in 
-us  are  masculine,  with  a  few  exceptions  ;  those  ending  in  -u 
are  neuter.    These  nouns  are  inflected  as  follows  : 


exercitus,  m. 

eornu,  n. 

army 

horn,  whig 

CASE  ENDINGS 

Singular 

Masc. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

exer'citus 

cor'nu 

-us 

-u 

Gen. 

exer'citus 

cor 'n  us 

-us 

-us 

Dat. 

exerci'tui  (-u) 

cor'nu 

-Ui  (-U) 

-u    , 

Ace. 

exer'citum 

cor'nu 

-um 

-u 

Abl. 

exer'citu 

Plural 

cor'nu 

-u 

-u 

Nom. 

exer'citus 

cor'nua 

-us 

-ua' 

Gen. 

exerci'tuum 

cor'nuum 

-uum    &  | 

-uum 

Dat. 

exerci'tibus 

cor'nibus 

-ibus  (-ubus) 

-ibus 

Ace. 

exer'citus 

cor'nua 

-us 

-ua 

Abl 

exerci'tibus 

cor'nibus 

-ibus  (-ubus) 

-ibus 

a.  A  few  nouns  of  this  declension  may  have  the  dative  and  the 
ablative  plural  in  -ubus ;  such  nouns  in  this  book  are  lacus,  lake,  and; 
portus,  harbor. 

b.  Domus,  house,  and  manus,  hand,  are  the  only  feminine  nouns 
of  this  declension  used  in  this  book ;  and  cornu  is  the  only  neutei 
so  used.  Learn  the  declension  of  domus,  which  has  forms  of  the 
second  declension  as  well  as  those  of  the  fourth  (642). 

c.  Decline  exercitus  magnus,  mea  manus,  and  cornu  longum. 

116 


• 


293. 


THE  FOURTH  DECLENSION 

VOCABULARY 


II7 


adventus,  -us,  m.,  coming  (advent) 
commeatus,  -us,  m.y  supplies 
cormi,  -us,  ;/.,  horn,  wing  (of  an 

army)  {cornucopia) 
domus,  -us,y],  house,  home  (domi- 
cile) 
exercitus,  -us,  m.,  army  (exercise) 


lacus,  -us,  m.,  lake  (lake) 
manus,  -us,/,  hand,  handful,  band 

(of  men)  (manufacture) 
palus,  paludis,/,  marsh,  swamp 
portus,  -us,  m.,  harbor  (port) 
mtinio,  munire,  munivl,  munltus, 

fortify  (munitions) 


EXERCISES 

294.  1.  Adventus  legionum  nos  delectat.  2.  Noster  exercitus 
tamen  Germanos  commeatibus  interclusit.  3.  Inter  nostros  et 
hostis  erat  lacus.  4.  Consules  erant  exercituum  Romanorum  im- 
peratores.  5.  In  cornibus  diu  et  fortiter  pugnaverant.  6.  Castra 
Labieni  palude  et  lacu  muniebantur.  7.  Graeciae  in  portubus 
naves  multas  hieme  vidimus.    8.  Manus  hostium  spectavimus. 

295.  1.  They  fight  both  with  feet  and  with  horns.  2.  Many 
lakes  are  seen  by  them  among  the  mountains.  3.  We  had  been 
delighted  by  the  coming  of  the  traders.  4.  This  house  is  mine, 
that  is  yours.  5.  However,  at  daybreak  they  carried  the  supplies 
from  the  camp  to  the  harbor.  6.  Rome  was  at  once  fortified 
by  the  hands  of  the  citizens.    7.  Why  are  you  hurrying  home? 


Vestibulwn    Fauces     -Onpluvium       Tablinum    & 

■HB—BBBa 


Pevistylium 


Posiicum 
PLAN  OF  A  ROMAN  HOUSE 


LESSON   XLIII 


THE  COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES 

296.  Degrees  of  Comparison.  Latin  adjectives  have  three 
degrees  of  comparison,  the  positive,  the  comparative,  and  the 
superlative.  But  in  Latin,  as  in  English,  there  are  certain 
adjectives  which  are  not  compared. 

Positive  Comparative 

latus,  -a,  -urn,  wide  (base  lat-)  latior,  lathis,  wider 

brevis,  -e,  short  (base  brev-)  brevior,  brevius,  shorter 

audax,  bold  (base  audac-)  audacior,  audacius,  bolder 

Superlative 
latissimus,  -a,  -um,  widest 
brevissimus,  -a,  -um,  shortest 
audacissimus,  -a,  -um,  boldest 

a.  Observe  that  the  comparative  is  formed  by  adding  to  the  base 
of  the  positive  the  endings  -ior  for  the  masculine  and  the  feminine, 
and  -ius  for  the  neuter ;  the  superlative  by  adding  to  the  base  of  the 
positive  -issimus,  -issima,  -issimum. 

b.  Compare  cams,  gratus,  longus,  fortis,  and  gravis. 

c.  The  comparative  may  be  translated  wider,  more  wide,  rather 
wide,  too  wide ;  the  superlative  widest,  most  wide,  very  wide. 


7.  The  Declension  of  the  Comparative.    The 

comparative 

alined  as  follows 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

M.  AND  F. 

N. 

M.  AND  F. 

N. 

Nom.    la'tior 

la'tius 

latio'res 

latio'ra 

Ge?i.     latio'ris 

latio'ris 

latio'rum 

latio'rum 

Dat.     latio'rl 

latio'rl 

latio'ribus 

latio'ribus 

Ace.      latio'rem 

la'tius 

latio'res  (-Is) 

latio'ra 

Abl.     latio're 

latio're 

latio'ribus 

latio'ribus 

118 


THE  COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES 


119 


a.  The  superlative  is  declined  like  bonus  (643). 

b.  Decline  the  positive,  the  comparative,  and  the  superlative  of 
the  adjectives  in  296,  b. 


298. 


VOCABULARY 


amicitia,  -ae,/!,  friendship 
equitatus,  -us,  m.,  cavalry 
impetus,  -us,  m.,  attack  (impetu- 
ous) 
iter,  itineris,  n.,  way,  march,  jour- 
ney (642)  (itinerary) 


senatus,  -us,  m.,  senate  (senator) 
facio,  facere,  feci,  factus,  make ; 
impetum  facere,  to  make  an  at- 
tack-; iter  facere,  to  march,  travel 
peto,  petere,  petivi  (petii),  petitus, 
seek,  ask  (petition) 


EXERCISES 

299.  1.  Quod  iter  brevius  est?    2.  Quod  iter  brevissimum 
?     3.  Equitatus  autem   iter  per  vic5s   propinquds  fecerat. 

.  GermanI  de  senatu  Romano  pacem  petlverunt.    5.  Amicitia 
;iorum  popul5  Romano  gratissima  erit.    6.  Noster  exercitus 
ipetum  in  (against,  upon)  hostes  faciet.     7.  Hoc  flumen  est 
im,  sed  mare  latius  est.    8.  Galli  in  bello  certe  fortissimi 
int.    9.  Ubi  civis  fortiores  vidisti  ? 

300.  1.  Your  house  is  very  new.  2.  The  general  sent  the 
cavalry  by  a  longer  way.  3.  The  summer  in  Britain  is  not  very 
short.  4.  This  javelin  is  too  heavy.  5.  Peace,  however,  will 
be  sought  by  all  the  clans  of  Gaul.  6.  They  are  making  an 
attack  against  the  turret  with  little  zeal.  7.  The  army  was 
marching  through  the  woods  and  swamps. 


ROMAN  SHOES 


120 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


SIXTH    REVIEW  LESSON 


LESSONS  XXXVII-XLIII 


301.  Give  the  I 

English  meanings  of  the  followi 

ng  words  : 

adventus 

ego 

iter 

praebeo 

aedificium 

enim 

lacus 

prlvo 

amlcitia 

equitatus 

manus 

prohibeo 

autem 

exercitus 

maxime 

recipio 

• careo 

facio 

mora 

reliqui 

castra 

ibi 

munio 

reliquus 

commeatus 

impedlmentum 

non  iam 

senatus 

concilium 

impedio 

palus 

statim 

consul 

imperator 

pax 

sul 

cornu 

impetus 

perturbo 

suus 

cotidie 

incito 

peto 

tempestas 

i  desisto 

intercludo 

pono 

tu   . 

•dlco 

interficio 

portus 

verbum 

domus 

is 

postea 

vinco 

302.  Give  the  Latin  meanings 

of  the  following 

words  : 

daily 

horn,  wing 

but,  however,  besides 

senate 

put,  place 

cause,  furnish, 

show 

say    .  ' 

I 

seek,  ask 

army 

camp 

greatly,  very  much 

lack,  want 

lake 

keep  from,  deprive  of 

no  longer 

kill 

he,  she,  it,  they 

for 

hinder 

disturb,  throw  into  confusion 

peace 

make 

leave  off,  cease 

hand,  band 

meeting 

harbor 

cut  off,  shut  off 

delay 

his  (own),  her  (own),  its  (own 

you 

the  rest 

rest  of,  remaining 

at  once 

fortify 

arouse,  impel 

house,  home 

afterwards 

keep  away,  restrain 

SIXTH  REVIEW  LESSON 


121 


marsh,  swamp 

word 

cavalry 

weather,  storm 

consul 

hindrance,  baggage 

receive,  welcome 

coming 

general,  commander 

supplies 

building 

way,  march,  journey 

there 

attack 

of  himself,  of  herself,  etc. 

defeat,  conquer 

friendship 

- 

303.  Decline  each  noun  in  301.  Give  the  principal  parts  of 
each  verb.  Inflect  those  tenses  of  dico,  impedio,  pono,  and  privo 
which  are  formed  from  the  present  stem.  Make  synopses  of 
each  verb  in  301  in  the  third  person  singular  and  plural. 
Decline  ego,  is,  and  tu. 

304.  Following  the  suggestions  in  634,  give  English  words 
derived  from  the  Latin  words  in  301.  Define  these  derivatives, 
and  illustrate  each  by  an  English  sentence. 

305.  Give  the  rule,  if  there  is  one,  for  each  of  the  following 
constructions,  and  illustrate  each  by  a  sentence  in  Latin  : 

1.  A  personal  pronoun  of  each  person  as  the  object  of  a  verb 

2.  A  personal  pronoun  of  each  person  as  the  subject  of  a  verb 

3.  A  reflexive  pronoun  of  the  third  person  as  the  object  of  a  verb 

4.  Ablative,  of  separation 


MILITES  CASTRA  MUNIUNT 


LESSON   XLIV 


THE  COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES  ENDING  IN  -ER  OR  -LIS 
THE  PARTITIVE  GENITIVE 

306.  The  Comparison  of  Adjectives  in  -er.   Adjectives  ending 
in  -er  are  compared  as  follows  : 


miser,  misera,  mise- 

rum,  wretched 
acer,  acris,  acre,  keen 


misenor,  miserms 


acnor,  acnus 


misernmus,  -a,  -urn 


acernmus,  -a,  -um 


a.  Observe  that  the  comparative  of  these  adjectives  is  regular ;  but 
the  superlative  is  formed  by  adding  -rimus,  -rima,  -rimum  to  the 
nominative  masculine  of  the  positive.     Compare  similarly  aeger. 

307.  The  Comparison  of  Adjectives  in  -lis.  The  comparative 
of  the  following  adjectives  ending  in  -lis  is  regular ;  but  the 
superlative  is  formed  by  adding  -limus,  -lima,  -limum  to  the 
base  of  the  positive.    Learn  their  meaning  and  comparison. 

facilior,  -ius  facillimus,  -a,  -um 

difficilior,  -ius  difficillimus,  -a,  -um 

similior,  -ius  simillimus,  -a,  -um 

dissimilior,  -ius  dissimillimus,  -a,  -um 

Most  other  adjectives  in  -lis  are  compared  regularly :  as, 
nobilis,   nobilior,   nQbilissimus. 


facilis,  -e,  easy 
difficilis,  -e,  hard 
similis,  -e,  like 
dissimilis,  -e,  unlike 


308.  The  Partitive  Genitive. 

1 .  Ille  amicus  copiam  pecuniae  habet,  that  friend  has  plenty  of 

money. 

2.  Multi    militum   vulnerati   sunt,   many  of  the  soldiers  were 

wounded, 
a.  Observe  that  each  genitive  denotes  a  whole,  and  the  word  on 
which  it  depends  denotes  a. part  of  that  whole.    Such  a  genitive,  of 
which  a  part  is  taken,  is  called  a  Partitive  Genitive. 


THE  COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES  123 

309.  Rule  for  the  Partitive  Genitive.  Words  denoting  a  part 
may  have  with  them  a  genitive  of  the  whole  from  which  the 
part  is  taken. 

a.  Numerals  and  a  few  other  words  have  the  ablative  with  e  (ex) 
or  de  instead  of  the  partitive  genitive :  as,  decern  ex  militibus,  ten 
of  the  soldiers. 

310.  VOCABULARY 

angustus,   -a,   -urn,   narrow  (an-  litus,  Htoris,  //.,  shore  (littoral) 

guisli)  pars,  partis  (parti-),/,  part  (par- 

celer,  -eris,  -ere,  swift,  quick  (celer-         tition) 

ity)  quinque,  adj.,  indecl.,  five  (oui/j- 

copia,  -ae,/,  plenty,  supply  ;  plur.,  quennial) 

troops  (copious) 

EXERCISES 

311.  1 .  Magna  pars  itineris  est  angusta  sed  facillima.  .2.  Prima 
luce  partem  hostium  hrmonte  vidimus.  3.  Ilia  omnium  urbis 
viarum  brevissima  fuit.  4.  Homines  Britanniae  hominibus 
Italiae  dissimillimi  sunt.  5.  Statim  decern  ex  militibus  proelio 
desistunt.    6.  In  lltore  feminae  dolebant  quod  iter  erat  difficile. 

7.  Omnium  Gallorum   acerrimi  atque  celerriml  erant  hostes. 

8.  Difficillima  saepe  facillima  sunt.    9.  Cum  clvitatibus  proximls 
amlcitiam  confirmabunt. 

312.  1.  Have  we  plenty  of  arms?  2.  The  march  through 
the  mountains  will  not  be  easy.  3.  Five  of  my  friends  will  be 
sent  by  me  by  an  easier  way  to  the  shore.  4.  Part  of  the 
soldiers  were  cut  off  from  the  rest  of  the  army.  5.  Your  hand 
is  like  mine.  6.  This  is  the  easiest  of  all  the  ways  through 
the  territories  of  the  Gauls. 


LESSON   XLV 


READING  LESSON 

313.  VOCABULARY 

adulescens,adulescentis,//z.,  young  expugno,    expugnare,  expugnavi 

man  {adolescent')  expugnatus,    take    by    storm 

vita,  -ae,/,  life  (vital)  capture 

appello,  appellare,  appellavi,  ap-  iQro,    hirare,    iuravi,     iuraturus 

pellatus,  call,  name  (appeal)  swear,  take  oath  (abjure) 

SCIPIO   ET   HANNIBAL 

314.  Scipio  et  Hannibal  erant  clarissimi  imperatores.  Ilk 
(the  former)  erat  Rdmanus,  qui  victorias  magnas  reportavit 
hie  (the  latter)  Poenus,  qui  Romanos  multis  pugnis  vicit.  Han 
nibal  puer 1  ad  aras  a  patre  adductus  est.  Ibi  odium  iuravit  in : 
Romanos.  Adulescens  oppida  multa  in  Hispania  expugnavit 
turn  Alpis  montis  superavit3  Romanosque  saepe  vicit  in  Italia 
Scipio  ad 4  Ticinum  flumen  vltam  patris  virtute  servavit  postea 
que  ad4  Cannas  contra  Hannibalem  se  fortem  praebuit.  Bel 
lum  in  Africam  transportatum  est  ibique  Scipio  Hannibalerr 
ad4  Zamam  superavit.    A  Romanls  appellatus  est  Africanus. 

315.  VOCABULARY 

natura,  -ae,  /.,  nature,  character  discedo,  discedere,  discessi,  disces- 

(natural)  sums,  withdraw 

omnino,  adv.,  wholly,  altogether,  pervenio,  pervenire,  perveni,  per- 

entirely  venturus,  come  through,  reach 

prlmum,  adv.,  first,  at  first  arrive 

accipio,  accipere,  accepi,  acceptus,  quaero,  quaerere,  quaesivi,  quae- 

receive  (accept)  situs,  seek,  ask  (inquire) 

1  puer,  when  a  boy.      2  in,  against.      3  superavit,  passed  over.      4  ad,  near 

124 


READING  LESSON 


125 


PERSEUS  MEDUSAM   QUAERIT  (continued  from  291) 

316.  Perseus  adulescens  ex  insula  Seripho  discessit,  et,  post- 

quam  ad  continentem  venit,  Medusam  quaeslvit.    Diu  frustra 

earn  quaerebat,  nam  naturam  loci  ignorabat.    Tandem  Mercurius 

et   Minerva   el   viam   demonstraverunt.     Primum   ad   Graeas, 

sorores  Medusae,  pervenit.    Harum  auxilio   talaria  et  galeam 

magicam  accepit.    Mercurius  et  Minerva  el  falcem  et  speculum 

dederunt.    Turn,    postquam   talaria   pedibus   induit,1   in  aera2 

ascendit.    Diu  per  aera  volabat ;  tandem  tamen  ad  eum  locum 

venit  ubi  Medusa  cum  reliquls  Gorgonibus  incolebat.   Gorgones 

monstra  erant  quarum  capita  anguibus  omnino  contecta  3  erant. 

Manus  autem  ex  aere4  erant  factae. 

1  pedibus  induit,//^  on  his  feet.        2  aera,  ace.  of  aer.        3  contecta,  from 
contego.      4  aere,  from  aes. 


SCIPIO  AND   HANNIBAL 


1 


LESSON  XLVI 


IRREGULAR  COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES  •  THE  ABLATIVE 
OF  DEGREE  OF  DIFFERENCE 

317.  Adjectives  Compared  Irregularly.  Both  the  compara- 
tive and  the  superlative  of  several  common  adjectives  are 
irregular.    Commit  to  memory  the  following  : 

bonus,  -a,  -um,  good  melior,  melius,  better  optimus,  -a,  -um,  best 

magnus,  -a,  -um,  large  maior,  maius,  la?ger  maximus,  -a,  -um,  largest 

malus,  -a,  -um,  bad  peior,  peius,  worse  pessimus,  -a,  -um,  worst 

multus,  -a,  -um,  much  ,  plus,  more  plurimus,  -a,  -um,  most  - 

multi,  -ae,  -a,  many  plures,  plura,  more  plurimi,  -ae,  -a,  most 

parvus,  -a,  -um,  little,  minor,  minus,  less,  •minimus,  -a,  -um,  least, 

small                                smaller  smallest 

318.  The  Declension  of  Plus.  In  the  singular  plus,  more,  is 
used  only  as  a  neuter  noun.    Learn  the  declension  of  plus  (648). 

319.  Other  Adjectives  Compared  Irregularly.  There  are 
other  adjectives  that  are  compared  irregularly,  some  of  which 
have  no  positive,  but  form  their  comparative  and  superlative 
from  prepositions  or  adverbs,  and  others  of  which  have  two 
forms  in  the  superlative.  See  649.  These  should  be  learned 
as  they  occur  in  the  vocabularies. 

320.  The  Ablative  of  Degree  of  Difference. 

1.  Pater  pede  altior  est  quam  filius,  the  father  is  afoot  taller  than 

his  son. 

2.  Pax  multo  gratior  erit  quam  bellum,  peace  will  be  much  more 

welcome  than  war. 

a.  Observe  that  the  ablatives  pede  and  multo  answer  the  question 
(by)  how  much  ?  They  denote  the  degree  of  difference  between  the  objects 
compared.    This  usage  is  called  the  Ablative  of  Degree  of  Difference. 

126 


IRREGULAR  COMPARISON  1 27 

321 .  Rule  for  the  Ablative  of  Degree  of  Difference.  The  degree 
of  difference  is  expressed  by  the  ablative. 

322.  VOCABULARY 

centum,  adj.,  indecl.,  a  hundred  opera,  -ae,/.,  work,  activity  (opera) 

{century)  quam,  conj.,  than 

Inferus,  -a,  -um,  low,  below  (649)  sex,  adj.,  indecl.,  six  (sextant) 

(inferior)  superus,  -a,  -um,  high,  above  (649) 

interdum,  adv.,  sometimes  (superior) 

malus,  -a,  -um,  bad  (malice) 

EXERCISES 

323.  1.  In  mferiorem  partem  provinciae  sex  legi5nes  a  Cae- 
sare  ducuntur.  2.  Viae  urbis  nostrae  pedibus  multis  angustiores 
sunt.  3.  Maximae  manus  hostium  convocatae  erant  et  Romanos 
itinere  prohibebant.  4.  De  locls  superioribus  plurima  tela  iece- 
runt.  5.  Ilia  turris  decern  pedibus  altior  quam  mums  est. 
6.  Minora  castra  a  centum  militibus  defendebantur.  7.  Tua 
operae  pars  est  maior  quam  mea.  8.  Interdum  amici  nobis 
consilium  malum  dant.  9.  Summum  montem x  video.  10.  Italiae 
pars  inferior  propter  multas  Graecorum  urbes  Magna  Graecia 
appellabatur ;  superior  pars  Italiae,  quod  ibi  Galli  incolebant, 
Gallia  Cisalplna  vel  (or)  Gallia  Citerior  appellabatur. 

324.  1.  The  best  men  sometimes  do  not  have  the  most 
friends.  2.  On  the  journey  a  great  many  men  were  killed  ; 
the  rest  fled  into  a  very  large  forest.  3.  Cornelia  was  a  foot  taller 
than  Julia.  4.  The  Gauls  had  more  horsemen  than  the  Romans. 
5.  Part  of  the  army  was  waiting  in  higher  places.  6.  A  better 
plan  was  shown  to  the  senate.  7.  The  largest  towns  sent  a 
hundred  hostages  to  Caesar. 

1  summum  montem,  top  of  the  mountain. 


LESSON  XLVII 


THE  FORMATION  AND  THE  COMPARISON  OF  ADVERBS 

325..  The  Formation  of  Adverbs.  Many  adverbs  are  formed 
from  adjectives.  From  adjectives  of  the  first  and  second  de- 
clensions adverbs  are  formed  by  the  addition  of  -e  to  the  base 
of  the  positive  ;  from  adjectives  of  the  third  declension  they 
may  be  formed  by  the  addition  of  -iter  to  the  base  :  as,  care, 
dearly \  from  carus,  dear)  misere,  wretchedly,  from  miser, 
wretched)  acriter,  eagerly,  from  acer,  eager)  but  most  adjec- 
tives of  one  ending  add  -ter  to  the  base  :  as,  audacter,  from  audax. 

a.  Form  adverbs  from  gratus,  latus,  longus,  liber,  aeger,  brevis, 
fortis,  gravis. 

326.  The  Irregular  Formation  of  Adverbs.  Some  adverbs 
are  the  accusative  or  ablative  singular  neuter  of  the  adjective : 
as,  multum,  much,  from  multus ;  multo,  much,  from  multus ; 
facile,  easily,  from  facilis. 

327.  The  Comparison  of  Adverbs. 


Positive 

Comparative 

Superlative 

care 

carius 

carissime 

misere 

miserius 

miserrime 

acriter 

acrius 

acerrime 

facile 

facilius 

facillime 

bene 

melius 

optime 

male 

peius 

pessime 

multum 

plus 

plurimum 

a.  Observe  that  the  comparative  of  the  adverb  is  the  same  as  the 
neuter  singular  comparative  of  the  adjective;  and  that  the  superlative, 
with  one  exception,  is  formed  from  the  superlative  of  the  adjective  by 
changing.final  -us  to  -e. 

128 


FORMATION  AND  COMPARISON  OF  ADVERBS     129 

328.  VOCABULARY 

amplus,  -a,  -um,  large,  spacious  multitudo,  -inis,/,  great  number 

{ample)  {multitude) 

arbor,  arboris,/!,  tree  {arboreal)  subito,  adv.,  suddenly 

diligenter,    adv.,    diligently  (dili-  praemitto,  praemittere,  praemisi, 

gent)  praemissus,   send  ahead  (pre- 

diu  (diutius,  diutissime),  adv. ,  long  mise) 

hinc,  adv.,  hence,  from  here,  from  relinquo,  relinquere,  reliqui,  relic- 

this  place  tus,  leave  behind,  leave  {relin- 

liberi,  -orum,  m.  plur.,   children  quisti) 

{liberty) 

EXERCISES 

329.  1.  Patres  et  matres  suos  liberos  maxime  amant.  2.  Els 
consilia  optima  dant  et  pro  els  diligentissime  laborant.  3.  Turn 
in  illam  silvam  amplam,  quam  hinc  videmus,  multitudinem 
peditum  praemittemus.  4.  Ex  hoc  summo  monte  facile  video 
sex  urbes  centumque  vias.  5.  In  Imis  terrae  partibus  sunt  flu- 
mina  minima.  6.  Diutius  lacu  quam  montibus  impedltae  sunt 
copiae  nostrae.  7.  Plurimi  milites  apud  portum  relict!  erant ; 
reliqui  impetum  in  hostls  subito  fecerunt.  8.  Arboribus  et 
lapidibus  muros  facient.  9.  Hoc  flumen  centum  pedibus  latius 
est  quam  illud. 

330.  1 .  Sometimes  Caesar's  enemies  fought  much  more  bravely 
than  the  Roman  soldiers.  2.  But  his  soldiers  fought  very 
eagerly  and  boldly.  3.  He  carried  on  wars  with  the  Gauls 
for  a  very  long  time.  4.  Often  he  gave  ample  rewards  to  his 
centurions  because  they  had  captured  much  booty.  5.  He  was 
killed  in  the  city  of  Rome  by  his  personal  enemies  (inimicus). 


GALLIC  SWORD 


LESSON   XLVIII 


THE  FIFTH  DECLENSION  •  THE  ACCUSATIVE  OF  EXTENT 

331.  The  Fifth  Declension.  Nouns  of  the  fifth  declension 
end  in  -es.  They  are  feminine,  with  the  exception  of  dies,  day, 
which  is  usually  masculine.    They  are  inflected  as  follows : 


Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Case  E 

NDINGS 

Nom. 

di'es 

di'es 

res 

res 

-es 

-es 

Gen. 

die'i 

die'rum 

re'i 

re'rum 

-ei 

-erum 

Dat. 

die'I 

die'bus 

re'i 

re' bus 

-ei 

-ebus 

Ace. 

di'em 

di'es 

rem 

res 

-em 

-es 

Abl. 

di'e 

die'bus 

re 

re'bus 

-e 

-ebus 

a.  The  vowel  e  of  the  case  endings  is  regularly  long.  It  is  short- 
ened, however,  in  the  ending  -ei  after  a  consonant,  and  in  the  ending 
-em  :  as,  rgi  and  rem. 

b.  Only  dies  and  res  are  complete  in  the  plural.  A  few  other  nounsj 
have  the  nominative  and  the  accusative  plural.  Decline  acies,  fides, 
and  spes. 

332.  The  Accusative  of  Extent. 

1.  Decern  annos  urbs  oppugnabatur,  the  city  was  besieged  for  ten 

years. 

2.  Tunis  est  centum  pedes  alta,  the  tower  is  a  hundred  feet 

high.  % 

a.  The  accusative  decern  annos  denotes  extent  of  time ;  the  accusa; 
tive  centum  pedes  denotes  extent  of  space.  Such  accusatives  answei 
the  questions  how  long?  how  far?  in  time  or  in  space.  This  usage 
is  called  the  Accusative  of  Extent. 

333.  Rule  for  the  Accusative  of  Extent.  Extent  of  time  or  oj 
space  is  expressed  by  the  accusative. 

130 


THE  FIFTH  DECLENSION 


131 


334. 


VOCABULARY 


acies,  -el,/,  line  of  battle 
altus,  -a,  -um,  high,  deep  (alto) 
dies,  -el,  #z.,  day  (diary) 
fides,    -el,   f.,    trust,    confidence 

(fidelity) 
planities,  -ei,/,  plain  {plane) 


res,    -ei,   /.,    thing,    event,    fact 

(reality) 
spes,  -el,/,  hope 
Instruo,    Instruere,    Instruxi,  In- 

structus,    draw    up,    marshal 

(instruct) 


posterus,    -a,    -um,    next    (649)      castra  ponere,  to  pitch  camp 

EXERCISES 

335.  1.  Caesar  castra  summo  in  monte  primum  posuit. 
2.  Castra  summo  in  monte  a  Caesare  posita  sunt.  3.  Hinc 
hostes  magna  in  planitie  visi  sunt.  4.  Inter  hunc  montem  et 
illam  planitiem  erat  flumen,  quod  centum  pedes  latum  et  quin- 
que  pedes  altum  erat.  5.  Caesar  autem  aciem  Instruxit  et 
impetum  hostium  exspectabat.  6.  Eius  equites  maiorem  partem 
diel  in  cornibus  manebant.  7.  Sed  hostes  impetum  non  fece- 
runt,  quod  parvam  victoriae  spem  habuerunt.  8.  Turn  adules- 
centes  frument5  pluris  dies  caruerunt.  9.  Colles  post  castra 
nostra  multis  pedibus  altiores  sunt. 

336.  1..  Caesar  heard  about  this  fact  from  v^ry  many  mes- 
sengers. 2.  The  confidence  of  the  Gauls  was  very  slight  on 
that  day.  3.  The  river  was  ten  feet  deep  at  this  place  ;  and  so 
they  left  all  the  baggage  on  the  shore.  4.  This  fact  deprived 
our  soldiers  of  all  hope.    5.  We  shall  remain  six  days  in  Italy. 


AN   OFFERING   TO  THE  GODS 


LESSON.  XLIX 


READING  LESSON     • 


A   LETTER   FROM   POMPEII 


337.  Si  tu  vales,  bene  est ;  ego  quoque  vale5.  Has  litteras 
ad  te  laetus  x  scribo.  Medici  consilio  cum  parentibus  in  Italia 
hiemavl.  Apud2  vos  nives  {snow)  omnia  complent,  sed  noe 
hie  nives  raro  videmus.  Aer  est  lenissimus ;  caelum  rldet 
Interdum  in  litore  ambulo  vel  in  hortis  amplis  erro,  nam  gra 
men  arbor esque  iam  virent.  Hinc  video  Vesuvium  montem 
hinc  totam  fere  urbem,  hinc  pulchras  Insulas  in  marl  sitas: 
Linguae  Latinae  cotldie  multum  operae  do.  Earn  linguarr 
mult5  facilius  quam  Graecam  disco.  Sed  iam  flnem  faciarr 
epistulae  ;  mox  coram  omnia  tibi  narrabo.    Vale,4  mi  amice.5 

1  laetus,  gladly.  2  apud,  with.  3  sitas,  situated.  4  vale,  farewell.  Thijj 
form  is  the  imperative  singular  of  valeo.  Seexxxi,  a.  5  mi  amice,  my  friend] 
These  words  are  in  the  vocative  case  (xxiv,  b).  When  a  person  is  addressee 
irf  Latin,  a  special  case,  called  the  vocative,  is  used.  Generally  it  is  the  same 
in  spelling  as  the  nominative. 


A  VIEW  IN  POMPEII 
I32 


READING  LESSON 


133 


338. 


VOCABULARY 


conspectus,   -us,  m.,  look,  view, 

sight  (conspectus) 
modus,  -1,  #z.,  way,  manner  (mood) 
saxum,  -1,  /z.,  stone,  rock 
excedo,  excedere,  excess!,  excessu- 

rus,  go  out,  withdraw 


procedo,  procedere,  process!,  pro- 
cessurus,  go  forward,  advance 

(proceed) 
verto,  vertere,  verti,  versus,  turn, 
change  (convert) 


PERSEUS   MEDUSAM   INTERFICIT  (continued  from  316) 

339.  Res  difficillima  erat  caput  Gorgonis  abscidere,1  eius 
enim  conspectQ  homines  in  saxum  vertebantur.  Propter  hanc 
causam  Minerva  speculum  Perseo  dederat.  Ille  igitur  tergum 
vertit,  et  in  speculum  Inspiciebat ;  hoc  modo  ad  locum  processit 
ubi  Medusa  dormiebat.  Turn  falce  sua  caput  eius  uno  ictu 
abscldit.  Reliquae  Gorgones  statim  e  somno  excitatae  sunt,  et, 
ubi2  rem  vlderunt,  perturbatae  sunt.  Arma  rapuerunt,  et  Per- 
seum  interficere  volebant.3  Ille  autem  dum  fugit,4  galeam  magi- 
cam  induit ;  et,  ubi  hoc  fecit,  statim  e  conspectu  earum  excessit. 

1  abscidere,  to  cut  off.  The  infinitive  is  here  used  as  the  subject  of  erat 
(393).  2  What  two  meanings  has  ubi  in  this  paragraph  ?  What  kind  of  clause 
does  it  introduce  here  ?  3  interficere  volebant,  wished  to  kill.  4  dum  fugit, 
while  he  was  fleeing.  The  present  tense  with  dum  is  translated  as  if  it  were 
the  imperfect  tense. 


HEAD  OF  MEDUSA 


LESSON   L 


THE  SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  •  THE  PRESENT  SUBJUNCTIVE 
PURPOSE  CLAUSES  WITH  UT  AND  NE 

340.  The  Subjunctive  Mood.  The  Latin  subjunctive  is  used 
in  both  independent  and  dependent  clauses,  but  the  kinds  of 
dependent  clauses  in  which  the  subjunctive  is  used  are  far 
more  numerous  than  the  independent.  In  this  book  only 
some  uses  in  dependent  clauses  will  be  studied. 

341.  The  Tenses  of  the  Subjunctive.  There  are  four  tenses 
of  the  subjunctive:  present,  imperfect,  perfect,  and  pluperfect. 
No  meanings  are  given  for  the  tenses  of  the  subjunctive,  be- 
cause the  translation  varies  with  the  use  of  the  mood  (cf.  343. 
357,  372). 

342.  The  Present  Subjunctive.  The  present  subjunctive  o\ 
the  several  conjugations  and  of  sum  is  inflected  as  follows  : 

Active 

1.  a'mem        ame'mus 

2.  a'mes  ame'tis 

3.  a'met  a'ment 


Passive 
a'mer  ame'mur 

5' 


ame  ris 
ame'tur 


ame' mini 
amen'tur 


(-■am,  -as,  -at 
\-ar,  -aris,  -atur 


-amus,  -atis,  -ant 
-amur,  -ami-ni,  -antur 

simus,  sltis,  sint 


■  Vtfl 


mone 

reg 

capi 

audi 

sim,  si's,  sit 

a.  Observe  that  the  mood  sign  of  the  present  subjunctive  of  the 
regular  verbs  is  -e-  in  the  first  conjugation,  and  -a-  in  the  others. 

b.  Learn  the  present  subjunctive  of  the  verbs  above.  Then  inflec? 
the  ^present  subjunctive  active  and  passive  of  duco,  mitto,  recipio 
reperio,  and  video.  The  present  subjunctive  belongs  in  the  present 
system  (671). 

i34 


SUBJUNCTIVE  MOOD  •  PURPOSE  CLAUSES       135 

343.  Purpose  Clauses. 

1.  Gives  se  armant  ut  pugnent,  the  citizens  arm  themselves  that 
they  may  fight  (or,  in  order  that  they  may  fight,  in  order  to 

figh(,for  the  purpose  of  fighting,  to  fight). 

2.  Cives  se  armant  ne  superentur,  the  citizens  arm  themselves  that 
they  may  not  be  overcome  (or,  in  order  not  to  be  overcome,  so 
that  they  may  not  be  overcome,  lest  they  be  overcome). 

a.  Observe  that  the  dependent  clauses  express  the  purpose  of  the 
action  of  the  principal  clause,  ut,  that,  introducing  the  affirmative  clause, 
and  ne,  that  not,  the  negative  clause. 

b.  Observe  the  various  ways  of  translating  ut  and  ne  and  the  sub- 
junctive in  these  clauses.  In  English,  purpose  is  most  often  expressed 
by  the  infinitive.  In  the  best  Latin  prose,  however,  the  purpose  of  an 
action  is  not  expressed  by  the  infinitive. 

344.  Rule  for  Purpose  Clauses.  The  subjunctive  is  used  with 
ut  or  ne  in  a  dependent  clause  to  express  the  purpose  of  the 
action  stated  in  the  independent  clause. 

EXERCISES 

345.  1.  Nuntium  mittit  ut  elves  moneat.  2.  Adulescens  mit- 
titur  ut  elves  moneantur.  3.  Legio  mittitur  ne  oppidum  ab 
hostibus  capiatur.  4.  Legiones  fortiter  pugnant  ut  oppidum 
capiant.  5.  Puer  venit  ut  fabulam  audiat.  6.  Pueri  veniunt  ut 
verba  tua  audiant.  7.  Eos  mittimus  ut  provinciam  regant. 
8.  Eos  mittimus  ut  provincia  ab  els  regatur.  9.  In  Galliam 
properatis  ut  bellum  geratis.  10.  Centum  milites  praemittimus 
ut  castra  muniant. 

346.  1.  He  is  sent  to  fight.  2.  We  send  them  to  find  the 
way.  3.  You  are  sent  that  the  enemy  may  not  make  an  attack 
on  the  city.  4.  The  soldiers  are  led  out  of  the  camp  that  a  line 
of  battle  may  be  drawn  up.  5.  I  am  coming  to  see  you  and 
your  mother.    6.  He  fights  to  defend  himself. 


LESSON  LI 


THE  IMPERFECT  SUBJUNCTIVE  •  SEQUENCE  OF  TENSES 

347.  The  Imperfect  Subjunctive.  The  imperfect  subjunctive 
may  be  formed  by  adding  the  personal  endings  to  the  present 
infinitive  active ;  but  the  final  -e  of  the  infinitive  is  lengthened 
in  certain  forms. 

a.  Learn  the  imperfect  subjunctive  of  the  model  verbs  and  of 
sum  (658-663).  The  imperfect  subjunctive  belongs  in  the  present 
system  (671). 

348.  Sequence  of  Tenses.     Examine  the  following  English 

sentences : 

1.  He  comes  (is  coming)  that  he  may  fight. 

2.  He  will  come  that  he  may  fight. 

3.  He  came  that  he  might  fight. 

a.  Observe  that  in  sentences  1  and  2  the  verbs  in  the  independent 
clauses  are  present  and  future,  and  that  in  sentence  3  the  verb  in  the 
independent  clause  is  past.  Observe  the  change  from  may  (presenf 
to  might  (past)  when  a  past  tense  takes  the  place  of  a  present  01; 
a  future  in  the  verb  of  the  independent  clause.  This  following  of  one 
tense  by  another  of  the  same  kind  is  called  Sequence  of  Tenses. 

349.  Primary  and  Secondary  Tenses.  Those  tenses  of  the 
indicative  which  refer  to  present  or  to  future  time  (present 
future,  and  future  perfect)  are  called  Primary  Tenses.  Those 
tenses  of  the  indicative  which  refer  to  past  time  (imperfect 
perfect,  and  pluperfect)  are  called  Secondary  Tenses. 

350.  Rule  for  Primary  Sequence.  When  the  verb  of  the  in 
dependent  clause  of  a  sentence  is  in  a  primary  tense,  a  verb  h 
the  dependent  clause  is  in  the  present  tense  if  its  action  L 
incomplete,  but  in  the  perfect  tense  if  its  action  is  completed. 

136 


A  GLIMPSE  INTO  A  ROMAN  THEATER 


SEQUENCE  OF  TENSES  137 

351.  Rule  for  Secondary  Sequence.  When  the  verb  of  the  in- 
dependent clause  of  a  sentence  is  in  a  secondary  tense,  a  verb 
in  the  depende7it  clause  is  in  the  imperfect  tense  if  its  action  is 

■  incomplete,  but  i?i  the  pluperfect  if  its  action  is  completed. 

a.  Observe  that  all  the  verbs  in  the  independent  clauses  in  345  are 
in  the  present  tense,  and  that  all  the  verbs  in  the  dependent  clauses 
are  in  the  present  subjunctive.  If  the  verbs  in  the  independent  clauses 
should  be  changed  to  the  future  or  the  future  perfect  tense,  what 
would  be  the  tense  of  the  subjunctive  in  the  dependent  clauses  ? 

352.  Rule  for  the  Tense  of  the  Subjunctive  in  Purpose  Clauses. 

Since  a  purpose  clause  expresses  an  incomplete  action,  its  verb 
zvill  be  in  the  present  subjimctive  if  the  verb  in  the  independent 
clause  is  in  a  primary  tense,  and  in  the  imperfect  stibjtmctive 
if  the  verb  of  the  independent  clause  is  in  a  secondary  tense. 

EXERCISES 

353.  1.  Veniunt  ut  pacem  petant.  2.  Veniebant  tit  pacem 
peterent.  3.  Venient  ut  pacem  petant.  4.  Venerant  ut  pacem 
peterent.     5.  Fortiter    pugnabant    ne    a    Gallls    vincerentur. 

6.  Trans    flumen    properaverant    ut    oppidum    oppugnarent. 

7.  Legiones  mittentur  ut  hostes  commeatibus  intercludantur. 

8.  Ut  portum  defenderent  nostrl  praemissi  sunt.  9.  Consul 
audacissime  dicet  ut  populum  Romanum  incitet. 

354.  1.  They  labor  that  they  may  be  praised.  2.  They  were 
laboring  that  they  might  be  praised.  3.  They  will  labor  that 
they  may  be  praised.  4.  They  had  labored  that  they  might 
be  praised.  5.  They  threw  weapons  from  the  higher  places  in 
order  to  hinder  the  Romans.  6.  He  had  called  together  the 
chiefs  to  hear  the  new  plan.  7.  They  will  desist  from  battle 
that  they  may  not  be  killed. 


LESSON  LII 


SUBSTANTIVE  CLAUSES  OF  PURPOSE  •  RESULT  CLAUSES 

355.  Substantive  Clauses  of  Purpose.  A  substantive  clause 
is  a  clause  used  like  a  noun  (xx,  d) ;  it  may  be  the  subject  or 
the  object  of  a  verb.  Purpose  clauses  with  ut  and  ne  are  often 
used  in  Latin  as  the  objects  of  certain  verbs  :  as, 

Petit  ut  obsides  dent,  he  asks  them  to  give  hostages  (that  they 
give  hostages). 

a.  Observe  that  the  clause  ut  obsides  dent  is  the  object  of  petit. 
This  is,  therefore,  a  noun  clause.  The  purpose  clauses  in  the  preceding 
lessons  were  adverbial  in  nature  (xx,  c). 

356.  Rule  for  Substantive  Clauses  of  Purpose.  Vrerbs  meaning 
ask,  command,  persuade,  and  urge  may  have  for  their  object  a 
clans e  of  purpose  with  its  verb  in  the  sitbjimctive. 

a.  In  English  an  infinitive  is  generally  used  in  the  object  clause. 

357.  Result  Clauses. 

1.  Iter  tarn  longum  est  ut  puer  sit  defessus,  the  journey  is  so  long 

that  the  boy  is  tired  out. 

2.  Puer  tarn  malus  fuit  ut  a  patre  non  laudaretur,  the  boy  was  so 

bad  that  he  was  not  praised  by  his  father. 

a.  Observe  that  the  dependent  clauses  beginning  with  ut  express 
the  result  of  the  statements  in  the  independent  clauses,  and  that  the 
subjunctive  is  translated  by  an  English  indicative. 

b.  Observe  that  the  sequence  is  the  same  as  in  purpose  clauses,; 
but  that  the  negative  clause  contains  ut  non  (not  ne). 

358.  Rule  for  Result  Clauses.  The  subjunctive  is  nsed  with 
ut  or  ut  non  in  a  dependent  elates e  to  express  the  residt  of 
the  action  stated  in  the  independent  clause.  The  sequence  of 
tenses  is  generally  the  same  as  in  purpose  clauses. 

138 


SUBSTANTIVE  CLAUSES-  OF  PURPOSE  •  RESULT     139 


359.  VOCABULARY 

ita,  adv.,  so,  in  such  a  way 
tarn,  adv.,  so 
tantus,  -a,  -um,  so  great 
ago,    agere,    egi,    actus,    act,    do 
(agent) 


circumvenio,  circumvenire,  circum- 
veni,  circumventus,  surround 
(circumvent) 

impero,  imperare,  imperavl,  impe- 
ratus,  command,  order  (imper- 
ative) 


EXERCISES 

360.  ($.  Puer  ita  egit  ut  ab  omnibus  fcmaretur.  2.  Urbs  vas- 
tata  est  ne  ab  hostibus  caperetur.  3.  Eum  monemus  ne  miles 
sit.  4.  Imperavit  ne  per  nostram  provinciam  iter  facerent. 
0.  Tanta  est  inopia  cibi  ut  plurimi  aegri  sint.  'Q.  Urbs  tarn 
fortiter  defensa  est  ut  decern  diebus  non  caperetur.  7.  Hostes 
in  silvas  fugerunt  ne  a  nostris  circumvenlrentur.  8.  Caesar 
primum  postulavit  ut  nostris  auxilium  daretur. , 

361.  £)  They  were  so  few  that  they  fled.  (3>.  They  were  so 
brave  that  they  did  not  flee.  3.  I  advise  him  to  be  more  bold. 
4.  The  lieutenant  led  the  soldiers  out  of  the  camp  in  order  to 
draw  up  a  line  of  battle.  5.  He  demands  that  they  pitch  camp  in 
this  place.  (^1  The  marsh  is  so  great  that  our  men  are  hindered. 


A  ROMAN  CUP 


140 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


SEVENTH   REVIEW  LESSON 


LESSONS   XLIV-LII 


362.  Give  the  English  meanings  of  the  following  words : 


accipio 

copia       1 

instruo 

opera 

res 

acies 

dies 

interdftm 

pars 

saxum 

adulescens 

difficilis 

ita 

•  pervenio 

sex 

ago 

diligenter 

iuro 

planities 

similis 

altus 

<  disce<f 6 

llberl 

posterus 

spes 

amplus 

dissimilis 

litus 

praemitto 

subito 

angustus 

excedo 

malus 

primum 

superus 

appello 

expugno 

modus 

prqcedo 

tarn 

arbor 

facilis 

multitudo 

quaero 

tantus 

celer 

fides 

natura 

quam 

ut 

centum 

hinc 

ne 

quinque 

verto 

circumvenio 

impero 

omnino 

relinquo 

vita 

conspectus 

Inferus 

363.   Give  the  Latin  meanings  of  the  following  words  : 
children        hundred         high,  deep  swear,  take  oath 


bad 

so 

turn,  change 

so,  in  such  a  way 

hope 

»next 

young  man 

nature,  character 

five 

plain 

that  not,  lest 

thing,  event,  fact 

suddenly 

narrow 

way,  manner 

leave  behind,  leave 

so  great 

day 

send  ahead 

look,  view,  sight 

part 

withdraw 

command,  order 

plenty,  supply ;  troops 

easy 

hard 

stone,  rock 

trust,  confidence 

than 

six 

wholly,  entirely 

draw  up,  marshal 

unlike 

seek,  ask 

great  number 

take  by  storm,  capture 

tree 

act,  do 

so  that,  to 

go  forward,  advance 

sometimes 

high,  above 

large,  spacious 

hence,  from  here 

diligently 

call,  name 

first,  at  first 

come  through,  reach 

shore 

like 

work,  activity 

arrive 

receive 

low,  below 

line  of  battle 

go  out,  withdraw 

life  surround        swift,  quick 


SEVENTH   REVIEW  LESSON 


141 


364.  Decline  each  noun  and  each  adjective  in  362.  Conju- 
gate each  verb  in  the  present  and  the  imperfect  subjunctive, 
active  and  passive.  Make  synopses  in  the  third  person 
singular  and  plural. 

365.  Following  the  suggestions  in  634,  give  English  words 
derived  from  the  Latin  words  in  362.  Define  these  derivatives, 
and  illustrate  each  by  an  English  sentence. 

366.  Give  fhe  rule  for  the  following  constructions,  and  illus- 
trate each  by  a  sentence  in  Latin  : 

1.  Partitive  genitive  4.  Adverbial  clause  of  purpose 

2.  Ablative  of  degree   of  dif-      5.   Substantive  clause  of  purpose 

ference  6.  Adverbial  clause  of  result 

3.  Accusative  of  extent  7.   Sequence  of  tenses 


THE  ATRIUM  OF  A  ROMAN  HOUSE 


LESSON   LIII 


367. 


READING  LESSON 


VOCABULARY 


cedo,  cedere,  cessi,  cessurus,  give 
way,  retire  (secede) 

conloco,  conlocare,  conlocavi,  con- 
locatus,  place,  station  (colloca- 
tion) 


educo,    educere,    eduxi,    eductus, 

lead  out,  lead  forth 
iuvo,    iuvare,    iuvi,    iutus,    help, 

aid  (adjutant) 


CAESAR   HOSTIS   VINCIT 

368.  Postero  die  Caesar  ex  castrls  exercitum  eduxit  et  iter 
ad  flumen  fecit.  Quae  (this)  res  hostibus  nuntiata  est,  quorum 
pedites  a  nostris  sumino  in  colle  visi  sunt.  Turn  Caesar  equites 
in  cornibus  conlocavit  ut  pedites  iuvarent,  et  militum  animos 
ad  pugnam  ita  incitavit :  "Omnis  rel  publicae  spes  in  nostra 
virtute  posita  est.  Audaces  fortuna  iuvat.  Fortes  vincent." 
Hostes  tarn  acriter  in  nostram  aciem  impetum  fecerunt  ut  hi 
cederent.  BrevI  autem  tempore  hostes  ita  superatl  sunt  ut  ex 
omnibus  pugnae  partibus  trans  flumen  fugerent.  Eorum  dux 
captus  est  et  Romam  missus  est. 


ROMAN  HELMETS 
142 


READING  LESSON 


H3 


369.  VOCABULARY 

constituo,  constituere,  constitui, 
constitutus,  establish,  deter- 
mine {constitution) 

consulo,  consulere,  consului,  con- 


sultus,  plan,  deliberate,  consult 
(consultation) 
trado,   tradere,   tradidi,    traditus, 
give  over,  surrender  (tradition) 


ANDROMEDA  FILIA  CEPHEI  (continued  from  339) 

370.  Post  haec  Perseus  in  fines  Aethiopum  venit.  Ibi  Ce- 
pheus  illo  tempore  regebat.  Hie  Neptunum,  maris  deum,  olim 
offenderat ;  itaque  Neptunus  monstrum  saevissimum  mlserat. 
Hoc  monstrum  cotldie  e  marl  veniebat  et  homines,  devorabat. 
Quam  (this)  ob  causam  terror  animos  omnium  occupaverat. 
Cepheus  igitur  oraculum  del  Hammonis  consuluit,  et  a  deo 
iussus  est1  filiam  Andromedam  monstro  tradere.2  Ilia  autem 
virgo  pulcherrima  erat.  Cepheus,  ubi  haec  audlvit,  maxime 
doluit.  Volebat  tamen  civis  suos  e  tanto  perlculo  servare,3 
et  ob  earn  causam  imperata  Hammonis  facere4  constituit. 

1  iussus  est,  from  iubeo.  2  tradere,  translate  with  iussus  est.  3  servare, 
translate  with  volebat  (394).        4  facere,  translate  with  constituit  (394). 


A  ROMAN  CHARIOT 


LESSON  LIV 


THE  PERFECT  AND  THE  PLUPERFECT   SUBJUNCTIVE 
INDIRECT  QUESTIONS 

371.  The  Perfect  and  the  Pluperfect  Subjunctive.  The  per- 
fect and  the  pluperfect  subjunctive  active  are  formed  on  the 
perfect  stem  (671)  : 

amav     -erim,  -ens,  -erit,  -erimus,  -eritis,  -erint 

amav     -issem,  -isses,  -isset,  -issemus,  -issetis,  -issent 

The  perfect  and  the  pluperfect  subjunctive  passive  belong  to 
the  participial  system  (671). 

a.  Learn  these  tenses  of  the  model  verbs  and  of  sum  (658-663). 
Inflect  the  entire  subjunctive  of  ago,  pono,  do,  and  video. 

372.  Indirect  Questions.  An  indirect  question  is  a  subordi- 
nate clause  which  contains  the  substance  of  a  direct  question  :  as, 

1 .  Ubi  sunt  ?  where  are  they  ? 

2.  Audit  ubi  sint,  he  hears  where  they  are. 

a.  Observe  that  the  dependent  clause  in  2  begins  with  an  interroga- 
tive word  (ubi)  and  contains  the  substance  of  the  direct  question  in  1. 
Observe  that  the  subjunctive  mood  is  used,  and  that  the  clause  is 
substantive  in  nature.  Every  subordinate  clause  introduced  by  an 
interrogative  word  is  an  indirect  question. 

b.  An  indirect  question,  with  its  verb  in  the  subjunctive,  may  be  j 
used  as  the  subject  or  the  object  of  another  verb.    Indirect  questions 
usually  follow  the  general  rule  for  the  sequence  of  tenses :  as, 


1.  Audit,  he  hears 

2.  Audiet,  he  will  hear 

3.  Audiverit,   he   will   have 

heard 


ubi  sint,  where  they  are 
ubi  fuerint,  where  they  were  or 
where  they  have  been 


144 


INDIRECT  QUESTIONS  145 

1.  Audiebat,  he  was  hearing^  f     .  .         t 

_     _        ,  I  ubi  essent,  where  they  were 

2.  Audlvit,  he  heard  \  <    ,.  .  .  .        ,,  •    .     ,  . 

7     .     7  7        _         ubi  fuissent,  where  they  had  been 

3.  Audiverat,  he  had  heard  J   ^ 

373.  Rule  for  Indirect  Questions.  The  verb  of  an  indirect 
question  is  in  the  subjunctive.  If  the  verb  of  the  independent 
clause  is  in  a  primary  tense,  the  verb  of  the  indirect  question 
is  put  in  the  present  subjunctive  for  an  incomplete  action,  btct 
in  the  perfect  for  a  completed  action.  If  the  verb  of  the  inde- 
pendent clause  is  in  a  secondary  tense,  the  verb  of  the  indirect 
question  is  put  in  the  imperfect  subjunctive  for  an  incomplete 
action,  but  in  the  pluperfect  for  a  completed  action. 

374.  VOCABULARY 

num,  adv.,  whether  rogo,  rogare,  rogavi,  rogatus,  ask 

quot,  adv.,  how  many  {quotient)  (arrogant) 

unde,  adv.,  whence  scio,    scire,    scivl,    scitus,    know 

(science) 

EXERCISES 

375.  i.  Rogat  quid  agant,  quid  egerint.  2.  Sciebat  quid  age- 
rent,  quid  egissent.  3.  Tibi  dicam  cur  laborent,  cur  laboraverint. 
4.  Audiverant  unde  milites  venlrent,  unde  venissent.  5.  Roga- 
verunt  cur  laudaretur,  cur  laudati  essent.  6.  Scit  cur  mane- 
ant,  cur  manserint.  7.  Nobis  dixit  quid  ill!  pueri  fecissent. 
8.  Rogavi  num  saepe  in  Italia  fuisset.  9.  Scisne  quot  annos 
Roman!  Britanniam  tenuerint  ? 

376.  1.  I  shall  tell  you  where  they  were  and  what  they  did. 
2.  These  come  to  see,  those  to  be  seen.  3.  They  are  so  tired 
that  they  are  not  working  to-day.  4.  He  asked  me  why  I  had 
come.  5.  I  had  heard  where  he  had  been.  6.  The  general 
asked  whether  they  had  all  come.  7.  Do  you  know  how  many 
soldiers  are  coming  ? 


M 


LESSON   LY 


NUMERAL  ADJECTIVES   •  THE  OBJECTIVE  GENITIVE 

377.  Numeral  Adjectives.  For  the  definition  of  numeral  ad- 
jectives see  in,  c.  A  list  of  Latin  cardinal  and  ordinal  numerals 
is  given  in  651. 

378.  The  Declension  of  Numeral  Adjectives.  The  cardinals 
tinus,  one,  duo,  two,  tres,  three,  are  declined  ;  so,  too,  are  the 
words  for  the  hundreds,  as,  ducenti,  two  hundred,  trecenti,  three 
hundred,  and  (in  the  plural)  mille,  thousand.  The  other  cardi- 
nals are  not  declined.  The  ordinals  are  declined  as  adjectives 
of  the  first  and  second  declensions. 

a.  Learn  the  declension  of  unus,  duo,  tres,  and  mille  (646). 

379.  The  Use  of  Milk.  The  singular  of  mille  is  indeclinable, 
and  is  used  either  as  an  adjective  or  as  a  neuter  noun  :  mille 
(adj.)  homines,  a  thousand  men,  or  mille  (noun)  hominum.  The 
plural  is  used  only  as  a  noun.  When  used  as  a  noun  it  takes 
the  partitive  genitive  :  mille  hominum,  a  thousand  (of)  men ; 
quattuor  milia  hominum,  four  thousand(s  of)  men. 

380.  The  Objective  Genitive. 

Spes  praedae  homines  incitat,  hope  of  booty  impels  the  men. 

a.  Observe  that  the  genitive  praedae  expresses  the  thing  hoped  for 
the  object  of  the  hope.  This  usage  of  the  genitive  case  is  called  the 
Objective  Genitive^.  The  difference  between  the  possessive  and  the, 
objective  genitive  is  illustrated  by  timor  canis,  fear  of  the  dog,  whicl 
may  mean  the  dog's  fear  (possessive)  or  fear  felt  for  the  dog  (objective) 

381.  Rule  for  the  Objective  Genitive.  Some  nouns  of  action 
and  feeling  may  have  with  them  a  genitive  to  express  tht 
object  of  the  action  or  feeling  implied  in  the  nouns. 

146 


NUMERAL  ADJECTIVES  147 

382.  VOCABULARY 

dexter,    dextra,    dextrum,    right  passus,  -us,  m.,  pace  {pace) 

(dexterous)  quartus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  fourth 
duo,  duae,  duo,  adj.,  two  (dual)  (quarto) 

memoria,  -ae,  /.,  memory  (memo-  quattuor,  adj.,  indecl.,  four 

rable)  sinister,  sinistra,  sinistrum,  left 
mille,    adj.    or    noun,    thousand  (sinister) 

(million)  tertius,  -a,  -um,  adj. ,  third  (tertiary) 

mille  passuum,  mile  (a  thousand  timor,  timoris,  m.,  fear  (timorous) 

of  paces)  tres,  tria,  adj.,  three  (trio) 

octo,  adj.,  indecl.,  eight  (October)  iinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  one  (unify) 

EXERCISES 

383.  i.  In  itinere  duo  flumiha  reperientur  decern  pedes  alta. 
2.  Memoria  harum  rerum  exercitum  incitaverat.  3.  Tria  milia 
passuum  iter  fecerant  et  prima  acies  Instruebatur.  4.  Caesar 
imperavit  ut  in  dextro  cornu  tertia,  in  sinistro  quarta  legio  con- 
locaretur.  5.  Trium  fratrum  Marcus  erat  fortissimus.  6.  Propter 
studium  victoriae  haec  una  legio  Gallos  sustinuit.  7.  Pilum 
Romanum  fuit  sex  pedes  longum.  8.  Postero  die  octo  milia 
passuum  ex  illo  l6co  discesserunt.  9.  Quattuor  exploratores, 
qui  praemissi  erant,  propter  timorem  hostium  fugerunt. 

384.  1.  Hope  of  a  reward  impelled  the  children  of  Marcus. 
On  that  hill  were  drawn  up  ten  thousand  foot  soldiers  and 

two  thousand  horsemen.  3.  The  baggage  of  the  army  had 
been  left  a  mile  from  the  shore.  4.  The  general  will  station 
the  second  legion  in  front  of  the  camp.  5.  At  the  arrival  of 
two  legions  the  enemy  departed  from  the  left  flank.  6.  Fear 
of  Caesar  and  of  the  Romans  will  hinder  one  clan.  7.  One  of 
the  men  was  unfriendly  to  me. 


LESSON   LVI 


ADJECTIVES  HAVING  THE  GENITIVE  IN  -IUS 

385.  Adjectives  having  the  Genitive  in  -fus.  The  adjectives 
of  the  following  vocabulary  end  in  -lus  in  the  genitive  singu- 
lar and  in  -i  in  the  dative  singular  of  all  genders  (except  that 
the  genitive  of  alter  ends  in  -lus). 


386. 


VOCABULARY 


alius,  alia,  aliud,  other,  another 

(alias) 
alter,  altera,  alterum,   the  other 

(of  two)  (alterhate) 
neuter,  neutra,  neutrum,  neither 

(of  two)  (neutrality) 
nullus,  -a,  -um,  no,  no  one,  none 

{nullify) 


solus,  -a,  -um,  alone,  sole,  only 

(solitude) 
totus,  -a,  -um,  whole,  all  (total) 
ullus,  -a,  -um,  any  (at  all) 
unus,  -a,  -um,  one  (unite) 
uter,  utra,  utrum,  which  (of  two) 
uterque,  utraque,  utrumque,  each 

(of  two),  both  j 


a.  Learn  the  declension  of  alius  (646).    Decline  the  other  words. 

b.  These  adjectives  are  usually  emphatic,  and  so  stand  before  their 
nouns.    They  are  often  used  as  pronouns. 

387.  The  Idiomatic  Uses  of  Alius  and  of  Alter.   Alius  and  alter, 
when  repeated  in  the  same  sentence,  have  the  following  meanings : 

alter  .  .  .  alter,  one  .  .  .  the  other  (of  two  only) 
alius  .  .  .  alius,  o?ie  .  .  .  another  (of  any  number) 
alii  .  .  .  alii,  some  .  .  .  others 

1.  Alterum  oppidum  in  Italia,  alterum  in  Gallia  est,  one  town  is 

in  Italy,  the  other  in  Gaul  (only  two  towns  are  thought  of), 

2.  Aliud  oppidum  magnum,  aliud  parvum  est,  one  town  is  large 

another  small  (here  the  thought  is  not  limited  to  two  towns) 

3.  Alii  gladiis,  alii  pills  pugnant,  some  are  fighting  with  siuords 

others  with  javelins. 

148 


ADJECTIVES  HAVING  THE  GENITIVE  IN  -JUS      149 
EXERCISES 

388.  1.  In  altera  fluminis  lltore  urbs,  in  altera  fuit  mans. 
2.  Duorum  hominum  alter  imperator,  alter  tribunus  erat.  3.  Ter- 
tiae  legionis  solius  virtute  totus  exercitus  defend  ebatur.  4.  Altera 
legio  in  dextro,  altera  in  sinistra  cornu  a  Caesare  conlocata  est. 
5.  Neutri  obsidi  cibum  daba.  6.  Uter  puer  est  tuus  filius  ?  7.  Ea 
aestate  erant  in  marl  nullae  naves.    8.  Cur  utrumque  incitas  ? 

389.  1.  Caesar  had  praised  the  valor  of  the  whole  legion. 

2.  Which  of  the  two  young  men  showed  the  greater  courage  ? 

3.  Caesar  will  march  without  any  delay  with  the  second  legion 
alone.  4.  Some  were  pitching  camp,  others  were  drawing  up 
a  line  of  battle.     5.  In  no  place  did  we  find  very  many  trees. 

390.  VOCABULARY 

celeritas,    celeritatis,    /,    speed  lacrima,  -ae,/,  tear  (lachry?nose) 

(celerity)  nee,  neque,  conj.,  and  not,  nor 

dolor,    doloris,    m.y    grief,    pain  simul,   adv.,   at   the   same   time 
(dolorous)  (simultaneous) 

fremitus,  -us,  m.,  noise 

MONSTRUM  APPROPINQUAT  (continued  from  370) 

391.  Turn  rex  diem  dixit  et  omnia  paravit.  Ubi  is  dies  venit, 
Andromeda  ad  lltus  ducta  est,  et  in  canspectu  omnium  ad  rupem 
adligata  est.  Omnes  propter  fatum  eius  dolebant,  nee  lacrimas 
tenebant.  Subita  autem,  dum  manstrum  exspectant,  Perseus 
ad  lltus  pervenit ;  et,  ubi  lacrimas  vidit,  causam  dolaris  quaerit. 
IllI  rem  tatam  expanunt  et  puellam  demanstrant.  Dum  haec 
geruntur,  fremitus  terribilis  audltur ;  simul  manstrum  saevissi- 
mum  procul  videtur.  Eius  canspectus  timarem  maximum  prae- 
buit.  Magna  celeritate  ad  lltus  manstrum  properavit,  iamque 
ad  locum  appropinquabat  ubi  puella  stabat. 


I 


LESSON  LVII 


THE  INFINITIVE  AS   SUBJECT  AND  AS  COMPLEMENT 

392.  The  Infinitive.    The  infinitives  of  amo  are  as  follows 

Active  Passive 

Pres.    am  are,  to  love  amari,  to  be  loved 

Perf.    amavisse,  to  have  loved  amatus  esse,  to  have  bee?i  love 

Put.     amaturus  esse,  to  be  about  to  (amatum  hi,  to  be  about  to  b 
love,  to  be  going  to  love  loved) 

a.  Observe  that  the  present  infinitive  passive  is  formed  from  th 
active  by  changing  final  -e  to  -i.  But  in  the  third  conjugation  fine 
-ere  is  changed  to  -I. 

b.  The  perfect  infinitive  active  is  formed  by  adding .  -isse  to  th 
perfect  stem. 

c.  The  perfect  infinitive  passive  is  formed  by  using  the  perfec 
participle  with  esse,  the  present  infinitive  of  sum. 

d.  The  future  infinitive  active  is  formed  by  using  the  future  activ 
participle,  amaturus,  with  esse.  The  future  active  participle  is  mad 
by  changing  final  -tus  or  -sus  of  the  perfect  passive  participle  t 
-turns  or  -sums.  Form  the  future  active  participles  of  pono^Iustruj 
video,  mitto,  and  gero. 

e.  Learn  the  infinitives  and  meanings  of  the  model  verbs  and 
sum  (658-663).  The  future  infinitive  passive  may  be  omitted, 
is  rare. 

393.  The  Infinitive  as  Subject.   Since  the  infinitive  is  a  nou: 
it  may  be  used  as  the  subject  or  the  object  of  a  verb.    Since 
is  a  verbal  noun,  it  may  have  a  subject  or  an  object  of  its  ow 
and  be  modified  by  adverbs,  adverb  phrases,  or  adverb  clause 

1.  Laudari  est  gratum,  to  be  praised  is  pleasing. 

2.  Iter  per  fines  hostium  facere  erit  difficile,  to  march  through  t 

territory  of  the  enemy  will  be  difficult. 
150 


INFINITIVE  AS  SUBJECT  AND  AS  COMPLEMENT     151 
1 

a.  Observe  that  laudari  is  the  subject  of  est,  and  iter  per  fines  nos- 
trum facere  of  erit,  while  iter  is  the  object  of  facere.  Of  what  gender 
are  gratum  and  difficile  ?  What,  then,  is  the  gender  of  the  infinitive  ? 

394.  The  Complementary  Infinitive. 

1.  Vincere  potest,  he  is  able  to  conquer. 

2.  Boni  esse  debemus,  we  ought  to  be  good. 

a.  Observe  that  vincere  and  esse  complete  the  meaning  of  potest 
md  debemus.  An  infinitive  so  used  is  called  a  Complementary  Infini- 
tive, and  it  is  common  in  Latin,  as  in  English,  with  verbs  meaning  be 
ible,  decide,  ought,  wish,  begin,  etc.  You  have  already  met  this  usage 
)f  the  infinitive  in  several  of  the  selections  for  reading. 

b.  The  predicate  adjective  used  with  a  complementary  infinitive 
igrees  in  gender,  number,  and  case  with  the  subject  of  the  main  verb. 

395.  VOCABULARY 

;oepi,  coepisse  (lacks  the  present     decimus,  -a,  -um,  tenth  {decimate) 
system),  began  potest,  is  able,  can 

Lebeo,debere,debui,debitus,  ought,      possunt,  are  able,  can  {possible) 
be  obliged  to  {debit) 

EXERCISES 

396.  1.  Venire,  dare,  discedere  potest.  2.  Impediri,  pom, 
:onlocari    possunt.     3.   Praemia    recipere    saepe    est   gratum. 

Caesar  reliquos  agros  et  oppida  illius  civitatis  vastare  coepit. 
;.  Tua  verba  audlre  est  difficillimum.  6.  German!  Romanos 
:ommeatibus  intercludere  non  possunt.  7.  Statim  multitudo 
)acem  petere  coepit.  8.  Se  defendere  debent.  9.  Quis  totius 
jxercitus  tarn  fortis  fuit  ut  impetum  hostium  sustineret  ? 
:o.  Hieme  dies  qulnque  horls  breviores  quam  aestate  sunt. 

397.  1.  It  will  be  easy  to  fortify  the  camp  with  a  high  wall. 
^.  You  ought  to  offer  help.     3.  He  is  not  able  to  arouse  the 

bldiers  of  the  tenth  legion.    4.  To  carry  on  a  war  is  not  often 
*>est.    5.  We  ought  to  be  brave  and  good.    6.  Some  have  begun 
p  fight,  others  to  flee. 


LESSON  LVIII 


THE  INFINITIVE  AS  OBJECT  •  THE  ACCUSATIVE  AS  SUBJECT 
OF  THE  INFINITIVE  •  INDIRECT  STATEMENTS 

398.  The  Infinitive  as  Object. 

Me  venire  iussit,  he  ordered  me  to  come. 

a.  Observe  that  in  the  English  sentence  the  object  of  ordered  is 
me  to  come ;  and  that  me  is  in  the  objective  case  and  subject  of  the 
infinitive  to  come.  The  Latin  sentertce  is  like  the  English ;  me  is  ir 
the  accusative  case.  Verbs  meaning  order  and  wish  are  the  com 
monest  verbs  having  an  infinitive  as  their  object ;  but  impero,  order 
takes  a  substantive  clause  of  purpose  (356).  The  objective  infinitive 
is  also  used  in  indirect  statements  (400-402). 

399.  Rule  for  the  Accusative  as  Subject  of  the  Infinitive.    Tht 

sitbject  of  the  infinitive  is  in  the  acatsative. 

400.  Indirect  Statements.  A  direct  statement  gives  the  exac 
words  used  by  a  speaker  or  writer :  as,  He  says  (or  said) 
"Soldiers  are  coming!'  In  an  indirect  statement  the  words  o 
a  speaker  or  writer  are  made  to  depend  on  a  verb  of  saying 
thinking,  etc.,  and  in  English  may  or  may  not  be  the  same  a 
they  were  in  the  original  statement  or  thought :  as,  He  say- 
that  soldiers  are  coming,  he  said  that  soldiers  were  coming 
Observe  the  same  sentences  in  Latin: 

1.  Milites  veniunt,  soldiers  are  coming. 

2.  Dicit  milites  venire,  he  says  that  soldiers  are  coming. 

3.  Dixit  milites  venire,  he  said  that  soldiers  were  coming. 

a.  Observe  that  in  turning  a  direct  statement  into  an  indirec 
statement  in  Latin  the  nominative  is  changed  to  the  accusative  (399 
and  the  indicative  to  the  infinitive. 

152 


INFINITIVE  AS  OBJECT  .  INDIRECT  STATEMENTS    153 

401.  Rule  for  Indirect  Statements.  Indirect  statements ,  with 
verb  in  the  infinitive  and  subject  in  the  accusative,  are  found 
in  dependence  on  verbs  of  saying,  thinking,  knowing,  perceiving, 
and  the  like. 

402.  The  Use  of  the  Tenses  of  the  Infinitive  in  Indirect 
Statements.  The  present  infinitive  is  used  when  the  action 
of  the  indirect  statement  is  going  on  at  the  same  time  as  the 
action  indicated  by  the  verb  of  saying,  thinking,  etc. :  as, 


1 .  Dicit  milites  venire,  he  says  that  soldiers  are  coming. 

2.  Dixit  milites  venire,  he  said  that  soldiers  were  coming. 

3.  Dicet  milites  venire,  he  will  say  that  soldiers  are  coming. 


The  perfect  infinitive  is  used  when  the  action  of  the  indirect 
statement  occurred  before  that  of  the  verb  of  saying,  thinking, 
etc.:  as, 

1 .  Dicit  milites  venisse,  he  says  that  soldiers  came  (or  have  come). 

2.  Dixit  milites  venisse,  he  said  that  soldiers  came  (or  had  come). 

3.  Dicet  milites  venisse,  he  will  say  that  soldiers  came  (or  have 
come). 

The  future  infinitive  is  used  when  the  action  of  the  indirect 
statement  occurs  after  that  of  the  verb  of  saying,  thinking, 
etc.:  as, 

1 .  Dicit  milites  venturos  esse,  he  says  that  soldiers  will  come. 

2.  Dixit  milites  venturos  esse,  he  said  that  soldiers  woidd  come. 

3.  Dicet  milites  venturos  esse,  he  will  say  that  soldiers  will  come. 

403.  VOCABULARY 

cognosco,  cognoscere,  cognovi,  cog-  iubeo,  iubere,  iussi,  iussus,  bid, 

nitus,  learn,  know,  understand  order,  command  {jussive) 

(recognize)  responded,    respondere,    respondi, 

nipio,  cupere,  cupivi  (cupii),  cupi-  responsus,    answer,   reply  (re- 

tus,  desire,  wish  {cupidity)  spond) 


154 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


EXERCISES 

404.  i.  Caesar  per^  duos  exploratores  cognovit  hostes  sex 
milia  passuum  iter  fecisse.  2.  Socil  respondent  se  sine  mora 
auxilium  ad  Caesarem  missuros  esse.  3.  Imperator  dixit  se  suis 
praemia  ampla  daturum  esse.  4.  Omnes  cupiunt  esse  liberL 
5.  Omnes  cupiunt  Italiam  esse  liberam.  6.  Omnes  vident  oppi- 
dum  fortiter  defendl.  7.  Statim  tertiam  aciem  Instrui  Caesar 
iussit.    8.  Sciebat  Gall5s  venire  ut  impetum  facerent. 

405.  1.  That  lieutenant  will  order  his  men  to  build  towers. 
2.  I  know  that  two  legions  have  been  sent  ahead.  3.  From  the 
captives  he  learned  that  the  enemy  lacked  food.  4.  He  ordered 
(iubeo)  them  to  spend  the  winter  in  that  state.  5.  The  traders 
replied  that  there  was  no  grain  in  the  territory  of  the  Germans. 


A  ROMAN  AND  HIS  WIFE 


< 

o 
fa 

52; 
3 

o 

w 
X 
H 


!55 


LESSON   LIX 


READING  LESSON 


CAESAR   IN    CONCILIO    DICIT 

406.  Post  hoc  proelium  Caesar  militibus  in  concili5  ita  dixit: 
Eos  fortiter  pugnavisse  ;  itaqu'e  hostis  omnibus  in  partibus  victos 
esse  et  in  montis  et  paludes  f ugere ;  praedam  els  se  daturum 
esse ;  se  scire  eos  longo  bello  esse  defessos  et  statim  eos  in 
Italiam  missurum  esse  ;  se  velle  x  in  Gallia  manere  per  hiemem, 
sed  proxima  aestate  suos  in  German5s  ducturum  esse  ;  multos 
captlvos  Romam  missos  esse,  et  populum  Romanum  victoria 
eorum  delectari. 

407.  VOCABULARY 


paene,  adv.,  nearly,  almost  (penin- 
sula) 

regio,  regionis,/,  place  (region) 

undique,  adv.,  from  all  sides, 
everywhere 

depono,  deponere,  deposui,  deposi- 
tus,  put  down,  lay  aside  (deposit) 


ostendo,  ostendere,  ostendi,  osten- 
tus,  show,  display  (oste?isible) 

reddo,  reddere,  reddidi,  redditus, 
give  back,  return  (render) 

sentio,  sentire,  sensi,  sensus,  feel, 
know,  perceive  (sentiment) 


PERSEUS    CEPHEO   ANDROMEDAM    REDDIT 

(CONTINUED    FROM    391) 

408.  At  Perseus  ubi  haec  vldit,  gladium  suum  ediixit,  et 
postquam  talaria  induit,  per  aera  volavit.  '  Turn  desuper  in 
monstrum  impetum  subito  fecit,  et  gladio  suo  collum  eius 
graviter  vulneravit.  Monstrum  ubi  sensit  vulnus,  fremitum 
horribilem  edidit  et  sine  mora  totum  corpus  in  aquam  mersit. 
Perseus  dum  circum  litus  volat,  reditum  eius  exspectabat.   Marej 

1  velle,  infin.  of  volo,  ivisk. 

156 


READING  LESSON 


157 


autem  interim  undique  sanguine  Inficitur.  Post  breve  tempus 
belua  rursus  caput  ostendit ;  mox  tamen  a  Perseo  ictu  graviore 
vulnerata  est.  Turn  iterum  se  in  undas  mersit,  neque  postea 
visa  est. 

Perseus  postquam  ad  lltus  descendit,  primum  talaria  exuit ; 
turn  ad  rupem  venit  ubi  Andromeda  vlncta  erat.  Ea  autem 
omnem  spem  salutis  deposuerat,  et  ubi  Perseus  pervenit,  ter- 
rore  paene  exanimata  erat.  I  lie  vincula  statim  solvit,  et  puellam 
patri  reddidit.  Cepheus  ob  hanc  rem  maximo  gaudio  adfectus 
est.  Itaque  Andromedam  Perseo  in  matrimonium  dedit.  Paucos 
annos  Perseus  cum  ux5re  in  ea  regione  habitabat,  et  in  magnd 
honore  erat  apud  omnls  Aethiopes. 


IMPERATOR  ET  CAPTIVI 


LESSON   LX 


THE  DEMONSTRATIVES  IDEM,  IPSE,  ISTE  •  THE  IRREGULAR 
VERB  POSSUM 

409.  The  Demonstratives  Idem,  Ipse,  and  Iste.  Review  the 
declension  of  is,  hie,  and  ille  (654),  and'learn  the  declension  of 
idem,  same,  ipse,  -self,  and  iste,  this  of  yours,  that  of  yours  (654). 

a.  Observe  that  Idem  is  declined  like  is  with  -dem  added,  except 
that  in  the  accusative  singular  and  the  genitive  plural  m  is  changed 
to  n,  and  in  the  nominative  and  accusative  singular  is  is  changed 
to  1,  id  to  i. 

b.  Decline  together  Idem  dies,  res  ipsa,  and  istud  consilium. 


res 

er- 


410.  The  Distinction  between  Idem,  Ipse,  and  Iste. 

a.  Idem  and  iste  may  be  used  both  as  demonstrative  adjective: 
and  as  demonstrative  pronouns.  * 

b.  Iste  is  used  of  that  which  has  some  relation  to  the  second  per- 
son, and  is  translated  this  of  yours,  that  of  yours,  your-,  as,  istam 
dlligentiam  laudo,  I  praise  that  diligence  of  yours  (your  diligence). 

c.  Ipse  means  -self  (himself  herself  itself  themselves).  It  is  an  in- 
tensive word,  used  to  emphasize  a  noun  or  pronoun,  expressed  or 
understood,  with  which  it  agrees  as  an  adjective :  as,  amicus  ipse  ad 
me  venit,  my  friend  himself  came  to  me.  It  must  be  distinguished 
from  se,  -self  which  is  reflexive,  not  emphatic  (266).  Sometimes 
ipse  may  be  translated  even  or  very  :  as,  in  flumine  ipso  pugnant,  they 
are  fighting  in  the  very  river. 

411.  The  Irregular  Verb  Possum.  The  irregular  verb  possum, 
I  can,  is  a  compound  of  potis,  able,  and  sum,  /  am  ;  pot-sum 
changed  to  possum.  Wherever,  in  the  inflection  of  this  verb, 
t  comes  before  s,  it  is  changed  to  s,  and  wherever  it  comes 
before  f,  f  is  dropped.  Learn  the  principal  parts  and  the 
complete  inflection  (664). 

158 


IDEM,  IPSE,  ISTE  159 

412.  VOCABULARY 

difficultas,    difficultatis,  /.,    diffi-  riirsus,  adv.,  again 

culty ,  nuntio,  nuntiare,  nuntiavi,  nun- 
Idem,  eadem,  idem,  same  (identity)  tiatus,  report,  announce  (an- 
Idem  .  .  .  qui,  same  ...  as  nunciator) 

ipse,  ipsa,  ipsum,  intensive,  -self        possum,   posse,  potui,  ,   be 

iste,  ista,   istud,    this  of   yours,  able,  can  (po'tent) 

that  of  yours  puto,    putare,    putavi,    putatus, 

nihil,  n.,  indecL,  nothing  (annihi-  think,  believe,  reckon  {compute) 

late)  spero,  sperare,  speravi,  speratus, 

oratio,  orationis,  /.,  speech,  plea  hope  {prosperous) 

(oration) 

EXERCISES 

413.  1.  Potest,  poterat,  poterit.  •  2.  Potuimus,  potuerant,  po- 
terant.  3.  Scisne  cur  ista  verba  audiri  non  possint  ?  4.  Eaedgm 
erant  difficultates  belli  quas  vobis  nuntiare  potui.  5.  Labienus 
ipse  sclvit  causas  belli  plurimas  esse.  6.  Puto  me  hodie  nihil 
empturum  esse.  7.  Non  iam  postulant  ut  populus  Romanus 
naves  praebeat.  8.  Centurio,  qui  cum  octo  exploratoribus  mis- 
sus erat  ut  viam  cognosceret,  nuntiavit  se  viam  cognoscere 
non  potuisse.  9.  Omnes  sperabant  Caesarem  ea  aestate  Gallos 
victurum  esse.     10.  Virl  ipsi  dicunt  tela  iaci  non  posse. 

414.  1.  They  have  been  able,  he  will  be  able,  I  could.  2.  He 
had  been  able,  they  will  have  been  able,  we  could.  .  3.  The 
very  children  no  longer  desired  peace.  4.  They  say  that  our 
allies  are  in  the  same  danger  to-day.  5.  I  think  that  I  can 
stay  two  days  with  that  friend  of  yours.  6.  The  traders  re- 
ported that  many  bands  of  horsemen  had  been  sent  into  the 
mountains.  7.  I  think  that  you  can  fight.  8.  You  thought 
that  I  could  not  come. 


i6o 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


EIGHTH   REVIEW   LESSON 


LESSONS   LIII-LX 


415. 

Give  the  English 

meanings  of  the  follow 

ring  words  : 

alius 

difficultas 

•  nee 

puto 

solus 

alter 

dolor 

•neque 

quartus 

spero 

cedo 

duo 

neuter 

quattuor 

tertius 

celeritas 

educo 

nihil 

►quot 

timor 

coepl 

fremitus 

nullus 

•reddo 

totus 

cognosco 

Idem 

»num 

regio 

trado 

conloco 

ipse 

nuntio 

respond* 

20          tres 

constituo 

iste 

octo 

rogo 

ullus 

consulo 

iubeo 

o  ratio 

rursus 

unde 

cupio 

»  iuvo 

ostendo 

scio 

undique 

debeo 

lacrima 

paene 

sentio 

unus 

decimus 

memoria 

passus 

simul 

uter 

depono 

mille 

possum 

sinister 

uterque 

dexter 

mille  passuum 

416. 

Give  the  Latin  meanings  of  the  following  words  : 

two 

» answer,  reply  \ 

memory 

give  way, 

retire 

one 

i  nearly,  almost 

-  the  other 

think,  believe,  reckon 

left 

and  not,  nor 

know 

*  put  down, 

lay  aside 

tear 

give  back,  return 

began 

«  from  all  sides,  everywhere 

speed 

other,  another 

three 

no,  no  one 

,  none 

eight 

how  many 

«  whence 

lead  out,  lead  forth 

again 

be  able,  can 

i  help,  aid 

•  at  the  same  time 

four 

•  show,  display 

hope 

bid,  order, 

command 

mile 

which  (of  two) 

difficulty 

this  of  yours,  that  of  yours 

ask 

speech,  plea 

place 

establish,  determine 

third 

place,  station 

noise 

alone,  sole 

i  only 

neither 

desire,  wish 

thousand 

learn,  know,  understand 

pace 

report,  announce 

right 

ought,  be 

obliged  to 

nothing 

whole,  all 

-self 

give  over, 

surrender 

EIGHTH  REVIEW  LESSON 


161 


same 

each,  both 

whether 

feel,  know,  perceive 

fourth 

any  (at  all) 

fear 

plan,  deliberate,  consult 

tenth 

grief,  pain 

417.  Decline  each  noun,  adjective,  and  pronoun  in  415. 
Conjugate  each  verb  in  all  tenses  of  the  subjunctive  mood. 
Make  synopses.    Give  the  infinitives  of  each  verb. 

418.  Following  the  suggestions  of  634,  give  English  words 
derived  from  the  Latin  words  in  415.  Define  these  derivatives, 
and  illustrate  each  by  an  English  sentence. 

419.  Give  the  rule  for  the  following  constructions,  and  illus- 
trate each  by  a  sentence  in  Latin : 

1.  Indirect  questions  5.  Infinitive  as  object 

2.  Objective  genitive  6.  Indirect  statements 

3.  Infinitive  as  subject  7,  Accusative  as  subject  of  the 

4.  Infinitive  as  complement  infinitive 


INTERIOR  OF  A  ROMAN  HOUSE 


LESSON   LXI 


i 


THE  INDEFINITE  PRONOUNS 

420.  The  Indefinite  Pronouns.  The  indefinite  pronouns  (il9A 
are  compounds  of  quis  and  of  qui.  The  following  indefinite 
pronouns  will  be  used  in  this  book  : 

aliquis,  aliqua,  aliquid,  aliquod,  some,  some  one,  any,  any  o?ie 
quidam,  quaedam,  quiddam,  quoddam,  a  certain  one,  a  certain 

quisquam, ,  quidquam  (no  plural),  any  one  (at  alt) 

quisque,  quaeque,  quidque,  quodque,  each,  each  one,  every,  every  one 

a.  Learn  the  meanings  and  the  declension  of  these  pronouns  (657). 

b.  The  meanings  of  the  neuters  (something,  anything,  etc.)  are 
easily  inferred. 

c.  Observe  how  aliqua,  which  is  both  the  feminine  nominative 
singular  and  the  neuter  nominative  and  accusative  plural  of  aliquis, 
differs  from  the  corresponding  forms  of  quis. 

d.  Observe  that  quidam  (qui  +  dam)  is  declined  like  qui,  except 
that  in  the  accusative  singular  and  genitive  plural  m  is  changed  to 
n;  also  that  the  neuter  has  quiddam  and  quoddam  in  the  nominative 
and  accusative  singular. 

e.  In  the  neuter  of  all  indefinites  the  quid  forms  are  used  as  pro- 1 
nouns,  and  the  quod  forms  as  adjectives. 

EXERCISES 

421.  1.  Duo  nova  flumina  a  quibusdam  virls  audacibus  re- 
perta  sunt.  2.  Non  iam  quemquam  ante  domum  videre  possum. 
3.  Ut  elves  timore  liberaret,  arma  statim  tradi  iussit.  4.  Quidam 
captivus  idem  rursus  nuntiavit.  5.  Quisque  aliquid  respondere 
potuerit.  6.  Aliquae  feminae  non  solum  perturbatae  erant,  sed 
etiam  fugerant.    "/.  Legatus  quemque  ex  finibus   frumentum 

162 


THE  INDEFINITE  PRONOUNS 


163 


portare  iubebit.    8.  Quaedam  legio  spe  victoriae  Delphos  pro- 
perabat.    9.  Insulae  similis  est  ista  terra. 

422.  1.  Each  says  that  the  Gauls  are  approaching.  2.  He 
does  not  demand  anything  at  all.  3.  That  girl  has  something 
in  her  right  hand.  4.  A  part  of  each  summer  we  live  among 
the  mountains  and  hills.  5.  To-day  a  story  was  told  to  us  by 
somebody.  6.  At  the  same  time  certain  (men)  came  to  Caesar 
to  demand  help.    7.  I  know  what  each  is  able  to  do. 


THE   NATIONS   OF  GAUL 

423.  Gallia  est  omnis  divlsa  {divided)  in  partis  tres,  quarum 
unam  incolunt  Belgae,  aliam  Aqultani,  tertiam  el  qui  Galll 
appellantur.  Horum  omnium 
fortissiml  sunt  Belgae,  quod 
provinciae  Romanae  propin- 
qui  non  sunt  neque  mercato- 
res  ad  eos  saepe  perveniunt ; 
proximlque  sunt  Germanls 
qui  trans  Rhenum  incolunt, 
quibuscum  bellum  gerunt. 
Qua  de  causa  {for  this 
reason,  186)  Helvetii  quo- 
que  fortiores  quam  reliqui 
Galll  sunt.  Cotidianls  fere 
proelils  cum  Germanls  con- 
tendunt,  cum  {when)  aut 
{either)  suis  flnibus  eos  pro- 
hibent  aut  {or)  ipsl  in  eorum 
flnibus  bellum  gerunt.  Ea 
pars  quam  Galll  obtinent  Initium  capit  a  flumine  Rhodan5  ;  con- 
tinetur  Garumna  {Garonne)  flumine,  oceano,  flnibus  Belgarum. 


TABLE,  VASE,  AND  LAMP  STANDS 


LESSON   LXII 


THE  DATIVE  WITH  COMPOUNDS   •  THE  DATIVES  OF  PURPOSE 
AND  REFERENCE 

424.  The  Dative  with  Compounds. 

1.  Quis  equitibus  praefuit  ?  who  commanded  the  horsemen  ? 

2.  Huic  legion!  legatum  praefecit,  he  put  a  lieutenant  i?i  charge 

of  this  legion, 
a.  Observe  that  praefuit,  which  is  a  compound  of  sum,  is  intransi- 
tive. It  does  not  admit  a  direct  object,  but  does  admit  the  indirect 
object  equitibus.  There  are  a  number  of  Latin  verbs  which  in  their 
simple  form  take  neither  a  direct  nor  an  indirect  object ;  when  these 
verbs  are  compounded  with  a  preposition,  they  have  a  meaning  which 
may  take  an  indirect  object.  Some  compound  verbs  take  both  a 
direct  and  an  indirect  object:  as,  praefecit  in  sentence  2. 

425.  Rule  for  the  Dative  with  Compounds.  Some  verbs  com- 
pounded  with  ad,  ante,  con,  de,  in,  inter,  ob,  post,  prae,  pro,  sub, 
and  super,  take  a  dative  of  the  indirect  object.  Transitive  com- 
pounds may  take  both  an  accusative  and  a  dative. 

426.  The  Datives  of  Purpose  and  Reference. 

1 .  Milites  ibi  erant  praesidio,  soldiers  were  there  as  (for)  a  defense. 

2.  Milites  auxilio  eis  mittuntur,  soldiers  are  sent  as  (for)  a  help 

to  them, 
a.  Observe  that  the  datives  praesidio  and  auxilio  are  used  to  ex-, 
press  the  purpose  for  which  something  serves.  This  usage  is  called 
the  Dative  of  Purpose.  Often  the  dative  of  purpose  is  accompanied 
by  another  dative,  called  the  Dative  of  Reference,  denoting  the  person 
or  thing  served  :  as,  eis  in  sentence  2.  This  combination  is  known  as 
the  Double  Dative. 

427.  Rule  for  the  Dative  of  Purpose.  The  dative  is  used  to 
deiiote  the  p7irpose  for  which  a  thing  serves. 

164 


THE  DATIVE  WITH  COMPOUNDS  165 

428.  Rule  for  the  Dative  of  Reference.  The  dative  is  used  to 
denote  the  person  (or,  rarely,  the  thing)  affected  by  the  action 
or  situation  expressed  by  the  verb. 

429.  VOCABULARY 

munltio,  munitionis,  f,  fortifica-  praeficio,  praeficere,  praefecl,  prae- 

tion,  defense  -{ammunition)  fectus,   place   in   command  of 

praesidium,  praesi'di,  n.,  defense,  {prefect) 

protection,  guard  praesto,  praestare,  praestiti,  prae- 

subsidium,  subsi'di,  //.,  help,  aid  stitus,  surpass,  be  superior  to 

usus,  -us,  m.,  use,  benefit,  advan-  praesum,  praeesse,  praefui,  prae- 

I  tage  (itsefid)  futurus,    be    at   the    head   of, 

desum,  deesse,  defui,  defuturus,  be  command 

lacking,  be  wanting,  fail  supersum,  superesse,  superfui,  su- 

occurro,  occurrere,  occurri,  occur-  perfuturus,  be  left  over,  survive 

sums,  run  toward,  meet  {occur) 

EXERCISES 

430.  1.  Unum  oppidum  sociorum  ab  hostibus  diu  oppug- 
natum  erat,  et  munition es  cotldie  yastabantur.  2.  Quod  cibus 
et  arma  civibus  deesse  coeperunt,  socii  rogaverunt  ut  Caesar 
c5pias  auxilio  mitteret.  3.  Itaque  Caesar  Labienum  uni  legion! 
praefecit  et  eum  subsidio  civibus  misit.  4.  In  itinere  Labienus 
hostibus  occurrit,  qui  omnibus  ex  partibus  venerant  ut  oppidum 
caperent.  5.  Pila  impedlmento  nostris,  sed  magno  usui  gladil 
erant.  6.  Nostrl  hostibus  praestiterunt  et  eos  superaverunt. 
7.  Labienus  dixit  se  civibus  praesidio  futurum  esse.  8.  Scisne 
quis  el  oppido  praefuerit  ? 

431.  1.  Courage  did  not  often  fail  Caesar.  2.  He  commanded 
brave  men.  3.  He  was  a  protection  to  his  country.  4.  He  did 
not  survive  his  last  (proximus)  wars  many  years.  5.  He  was 
superior  to  the  chiefs  of  the  Gauls  and  the  Germans.  6.  He 
placed  lieutenants  in  charge  over  the  nations  which  had  been 
I  conquered.    7.  The  sea  is  many  feet  deeper  than  this  lake. 


I 


LESSON   LXIII 


THE  DATIVE  WITH  SPECIAL  INTRANSITIVE  VERBS  •  THE 
IRREGULAR  VERBS  VOLO,  NOLO,  MALO 

432.  The  Dative  with  Special  Intransitive  Verbs. 

1.  Legion!  imperat,  he  commands  a  legion. 

2.  Amico  meo  persuadet,  he  persuades  my  friend. 

a.  Observe  that  legion!  and  amico  are  in  the  dative  case,  while  the 
English  equivalents  are  in  the  objective  case.  It  is  obvious,  therefore, 
that  the  Latin  verbs  impero  and  persuadeo  are  intransitive,  and  that 
they  admit  an  indirect  object.  ^^        ^  ^  yU     ^     jfo  j^^ 

433.  Rule  for  the  Dative  with  Special  Intransitive  Verbs.  Most 
verbs  meaning  believe,  favor,  help,  please,  trust,  and  their  opposites, 
also  command,  obey,  pardon,  persuade,  resist,  serve,  spare,  and  the 
like,  take  a  dative  of  the  indirect  object. 

a.  Such  verbs  used  in  this  book  are  credo,  believe-,  faveo,  favor  \ 
impero,  comma?id ;  noceo,  harm  ;  persuadeo,  persuade ;  placeo,  please ; 
resisto,  resist ;  and  studeo,  desire,  be  eager  for. 

b.  Observe  that  impero  has  an  indirect  object,  while  iubeo  takes  a 
direct  object. 

434.  The  Irregular  Verbs  Void,  Nolo,  and  Maid.  Learn  the 
principal  parts  and  the  conjugation  of  volo,  wish,  nolo  (ne-f-volo), 
be  unwilling,  and  maid  (magis  volo),  be  more  willing,  prefer,  in 
the  indicative,  subjunctive,  and  infinitive  (665). 

435.  VOCABULARY 

mulier,  mulieris,/,  woman  credo,    credere,    credidi,    creditus, 

neque  .  .  .  neque,  neither  .  .  .  nor  believe,  trust  (creditor) 

occasus,  -us,  m.,  setting  (occasion)      faveo,  favere,  favi,  fauturus,  favor 
sol,  solis,  m.,  sun  (solstice)  (favor) 

166 


THE  DATIVE  WITH   SPECIAL  VERBS 


167 


malo,  malle,  malui, ,  be  more 

willing,  prefer 

noceo,  nocere,  nocui,  nociturus, 
harm,  injure  (obnoxious) 

nolo,  nolle,  nolui,  ,  be  un- 
willing 


placeo,  placere,  placui,  placiturus, 

please,  be  pleasing  to  (placidly) 
resists,    resistere,  restiti,  , 

resist,  oppose  (resistance) 
studeo,  studere,  studui,  — 


persuadeo,  persuadere,  persuasi, 
persuasu^  persuade  (persua- 
sive)   '  W      * 

EXERCISES 


-,  be 
eager  for,  desire  (student) 

volo,  velle,  volui, ,  be  willing, 

wish  (volition) 


436.  1.  Vultis,  nolumus,  mavis.  2.  Mercatoribus  non  cre- 
didit.  3.  Nolle,  maluisse.  4.  Vobis  persuadere  volunt.  5.  Vult 
mihi  favere.  6.  Neque  nolunt  tibi  nocere.  7.  Tibi  auxilio  esse 
malumus.  8.  Cur  non  vis  matrl  tuae  esse  praesidio  ?  9.  Puta- 
mus  eum  voluisse  equitatul  praeesse.  10.  Solis  occasu  mllites 
castra  hostium  capient.  1 1.  Paucae  enim  ex  his  nationibus 
bello  student.  12.  Militibus  imperavit  ut  fortiter  Gallis  resis- 
terent.     13.  Neque  mulieres  neque  liberl  timebant. 

437.  1.  They  were  wishing,  I  shall  be  unwilling,  she  will 
prefer.  2.  They  were  not  willing  to  help  our  men.  3.  They  were 
not  able  to  please  your  friends.  4.  And  they  did  not  persuade 
the  general.  5.  He  will  command  them  not  to  harm  the  women. 
6.  Neither  the  Gauls  nor  the  Germans  desired  war  at  that  time. 


WALL  DECORATION   OF  A  ROMAN   HOUSE 


LESSON  LXIV 


READING  LESSON 

BELLING  THE   CAT 

438.  Quidam  mures  aliquando  concilium  habebant,  nam 
felem  maxime  timebant.  Consilia  quae  proposita  sunt  omni- 
bus non  ptfacebant.  Tandem  unus  ex  muribus  ita  dixit :  "  Tin- 
tinnabulum  caudae  felis  adnectere  debemus.  Sic  enim  sonitu 
eius  monebimur  et  fugere  poterimus.  Quis  vestrum  hoc  facere 
vult  ?  "  Sed  null!  ex  socils  persuadere  potuit  ut  tintinnabulum 
fell  adnecteret,  et  ipse  n5luit.  Ea  fabula  docet  plurimos  in 
suadendo1  esse  audaces  sed  in  ipso  perlculo  timidos. 

NASICA  AND   ENNIUS 

439.  Naslca  aliquand5  ad  poetam2  Ennium  venit  et  de  ec 
quaeslvit.  Ancilla  respondit  Ennium  doml3  non  esse.  Naslcc 
autem  sensit  illam  domini  iussu  hoc  dixisse  et  Ennium  domi5 
esse.  Paucis  post  diebus 4  Ennius  ad  Naslcam  venit.  El  excla 
mat  Naslca  se  doml  non  esse.  Turn  Ennius  dixit,  "  Quid  i 
Ego  non  cognosco  vocem  tuam  ?  "  Hie5  Naslca  :  tl  Homo  esi 
impudens.    Ego  ancillae  tuae  credidi ;  tu  mihi  ipsl  non  credis  ? ' 


ORGETORIX  AND   THE   HELVETIANS 

440.  Apud  Helvetios  longe  nobilissimus  erat  Orgetorix.  Is; 
regni  cupiditate  inductus  est  et  coniurationem  nobilitatis  fecit 
Turn  clvitati  persuasit  ut  de  finibus  suis  cum  omnibus  copiiJ 
properarent.    Facilius  els  persuasit  quod  undique  loci  naturi 

1  suadendo,  offering  advice.  2  ad  poetam,  to  the  house  of  the  poet.  3  doml 
at  home.     4  paucis  post  diebus,  a  few  days  later.     6  hie,  adv.,  hereupon. 

1 68 


READING  LESSON 


169 


elvetil  continentur  :  una  ex  parte  (on  one  side)  flumine  Rheno, 

:issimo  atque  altissimo,  qui  agrum  Helvetiorum  a  Germanis 

ddit ;    altera  ex  parte   monte   Iura  altissimo,  qui   est  inter 

[uanos  et  Helvetios ;  tertia  (ex  parte)  lacu  Lerhanno  et  flu- 

tine  Rhodano,  qui  provinciam  nostram  ab  Helvetils  dividit. 

'opter  multitudinem  hominum  et  gloriam  belli  angustos  se 

ines  habere  putabant,  qui  in  longitudinem  mllia  passuum  ccxl 

(ducenta  quadraginta),  in  latitudinem  clxxx  (centum  octoginta) 

patebant. 


+Castetla  murus  Jbssaque 


ripael^hodani  intercisae  cum.  tnurojbssaque 


MAP  OF  HELVETIA 


— n 

LESSON   LXV 


PARTICIPLES 

441.  Participles.  Learn  the  participles  of  the  model  verbs 
(658-662),  and  their  meanings. 

a.  Observe  that  the  present  active  and  the  future  passive  participles 
are  formed  from  the  present  stem  by  the  addition  of  -ns  and  -ndus, 
with  certain  changes  in  quantity ;  and  the  future  active  and  the  perfect 
passive  from  the  participial  stem  by  the  addition  of  -urus  and  -us. 
But  observe  that  in  verbs  of  the  fourth  conjugation  and  of  the  third 
conjugation  ending  in  -io  the  present  active  participle  has  -iens  and 
the  future  passive  participle  has  -iendus.  Form  the  participles  of 
gero,  video,  iacio,  vasto,  and  munio. 

442.  The  Declension  of  Participles.  Participles  in  -ns  are 
declined  like  amans  (645).  The  ablative  singular  ending  is  -e ; 
but  the  ending  is  -i  when  the  word  is  used  as  an  adjective. 
The  other  participles  are  declined  like  bonus  (643).  Decline 
the  participles  of  gero. 

443.  The  Agreement  of  Participles.  Since  participles  are 
verbal  adjectives  (xxxiv),  they  agree  with  nouns  or  pronouns 
in  gender,  number,  and  case. 

444.  The  Tenses  of  Participles.  The  present  active  participle 
is  used  of  an  action  going  on  at  the  same  time  as  the  action 
of  the  main  verb  :  as,  te  laborantem  video,  /  see  you  working ; 
te  laborantem  vidi,  /  saw  you  working. 

The  perfect  passive  participle  is  used  of  an  action  that  is  com- 
pleted at  the  time  of  the  action  of  the  main  verb  :  as,  miles  vulne- 
ratus  domum  venit,  the  soldier,  having  been  wounded,  came  home. 

The  future  active  and  passive  participles  are  used  of  actions 
which  are  to  occur  after  the  time  of  the  action  of  the  main 

170 


<n  aJ^Y 


^  &"-<"? 


PARTICIPLES  171 


verb.  In  this  book  the  future  active  participle  is  used  only  in 
the  formation  of  the  future  active  infinitive  (392,  d).  The  uses 
of  the  future  passive  participle  will  be  explained  later  (471-473). 

445.  The  Translation  of  Participles. 

1.  Te  in  urbe  manentem  vidi,  I  saw  you  when  you  were  staying 

in  the  city. 

2.  Urbs  diu  oppugnata  non  capta  est,  the  city,  though  besieged  for 

a  long  time,  was  not  taken. 

3.  Caesar  ea  re  commotus  in  Galliam  properavit,  C&sar,  because 

he  was  alarmed  by  this  circumstance,  haste?ied  into  Gaul. 

4.  Dux  victus  se  recipiet,  the  general,  if  defeated,  will  retreat. 

5.  Dona  missa  recepit,  he  received  the  gifts  which  had  been  sent. 

6.  Caesar  principem  cap  turn  Romam  misit,    Ccesar^captured  a 

chieftain  and  se?it  him  to  Rome. 

a.  Observe  that  in  the  first  five  sentences  the  participle  is  translated 
by  clauses  of  time,  concession,  cause,  and  condition,  and  by  a  relative 
clause.  In  6  the  participle  is  translated  by  a  coordinate  verb.  Note  the 
words  which  introduce  the  different  clauses.  When  you  meet  a  parti- 
ciple, consider  which  of  these  six  ways  best  brings  out  the  thought  of 
the  sentence  and  translate  accordingly.  Do  not  translate  a  participle 
literally. 

446.  VOCABULARY 

hiberna,  -orum,  n.  plur.,  winter      moveo,  movere,  movi,  motus,  move 

quarters  {hibernate)  {motion) 

commoveo,  commovere,  commovi,      rediico,  reducere,  redtixi,  reductus, 

commotus,  disturb,  move,  arouse  lead  back  {reduce) 

{commotion) 

EXERCISES 

447.  1.  Alii  mllites  fugientes  captl  sunt.  2.  His  rebus  im- 
pedlti  e5  die  impetum  non  fecerunt.  3.  Alter  centurio  prima 
in  acie  pugnans  vulneratus  est.  4.  Ad  nostros  mllites  castra 
oppugnantis  auxilium  missum  erat.  5.  Quaedam  mulieres  in 
oppido  relictae  se  defendere  constituerunt.     6.  Pars  hostium 


172 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


adventu  Caesaris  commota  solis  occasu  discessit.  7.  In  hibernls 
reductos  milites  relinquebat.  8.  Multitudo  servorum  territa  ex 
urbe'  fugiebat.    9.  Postero  die  castra  moverunt. 

448.  1.  A  certain  man,  while  resisting,  was  wounded  by  an 
enemy.  2.  Although  wounded,  they  fought  so  bravely  that 
they  could  not  be  captured.  3.  Since  he  was  disturbed  by  the 
difficulties  of  the  march,  he  decided  to  lead  back  his  legions. 
4.  Those  horsemen  who  were  sent  ahead  resisted  the  Gauls 
long  and  bravely.  5.  If  asked  concerning  your  plans,  I  shall 
say  nothing.    6.  The  leaders  will  be  captured  and  sent  to  Italy. 


GALLI   CAPTI  IN  CASTRA  REDUCUNTUR 


LESSON   LXVI 


READING  LESSON 
DICTA  ANTIQUORUM 

449.  I.  Lacaena  filio  in  proelium  properanti  dixit,  "  Aut  in 
scuto  aut  cum  scuto." 

2.  Leonidas  militl  nuntiantl,  "  Hostes  nobis  propinqul  sunt," 
respondit,  "  Etiam  nos  hostibus  propinqul  sumus." 

3.  Thales  interrogates,  "  Quid  hominibus  commune  est?" 
respondit,  "  Spes ;  hanc  enim  etiam  ill!  habent  qui  nihil  aliud 
habent." 

4.  Agis  muros  firmos  altosque  Corinth!  spectans  rogavit, 
u  Quarum  mulierum  haec  urbs  est  ?  " 

5.  Aristotelem  quldam  rogavit,  "  Quid  est  amicitia  ?  "  Ille 
respondit,  lt  Unus  animus  in  du5bus  corporibus." 

6.  Cicero  dixit,  "  Non  potest  exercitum  is  continere  imperator 
qui  se  ipse  non  continet." 

450.  VOCABULARY 

regnum,  -I,   n.,   kingdom    (inter-  tus,     possess,     occupy,     hold 

regniwi)                         •  (obtain) 

adduco,  adducere,  adduxi,  adduc-  suscipio,  suscipere,  suscepi,  sus- 

tus,  lead  to,  influence  (adduce)  ceptus,    take    up,    undertake 

obtineo,  obtinere,  obtinui,  obten-  (susceptible) 

ORGETORIX   AND   THE    HELVETIANS  (continued  from  440) 

451.  His  rebus  adducti  et  auctoritate  Orgetorigis  permoti 
Helvetil  constituerunt  carr5rum  maximum  numerum  emere, 
copiam  frumenti  parare,  pacem  et  amicitiam  cum  proximis  civi- 
tatibus  confirmare.    Orgetorix  interim  legationem  ad  civitates 

l72 


174 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


suscepit.  In  eo  itinere  persuasit  Castico,  Sequano,  cuius  pa- 
ter regnum  in  Sequanis  multos  anhos  obtinuerat  et  a  senatu 
populi  Roman!  amicus  appellatus  erat,  ut  regnum  in  clvitate 
sua  occuparet.  Cuidam  alii  principi  persuasit  ut  idem  faceret. 
Oratione  Orgetorigis  adducti  hi  prmcipes  inter  se  obsides  dant, 
et  totam  Galliam  sese  occupare  posse  sperant.  Helvetil  autem 
hoc  consilium  non  probaverunt.  Itaque  multitudinem  hominum 
ex  agrls  coegerunt  ut  consilia  Orgetorigis  prohiberent.  Sed  eo 
tempore  Orgetorix  subito  mortuus  est  (died). 


ROMAN  STYLES  OF  HAIRDRESSING 


LESSON  LXVII 


THE  ABLATIVE  ABSOLUTE 

452.  The  Ablative  Absolute. 

1.  Consul,  castris  munltis,  Romam  venit,  with  the  camp  fortified, 
the  consul  came  to  Rome. 

2.  Caesare  ducente,   semper  vincimus,   with   Ccesar  leading,  we 
always  conquer. 

3.  Caesare  duce,  vincemus,  with  Ccesar  as  leader,  we  shall  conquer. 

a.  Observe  that  the  ablatives  in  these  sentences  are  so  loosely 
connected  with  the  rest  of  the  sentence  that  they  are  grammatically 
independent.  Because  of  its  loose  connection  with  the  sentence  this 
usage  of  the  ablative  is  known  as  the  Ablative  Absolute  (ab  +  solvo). 

453.  How  to  translate  the  Ablative  Absolute.  The  ablative 
absolute  is  usually  translated,  not  as  above,  but  by  a  clause  :  thus, 

1.  When  (because,  although,  if)  the  camp  had  bee?i  fortified,  the 
consul  came  to  Rome. 

2 .  When  (beca  use,  although ,  if)  Ccesar  is  leading,  we  always  conquer. 

3.  When  (because,  although,  if)  Ccesar  is  leader,  we  shall  conquer. 

The  method  of  translation  in  any  particular  sentence  must 
be  determined  by  asking  which  kind  of  clause  best  expresses 
the  thought  of  the  sentence  as  a  whole. 

454.  The  Formation  of  the  Ablative  Absolute.  The  ablative 
absolute  may  be  formed  by  a  noun  or  pronoun  with  a  parti- 
ciple (as  in  452,  1  and  2) ;  or  by  a  noun  or  pronoun  with 
another  noun  or  an  adjective  (as  in  452,  3).  The  present  active 
and  perfect  passive  participles  are  used  in  this  construction. 
Since  the  verb  sum  has  no  present  participle,  a  participle  is 
not  expressed  when  the  ablative  absolute  is  formed  as  it  is  in 
45  2>  3  :  Caesare  duce,  Ccesar  (being)  leader. 

175 


176  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

a.  An  ablative  absolute  containing  a  perfect  passive  participle 
expresses  an  action  that  occurred  before  the  action  expressed  by  the 
main  verb  of  the  sentence ;  one  containing  a  present  participle  ex- 
presses an  action  occurring  at  the  same  time  as  that  of  the  main  verb. 

b.  The  Latin  perfect  participle  is  not  found  in  the  active  voice. 
Accordingly  such  a  sentence  as  Ccesar,  having  defeated  the  Gauls,  re- 
turned to  Rome  has  to  be  recast  into  the  form  Ccesar,  the  Gauls  having 
been  defeated,  returned  to  Rome,  Caesar,  Gallis  victis,  Romam  rediit. 

c.  The  noun  of  the  ablative  absolute  is  always  a  different  person  or 
thing  from  the  subject  or  object  of  the  sentence. 

455.  Rule  for  the  Ablative  Absolute.  The  ablative  of  a  noun 
or  pronoun,  with  a  participle,  a  noun,  or  an  adjective  in 
agreement,  is  used  to  express  time,  cause,  concession,  con- 
dition, or  other  relations. 

456.  VOCABULARY 

deditio,  deditionis,/*.,  surrender         medius,     -a,     -um,     middle     of 
eruptio,  eruptionis,/,  sally,  sortie  (medium) 

{eruption)  ripa,  -ae,/!,  bank  {riparian) 

EXERCISES 

457.  1.  Hostibus  victis,  per  mediam  provinciam  iter  facere 
constituit.  2.  Caesare  consule,  cum  Gallis  longum  erat  bellum. 
3.  Oppido  quodam  expugnato,  castra  in  rlpls  ipsis  huius  fluminis 
posuerunt.  4.  Helvetil  omnium  rerum  inopia  adductl  legatos 
de  deditione  ad  Caesarem  mlserunt.  5.  His  rebus  repertls,! 
omnes  bello  studebant.  6.  Hoc  oppidum,  paucls  defendentibus, 
RomanI  capere  non  potuerunt.  7.  Captlvls  in  deditionem  ac- 
ceptls,  dux  subsidio  castrls  tres  cohortes  reliquit.  8.  Hi  captlvi 
eldem  fortissime  pugnantes  captl  erant.  9.  Quis  praefuit  equi- 
tibus  qui  imperatdrl  auxilio  missl  sunt?  10.  Urbe  munita, 
elves  non  iam  terrebantur. 


THE  ABLATIVE  ABSOLUTE 


177 


458.  1.  When  he  had  heard  these  words,  he  was  much  dis- 
turbed. 2.  When  the  city  had  been  taken,  the  soldiers  set 
the  prisoners  free.  3.  The t enemy  resisted  our  men  all  day. 
4.  If  Labienus  is  leader,  our  army  will  be  able  to  injure  the 
enemy.  5.  Labienus,  having  captured  the  mountain,  was  wait- 
ing for  our  men.  6.  Although  a  sortie  was  made,  they  were 
[not  able  to  approach  our  first  line. 


A  COUNTRY  VILLA 


LESSON  LXVIII 


THE  GERUND  •  THE  IRREGULAR  VERB  EO 

459.  The  Gerund.  The  gerund  (xxxn,  c)  is  a  verbal  noui 
used  in  the  genitive,  dative,  accusative,  and  ablative  singular 
It  is  formed  by  adding  -ndi,  -ndo,  -ndum,  -ndo  to  the  presen 
stem,  with  certain  changes  in  quantity  and  spelling.  Lean 
the  gerunds  of  the  model  verbs  (658-662). 

460.  What  the  Gerund  is.  The  gerund  is  like  the  Englisl 
verbal  noun  in  -ingy  as,  loving ;  but  it  lacks  a  nominative  case 
For  the  nominative  the  infinitive  is  used. 


Nom.  amare,  to  love,  loving 

Gen:  amandi,  of  loving 

Dat.  amando,  for  loving 

Ace.  amandum,  loving 

Abl.  amando,  by  loving 


461.  The  Uses  of  the  Gerund.  The  gerund  is  used  in  th« 
various  constructions  of  nouns.  Since  it  is  a  verbal  noun,  i 
may  have  a  direct  or  an  indirect  object :  as,  vincendo  hostes 
by  overcoming  the  enemy  ;  resistendo  hostibus,  by  resisting  tk> 
enemy.    Also  observe  the  following: 

1.  Ad  pugnandum  venerunt,  they  came  for  fighting,  for  the  put 

pose  of  fighting,  to  fight. 

2.  Pugnandl  causa  venerunt,  they  came  for  the  sake  of  fighth 

to  fight. 

a.  Observe  that  the  accusative  of  the  gerund  with  ad,  or  the  geni 
tive  of  the  gerund  with  causa,  is  used  to  express  purpose.  Causj 
when  so  used  follows  its  genitive.  This  method  of  expressin) 
purpose  is  used  in  brief  statements. 

178 


THE  GERUND  179 

462.  The  Irregular  Verb  Ed.  Learn  the  principal  parts  and 
conjugation  of  the  irregular  verb  eo  (667). 

a.  Observe  where  1  (the  root  of  eo)  is  changed  to  e  in  the  present 
indicative  and  subjunctive,  in  the  present  participle,  and  in  the  gerund. 
In  the  perfect  system  -v-  is  regularly  dropped.  For  the  declension  of 
the  present  participle  see  645. 

463.  VOCABULARY 

causa,  abl.  of  causa,  for  the  sake  accedo,  accedere,  access!,  accessu- 

of,  to  rus,  come  near,  approach  (ac- 

nomen,  nominis,  n.,  name  (nomi-  cession) 

nate)  conicio,  conicere,  conieci,  coniectus, 
spatium,  spati,  n.,  room,  space,  throw,  hurl  {conjecture) 

time,  opportunity  {spacious)  eo,  Ire,  ii  (rvi),  iturus,  go  {initial) 

vallum,    -1,    ?z.,    rampart,    earth-  oro,   orare,   oravi,   oratus,    speak, 

works  {interval)  plead,  beg  {orator) 

EXERCISES 

464.  1.  It,  Imus,  Ibant.   2.  Ire,  Isse,  Ibunt.   3.  Eunt,  ierant,  iit. 

4.  Difficultatem  navigandl  nuntiavit.  5.  Haec  est  causa  mit- 
:endi.  6.  Litteras  mittendi  causa  venit.  7.  Diligentia  in  agendo  <f 
lucl  placet.  8.  Spatium  pugnandi  non  datum  est.  9.  Caesar 
Flnem  orandi  fecit.  10.  Spatium  pila  in  hostis  coniciendi  breve 
:uit.  11.  Accesserunt  ad  dicendum.  12.  Voblscum  ibit  ut 
lomina  eorum  roget.  13.  Voluit  cogn5scere  qu5  issent.  14.  La- 
Dienus  imperavit  ut  castra  valid  munirentur. 

465.  1.  You  are  going,  they  were  going,  he  had  gone.  2.  We 
jhall  go,  you  will  have  gone.  3.  Whither  have  they  gone? 
1.  He   persuades  them  to   go.     5.  He   ordered  them   to   go. 

5.  They  came  near  for  the  sake  of  seeking  peace.  7.  Time 
vas  not  given  for  pleading.  8.  They  went  toward  the  sea  for 
;he  purpose  of  sailing.  9.  That  day  they  went  three  miles,  and 
it  sunset  pitched  camp. 


i8o 


FIRST.  YEAR  LATIN 


NINTH    REVIEW   LESSON 


LESSONS  LXI-LXVIII 
466.  Give  the  English  meanings  of  the  following  words : 


accedo 

eruptio 

noceo 

praesidium 

sol 

adduco 

faveo 

nolo 

praesto 

spatium 

aliquis 

hiberna 

nomen 

praesum 

studeo 

causa 

malo 

obtineo 

quldam 

subsidium 

commoveo 

medius 

occasus 

quisquam 

supersum 

conicio 

moveo 

occurro 

quisque 

suscipio 

credo 

mulier 

oro 

reduco 

usus 

deditio 

munitio 

persuaded 

regnum 

vallum 

desum 

neque  .  .  . 

placeo 

resisto 

volo 

eo 

neque 

praeficio 

rlpa 

467.  Give  the  Latin  meanings  of  the  following  words : 


use,  benefit,  advantage 
each,  each  one,  every,  every  one 
possess,  occupy,  hold 
disturb,  move,  arouse 
surpass,  be  superior  to 
rampart,  earthworks 
be  at  the  head  of,  command 
some,  some  one,  any,  any  one 
be  more  willing,  prefer 
defense,  protection,  guard 
be  lacking,  be  wanting,  fail 
come  near,  approach 
please,  be  pleasing  to 
room,  space,  time,  opportunity 
a  certain  one,  a  certain 
fortification,  defense 


neither  .  .  .  nor 

kingdom 

be  unwilling 

bank 

be  left  over,  survive 

throw,  hurl 

be  willing,  wish 

favor 

resist,  oppose 

sun 

believe,  trust 

surrender 

place  in  command 

move 

for  the  sake  of,  to 

harm,  injure 

be  eager  for,  desire 

help,  aid 

speak,  plead,  beg 

middle  of 

sally,  sortie 

name 

lead  to,  influence 

woman 

winter  quarters 

persuade 

take  up,  undertake 

lead  back 

run  towards,  meet 

setting 

any  one  (at  all) 

go 

NINTH  REVIEW  LESSON 


ibi 


468.  Decline  the  nouns  in  466.  Decline  the  indefinite  pro- 
nouns. Give  the  principal  parts  of  each  verb.  Give  the  parti- 
ciples of  each  verb.  Make  synopses  in  the  third  person  singular 
and  plural.    Conjugate  volo,  nolo,  and  eo  throughout. 

469.  Following  the  suggestions  in  634,  give  English  words 
derived  from  the  Latin  words  in  466.  Define  these  derivatives, 
and  illustrate  each  by  an  English  sentence. 

470.  Give  the  rule,  if  there  is  one,  for  the  following  con- 
structions, and  illustrate  each  by  a  sentence  in  Latin : 

1.  Dative  with  compounds 

2.  Dative  of  purpose 

3.  Dative  of  reference 


1 


4.  Dative  with  special  intransi- 
tive verbs 


5.  Participles  as  the  equivalent 
of  certain  clauses 

6.  Ablative  absolute 

7.  Gerund 


WALL  DECORATION  OF  A  ROMAN  HOUSE 


LESSON   LXIX 


THE  GERUNDIVE  •  THE  IRREGULAR  VERB  FERO 

471.  The  Gerundive.  The  future  passive  participle  (441, 
444)  is  more  commonly  called  the  Gerundive.  It  is  a  verbal 
adjective,  arid  must  be  distinguished  from  the  gerund,  which 
is  a  verbal  noun.  The  gerund,  being  a  noun,  may  be  used 
alone  or  with  an  object;  but  the, gerundive,  being  an  adjective, 
must  agree  with  a  noun. 

472.  The  Gerundive  used  in  Place  of  the  Gerund. 

1.  Pacem  petendi  causa  venerunt,  they  came  for  the  purpose  of 
seeking  peace*. 
\jj   2.  Pads  petendae  causa  venerunt,  they  came  for  the  purpose  of 
seeking  peace. 

a.  Observe  that  the  Latin  sentences  have  the  same  meaning,  and 
that  1  contains  a  gerund,  petendi,  with  an  object,  pacem;  while  I 
contains  a  gerundive,  petendae,  in  agreement  with  pacis.  Instead  of! 
a  gerund  with  an  object,  the  Romans  much  preferred  the  gerundive! 
construction,  except  occasionally  in  the  genitive  and  in  the  ablative 
without  a  preposition. 

473.  The  Gerundive  used  in  the  Passive  Periphrastic  Con- 
jugation. The  gerundive  is  also  used  with  forms  of  sum  as  a 
predicate  adjective.  This  is  known  as  the  Passive  Periphrastic 
Conjugation.    For  a  synopsis  see  670. 

1.  Miles    laudandus   est,   the  soldier  is   to  be  praised,  must  be\ 

praised,  ought  to  be  praised. 

2.  Cornelia  laudanda  erat,   Cornelia  was  to  be  praised,  ought  to 

have  been  praised,  needed  to  be  praised. 

a.  Observe  that  these  sentences  express  necessity.  Observe,  too, 
the  methods  of  translation. 


THE  GERUNDIVE  183 

474.  The  Irregular  Verb  Few.  Learn  the  principal  parts 
and  the  conjugation  of  the  irregular  verb  fero  (666). 

475.  VOCABULARY 

libertas,    Hbertatis,   /,    freedom  augeo,  augere,  auxi,    auctus,  in- 

(liberty)  crease,  enlarge  (auction) 

signum,  -I,  n.,  sign,  signal  (sig-  convenio,  convenire,  conveni,  con- 

nify)  venturus,    come    together,    as- 

vis,  vis,  f.,  force,  strength,  power,  semble  (convene) 

might  (642)  (violence)  fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latus,  bear,  bring; 

report,  say  (transfer) 

EXERCISES 

476.  1.  Fert,  ferimus,  ferent.  2.  Ferre,  feret,  tulisse.  3.  Rur- 
sus  veniunt  ut  auxilium  ferant.  4.  Tulerant,  latus  esse.  5.  In 
petenda  pace.  6.  Libertatis  petendae  causa.  7.  Viribus  augen- 
dis.  8.  Pontis  faciendl.  9.  Legio  ad  bellum  gerendum  sg  parat. 
10.  Multi  convenerunt  urbis  novae  videndae  causa.  II.  Signum 
dandum  erat.  12.  Signo  dato,  milites  impetum  summa  celeri- 
tate  fecerunt.  13.  Omnia  uno  tempore  agenda  erant.  14.  Puta- 
mus  bellum  parandum.  esse.  15.  Ad  plla  conicienda  tempus 
defuit.     16.  Arma  in  hiberna  ferenda  sunt. 

477.  1.  You  are  bearing,  they  bear,  he  had  borne.  2.  You 
have  borne,  they  were  bearing,  by  bearing.  3.  Help  was  being 
brought.  4.  They  said  that  they  should  bring  the  shields.  5.  Of 
seeing  the  town.  6.  For  the  sake  of  drawing  up  a  line  of  battle. 
7.  By  carrying  on  war.  8.  In  laying  waste  the  fields.  9.  The 
strength  of  the  allies  is  being  increased  daily.  10.  The  force 
of  the  enemy  must  be  borne.  11.  The  cohort  must  be  led 
back  with  speed.  12.  A  lieutenant  ought  to  have  been  put  in 
command  of  these  troops. 


LESSON   LXX 


478. 


READING  LESSON 


VOCABULARY 


mors,  mortis^/i,  death  {mortality)      incipio,  incipere,  incepi,  inceptus, 
prlvatus,  -a,  -w,  private,  personal  begin  (incipient) 


(private) 
vadum,  -I,  «.,  ford,  shoal 
vel  .  .  .  vel,  conj.,  either  ...  or 
exeo,  exire,  exii,  exiturus,  go  out, 

go  forth  (exit) 
incendo,  incendere,  incendi,  incen- 
sus,   burn,    kindle,    excite   (in- 
cendiary) 


paco,  pacare,  pacavl,  pacatus,  sub- 
due, pacify 

permitto,  permittere,  permlsi,  per- 
missus,  allow,  suffer,  give  up 
(permission) 

pertineo,  pertinere,  pertinui, 

extend,  pertain  to  (pertinent) 

transeo,  transire,  transil,  transi- 
tus,  go  across,  cross  (transit) 


THE   HELVETIANS   LEAVE  THEIR  TERRITORY 

479.  Post  Orgetorigis  mortem  tamen  Helvetii  id  quod  c5n-l 
stituerant  facere  inceperunt,  ut  e  finibus  suis  exirent.  Ubi  iam 
se  ad  earn  rem  paratos  esse  putaverunt,  oppida  sua  omnia  et 
vicos  et  prlvata  aedificia  incenderunt.  Frumentum  et  cibum 
sibi  quemque  -domo  ferre  iusserunt.  Persuaserunt  quibusdam 
civitatibus  flnitimis  ut  oppidis  suis  viclsque  ineensis  cum  els 
exirent. 

Erant  omnino  itinera  duo  quibus  itineribus  domo  exire  po- 
terant :  unum  per  Sequanos,  angustum  et  difficile,  inter  monterr 
Iuram  et  flumen  Rhodanum  ;  m5ns  autem  altissimus  impende 
bat,  ut  facile  pauci  prohibere  possent ;  alterum  per  provincial 
Romanam,  multo  facilius,  quod  inter  fines  Helvetiorum  e 
Allobrogum,  qui  nuper  pacatl  erant,  Rhodanus  fluit,  isque  nor 
nullls  locls  vado  transltur. 

184 


READING  LESSON 


185 


Extremum  oppidum  Allobrogum  est  proximumque  Helve- 
tiorum  finibus  Genava.  Ex  eo  oppido  pons  ad  Helvetios 
pertinet.  Allobrogibus  sese  vel  persuasuros  esse  vel  vl  coactu- 
ros  esse  sperabant  ut  per  suos  fines  eos  Ire  permitterent. 
Omnibus  rebus  paratis  diem  conveniendi  dicunt. 

Caesar  per  nuntios  audivit  Helvetios  per  provinciam  nostram 
iter  facere  coepisse.  Statim  properavit  Roma  et  quam  maximls 
potuit  itineribus1  in  Galliam  ulteriorem  contendit  et  ad  Gena- 
vam  pervenit.  Provinciae  toti  quam  maximum  potuit  mllitum 
numerum  imperavit  (erat  omnino  in  Gallia  ulteriore  legio  una), 
pontem  qui  erat  ad  Genavarn  iussit  rescindl.  Ubi  de  eius 
adventu  Helvetii  cognoverunt,  legatos  ad  eum  mlserunt. 

1  quam  maximisi  potuit  itineribus,  by  a's  long  journeys  as  possible.  Some- 
times Caesar  traveled  a  hundred  miles  a  day. 


DINING   COUCHES 


LESSON  LXXI 


THE  ABLATIVE  OF  SPECIFICATION  •  DEPONENT  VERBS 

480.  The  Ablative  of  Specification. 

Gallos  virtute  superant,  they  surpass  the  Gauls  in  courage. 

a.  Observe  that  the  ablative  virtute  tells  in  what  respect  the  Gauls 
are  surpassed.    This  usage  is  known  as  the  Ablative  of  Specification. 

481.  Rule  for  the  Ablative  of  Specification.  The  ablative 
without  a  preposition  is  tised  to  denote  in  what  respect  some- 
thing is  true. 

482.  Deponent  Verbs.  Deponent  verbs  are  verbs  which  have 
passive  forms  with  active  meanings.  They  occur  in  each  of 
the  regular  conjugations,  and  are  distinguished  by  the  ending 
of  the  present  infinitive  :  first  conjugation,  -an ;  second,  -en ; 
third,  -I ;  fourth,  -in.  Learn  the  principal  parts,  the  meanings, 
and  the  conjugation  of  the  deponent  verbs  in  669. 

483.  The  Active  Forms  and  the  Participles  of  Deponent 
Verbs.    A  deponent  verb  has  the  following  active  forms : 

Fut.  Infin.    hortaturus  esse  Gerund       hortandl,  etc. 

It  has  the  participles  of  both  voices  : 

Fres.  hortans,  urging  Ferfect         hortatus,  having  urged 

Fut.  hortaturus,   about  to      Gerundive   hortandus,  to  be  urged 

urge,  going  to  urge 

a.  Observe  that  the  perfect  participle  of  deponent  verbs  is  active  in  I 
meaning ;  the  gerundive  is  passive.   As  the  perfect  participle  is  active 
in  meaning,  an  ablative  absolute  (454,  b)  is  seldom  necessary  with  this 
participle ;  instead,  the  construction  is  the  same  as  in  English :  as, 

Hortatus  milites  signum  dedit,  having  encouraged  the  soldiers 
he  gave  the  signal,  or,  when  he  had  encouraged,  etc. 
186 


THE  ABLATIVE  OF  SPECIFICATION  187 

484.  VOCABULARY 

conor,  conari,  conatus  sum,   try,  proficiscor,     proficisci,     profectus 

attempt  (conative)  sum,  set  out,  march 

experior,  experiri,  expertus  sum,  progredior,    progredi,    progressus 

test,  make  trial  of  (experience)  sum,  go  forward,  advance  (pro- 

hortor,    hortarl,    hortatus     sum,  gress) 

urge,  entreat  (exhortation)  sequor,  sequi,  secutus  sum,  follow 
polliceor,  polliceri,  pollicitus  sum,  (sequence) 

promise,  offer  vereor,  vereri,  veritus  sum,  fear, 

respect  (reverence) 

EXERCISES 

485.  1.  Experiebamini,  conamur,  hortaberis.  2.  Polliceban- 
tur,  experiuntur,  veriti  eramus.  3.  Ut  sequatur,  verens, 
sequendo.  4.  Proficiscetur,  sequendi  causa,  secuturus  esse. 
5.  Veriti  sunt,  secuturus,  progredientur.  6.  Conatur,  expertus 
esse,  ad  progrediendum.  7.  VereminI  mortem.  8.  Caesar  hor- 
tatus est  milites  ut  duces  sequerentur.  9.  Illo  die  exercitus 
proficiscebatur.  10.  Ipse  cum  celeritate  e5s  sequetur.  11.  His' 
persuaserant  ut  eandem  fortunam  belli  experirentur.  12.  Na- 
tiones  Germaniae  subsidium  pollicitae  erant.  13.  Per  fines 
nostras  ire  cc^nantur.     14.  Puer  patri  virtute  similis  erat. 

486.  1.  He  was  urging,  they  urge,  they  will  follow.  2.  She 
has  followed,  he  fears,  to  attempt.  3.  They  had  followed  many 
miles.  4.  You  will  set  out,  they  will  advance,  going  to  follow. 
5.  Having  followed,  to  have  advanced.  6.  Caesar  ordered  the 
same  two  legions  to  set  out.    7.  They  do  not  follow  the  tribune. 

8.  They  will  set  out  at  daybreak  in  order  to  follow  the  enemy. 

9.  Although  they  promised  grain,  they  were  unable  to  bring  it 
because  of  a  lack  of  carts.  10.  The  poor  soldiers  are  tired  in 
body,  but  they  surpass  the  enemy  in  speed. 


LESSON   LXXII 


TEMPORAL  CLAUSES   WITH  CUM  •  THE   IRREGULAR  VERB  FIO 

487.  Temporal  Clauses  with  Cum.  The  Latin  conjunction 
cum,  -zvhen,  while,  introduces  temporal  clauses  (xx,  e). 

1.  Cum  Caesar  in  Italia  erat,  bellum  in  Gallia  ortum  est,  when 

(while)  Ccesar  was  in  Italy,  a  war  began  in  Gaul. 

2.  Caesar,  cum  id  nuntiatum  esset,  in  Galliam  contendit,  Ccesar, 

when  this  had  been  reported,  hastened  into  Gaul. 

3.  Cum  nuntius  pervenerit,  Caesar  progredietur,  when  the  mes- 

senger arrives,  Ccesar  will  advance. 

a.  Observe  that  the  temporal  clause  in  sentence  i  fixes  the  time  at 
which  the  war  began,  and  that  its  verb  is  in  the  indicative.  Observe 
that  the  clause  in  sentence  2  describes  the  circumstances  under  which 
Caesar  was  impelled  to  hasten  into  Gaul,  and  that  its  verb  is  in  the 
subjunctive.  Observe  that  the  temporal  clause  in  sentence  3  refers  to 
future  time,  and  that  its  verb  is  in  the  indicative. 

488.  Rule  for  Temporal  Clauses  with  Cum.  Temporal  clauses 
refermig  to  past  time,  when  introduced  by  cum,  have  their 
verb  in  the  indicative  if  they  fix  the  time  of  an  action,  but  in 
the  subjunctive  if  they  describe  the  circumstances  of  an  action. 
The  indicative  is  used  in  temporal  clauses  introduced  by  cum 
referring  to  present  or  to  future  time. 

489.  The  Irregular  Verb  Flo.  The  verb  facio,  which  you  j 
have  frequently  used  in  the  active  voice,  forms  its  present 
system  in  the  passive  from  the  irregular  verb  flo.  Learn  the 
principal  parts  of  flo  and  its  conjugation  (668).  Review  the 
complete  inflection  of  facio.  The  passive  voice  of  the  com- 
pounds of  facio  is  inflected  regularly. 


TEMPORAL  CLAUSES  WITH    CUM 


189 


490. 


VOCABULARY 


certus,  -a,  -um,  certain,  sure 
cum,  conj.,  when,  while 
frumentarius,  -a,  -um,  of  grain ; 

res   frumentaria,   grain    supply, 

provisions 
ne  .  .  .  quidem,  not  even  (the  word 

or  words  between  ne  and  quidem 

are  emphasized') 


paulo,  adv.,  a  little 

fio,  fieri,  factus  sum,  be  made, 

be  done,  happen     ^oon^- 
certiorem  facere  (to  make  more 

sure),  to  inform 
certior  fieri    (to  be  made   more 

sure),  to  be  informed 


EXERCISES 

491.  1.  Fit,  fiunt.  2.  Fieri,  factus  esse.  3.  Fiet,  fiebant, 
fio.  4.  Fietis,  fiemus.  5.  Eum  certiorem  fecimus.  6.  Certior 
fit  de  his  rebus.  7.  Galli,  cum  oppi- 
dum  cepissent,  omnes  captivos  inter- 
iecerunt.  8.  Cum  de  inopia  rel 
frumentariae  certior  factus  esset,  in 
ulteriorem  partem  provinciae  paulo 
ante  mediam  noctem  profectus  est. 
9.  Ne  amici  quidem  de  adventu 
tuo  certiores  fient.  10.  Cum  proeli 
finem  nox  fecisset,  quidam  ad 
Caesarem  venit.  1 1 .  Cum  equitatum 
hostium  viderunt,  nostrl  in  eos  im- 
petum  fecerunt. 

A  ROMAN  STOVE 

492.  1.  You  are  becoming,  they  become.  2.  It  happens,  to 
be  made,  it  will  be  made.  3.  When  you  come,  you  will  learn 
this.  4.  They  have  been  informed.  5.  I  shall  inform  them. 
6.  When  he  was  not  able  to  persuade  them,  he  went  to  the 
general.  7.  Not  even  the  general  had  been  informed  about 
this.  8.  When  the  lieutenant  had  exhorted  the  soldiers,  he 
gave  the  signal  for  battle. 


LESSON   LXXIII 


493. 


READING  LESSON 


VOCABULARY 


altitiido,  altitudinis,  /.,  height 
(altitude) 

castellum,  -I,  n.,  fort,  redoubt 
(castle) 

consuetudo,  consuetudinis,/.,  cus- 
tom 

facultas,  facultatis,/!,  power,  op- 
portunity (faculty) 

fossa,  -ae,yi,  ditch,  trench  (fosse) 


existimo,  existimare,  existimavi, 
existimatus,  think,  judge,  con- 
sider (estimate) 

pello,  pellere,  pepuli,  pulsus,  beat, 
drive,  defeat  (repel) 

perficio,  perficere,  perfeci,  perfec- 
tus,  accomplish,  finish  {perfect) 

tempero,  temperare,  temperavl, 
temperatus,  control,  refrain, 
abstain  from  (temperance) 


CESAR   REFUSES   THE   HELVETIANS    PERMISSION   TO 
GO   THROUGH   THE   ROMAN    PROVINCE 

494.  Cum  legatl  Helvetiorum  rogavissent  ut  per  provinciam 
ire  permitterentur,  Caesar, .  quod  memoria  tenebat  consulem 
Romanum  interfectum  (esse) l  ab  Helvetiis  et  exercitum  eius 
pulsum  (esse)  et  sub  iugum  missum  (esse),  concedendum  (esse) 
non  putabat ;  neque  Helvetios,  data  facultate  per  provinciam 
itineris  faciendi,  temperaturos  ab  iniuria  existimabat.  Tamen, 
ut  spatium  militum  cogendorum,  quos  imperaverat,  esset, 
legatls  respondit  diem  se  ad  conloquium  dicturum. 

Interea  ea  legione  quam  secum  habebat  militibusque  qui 
ex  provincia  convenerant  a  lacu  Lemanno,  qui  in  Rumen  Rho- 
danum    fluit,    ad    montem    Iuram,    qui    finis   Sequanorum   ab 

* 

1  Frequently  esse  is  omitted  in  Latin  infinitive  forms.  From  which  infini- 
tives in  this  lesson  is  it  omitted  ? 

190 


READING  LESSON 


191 


Helvetils  dividit,  milia  passuum  xviiii  murum  in  altitudinem 
pedum  xvi  fossamque  perduxit.  Eo  opere  perfecto  praesidia 
conlocavit,  castella  munlvit,  ut  facilius  eos  prohibere  posset. 
Ubi  ea  dies  quam  constituerat  cum  legatis  venit,  et  legati 
ad  eum  venerunt,  dixit  se  propter  consuetudinem  populi  Ro- 
manl  iter  nulll  per  provinciam  dare  posse ;  et  eos  prohibiturum 
ostendit. 


ROMAN  ARMY  CROSSING  A  BRIDGE  OF  BOATS 


LESSON   LXXIV 


SUBSTANTIVE  CLAUSES  OF  FACT  INTRODUCED  BY  QUOD 
THE  INDICATIVE  IN  ADVERBIAL  CLAUSES 

495.  Substantive  Clauses  of  Fact  with  Quod. 

Quod  eum  laudas,  mihi  gratum  est,  the  fact  that  you  praise  him 
is  pleasing  to  me. 

a.  Observe  that  the  clause  quod  eum  laudas  is  the  subject  of  est 
Such  clauses,  which  should  be  translated  by  that  or  the  fact  that,  are 
called  Quod  Clauses  of  Fact,  and  have  their  verb  in  the  indicative.  They 
are  found  as  the  subject  of  a  verb  or  in  apposition  with  some  word. 

496.  Rule  for  Substantive  Clauses  of  Fact.  The  indicative  is 
used  with  quod  in  a  substa,7itive  clause  to  state  something  zvJiich 
is  regarded  as  a  fact. 

497.  Adverbial  Clauses  with  the  Verb  in  the  Indicative. 

1 .  Ibunt  qua  iter  f  acillimum  est,  they  will  go  where  the  way  is  easiest. 

2.  Quaedam  nationes  Galliae,  ut  diximus,  fortissimae  erant,  certain 

nations  of  Gaul,  as  we  said,  were  very  brave. 

a.  Observe  that  the  clauses  introduced  by  qua  and  ut  are  adverbial 
in  nature,  and  that  their  verbs  are  in  the  indicative.  Qua  and  ut,  so 
used,  are  adverbs. 


498. 


VOCABULARY 


conditio,  condicionis;  /.,  terms, 
condition  (condition) 

latitudo,  latitudinis,  /,  breadth, 
width  (latitude) 

legatio,  legationis,  f,  mission, 
embassy  (legation) 

numerus,  -I,  in.,  number  (numeri- 
cal) 


cogo,  cogere,  coegi,  coactus,  gather 
together,  force,  compel  (with 
ace.  and  infin.,  or  a  substantive 
clause  of  purpose)  (cogent) 

egredior,  egredi,  egressus  sum,  go 
out,  go  forth  (egress) 

pateo,    patere,    patui,    ,    lie 

open,  extend,  spread  (patent) 


192 


SUBSTANTIVE  CLAUSES  OF  FACT 


193 


EXERCISES 

499.  1 .  Inopia  commeatus  hostes  egredl  coegit.  2.  Qua  proxi- 
mum  iter  in  ulteriorem  Galliam  per  montes  erat,  cum  legionibus  ire 
contendit.  3.  Quod  maiores  manus  hostium  coactae  sunt,  ducem 
non  perturbavit.  4.  Una  res  Caesarem  impedivit,  quod  latitu- 
dinem  fluminis  non  cognoverat.  5.  Eorum  agri'in  latitudinem 
centum  et  sex  milia  passuum  patebant.  6.  Quod  Galli  vicos 
nostros  vastabant,  Caesari  persuasit  ut  prlncipes  eorum  in  conlo- 
quium  convocaret.  7.  In  Italiam  contendit  ut  magnum  numerum 
equitum  et  peditum  cogeret.  8.  Quod  condiciones  pacis  petunt, 
nuntiandum  est.  9.  Omnia  paranda  sunt  ad  egrediendum. 
10.  Ad  cognoscendas  condiciones  deditionis,  ut  demonstravimus, 
legationes  ab  proximis  nationibus  missae  erant. 

500.  1.  Bands  of  horsemen  must  be  gathered  together. 
2.  The  fact  that  a  great  number  of  men  are  now  going  forth 
from  the  villages  to  make  war  disturbs  us.  3.  In  the  confer- 
ence he  said  that  the  terms  of  surrender  would  be  pleasing  to 
him.  4.  A  great  number  of  scouts  went  forth  from  the  camp 
where  the  width  of  the  river  was  least.  5.  Do  you  know  how 
many  miles  the  lake  extends  ?  6.  The  fact  that  the  enemy 
were  greatly  confused  was  of  help  to  us  in  attacking  the  town. 


ROMAN  LAMPS 


LESSON   LXXV 


SUBORDINATE  CLAUSES  IN  INDIRECT  STATEMENTS 

501.  Subordinate  Clauses  in  Indirect  Statements. 

1.  Dicunt  Germanos,   qui  trans    Rhenum  incolant,   ex  finibus 

egredi,    they  say  that  the  Germans,   who  live  across  the 
Rhine,  are  going  forth  from  their  territories. 

2.  Dixerunt  Germanos,  qui  trans  Rhenum  incolerent,  ex  finibus 

egredi,  they  said  that  the   Germans,  who  lived  across  the 
Rhine,  were  going  forth  from  their  territories. 

a.  Observe  that  in  each  sentence  there  is  an  indirect  statement 
containing  a  subordinate  clause.  The  direct  statement  of  both  sen- 
tences is  the  same,  German!,  qui  trans  Rhenum  incolunt,  ex  finibus 
egrediuntur.  Observe  that  the  subordinate  verbs  are  in  the  subjunc- 
tive in  an  indirect  statement,  and  that  the  tense  is  changed  according 
to  the  rule  for  the  sequence  of  tenses  (348-351). 

502.  Rule  for  Subordinate  Clauses  in  Indirect  Statements.    The 

verbs  of  the  subordinate  clauses  of  an  indirect  statement  are  in  the 
subjunctive.  The  tense  of  the  subjunctive  is  decided  by  the  rule 
for  the  sequence  of  tenses  after  the  verb  of  saying,  knowing,  etc. 

a.  Subordinate  verbs  that  were  in  the  subjunctive  before  they  were 
indirectly  quoted  of  course  remain  in  the  subjunctive. 

503.  VOCABULARY 

barbarus,  -I,  m.,  barbarian  (bar-     consuesco,   consuescere,    consuevi, 
barons)  consuetus,  become  accustomed 

celeriter,  adv.,  swiftly  {celerity)  moror,  morari,  moratus  sum,  hin- 

initium,  ini'ti,  n.,  beginning  (ini-  der,  delay  {moratorium) 

tial)  reverto,  revertere,  revertl,  reversus 

satis,  adv.  and  n.  noun,  enough,  (or,  in  the  present  system,  re- 

sufficiently  (satisfy)  vertor,  deponent),  turn  back,  re- 

turn (revert) 
194 


SUBORDINATE  CLAUSES  195 

EXERCISES 

504.  1.  Caesar  pollicetur  se  celeriter  reversurum  esse  quod 
barbarl  initium  belli  faciant.  2.  Caesar  pollicitus  est  se  celeriter 
reversurum  esse  quod  barbarl  initium  belli  facerent.  3.  Expl5- 
ratores  nuntiaverunt  hostes  vicos  quos  oppugnavissent  non 
cepisse.  4.  Per  captivos  cognoscit  hostes,  quod  agri  et  vici 
omnes  vastati  sint,  nullum  frumentum  habere.  5.  Puto  eon- 
silia  quae  mihi  dare  consueveris  bona  fuisse.  6.  Aliquis  dicit 
dolorem  hostium  tantum  esse  ut  in  castrls  Romanis  audiatur. 
7.  Barbarl  putaverunt  Caesarem,  qui  in  Galliam  citeriorem 
qu5que  ann5  revertl  consuevisset,  diutius  non  moraturum 
esse.    8.  Habesne  satis  navium  ad  navigandum  ? 

505.  1.  They  say  that  the  legions  which  are  spending  the 
winter  across  the  river  will  return.  2.  A  scout  announced  that 
Labienus,  who  had  captured  the  town,  was  awaiting  the  coming 
of  Caesar.  3.  I  think  that  the  enemy  will  go  forth  from  our 
territories  because  they  have  not  enough  food.  4.  We  know 
that  many  nations  which  contended  with  the  Romans  have  been 
conquered.  5.  The  barbarians,  when  they  had  delayed  three 
days  in  front  of  the  camp,  sent  an  embassy  to  our  general. 


ROMAN   PITCHERS 


196 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


TENTH   REVIEW   LESSON 

LESSONS   LXIX-LXXV 
506.  Give  the  English  meanings  of  the  following  words  : 


hortor  paco 

incendo  pateo 

incipio  paulo 

initium  pello 

latitudd  perficid 

legatio  permitto 

libertas  pertineo 

moror  polliceor 

mors  privatus 
ne . . .  quidem  ■  proficiscor 

consuetude*  frumentarius   numerus  progredior 

507.  Give  the  Latin  meanings  of  the  following  words  : 
test,  make  trial  of 
allow,  suffer,  give  up 
come  together,  assemble 
enough,  sufficiently 
accomplish,  finish 


altitudo 

convenio 

augeo 

cum 

barbarus 

egredior 

castellum 

exeo 

celeriter 

exlstimo 

certus 

experior 

cogo 

facultas 

conditio 

fero 

conor 

fio 

consuesco 

fossa 

res  frumentaria 
reverto 
satis 
sequor 
signum 
4  tempero 
transeo 
vadum 
vel  .  .  .  vel 
vereor 
vis 


bear,  bring ;  report,  say 

mission,  embassy 

become  accustomed 

turn  back,  return 

extend,  pertain  to 

lie  open,  extend,  spread 

control,  refrain,  abstain  from 

power,  opportunity 

be  made,  be  done,  happen 

force,  strength,  power,  might 

gather  together,  force,  compel 

beat,  drive,  defeat 

grain  supply,  provisions 


promise,  offer 
terms,  condition 
urge,  entreat 
either  ...  or 
ditch,  trench 
go  across,  cross 
certain,  sure 
fort,  redoubt 
breadth,  width 
private,  personal 
.  set  out,  march 
increase,  enlarge 
fear,  respect 
burn,  kindle,  excite 
go  forward,  advance 
think,  judge,  consider 
subdue,  pacify 
when,  while 


barbarian 
not  even 
try,  attempt 
death 

sign,  signal 
a  little 
height 
begin 
follow 
swiftly 
number 
hinder,  delay 
beginning 
ford,  shoal 
go  out,  go  fortl 
of  grain 
freedom 
custom 


TENTH  REVIEW  LESSON 


197 


508.  Decline  each  noun  in  506.  Conjugate  each  deponent 
verb  throughout.  Make  synopses  in  the  third  person  singular 
and  plural.  Give  the  infinitives  and  the  participles  of  each 
verb.    Conjugate  fero  and  flo  throughout.     . 

509.  Following  the  suggestions  in  634,  give  English  words 
derived  from  the  Latin  words  in  506.  Define  these  derivatives, 
and  illustrate  each  by  an  English  sentence. 

510.  Give  the  rule,  if  there  is  one,  for  the  following  con- 
structions, and  illustrate  each  by  a  sentence  in  Latin  : 

1.  Gerundive  with  ad  and  with  causa 

2.  Passive  periphrastic  conjugation 

3.  Ablative  of  specification 

*     4.  Temporal  clauses  with  cum 

5.  Substantive  clauses  of  fact  with  quod 

6.  Adverbial  clauses  with  the  verb  in  the  indicative 

7.  Subordinate  clauses  in  indirect  discourse 

511.  Give  Latin  words  suggested  by  the  following  English 
words  : 


popular 

magnanimous 

petition 

prefect 

total 

temporal 

audible 

posterity 

depredation 

fidelity 

real 

local 

intellect 

malefactor 

itinerary 

neutral 

habitable 

novelty 

humility 

science 

vulnerable 

lucid 

extremity 

longitude 

premium 

ultimate 

subterranean 

solitude 

identity 

fortitude 

post  mortem 

numerous 

exhortation 

altitude 

egress 

versatile 

cognizant 

tenant 

deity 

ignite 

subsidiary 

innocent 

instruction 

factory 

satisfy 

nocturnal 

permanent 

magnitude 

postulate 

assimilate 

impetuous 

alternate 

gladiator 

contention 

minimize 

final 

urban 

avocation 

mission 

nullify 

insular 

cogent 

multitude 

position 

intervene 

military 

marine 

pedestrian 

audacity 

contradict 

hostile 

RE 

naval 

constitution 

vicinity 

expatriate 

198 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


SUMMARY 
THE  USES  OF  NOUNS  AND  VERBS 

512.  From  your  study  of  the  book  to  this  point  you  are 
supposed  to  be  familiar  with  the  uses  of  nouns  and  verbs 
summarized  below. 


USES   OF  NOUNS 


Nominative 

Subject,  27,  28 
Predicate  noun,  86,  87 

Genitive 
Possessive,  43,  44 
Material,  p.  79,  note  1 
Partitive,  308,  309 
Objective,  380,  381 

Dative 

Indirect  object,  56,  57 
With  adjectives,  no,  in 
With  compound  verbs,  424, 425 
Purpose,  426,  427 
Reference,  426,  428 
With  special  verbs,  432,  433 

Accusative 

Direct  object,  32,  33 

Place  to  which,  179,  180,  230 


With  prepositions,  193 
Extent  of  time  and  space,  332, 

333 
Subject  of  infinitive,  399 

Ablative  . 

Place  where,  58,  59 
Means,  121,  122 
Manner,  128,  129 
Accompaniment,  142,  143 
Place  from  which,  177, 178,230 
Cause,  184,  185. 
With  prepositions,  194 
Time,  218,  219 
Agent,  242,  243 
Separation,  281,  282 
Degree  of  difference,  320,  321 
Absolute,  452-455 
Specification,  480,  481 


THE  USES  OF  NOUNS  AND  VERBS 


199 


513. 


USES   OF  VERBS 


Indicative 

Main  verb :  Declaratory  sen- 
tence 

Main  verb :  Question 

Subordinate  verb:  Causal  clause 
with  quod,  50,  51 

Subordinate  verb :  Temporal 
clause  with  cum,  487,  488 

Subordinate  verb :  Relative 
clause 

Subordinate  verb :  Substantive 
clause    of    fact    with    quod, 

49 5 »  496 
Subordinate   verb :    Adverbial 
clause  with  qua  and  ut,  497 

Subjunctive 

Purpose  clause :  Adverbial,  3  43 , 

344       * 
Purpose    clause:"   Substantive, 

355?  356 
Result  clause  :  Adverbial,  357, 

358 

Indirect  Question :  Substan- 
tive, 372,  373 

Temporal  clause:  with  cum, 
487,  488 


Subordinate  clause  in  indirect 
statements,  501,  502 

Infinitive 

Subject  of  another  verb,  393 
Complement  of  another  verb, 

394 
Object  of  another  verb,  398 
Verb  of  an  indirect  statement, 

401 

Participle 

As  an  adjective,  443 
Ablative  absolute,  452-455 
Equivalent  to  a  clause  of  time, 
concession,  cause,  condition, 
etc.,  444,  445 

Gerund 
As  a  noun,  460 
With  ad  or  causa  to  sjiow  pur- 
pose, 461 

Gerundive 

With  ad  or  causa  to  show  pur- 
pose, 472 

With  forms  of  sum  in  the  pas- 
sive periphrastic  conjugation, 
473 


Whenever  in  your  translation  of  the  subsequent  Selections 
for  Reading  you  meet  a  noun  or  a  verb,  at  once  ask  your- 
self which  of  these  uses  the  particular  noun  or  verb  has. 
Then  translate   accordingly. 


SCALE  OF  ROMAN  MILES 


4Q       SO        60 


THE  CAMPAIGN  AGAINST  THE   HELVETIANS 


SELECTIONS   FOR  READING 

CESAR:    THE   CAMPAIGN  AGAINST  THE   HELVETIANS 

(CONTINUED   FROM   494) 

The  Helvetians  are  allowed  to  proceed  through  the  land  of  the  Sequani 

514.  Helvetii,  ea  spe  deiecti,  vadis  RhodanI,  qua  minima  alti- 
tudo  fluminis  erat,  transire  conatl  sunt,  sed  munitione  et  tells 
repulsi  hoc  conatu  destiterunt.  Relinquebatur  una  per  Sequanos 
via.  His  cum  persuadere  non  possent,  legatos  ad  Dumnorigem 
Haeduum  miserunt.  Dumnorlx  apud  Sequanos  plurimum  pote-  5 
rat1  et  Helvetils  erat  amicus,  quod  ex  ea  civitate  Orgetorlgis  fi- 
liam  in  matrimonium  duxerat.  Etiam  cupiditate  regni  adductus 
est.  Itaque  Sequanis  persuasit  ut  per  fines  suos  Helvetios  ire 
permitterent  et  obsides  inter  sese  darent :  Sequani,  ne  itinere 
Helvetios  prohiberent ;  Helvetii,  ut  sine  iniuria  transirent.         10 

Ccesar  opposes  this  plan  of  the  Helvetia?is  and  crosses  the  Rhone 

515.  Caesar  certior  factus  est  Helvetios  constituisse  per 
agrum  Sequanorum  et  Haeduorum  iter  in  Santonum  fines 
facere,  qui  non  longe  a  Toldsatium  finibtis  aberant,  quae 
civitas  erat  in  provincial.  Inimlcos  popull  RomanI  earn  regi5- 
nem  incolere  nolebat.  Ob  earn  causam  el  muniti5ni  quam  15 
fecerat  Labienum  legatum  praefecit ;  ipse  in  Italiam  magnls 
itineribus2  contendit  duasque  ibi  legiones  conscripsit,  et  tres 
quae  circum  Aquileiam  hiemabant  ex  hlbernls  eduxit,  et,  qua 
proximum  iter  in  ulteriorem  Galliam  per  Alpes  erat,  cum  his 
quinque  legionibus  ire  contendit.    Ibi  quaedam  civitates,  locis  20 

1  plurimum  poterat,  had  a  great  deal  of  influence.      2  magnls  itineribus, 
by  long  journeys.    See  p.  185,  note  I. 

201 


202  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

superioribus  occupatis,  itinere  exercitum  prohibere  conatae  sunt. 
Compluribus  his  proelils  victis,1  ab  Ocelo,  quod  est  oppidum 
citerioris  provinciae2  extremum,  in  fines  Vocontiorum  ulteri- 
oris  provinciae  die  septimo  pervenit ;  inde  in  Allobrogum  fines, 
5  ab  Allobrogibus  in  Segusiavos  exercitum  duxit.  Hi  sunt  extra 
pr5vinciam  trans  Rhodanum  prlmi. 

The  Hcedui  and  other  tribes  ask  for  Ccesar's  help  against  the  Helvetia?is 

516.  Helvetii  interim  per  fines  Sequanorum  suas  copias  du- 
xerant,  et  in  Haeduorum  fines  pervenerant  eorumque  agr5s 
vastabant.    Haedui  se  suaque3  ab  els  defendere  non  poterant. 

io  Itaque  legatos  ad  Caesarem  miserunt  ut  auxilium  rogarent. 
Ei  dixerunt  paene  in  conspectu  exercitus  nostri  agr5s  vastari, 
liberos  in  servitutem  abduci,  oppida  expugnari  non  debuisse.4 
Eodem  tempore  Ambarri  Caesarem  certiorem  fecerunt  sese, 
vastatis  agris,  non  facile  ab  oppidis  vim  hostium   prohibere. 

15  Item  Allobroges,  qui  trans  Rhodanum  vicos  habebant,  fuga  se 
ad  Caesarem  receperunt.  Quibus  rebus  adductus  Caesar  diutius 
non  exspectandum  esse5  constituit. 

Ccesar  destroys  one  division  of  the  Helvetians 

517.  Flumen  est  Arar,  quod  per  fines  Haeduorum  et  Se- 
quanorum in  Rhodanum  fluit.    Id  Helvetii  transibant.    Ubi  per 

20  expl5ratores  Caesar  certior  factus  est  tres  iam  partes  copiarum 
Helvetios  id  flumen  traduxisse,  quartam  fere  partem  citra  flu- 
men  Ararim  relictam  esse,  de  tertia  Vigilia  cum  legionibus 
tribus  e  castris  profectus  ad  earn  partem  pervenit  quae  non- 
dum    flumen   transierat.      Eos    impeditos   adgressus    magnam 

25  partem  interfecit ;  reliqui  sese  fugae  mandaverunt  atque  in 
proximas  silvas  abdiderunt. 

1  Translate  compluribus  with  proelils  and  his  with  victis.  2  The  Roman 
province  on  the  Italian  side  of  the  Alps.  3  suaque,  and  their  possessions. 
4  vastari  .  .  .  non  debuisse,  ought  not  to  have  been  etc.  5  non  exspectandum 
esse,  that  he  must  not  wait.   The  verb,  however,  is  used  impersonally. 


CAMPAIGN  AGAINST  THE  HELVETIANS         203 

The  Helvetians  send  an  embassy  to  Ccesar 

518.  Hoc  proelio  facto,  reliquas  copias  Helvetiorum  lit  con- 
sequi  posset,  pontem  in  Ararl1  fecit  atque  ita  exercitum  tra- 
duxit.  Helvetii  repentlno  eius  adventu  commotl,  cum  ilium  uno 
die  flumen  transisse  intellegerent,  legatos  ad  eum  mlserunt; 
cuius  legationis  Divico  princeps  fuit.  In  conloquio  Caesar  im-  5 
peravit  ut  obsides  popul5  Romano  darentur.  Divico  respondit 
Helvetios  obsides  accipere,  non  dare  consuevisse.  Hoc  respons5 
dato  discessit.. 

Ccesar  follows  the  Helvetians 

519.  Postero  die  castra  ex  eo  loco  moverunt.  Idem  fecit 
Caesar,  equitatumque  omnem,  ad  numerum  quattuor  milium,  10 
quern  ex  omni  provincia  et  Haeduls  atque  eorum  sociis  coege- 
rat,  praemisit,  ut  viderent  quas  in  partes  hostes  iter  facerent. 
Qui  cupidius  novissimum  agmen  2  secutl  alieno  loco  cum  equi- 
tatu  Helvetiorum  proelium  commiserunt ;  et  paucl  de  nostrls 
interfectl  sunt.  Quo  proelio  delectatl  Helvetii,  quod  paucls  15 
equitibus  tantam  multitudinem  equitum  vlcerant,  audacius  in 
nostras  impetum  facere  coeperunt.  Caesar  suos  a  proeli5  con- 
tinebat,  et  ita  dies  circiter  xv  iter  fecerunt  ut  inter  novissimum 
hostium  agmen  et  nostrum  prlmum3  qulnque  mllia  passuum 
interessent.  20 

Ccesar  prepares  to  attack  the  Helvetians 

520.  Tandem  ab  exploratoribus  certior  f actus  est  hostes  ml- 
lia passuum  ab  ipslus  castrls  octo  abesse.  De  tertia  vigilia 
Labienum  legatum  cum  duabus  legidnibus  et  els  ducibus 
qui  iter  cognoverant,  summum  iugum  montis  ascendere  iussit. 
Ipse  de  quarta  vigilia  eodem  itinere  quo  hostes  ierant  ad  eos  25 
contendit,  equitatumque  omnem  ante  se  misit.  Considius  cum 
exploratoribus  praemissus  est. 

1  in  Ararl,  over  the  Arar.       2  novissimum  agmen,  the  rear.       8  prlmum 
(agmen),  vanguard. 


204  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

Considius  becomes  panic-stricken 

521.  Prima  luce,  cum  summus  mons  a  Labien5  teneretur, 
ipse  ab  hostium  castrls  mllle  passuum  abesset,  neque  (ut  postea 
ex  captivis  intellexit)  aut  ipslus  adventus  aut  Labieni  cognitus 
esset,  Considius  equo  admisso 1  ad  eum  properavit.    Dixit  mon- 

5  tern  quern  Caesar  a  Labieno  occuparl  voluisset  ab  hostibus 
tenerl ;  id  se  a  Gallicis  armis  cognovisse.  Caesar  suas  copias 
ad  proximum  collem  duxit  et  aciem  instruxit.  Labienus  inte- 
rim, monte  occupatd,  nostros  exspectabat.  Multo  die2  per 
exploratores  Caesar  cognovit  et  montem  a  suis  tenerl  et  Hel- 

10  vetios  castra  movisse  et  Considium  timore  perterritum  quod 
non  vidisset  pr5  viso  sibi  nuntiavisse.  E5  die,  quo  consueverat 
intervallo,  hostes  secutus  est  et  milia  passuum  tria  ab  eorum 
castrls  castra  posuit. 

The  battle  between  Ccesar  a?id  the  Helvetians 

522.  Postero   die  copias  suas  Caesar  in  proximum  collem 
15  duxit  equitatumque,  ut  sustineret  hostium  impetum,  misit.    Ipse 

interim  in  colle  medio  aciem  legi5num  quattuor  instruxit.  In 
summo  iug5  duas  legiones,  quas  in  Gallia  citeriore  proxima 
aestate  conscripserat,  et  omnia  auxilia3  conlocavit.  Helvetii 
cum  omnibus  suis  cams  secuti  impedimenta  in  unum  locum 

20  contulerunt ;  ipsi  sub  prlmam  nostram  aeiem  successerunt.  Cae- 
sar hortatus  suos  proelium  commlsit.  Milites  e  loco  superiore 
pills  missis  in  hostes  impetum  fecerunt.  Tandem  vulneribus 
defessi  hostes  ad  montem,  qui  circiter  mllle  passuum  aberat,  se 
recipere  coeperunt.     Diu  atque  acriter  pugnaverunt.    Diutius 

25  cum  sustinere  nostrorum  impetus  non  possent,  alterl  se,  ut 
coeperant,  in  montem  receperunt,  alterl 4  ad  impedimenta  et 

1  equo  admisso,  at  full  gallop .  2  multo  die,  late  in  the  day.  3  auxilia, 
auxiliaries.       4  alterl  .  .  .  alterl,  one  body  .  .  .  the  other. 


CAMPAIGN  AGAINST  THE  HELVETIANS         205 

carros  suos  ierunt.  Ad  multam  noctem 1  etiam  ad  impedimenta 
contenderunt,  quod  Helvetil  pro  valid  carros  conlocaverant  et 
e  loco  superiore  in  nostros  venientes  tela  coniciebant.  Tan- 
dem nostri  impedimenta  et  castra  ceperunt.  Ibi  Orgetorigis 
filia  atque  unus  e  filiis  captus  est.  5 

The  Helvetians  retreat  and  offer  to  surrender 

523.  Ex  e5  proelio  circiter  hominum  milia  cxxx  superfue- 
runt,  eaque  tota  nocte  continenter  ierunt.  In  fines  Lingonum 
die  quarto  pervenerunt.  Nostri  autem  propter  vulnera  militum 
eos  sequi  non  potuerunt.  Caesar  litteras  nuntiosque  ad  Lingo- 
nes  misit  et  imperavit  ne  eos  frumento  neve  alia  re  iuvarent.  10 
Ipse  trldu5  intermiss5  cum  omnibus  copiis  eos  sequi  coepit. 

Helvetil  omnium  rerum  inopia  adducti  legatos  de  deditione 
ad  eum  miserunt.  Qui  cum  eum  in  itinere  convenissent  seque 
ad  pedes2  proiecissent  pacemque  petlssent  atque  eos  in  eo 
loco  quo  turn  erant  suum  adventum  exspectare  iussisset,  parue-  1 5 
runt.  Eo  cum  Caesar  pervenisset,  obsides  et  arma  postulavit. 
Obsidibus  armlsque  traditis,  eos  in  deditionem  accepit.  Helve- 
tios  in  fines  suos,  unde  erant  profecti,  revertl  iussit.  Id  ea 
maxime  ratione  fecit,  quod  noluit  eum  locum  unde  Helvetil 
discesserant  vacare,  ne  propter  bonitatem  agrorum  German!,  20 
qui  trans  Rhenum  incolunt,  ex  suis  finibus  in  Helvetiorum 
fines  transirent  et  finitimi  Galliae  provinciae  Allobrogibusque 
essent. 

1  ad  multam  noctem,  until  late  at  night.      2  ad  pedes,  at  his  feet. 


CARRI 


206  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

CESAR:    THE   STORY  OF  THE  ADUATUCI 

The  Aduatuci prepare  to  make  a  desperate  resistance  to  Ccesar 

524.  Aduatuci1  cum  omnibus  copiis  auxilio2  Nerviis  venie- 
bant.  Hac  pugna 3  nuntiata,  ex  itinere  domum  reverterunt ; 
omnibus  oppidls  castellisque  desertls  sua  omnia  in  unum  oppi- 
dum  egfegie  natura  munltum  contulerunt.    Quod4  ex  omni- 

5  bus  in  circuitu  partibus5  altissimas  rupes  habebat,  sed  una  ex 
parte  aditus  relinquebatur.  Quern  locum  duplici  altissimo  muro 
munierant  et  magna  saxa  in  muro  conlocabant. 

From  their  walls  they  taunt  the  Romans 

525.  Prlmo  adventu  exercitus  nostrl6  crebras  eruptiones  fa- 
ciebant  parvlsque  proeliis  cum  nostris  contendebant.     Postea, 

io  vallo  crebrisque  castellls  a  Romanis  circummuniti,  oppid57  se 
continebant.  Ubi,  vinels  actis 8  aggere  exstructo,  turrim 9  procul 
constitul  viderunt,  prlmum  inridere  ex  muro  atque  increpitare 
vocibus 10  coeperunt,  quod  tanta  machinatio  ab  tant5  spatio  u 
Instruebatur.    Rogaverunt  quibus  manibus  aut  quibus  viribus 

15  tantuli12  homines  tantam  turrim  in  muro13  conlocare  possent. 

1  The  Aduatuci  lived  about  the  river  Mosa  (Meuse),  in  what  is  now  Belgium. 
2  for  an  aid  =  to  aid.  What  use  of  the  case  ?  3  The  reference  is  to  a  battle  in 
which  the  Nervii  had  been  almost  annihilated.  4  this  town.  5  ex  .  .  .  par- 
tibus, from  all  parts  in  a  circuit  =  all  around.  6  primo  .  .  .  nostri,  as  soon  as 
our  army  got  there.  What  literally  ?  7  oppido  =  in  oppido.  8  vinels  actis, 
the  vinece  had  been  brought  up.  These  vineae  were  wooden  sheds,  open  in  front 
and  rear,  used  to  protect  men  who  were  building  an  agger,  undermining  a 
wall,  or  filling  up  a  ditch  in  front  of  fortifications.  They  were  about  eight  feet 
high,  of  like  width,  and  double  that  length,  covered  with  raw  hides  to  protect 
them  from  being  set  on  fire,  and  moved  on  wheels  or  rollers.  9  turrim  =  tur- 
rem.  10  increpitare  vocibus,  taunt.  What  literally  ?  n  ab  tanto  spatio,  so 
far  away.  12  To  the  taller  Belgians  the  Romans  looked  like  "  little  chaps." 
18  The  Aduatuci,  unacquainted  with  Roman  siege  operations,  supposed  the 
Romans  intended  to  hoist  the  tower  upon  their  wall. 


THE  STORY  OF  THE  ADUATUCI  207 

But  they  lose  confidence  and  offer  to  surrender 

526.  Ubi  turrim  mover! x  et  appropinquare  muris  vlderunt, 
nova  specie  commoti,  legatos  ad  Caesarem  de  pace  mlserunt, 
qui  ad  hunc  modum  locuti 2  sunt :  Aduatucos  non  existimare 
Romanos  sine  auxili5  deorum  bellum  gerere,  quod  tantas  ma- 
chinationes  tanta  celeritate  movere  possent ;  itaque  se  suaque  5 
omnia  eorum  potestatl  permissur5s  esse.  Unum 3  petebant,  ne 
Caesar  se  armis  privaret.  Omnes  fere  flnitiml  erant  inimici,  a 
quibus  se  defendere  armis  traditls  non  poterant.  Malebant  quam- 
vls  fortunam4  a  populo  Romano  pati  quam  ab  inimlcis  interficl. 

Cczsar  says  they  must  disarm,  but  promises  them  protection 

527.  Ad  haec  Caesar  respondit :  Magis  consuetudine  sua5  10 
quam  merito  eorum  civitatem  se  conservaturum  esse ;  sed  de- 
ditionis  nullam  esse  condicionem  nisi 6  armis  traditls  ;  id  quod 
in7  Nerviis  fecisset  facturum  esse,  et  finitimls  imperaturum 
esse  ne  iniuriam  els  inferrent.  Re  nuntiata  ad  suos,  quae  im- 
perarentur  se  facturos  esse  dixerunt.  Armorum  tanta  multi-  15 
tudo  de  muro  in  fossam  quae  erat  ante  oppidum  iacta  est  ut 
prope  summam  murl  aggerisque  altitudinem 8  acervi  eorum 
adaequarent,  et  tamen  circiter  pars  tertia,  ut  postea  cognovit 
Caesar,  celata9  atque  in  oppido  retenta  est. 

A  brave  dash  for  freedom,  with  a  tragic  ending 

528.  Sub  vesperum  Caesar  portas  claudi  militesque  ex  oppido  20 
exire  iussit.    Oppidani,  quod  deditione  facta  nostros 10  praesidia 
deducturos   crediderant,   tertia   vigilia,    qua   facilis  ad   nostras 

1  was  moving.  2^From  loquor.  3  one  thing,  namely,  ne  .  .  .  privaret. 
4  quamvis  fortunam,  any  fate  whatsoever.  5  according  to  his  custom.  6  nisi 
is  to  be  translated  with  the  ablative  absolute  armis  traditls,  unless  their  arms 
were  given  up.  7  in  the  case  of.  8  summam  .  .  .  altitudinem,  top.  9  Supply 
est.       10  nostros,  our  commanders. 


208  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

munltiones  ascensus  videbatur,  omnibus  copils  subito  ex  oppido 
eruptionem  fecerunt.  Celeriter,  ut  Caesar  ante  imperaverat, 
ignibus1  signo  facto,  ex  proximis  castellls  eo  nostrl  propera- 
verunt.     Acriter   hostes   pugnabant   in    extrema   spe   salutis2 

5  iniquo  loco  contra  nostros,  qui  ex  vallo  turribusque  tela  iacie- 
bant.  Interfectis  ad3  hominum  milibus  quattuor,  reliquos  in 
oppidum  nostrl  reiecerunt.  Postero  die,  intromissls  mllitibus 
nostris,  sectionem  eius  oppidi  universam  Caesar  vendidit.4  Ab 
els  qui  emerant  capitum5  numerus  ad  eum  relatus  est  milium 

10  quinquaginta  trium.6 

STORIES   OF   HERCULES 

The  infant  Hercules 

529.  Hercules,  Alcmenae  fllius,  5lim  in  Graecia  habitabat. 
Hie  dicitur  omnium  hominum  validissimus  fuisse.  Sed  Iuno, 
reglna  deorum,  Alcmenam  non  amavit  et  Herculem,  qui  adhuc 
infans  erat,  interficere  voluit.    Mlsit  igitur  duo  serpentls  sae- 

1 5  vissimos,  qui  media  nocte  in  cubiculum  Alcmenae  venerunt, 

ubi  Hercules  cum  fratre  dormiebat.    Non  tamen  in  cunls  sed 

in  scuto  magno  dormiebant.    Serpentes  iam  appropinquaverant 

et  scutum  movebant.    Itaque  puerl  e  somno  excitatl  sunt. 

Iphicles,   f rater   Herculis,   magna  voce  auxilium   petiit ;    at 

20  Hercules  ipse  parvls  manibus  serpentes  statim  prehendit  et 
colla  eorum  magna  vl  compressit.  Hoc  modo  serpentes  a  puero 
interfectl  sunt.  Alcmena  autem,  mater  puerorum,  clamore  au- 
dlto,  maritum  ,e   somno  excitaverat.     Ille  lumen  accendit  et 

1  by  fires.       2  in  .  .  .  salutis,  as  their  last  chance  of  saving  themselves.    What 
literally  ?       3  about,  an  adverb.       4  sectionem  .   .   .  vendidit,   Casar  sold  the  \ 
whole  town   (the  people  and  their  property)  as  booty.      h  souls.    We  say  so 
many  w  head "  of  cattle.      6  relatus  .   .   .  trium,  was  reported  to  be  53,000. 
These  53,000  captives  were  probably  driven  to  the  Province  or  to  Italy  and  : 
sold  in  lots  to  suit  purchasers,  there  to  wear  out  their  lives  in  bondage. 


WITH  THE  ROMANS  AT  THE  FRONT 


STORIES  OF  HERCULES  209 

gladium  rapuit  ad  auxilium  ferendum ;  turn  ad  pueros  propera- 
vit,  sed,  ubi  ad  locum  venit,  rem  miram  vldit,  Hercules  enim 
ridebat  et  serpentes  interfectos  demonstrabat. 

Hercules  studies  music 

530.  Hercules  a  puero  (from  boyhood)  corpus  dlligenter 
exercebat ;  magnam  partem  die!  in  palaestra  consumebat ;  di-  5 
dicit  etiam  arcum  intendere  et  tela  conicere.  His  exercitatio- 
nibus  vires  eius  confirmatae  sunt.  In  musica  a  Lino  centaur5 
erudiebatur.  Hi  centaurl  equi  erant,  sed  caput  hominis  habe- 
bant.  Huic  art!  non  dlligenter  Hercules  studebat.  Hac  re  cog- 
nita,  Linus  puerum  reprehendebat,  quod  non  studiosus  erat.  10 
Turn  Hercules,  Ira  commotus,  citharam  subito  rapuit,  et  omni- 
bus viribus  caput  magistri  infellcis  percussit.1  Ille  ictu  prostra- 
tus2  est,  et  paulo  post  e  vita  excessit,  neque  quisquam  postea 

id  officium  suscipere  voluit. 

Hercules  consults  the  oracle 

531.  Hercules   post   paucos   annos  constituit   ad   oraculum  15 
Delphicum  Ire,  hoc  enim  oraculum  erat  omnium  celeberrimum. 
Ibi  templum  erat  Apollinis  plurimls  donis  ornatum.     Hoc  in 
templo  sedebat  femina  quaedam,  Pythia,  et  consilium  dabat  ils 
qui  ad  oraculum  veniebant.    Haec  autem  femina  ab  ipso  Apol- 
line  docebatur  et  voluntatem  del  hominibus  enuntiabat.    Her-  20 
cules  igitur,  qui  Apollinem  maxime  colebat,  hue  venit.    Pythia 
iussit  eum  ad  urbem  Tlryntha  Ire  et  Eurysthel  regis  omnia 
imperata  facere.     His  audltls,  "Hercules  ad  illam  urbem  con- 
tends, et  Eurystheo  regl  se  in  servitutem  tradidit.    Duodecim 
annos  in  servitute  Eurysthel  tenebatur,   et  duodecim  labores  25 
quos  ille  imperaverat  confecit,  hoc  enim  uno  modo  tantum  sce- 
lus3  expiarl  potuit.    De  his  laborious  plurima  a  poetls  scrlpta 
sunt.    Multa  tamen  quae  poetae  narrant  vix  credibilia  sunt. 

1  From  percutiS.     2  From  prosterno.     3  The  murdering  of  his  own  children. 


2IO  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

The  golden  apples  of  the  Hesperides 

532.  Eurystheus  laborem  undecimum  Hercull  imposuit  gravi- 
orem  quam  eos  quos  antea  imperaverat.  Imperavit  enim  el 
ut  aurea  poma  ex  horto  Hesperidum  ferret.    Hesperides  autem 

•  nymphae  erant  quaedam  pulcherrimae,  quae  in  terra  longinqua 
5  habitabant  et  quibus  aurea  quaedam  poma  a  Iunone  commissa 
erant.  Multl  homines,  aurl  cupiditate  induct!,  haec  poma  auferre 
iam  antea  conati  erant.  Res  tamen  difficillima  erat,  nam  hortus 
in  quo  poma  erant  muro  ingenti  undique  circumdatus  est ;  prae- 
terea  draco  quldam,  qui  centum  capita  habuit,  portam  horti 
10  diligenter  custodiebat.  Opus  igitur  quod  Eurystheus  Hercull 
imperaverat  erat  difficillimum,  non  solum  ob  causas  quas 
memoravimus,  sed  etiam  quod  Hercules  omnino  ignorabat  qu5 
in  loco  hortus  situs  esset. 

Atlas,  who  upheld  the  heavens    • 

533.  Hercules  quietem  vehementer  cupiebat,  sed  constituit 
1 5  Eurystheo   parere ;    et,    cum    iussa    eius    accepisset,    proficisci 

maturavit.  A  multis  mercatoribus  quaeslyit  quo  in  loco  Hes- 
perides habitarent ;  nihil  tamen  certum  reperire  potuit.  Frustra 
per  multas  terras  iter  fecit  et  multa  pericula  subiit.  Tandem} 
cum  in  his  itineribus  totum  annum  consumpsisset,  ad  extremam 
20  partem  orbis,  quae  proxima  erat  Oceano,  pervenit.  Hie  stabal 
vir  quldam,  nomine  Atlas,  qui  caelum  umeris  sustinebat,  ne 
in  terram  decideret.  Hercules,  tantum  laborem  magnoperc 
miratus,  paulo  post  in  conloquium  cum  Atlante  venit,  et,  cum 
causam  itineris  docuisset,  auxilium  ab  eo  petiit. 

Hercules  takes  the  place  of  Atlas 

25      534.  Atlas  autem  potuit  Herculem  maxim  e  iuvare,  ille  eniijd 
erat  pater  Hesperidum  et  bene  sclvit  quo  in  loco  esset  hort 
Cum  igitur  audlvisset  quam  ob  causam  Hercules  venisset,  di: 


rtuS' 


STORIES  OF  HERCULES  211 

W  Ipse  ad  hortum  Ibo,  et  filiabus1  mels  persuadebd  ut  poma  sua 
sponte2  tradant."  Hercules,  cum  haec  audlvisset,  magnopere 
gayisus  est,3  noluit  enim  vim  adhibere ;  constituit  igitur  oblatum  4 
auxilium  accipere.  Atlas  tamen  postulavit  ut,  dum  ipse  abesset 
(while  he  was  himself  away),  Hercules  caelum  umerls  sustine-  5 
ret.  Hoc  negotium  Hercules  libenter  suscepit  et,  quamquam 
res  difficillima  erat,  totum  pondus  caeli  continuos  compluris 
dies  solus  sustinuit. 

The  return  of  Atlas 

535.  Atlas  interea  abierat5  et  ad  hortum  Hesperidum,  qui 
pauca  milia  passuum  aberat,  se  quam  celerrime6  contulerat.  10 
Eo  cum  venisset,  causam  veniendi  exposuit  et  filias  vehementer 
hortatus  est  ut  poma  traderent.  Illae  diu  haerebant,  nolebant 
enim  hoc  facere,  quod  ab  ipsa  Iunone,  ut  ante  dictum  est,  hoc 
munus  acceperant.  Atlas  tamen  post  multa  verba  els  persuasit 
ut  sibi7  parerent,  et  poma  ad  Herculem  rettulit.  Hercules  15 
interea,  cum  plurls  dies  exspectavisset,  neque  ullam  famam 
de  reditu  Atlantis  accepisset,  hac  mora  graviter  commotus  est. 
Tandem  quinto  die  Atlantem  redeuntem8  vidit  et  mox  magno 
cum  gaudio  poma  accepit ;  turn,  postquam  gratias  pro  tanto 
beneficio  egit,  in  Graeciam  proficiscl  maturavit.  20 

JVessus,  the  Centaur 

536.  Post  haec  Hercules  multa  alia  praeclara  perfecit,  quae 
nunc  perscribere9  longum  est.10     Tandem  aetate  provectus11 

1  The  ending  -abus  is  regularly  used  for  the  dative  and  ablative  plural  of 
dea  and  of  filia.  2  sua  sponte,  of  their  ozvn  accord.  3  gavisus  est,  from 
gaudeo,  which  is  deponent  in  the  perfect  system.  4  From  offero.  5  From 
abed.  From  what  verb  does  aberat  come  ?  6  quam  celerrime,  as  quickly  as 
possible.  Quam  with  a  superlative  usually  has  the  force  as  ...  as  possible  (see 
p.  185,  note  1).  7  sibi  is  an  indirect  reflexive  here,  and  refers  to  the  subject 
of  persuasit  rather  than  to  that  of  parerent.  8  Present  participle  of  redeo. 
See  393.  ™  longum  est,  it  would  be  tedious.  What  is  the  subject  of  est  ? 
11  From  proveho.    How  translated  ? 


212  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

Dei'anlram,  Oenei  f iliam,  in  matrimonium  duxit 1 ;  post  tamen 
tres  annos  puerum  quendam,  nomine2  Eunomum,  casu  inter- 
fecit.  Itaque  cum  uxore  e  finibus  eius  civitatis  exire  matu- 
ravit.   Dum  tamen  iter  faciunt,  ad  flumen  quoddam  pervenerunt, 

5  quod  nullo  ponte  iunctum  erat,  et,  dum  quaerunt  qu5  modo 
flumen  traicerent,  accurrit  centaurus  quidam,  nomine  Nes- 
sus,  qui  auxilium  viatoribus  obtulit.  Hercules  igitur  uxorem 
in  tergum  Nessi  imposuit ;  turn  ipse  flumen  nando 3  transiit, 
qua  flumen  angustissimum  erat.    At  Nessus,  paulum  in  aquam 

10  progressus,  ad  ripam  subito  revertit  et  Dei'anlram  auferre 
conabatur.  Quod  cum  animadvertisset 4  Hercules,  Ira  graviter 
commotus,  arcum  intendit  et  pectus  Nessi  sagitta  transfixit. 

The  poisoned  robe 

537.  Nessus  igitur  sagitta  Herculis  transflxus  hum!  (on  the 
ground)  iacebat! ;  at,  ne  occasionem  sul  ulclscendi  dimitteret, 

15  ita  locutus  est:  "  Si  vis  amorem  marltl  tui  conservare,  aliquid 
huius  sanguinis,  qui  e  pectore  meo  effunditur,  sumes  et  repones, 
Turn  si  quando  suspicio  in  mentem  tuam  venerit,5  vestem 
marltl  hoc  sanguine  lnncies."  Haec  locutus,  Nessus  animarrr 
efflavit ;  Dei'anira  autem,  nihil  mall 6  suspicata,  imperata  fecit.j 

20  Post  breve  tempus  Hercules  bellum  contra  Eurytum,  regemj 
propinquum,  suscepit  et,  cum  regem  ipsum  cum  filiis  interfe- 
cisset,  Iolen,  f Iliam  Eurytl,  captlvam  reduxit.  Antequam  tamer 
domum  venit,  navem  ad  Cenaeum  promunturium  appulit  et,  it 
terram   egressus,    aram   constituit,   ut   Iovl    sacrificaret.    Durr 

25  tamen  sacrificium  parat,  Licham,  comitem  suum,  domum  mlsit 

1  in  matrim5nium  duxit,  married:  How  literally?  2  See  481.  3  Froir 
no;  by  swimming;  see  460.  4  quod  cum  animadvertisset,  ioke?i  he  had noticec 
this  ;  refers  to  the  whole  preceding  sentence.  Quod  referring  to  a  preceding 
sentence  is  commonly  translated  by  a  personal  or  a  demonstrative  pronoun 
5  venerit,  shall  have  come ;  but  it  is  better  translated  comes.  6  Partitive  genitive 
with  nihil ;  nothing  of  evil  =  no  evil. 


STORIES  OF  ULYSSES  213 

ut  vestem  albam  referret ;  mos  enim  erat  apud  antlquos  vestem 
albam  gerere  1  cum  sacrifkia  facerent.  At  Deianira,  verita 2 
Iolen,  vestem,  priusquam  Lichae  dedit,  sanguine  NessI  Infecit. 

The  death  of  Hercules 

538.  Hercules,  nihil  mall  suspicatus,  vestem  quam  Lichas 
attulit  statim  induit ;  post  tamen  breve  tempus  dolorem  per  5 
omnia  membra  sensit,  et  quae  causa  eius  rei  esset  magnopere 
mirabatur.  Dolore  paene  exanimatus  vestem  detrahere  conatus 
est ;  ilia  tamen  in  corpore  haesit  neque  ullo  modo  divelli  potuit. 
Turn  demum  Hercules,  quasi  furore  impulsus,  in  montem 
Oetam  se  contulit  et  in  rogum,  quern  summa  celeritate  ex-  10 
struxerat,  se  imposuit.  Quod  cum  fecisset,  eos  qui  circumsta- 
bant  oravit  ut  rogum  quam  celerrime  accenderent.  Omnes  diu 
recusabant ;  tandem  tamen  pastor  quidam,  ad  misericordiam 
inductus,  ignem  subdidit.  Turn,  dum  omnia  fumo  obscurantur, 
Hercules  densa  nube  velatus  a  love  in  Olympum  abreptus  est.  15 

STORIES   OF  ULYSSES 

Polyphemus,  the  one-eyed  giant 

539.  Ulixes  comitesque,  postquam  totam  noctem  remls  con- 
tenderant,  ad  terram  ignotam  navem  appulerunt ;  turn,  quod 
naturam  eius  regionis  ignorabat,  ipse  Ulixes,  cum  duodecim  e 
sociis  in  terram  egressus,  locum  explorare  constituit.     Paulum 

a  litore  progressl,  ad  antrum  ingens  pervenerunt,  quod  habitarl  20 
senserunt,  eius  enim  introitum  arte  et  manibus  3  munltum  esse 
animadverterunt.    Mox,  etsi  intellegebant  se  non  sine  perlculo 
id   facturos    esse,  antrum   intraverunt.     Quod   cum    fecissent, 

1  gerere,  to  wear;  subject  of  erat.  2  verita,  fearing ;  the  perfect  participle 
of  some  deponent  verbs  is  often  translated  like  a  present  participle.  3  arte  et 
manibus,  by  skill  and  hands  =  by  skillful  hands. 

RE 


214  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

magnam  copiam  lactis  invenerunt  in  vasis  ingentibus  conditam. 
Dum  tamen  mirantur  quis  earn  sedem  incoleret,  sonitum  terri- 
bilem  audlverunt,  et  oculls  ad  portam  versis,  monstrum  horri- 
bile  viderunt,  quod  humanam  speciem  et  figuram  sed  corpus 
5  ingens  habuit.  Cum  autem  animadvertissent  gigantem  unum 
tantum1  oculum  habere  in  media  fronte  positum,  intellexerunt 
hunc  esse  unum  e  Cyclopibus,  de  quibus  famam  iam  acceperant. 

The  gianfs  supper 

540.  Cyclopes  autem  pastores  erant  quidam,  qui  insulam 
Siciliam  et  praecipue  montem  Aetnam  incolebant ;   ibi   enim 

io  Vulcanus,  praeses  fabrorum  et  ignis  repertor,  cuius  servl  Cy- 
clopes erant,  officinam  habebat.  Graeci  igitur,  simul  ac  mon- 
strum viderunt,  terrore  paene  exanimati,  in  interiorem  partem 
speluncae  refugerunt  et  se  ibi  celare  conabantur.  Polyphemus 
autem  (ita  enim  gigas  appellatus  est)  pecora  sua  in  speluncam 

1 5  egit ;  turn,  cum  saxo  ingentl  portam  obstruxisset,  ignem  medio 
in  antro  accendit.  Hoc  facto,  omnia  oculo  perlustrabat,  et 
cum  sensisset  homines  in  interiore  parte  antri  celarl,  magna 
voce  exclamavit :  "  Qui  estis  homines  ?  Mercatores  an  latro- 
nes  ?  "    Turn  Ulix^s  respondit  se  neque  mercatores  esse  neque 

20  praedandi  causa  venisse,  sed  a  Troia  redeuntes,2  vl  tempesta-i 
turn  a  recto  cursu  depulsos  esse ;  oravit  etiam  ut  se  sine  iniuria 
dimitteret.  Turn  Polyphemus  quaesivit  ubi  navis  eorum  esset. 
Ulixes  autem  respondit  navem  in  rupes  conieptam  et  omninc 
perfractam3  esse.    Polyphemus,    nullo  resp5nso   dato,   duo   e 

25  sociis  manu  corripuit  et  membris  eorum  divulsls 4  carnem^: 
devorare  coepit. 

1  tantum,  only.       2  Modifies  se  understood   from  the  preceding  clause 
that  they,  while  returning.      3  From  perfringo.      4  From  divello.       5  From  caro 


STORIES  OF  ULYSSES  215 

No  way  of  escape 

541.  Dum  haec  geruntur,  Graecorum  animos  tantus  terror 
occupavit  ut  ne  vocem  quidem  edere  possent,  sed,  omnl  spe 
salutis  deposita,  mortem  praesentem  exspectarent.  At  Poly- 
phemus, postquam  fames  hac  tarn  horribill  cena-depulsa  est, 
hum!  (on  the  ground)  prostratus  somno  se  dedit.  Quod  cum  5 
vidisset  Ulixes,  arbitrates  est  monstrum  interficiendum  esse. 
Prlmum  constituit  expl5rare  qua  ratione  ex  antro  evadere  pos- 
sent. At,  cum  saxum  animadvertisset  quo  introitus  obstructus 
erat,  intellexit  mortem  Polyphemi  auxilio  sibi  non  futuram 
esse.  Tanta  enim  erat  eius  saxi  magnitudo  ut  ne  a  decern  10 
quidem  hominibus  amoveri  posset.  Ulixes  igitur  hoc  conatu 
destitit  et  ad  socios  rediit ;  qui,  cum  intellexissent  quo  in  loco x 
res  esset,  nulla  spe  salutis  oblata,  de  fortunis  suis  despe- 
rare  coeperunt.  Ille  tamen  vehementer  hortatus  est  ne  animos 
demitterent,2  et  demonstravit  se  ipsos  iam  antea  e  multls  et  15 
magnls  perlculls  evasisse. 

A  plait  for  vengeance 

542.  Orta  luce3  Polyphemus,  iam  e  somno  excitatus,  idem* 
quod 4  hesterno  die  fecit,  correptis  enim  duobus  e  reliquis  viris 
carnem  eorum  sine  mora  devoravit.  Turn,  cum  saxum  amo- 
visset,  ipse  cum  pecore  ex  antro  progressus  est.  Quod  cum  20 
viderent  Graecl,  magnam  in  spem  venerunt5  se  post  paulum 
evasuros.  Mox  tamen  ab  hac  spe  repulsi  sunt,  nam  Polyphe- 
mus, postquam  omnes  oves  exierunt,  saxum  in  locum  restituit. 
Graecl,  omnl  spe  salutis  deposita,  lamentis  lacrimisque  se 
dediderunt.     Ulixes  vero,  qui,  ut  supra   demonstravimus,  vir  25 

1  locd,  state,  condition,  not  place.  2  ne  .  .  .  demitterent,  not  to  lose  heart. 
8  orta  luce  =  prima  luce,  at  daybreak ;  orta  is  from  orior.  4  idem  quod,  the 
same  as.      5  magnam  .  .  .  venerunt,  had  great  hopes. 


216  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


fortis  fuit,  etsi  bene  intellegebat  rem  in  discrimine  esse,  non- 
dum  orrinino  desperabat.  Tandem,  postquam  diu  toto  animo 
cogitavit,  hoc  cepit  consilium.  £  lignls  quae  in  antro  reposita 
sunt  palum  magnum  delegit ;  hunc  summa  cum  dlligentia 
5  praeacutum  fecit ;  turn,  postquam  sociis  quid 1  fieri  vellet  osten- 
dit,  reditum  Polyphemi  exspectabat. 

Polyphemus  thrice  drains  a  wine  bowl 

543.  Sub  vesperum  Polyphemus  ad  antrum  rediit  et  eodem 
modo  quo  antea  cenavit.  Turn  Ulixes  utrem  vini  prompsit,2 
quern    forte,   ut   in   talibus   rebus    saepe   accidit,    secum   attu- 

16  lerat,  et  postquam  magnam  crateram  vino  replevit,  gigantem 
ad  bibendum  pr5vocavit.  Polyphemus,  qui  numquam  antea 
vlnum  gustaverat,  totam  crateram  statim  hausit.3  Quod  cum 
fecisset,  tantam  voluptatem  percepit  ut  iterum  et  tertium  cra- 
teram  replerl    iuberet.     Turn,   cum   quaesivisset  quo    nomine 

15  Ulixes  appellaretur,  ille  respondit  se  Neminem4  appellari.i 
Quod  cum  audivisset  Polyphemus,  ita  locutus  est :  "  Ut  tibij 
gratiam  pro  tanto  beneficio  referam,  te  ultimum  omnium  de- 
vorabo."  His  dictls,  cibo  vinoque  gravatus  recubuit5  et  post! 
breve  tempus  somno  oppressus  est.   Turn  Ulixes,  sociis  convoca-j 

20  tls,  dixit :  "  Habemus  quam  petiimus  facultatem.6  Tanta  occasio; 
non  omittenda  est." 

Noman 

544.  Hac  oratione  habita,  postquam  extremum  palum7  igni 
calefecit,  oculum  Polyphemi,  dum  dormit,  flagrante  ligno  trans- 
fodit.     Quo  facto,  omnes  in  dlversas  speluncae  partis  se  abdi- 

25  derunt.    At  ille  subito  illo  dolore,  quod  necesse  fuit,8  e  somno 

1  In  what  case  is  quid?  2  From  promo.  3  From  haurio.  4  AToman. 
5  From  recumbo.  6  quam  .  .  .  facultatem  =  facultatem  quam  petiimus. 
7  extremum  palum  =  extremam  partem  pall.  8  quod  necesse  fuit,  7uhkh 
was  necessary  =  necessarily ;    the  reference  is  to  what  follows. 


STORIES  OF  ULYSSES  217 

excitatus,  clam5rem  terribilem  sustulit,1  et  dum  per  speluncam 
errat,  Ulixi  manum  inicere  conabatur.  Hoc  tamen,  quod  iam 
omnino  caecus  erat,  nullo  modo  efficere  potuit.  Interea  reliqul 
Cyclopes,  clamore  audito,  undique  ad  speluncam  convenerunt, 
et  apud  introitum  adstantes,  quid  Polyphemus  ageret2  quaes!-  5 
verunt  et  quam  ob  causam  tantum  clamorem  sustulisset.  Ille 
respondit  se  graviter  vulneratum  esse  et  magno  dolore  adficl. 
Cum  tamen  ceteri  quaesivissent  quis  el 3  vim  intulisset,  respon- 
^dit  ille  Neminem  id  fecisse.  Hoc  audito,  Cyclopes,  eum  in 
Insaniam  incidisse  arbitratl,4  abierunt.  10 

The  escape 

545.  Sed  Polyphemus,  cum  socios  suos  abiisse  sensisset, 
furore  atque  amentia  impulsus,  Ulixem  iterum  quaerere  coepit. 
Tandem  cum  portam  invenisset,  saxum  quo  obstructa5  erat 
amovit,  ut  pecus  ad  agros  exlret.  Turn  ipse  in  introitu  sedit, 
et  cum  quaeque  ovis  ad  locum  venerat,  tergum  eius  manibus  15 
tractabat,  ne  viri  inter  oves  exire  possent.  Quod*  cum  animad- 
vertisset  Ulixes,  hoc  consilium  iniit,  bene  enim  intellexit  omnem 
spem  salutis  iam  in  dolo  magis  quam  in  virtute  ponl.  Primum 
tres  quas  vidit  pinguissimas  ex  ovibus  delegit.  Quibus  inter  se6 
viminibus  conexis,7  unum  ex  socils  ventribus  eorum  ita  subiecit  20 
ut  omnino  lateret ;  deinde  ovis  hominem  secum  ferentes  ad 
portam  egit.  Id  accidit  quod  fore8  suspicatus  erat.  Polyphemus 
enim,  postquam  manus  tergis  eorum  imposuit,  ovis  praeterire 
passus^est.  Ulixes,  postquam  rem  feliciter  evenisse  vidit,  omnes 
socios  suos  ex  ordine  eodem  modo  emlsit ;  quo  facto,  ipse  25 
ultimus  evasit. 

1  From  tollo.  2  quid  .  .  .  ageret,  what  Polyphemus  was  doing  =  what 
ailed  Polyphemus.  3  Which  usage  of  the  dative  ?  4  Translate  as  if  it  were 
a  present  participle.  See  p.  213,  note  2.  5  The  subject  is  porta.  6  inter  se, 
together.  7  From  conecto.  8  f ore  =  f uturum  esse,  would  be,  ivould  happen. 
9  From  patior. 


21 8  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

Out  of  dcrnger 

546.  His  rebus  ita  confectls,  Ulixes  cum  socils  quam  celer- 
rime  ad  lltus  contendit.  Quo1  cum  venissent,  ab  els  qui 
praesidio  navl  relict!  erant  magna  cum  laetitia  acceptl  sunt. 
Hi  enim,  cum  iam  anxiis  animis  tres  dies  reditum  eorum  in 

5  horas2  exspectavissent,  eos  in  periculum  grave  incidisse  suspicatl, 
ipsl  auxiliandi  causa  egredl  parabant.  Turn  Ulixes,  non  satis 
tutum  esse  arbitratus  in  e5  loco  manere,  quam  celerrime  pro- 
ficlscl  constituit.  Iussit  igitur  omnes  navem  conscendere,  et, 
ancoris  sublatis,  paulum  a  litore  in  altum  provectus  est.    Turn 

i  o  magna  voce  exclamavit :  "Tu,  Polypheme,3  qui  iura  hospiti 
spernis,  iustam  et  debitam  poenam  immanitatis  tuae  solvisti." 
Hac  v5ce  audita,  Polyphemus,  Ira  veliementer  commotus,  ad 
mare  se  contulit,  et  ubi  intellexit  navem  paulum  a  litore  remotam 
esse,   saxum  ingens  correptum   in  earn  partem  coniecit  unde 

1 5  vocem  venire  sensit.  Graecl  autem,  nullo  damno  accepto, 
cursum  tenuerunt. 

EUTROPIUS:    HISTORY   OF   ROME4 
The  founding  of  Rome  by  Romulus 

547.  Rdmanum  imperium5  a  Romulo  initium  habet,  qui) 
Rheae  Silviae  fllius  et  Martis  erat.  Is  decern  et  octo  annos 
natus  urbem  parvam  in  Palatlno  monte6  constituit.     Condita 

20  clvitate,  quam  ex  nomine  suo  Romam  vocavit,  haec  fere  egit.7 
Multitudinem  flnitimorum  in  clvitatem  recepit,  centum  ex  seni- 
oribus8  legit,  quorum  consilio   omnia  agebat,   quos  senatoresj 

1  quo,  thither;  begin  to  translate  with  cum.  2  in  hdras,  hourly.  3  Voca- 
tive case,  denoting  the  person  addressed.  4  Eutropius,  a  Roman  historian 
of  the  fourth  century  of  our  era,  wrote  a  brief  history  of  Rome  from  its  found- 
ing to  the  year  364.  5  imperium,  pozver,  state.  6  Palatlno  monte,  the  Pala- 
tine Hill,  one  of  the  seven  hills  on  which  Rome  was  built.  7  haec  fere  egit, 
he  did  about  as  follows.       8  senioribus,  older  men  ;  comparative  of  senex. 


" 


EUTROPIUS:  HISTORY  OF  ROME  219 

nominavit  propter  senectutem.  Turn,  cum  uxores  ipse  et 
populus  suus  non  haberent,1  invltavit  ad  spectaculum  ludorum 
vicinas  urbl  Romae  nationes  atque  earum  virgines  rapuit. 
Commotis  bellis  propter  raptarum2  iniuriam  Caenmenses  vicit, 
Antemnates,  Crustummos,  Sabinos,3  Fidenates,  Veientes.  Haec  5 
omnia  oppida  urbem  cingunt.  Et  cum,  orta  subito  tempestate, 
non  comparuisset,4  anno  regnl  tricesimo  septimo  ad  deos 
translsse  creditus  est  et  consecratus.5 

The  kings  who  succeeded  Romulus 

548.  Postea  Numa  Pompilius   rex   creatus   est,   qui  bellum 
quidem  nullum  gessit,  sed  non  minus  civitati 6  quam  Romulus  1  o 
profuit.    Nam  et  leges  Romanls  moresque  constituit  et  annum 
descripsit  in  decern  menses,  et  mfinita  sacra  ac  templa  constituit. 

Huic  successit  Tullus  Hostllius.  Hie  bella  reparavit,  Albanos 
vicit ;  Veientes  et  Fidenates  bello  superavit ;  urbem  ampliavit 
adiecto  Caeli5  monte.7  15 

Post  hunc  Ancus  Marcius  suscepit  imperium.  Contra  Latinos 
dimicavit,  Aventlnum  montem  civitati  adiecit  et  Ianiculum ;  apud 
ostium  Tiberis  civitatem  condidit. 

Deinde  regnum  Prlscus  Tarquinius  accepit.  Hie  numerum 
senatorum  duplicavit,  circum8  Romae9  aedificavit,  ludos  Roma-  20 
nos10  Instituit,  qui  ad  nostram  memoriam  permanent.  Vicit 
Idem  etiam  Sabinos  et  non  parum  u  agrorum  urbis  Romae  terri- 
torid  iunxit,  prlmusque  triumphans  urbem  intravit.  Muros  fecit 
et  cloacas,  Capitolium  incohavit. 

1  cum  .  .  .  haberent,  because  .  .  .  had.  A  causal  clause  introduced  by  cum, 
because,  as,  since,  has  its  verb  in  the  subjunctive  mood.  2  Understand  virginum. 
*  In  apposition  with  Caenmenses,  Antemnates,  and  Crustumlnos.  Fidenae  and 
Veii  were  Etruscan  towns.  4  non  comparuisset,  had  disappeared.  5  conse- 
cratus (est),  was  deified.  6  Which  use  of  the  dative  ?  7  adiecto  Caelio  monte, 
by  the  addition  of  the  Ccelian  Hill.  8  circum,  the  Circus  Maximus,  where 
races  and  other  sports  were  held.  9  Rdmae,  at  Rome.  10  The  ludi  Roman! 
consisted  of  a  variety  of  games  and  contests  held  each  year  in  September  in 
the  Circus  Maximus.       n  non  parum,  not  a  little ;  parum  is  here  used  as  a  noun. 


220  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

Post  hunc  Servius  Tullius  suscepit  imperium.  Hie  quoque 
Sablnos  subegit,  montes  tres,  Quirinalem,  Viminalem,  Esqui- 
linum,  urbi  adiunxit,  fossas  circum  murum  duxit.  Primus 
omnium  censum  ordinavit,  qui  adhuc  per  orbem  terrarum 
5  incognitus  erat.  Sub  eo  Roma,  omnibus  in  censum  delatis,1 
habuit  capita2  lxxxiii  milia  civium  Romanorum  cum  his  qui 
in  agris  erant. 

Tarquinius  Superbus,  septimus  atque  ultimus  regum,  Vol- 
scos,  quae  gens  ad  Campaniam  euntibus3  non  longe  ab  urbe 
io  est,  vicit,  Gabios  civitatem4  et  Suessam  Pometiam  subegit, 
cum  Tuscls  pacem  fecit  et  templum  Iovi  in  Capitolio5  aedifi- 
cavit.  Postea  Ardeam  oppugnans  imperium  perdidit 6 ;  cumque 
imperavisset  annos   quattuor  et  viginti,  cum  uxore  et  liberls 

suls  fugit. 

The  first  consuls 

15  549.  Hinc  consules  coeperunt,  pro  uno  rege  duo,  hac  causa 
creati,  ut,  si  unus  malus  esse  voluisset,7  alter  eum  habens  po- 
testatem  similem  coerceret.  Et  placuit8  ne  imperium  longius 
quam  annum  haberent,  ne  per  diuturnitatem  potestatis  Insolen- 
tiores   redderentur.     Fuerunt  igitur  anno   primo  ab   expulsis 

20  regibus  consules  Iunius  Brutus  et  Tarquinius  Collatlnus.  Sed 
Tarquinio  Collatmo  statim  subl^ta  est  dignitas.  Placuerat9 
enim  ne  quisquam  in  urbe  maneret  qui  Tarquinius  vocaretur. 
Ergo,  accepto  omnl  patrimonio  suo,  ex  urbe  migravit,  et  loc5 
ipsius10  factus  est  L.  Valerius  Publicola  consul. 

1  omnibus  .  .  .  delatis,  when  all  had  been  enume7-ated.  2  See  p.  208,  note  5. 
3  ad  Campaniam  euntibus,  to  those  going  toward  Campania,  in  the  direction  of 
Campania ;  euntibus  is  a  dative  of  reference.  4  Gabios  civitatem,  the  city 
(or  community)  of  Gabii.  5  in  Capitolio,  on  the  Capitoline  Hill.  6  A  crime 
committed  by  a  son  of  Tarquinius  aroused  such  indignation  that  Tarquinius 
and  his  family  were  obliged  to  leave  Rome.  7  si  .  .  .  voluisset,  if  one  of  the 
consuls  were  inclined  to  be  troublesome-,  voluisset  is  attracted  into  the  subjunc- 
tive mood,  because  it  depends  on  a  clause  the  verb  of  which  is  in  the  subjunc- 
tive. 8  placuit,  it  was  decided.  The  subject  is  the  clause  ne  .  .  .  haberent. 
9  placuerat,  *'/  had  been  decided.       10  loco  ipsius,  in  his  place. 


EUTROPIUS:    HISTORY  OF  ROME  221 

Wars  against  the  Tarquins 

550.  Commovit  tamen  bellum  urbi  Romae  rex  Tarquinius, 
qui  fuerat  expulsus,  et,  collectis  multis  gentibus,  ut  in  regnum 
posset  restitul,  dlmicavit.  In  prima  pugna  Brutus  consul  et 
Arruns,  TarquinI  fllius,  invicem  se  qcciderunt,1  RomanI  tamen 
ex  ea  pugna  victores  recesserunt.  Brutum  matronae  Romanae  5 
quasi  communem  patrem  per  annum  luxerunt.2 

Secund5  quoque  anno  iterum  Tarquinius,  ut  reciperetur  in 
regnum,  bellum  Romanis3  intulit,  auxilium4  el  ferente  Por- 
sena,5  Tusciae  rege,  et  Romam  paene  cepit.  Verum  turn 
quoque  victus  est.  io 

Tertio  ann5  post  reges  exactos  Tarquinius,  cum  suscipl  non 
posset  in  regnum  neque  el  Porsena,  qui  pacem  cum  Romanis 
fecerat,  praestaret  auxilium,  Tusculum  se  contulit,  quae  civitas 
ndn  longe  ab  urbe  est,  atque  ibi  per  quattuordecim  annos 
privatus  incoluit.  15 

Pyrrhus  a?id  the  Romans 

551.  Eodem  tempore  Tarentmis,  qui  iam  in  ultima  Italia 
sunt,  bellum  indictum  est,  quod  legatis  Romanorum  iniuriam 
fecerant.  Hi  Pyrrhum,  Eplrl  regem,  contra  Romanos  in  auxi- 
lium poposcemnt.6  Is  mox  ad  Italiam  venit,  tumque  prlmum 
RomanI  cum  transmarlno  hoste  dlmicaverunt.  Missus  est  con-  20 
tra  eum  c5nsul  P.  Valerius  Laevlnus,  qui  cum  exploratores 
Pyrrhl  cepisset,  iussit  eos  per  castra  duel,  ostendi  omnem 
exercitum,  tumque  dlmittl,  ut  renuntiarent  Pyrrh5  quae  a 
Romanis  agerentur.  Commissa  mox  pugna,  cum  iam  Pyrrhus 
fugeret,  elephantorum  auxilid  vlcit,  quos  incognitos 7  RomanI  25 
timuerunt.  Sed  nox  proelid  flnem  dedit ;  Laevlnus  tamen  per 
noctem  fugit,  Pyrrhus  Romanos  mille  octingentos  cepit  et  eos 

1  invicem  se  occiderunt,  killed  each  other.  2  From  lugeo.  3  Which  usage 
of  the  dative  ?  4  auxilium,  object  of  ferente.  5  ferente  Porsena,  ablative 
absolute.      6  From  posco.       7  Translate  so  as  to  show  cause. 


222  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

summo  honore  tractavit,  occlsos  sepeliyit.  Quos  cum  adverso 
vulnere  !  et  true!  vultu  a  etiam  mortuos  iacere  vidisset,  tulisse 
ad  caelum  manus  dicitur  cum  hac  voce  :  Se  t5tius  orbis  domi- 
num  esse  potuisse,  si  tales  sibi  milites  contigissent.2 

5  Postea  Pyrrhus,  coniunctis  sibi  Samnitibus,  Lucanis,  Bruttils, 
Romam  perrexit,3  omnia  ferro  ignlque  vastavit,  Campaniam 
populates  est,  et  ad  Praeneste  venit.  Mox  terrore  exercitus, 
qui  eum  cum  consule  sequebatur,  in  Campaniam  se  recepit. 
Legati  ad  Pyrrhum  de  redimendis  captlvis  missi  ab  eo  bene 

10  recepti  sunt.  Captlvos  sine  pretio  Romam  misit.  Unum  ex 
legatis  Romanorum,  Fabricium,  sic  admlratus,  cum  eum  pau- 
perem  esse  cognovisset,  ut  quarta  parte  regni  promissa4  sol- 
licitare  voluerit5  ut  ad  se  translret,  contemptusque 6  est  a 
F'abricio.     Quare   cum   Pyrrhus   Romanorum   ingenti  admlra- 

1 5  tione  teneretur,7  legatum  misit,  ut  pacem  aequis  condicionibus 
peteret,  praecipuum  virum,  Cineam  nomine,  ita  ut  Pyrrhus 
partem  Italiae  quam  iam  armis  occupaverat  obtineret. 

Pax  displicuit  remandatumque  Pyrrho  est 8  a  senatu  eum  cum 
Romanis,  nisi  ex  Italia  recessisset,  pacem  habere  non  posse. 

20  Ita  legatus  Pyrrhl  reversus  est.  A  qu5  cum  quaereret  Pyrrhus 
qualem  Romam9  comperisset,  Cineas  dixit  regum  se  patriam 
vidisse  :  tales  illic  fere  omnes  esse,  qualis  urius  Pyrrhus  apud 
Eplrum10  et  reliquam  Graeciam  putaretur. 

Missi  sunt  contra  Pyrrhum  duces  P.   Sulpicius   et   Decius 

25  Mus  consules.    Certamine  commisso  Pyrrhus  vulneratus  est, 

1  adverso  vulnere  and  truci  vultu  are  descriptive  ablatives.  Translate, 
when  he  saw  these  men  lying  with  wounds  on  the  front  of  their  bodies  and  with 
stern  expressions  on  their  faces  eve?i  in  death.  2  if  it  had  been  his  lot  to  have 
such  soldiers.  3  From  pergo.  4  quarta  .  .  .  promissa,  by  the  offer  of  a  fourth 
of  his  kingdom.  5  The  perfect  subjunctive  is  often  used  in  result  clauses  in 
secondary  sequence.  6  From  contemno.  7  cum  .  .  .  teneretur,  since  Pyr^ 
rhus  felt  great  admiration  for  the  Romans.  How  literally  ?  The  clause  is  causal. 
8  remandatum  .  .  .  est,  word  was  sent  back  to  Pyrrhus  that,  etc.  9  qualem 
Romam,  what  sort  of  city  he  had  found  Rome  to  be.      10  apud  Eplrum,  in  Epirus. 


STORIES  FROM  ROMAN  HISTORY  223 

elephant!  interfectl,  vigintl  mllia  caesa }  hostium,  et  ex  Romanis 
tantum  qulnque  mllia ;  Pyrrhus  Tarentum  fugatus.2 

Interiecto  anno  contra  Pyrrhum  Fabricius  est  missus,  qui 
prius  inter  legatos  sollicitarl  non  poterat;  quarta  regni  parte 
promissa.  Turn,  cum  vicina  castra  ipse  et  rex  haberent,  medi-  5 
cus  Pyrrhl  nocte  ad  eum  venit,  promittens  veneno  se  Pyrrhum 
occisurum,  si  sibi  aliquid  polliceretur.3  Quern  Fabricius  vlnctum 
reducl  iussit  ad  dominum  Pyrrhoque  did  quae  contra  caput 
eius  medicus  spopondisset.4  Turn  rex  admlratus  eum  dixisse 
fertur5:  "  Ille  est  Fabricius  qui  difficilius  ab  honestate  quam  10 
sol  a  cursu  suo  avertl  potest."  Turn  rex  in  Siciliam  pro- 
fectus  est. 

Consules  deinde  M.  Curius  Dentatus  et  Cornelius  Lentulus 
adversus  Pyrrhum  missi  sunt.  Curius  contra  eum  pugnavit, 
exercitum  eius  cecidit,6  ipsum  Tarentum  fugavit,  castra  cepit.  15 
Eo  die  caesa  hostium  vigintl  tria  mllia.  Curius  in  consulatu 
triumphavit.  Primus  Romam  elephantos  quattuor  duxit.  Pyr- 
rhus etiam  a  Tarento  mox  recessit  et  apud  Argos,  Graeciae 
clvitatem,  occlsus  est. 

STORIES    FROM    ROMAN    HISTORY 

The  brave  deed  of  Horatius  Cocks 

552.  Porsena,  rex  Etruscorum,  ad  restituendos  Tarquini5s  20 
cum  infesto  exercitu  venit.  Primo  impetu  Ianiculum  cepit. 
Non  umquam  alias  ante  tantus  terror  Romanos  invaserat ;  ex 
agrls  in  urbem  demigrant ;  urbem  ipsam  s^epiunt  praesidils. 
Alia  pars  urbis  murls,7  alia  Tiberl  obiecto8  tuta  videbatur.9 
Pons  Sublicius  iter  paene  hostibus  dedit.    Unus  vir  autem  erat,  25 

1  From  caedo.  2  Supply  est.  3  si  .  .  .  polliceretur,  if  some  reward  were 
promised  to  him.  4  From  spondeo.  5  fertur,  is  reported.  6  From  caedo. 
7  muris,  by  reason  of  its  walls.*  8  Tiberl  obiect5,  by  the  interposed  Tiber  =  by 
the  Tiber's  being  between.       9  videbatur,  seemed. 


224  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

Horatius'  Codes,  illo  cognomine  appellatus  quod  in  alio  proelio 
oculum  amlserat.  Is,  extrema  pontis  parte  occupata,  aeiem 
hostium  solus  sustinuit.  Interea  pons  a  tergo  interrumpebatur. 
Ipsa  audacia  obstupefecit  hostis ;  ponte  rescisso,1  armatus  in 
5  Tiberim  desiluit  et,  multls  superincidentibus  tells,  incolumis  ad 
suos  tranavit.  Ob  virtutem  Horatio  civitas  gratiam  solvit 2  :  ei 
tantum  agri  publice  datum  est  quantum3  uno  die  circumarare 
potuit.    Statua  quoque  el  in  Comitio  posita  est. 

The  fortitude  of  Mucins 

553.  Cum  Porsena  Romam  obsideret,  Mucius  senatum  adiit 
io  et   veniam   transfugiendi 4   petiit,    necem    regis    repromittens. 

Accepta  potestate,  in  castra  Porsenae  venit.  Ibi  in  confertis- 
sima  turba  prope  regium  tribunal  constitit.  Stlpendium  tunc 
forte  militibus  dabatur,  et  proximus  regl  erat  scriba,  qui  similem 
vestem  gerebat.    Mucius,  igriorans  uter  rex  esset,  scribam  pro 

15  rege  occldit.  Apprehensus  et  ad  regem  pertractus,5  dextram 
accenso 6  ad  sacrificium  foculo  iniecit,  velut  manum  puniens. 
Attonitus  miraculo,  rex  iuvenem  amoveri  ab  altaribus  iussit. 
Turn  Mucius,  quasi  beneficium  remunerans,  dixit  trecentos7 
sibi  similis   adversus  eum  coniuravisse.    Qua  re  ille  territus, 

20  bellum  acceptis  obsidibus  deposuit. 

Clozlia,  the  hostage,  escapes 

554.  Porsena  Cloeliam,  virginem  nobilem,  inter  obsides 
acceperat.  Castra  Porsenae  haud  procul  ab  ripa  Tiberis  locata 
erant.  Cloelia,  deceptis  custodibus,  nocte  castris  egressa,  equoj 
quern  fors  dederat  arrepto,8  Tiberim  traiecit.    Quod  ubi  regil 

25  nuntiatum  est,  prlmo   incensus  Ira,   Romam  legatos  misit  ad 

1  From  rescinds.      2  gratiam  solvit,  showed  its  gratitude.       3  tantum  .  .  .  j 
quantum,  as  much  .  .  .  as.       4  veniam  transfugiendi, /#wr  of  deserting  —  per- 
mission  to  desert.      5  From  pertraho.      6  From  accendo ;  order :  foculo  accenso 
ad  sacrificium.       7  trecentSs,  three  hundred \   subject  of  coniuravisse.       8  equo 
.  .  .  arrepto,  seizing  a  horse ;  arrepto  is  from  arripio. 


STORIES  FROM  ROMAN  HISTORY  225 

Cloeliam  obsidem  reposcendam.  Roman!  earn  ex  foedere 
restituerunt.  Turn  rex  virginis  virtutem  admiratus  *  earn  lauda- 
vit  ac  partem  obsidum  el  daturum  esse  se  dixit,  permisitque 
ut  ipsa  obsides  legeret.  Productis  obsidibus,  Cloelia  virgines 
puerosque  elegit,  quorum  aetatem  iniuriae  obnoxiam2  sciebat,  5 
et  cum  els  in  patriam  rediit.  Roman!  novam  in  femina  virtu- 
tem novo  genere  honoris,  statua  equestrl,  donaverunt.  In 
summa3  Via  Sacra4  est  posita  virgo  Insidens  equo. 

Caius  Marcius  Coriolanus 

555.  C.  Marcius  captis  Coriolls,5  urbe  Volscorum,  Coriolanus 
dictus  est.    Puer  patre6  orbatus  sub  matris  tutela  adolevit.    Cum  10 
prima  stipendia  facere  coepisset7  adulescens,  e  multis  proeliis 
quibus   interfuit   numquam   rediit   nisi  corona    aliove    mllitari 
praemio  ddnatus.    In  omnl  vitae  ratione  nihil  aliud  sibi  pro- 
ponebat  quam  ut  matri  placeret ;  cumque  ilia  audiret  filium 8 
laudari  aut  corona  donari  videret,  turn  demum  fellcem  se  ipsa  15 
putabat.    Consul  f actus  gravi  annona  9  advectum 10  e  Sicilia  fru- 
mentum  magno  pretio  dandum  populo  curavit,  ut  plebs  agros, 
non  seditiones,  coleret.    Qua  de  causa  damnatus  ad  Vplscos  In- 
festos  tunc  Romanis  confugit  eosque  adversus  Romanos  conci- 
tavit.    Imperator  a  Volscis  factus,  castris  ad  quartum  ab  urbe  20 
lapidem n  positls,  agrum  Romanum  est  populatus. 

Missi  sunt  Roma  ad  Coriolanum  legati  de  pace,  sed  atrox 
responsum  rettulerunt.    Iterum  deinde  iidem  missi  ne  in  castra 

1  Translate  as  if  it  were  a  present  participle.  2  obnoxiam,  liable  to. 
3  summa,  highest  part  of.  4  Via  Sacra,  a  street  running  through  the  Roman 
Forum  up  to  the  Capitol.  5  captis  Coriolls,  because  of  the  capture  of  Corioli. 
6  Which  usage  of  the  ablative  ?  7  prima  .  .  .  coepisset,  had  begun  to  earn 
first  wages  (as  a  soldier)  =  had  begun  his  first  military  service.  8  Subject  ac- 
cusative of  laudari  and  donari.  9  gravi  ann5na,  in  a  time  of  extreme  scarcity. 
10  Agrees  with  frumentum,  which  is  the  subject  accusative  of  dandum  (esse).  ■ 
Translate,  had  (curavit)  corn,  which  had  been  brought  from  Sicily,  distributed  to 
the  people  at  a  high  price.       n  lapidem,  milestone. 


226  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

quidem  recepti  sunt.  Stupebat  senatus,  trepidabat  populus,  viri 
pariter  ac  mulieres  exitium  imminens  lamentabantur.  Turn 
Veturia,  Coriolani  mater,  et  Volumnia  uxor,  duos  parvos  filios 
secum  trahens,  castra  hostium  petierunt.  Ubi  matrem  adspexit 
Coriolanus,  exclamavit  :"0  patria,  vicisti  Iram  rrieam  admotis 
matris  meae  precibus,1  cui2  tuam  in  me  iniuriam  condono." 
Complexus  inde  suos  castra  movit  et  exercitum  ex  agro  Ro- 
mano abduxit. 

1  admotis  .  .  .  precibus,  by  employing  the  prayers.        2  cui,  for  whose  sake. 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS 

LESSON  I 

556.  What  use  of  the  nominative  do  you  know  ?  What  are  the 
case  endings  of  a  noun,  and  what  is  their  use  ?  What  are  the  per- 
sonal endings  of  the  third  person  singular  and  plural  ?  Translate 
puella  ambulat  to  show  three  kinds  of  action.  What  is  the  case 
ending  in  the  nominative  plural  for  words  ending  in  -a  in  the  nomi- 
native singular  ?  What  is  an  enclitic  ?  To  which  word  in  a  sentence 
is  -ne  generally  attached  ?  Accent  ambulant  and  ambulantne.  Divide 
agricola  and  ambulant  into  syllables,  and  give  a  reason  for  the  accent 
of  each  word. 

LESSON  n 

557.  What  are  the  case  endings  for  the  nominative  and  the  accu- 
sative singular  ?  for  the  same  cases  in  the  plural  ?  What  usage  has 
the  accusative  ?  Give  the  accusative  singular  and  plural  of  agricola. 
What  is  the  difference  in  meaning  between  agricola  puellas  convocat 
and  puellas  agricola  convocat  ?  What  Latin  words  are  suggested  by  the 
English  words  laudatory,  aquarium,  convocation,  cantata,  aeronaut} 
Tell  why  each  noun  in  36  stands  in  the  case  in  which  it  is  found. 

LESSON  ni 

558.  What  is  the  use  of  the  personal  endings  in  the  inflection  of  a 
verb?  Give  the  personal  endings  of  the  present  tense.  What  does 
each  mean  ?  Inflect  convoco  in  the  present  indicative  active.  If  a 
verb  ends  in  -mus,  what  is  its  subject?  If  it  ends  in  -s?  Say  in 
Latin  it  swims  and  she  walks.  Spell  the  present  stem  of  each  verb 
in  39,  c.  How  many  conjugations  of  Latin  verbs  are  there?  How 
are  they  distinguished  from  each  other?  Give  the  present  infinitive 
active  of  each  verb  in  39,  c. 

227 


228  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

LESSON  IV 

559.  What  three  Latin  cases  have  you  learned  ?  To  which  Eng- 
lish case  does  each  correspond  ?  What  is  the  usage  of  each  case  you 
have  met  ?  Inflect  fugo  in  the  present  indicative  active.  Give  the 
nominative,  genitive,  and  accusative  singular  and  plural  of  the  Latin' 
word  for  daughter.  Express  in  Latin  whose  land?  whom  does  he\ 
see  f  what  has  he  ?  Give  English  words  that  appear  to  be  derived 
from  libero  and  porto.  Give  the  genitive  and  the  accusative  forms 
of  the  nouns  in  45.    Tell  the  reason  for  the  case  of  each  noun  in  46. 

LESSON  V 

560.  Spell  the  present  stem  of  the  Latin  verb  meaning  see.  WThat 
endings  do  you  add  in  the  inflection  of  the  present  indicative  active  ? 
Where  is  the  vowel  e  of  the  present  stem  of  the  second  conjugation 
short  in  the  inflection  of  the  present  tense  ?  Inflect  doceo,  habeo,  video, 
and  porto  in  the  present  indicative  active.  Wrhat  Latin  words  are  sug- 
gested by  the  English  words  fortune,  expectation,  piratical,  export, 
monitor •?  Why  is  the  infinitive  given  with  each  verb  in  the  vocabu- 
laries ?   What  kind  of  clause  is  introduced  by  quod  ? 

LESSON  VI 

561.  How  many  cases  of  Latin  nouns  have  you  learned?  Name 
them.  Give  a  usage  of  each  case,  and  give  the  rule  for  the  usage. 
With  which  Latin  case  have  you  used  a  preposition  ?  What  is  the 
general  character  of  the  dative  and  of  the  ablative  case  ?  Give  the 
dative  and  the  ablative  singular  and  plural  of  each  noun  in  55. 
What  do  you  observe  about  the  endings  of  the  dative  and  the; 
ablative  plural  ?  Explain  the  normal  order  of  words  in  a  Latin 
sentence.  What  is  the  effect  of  a  change  from  the  normal  order  of 
words  ?  Give  English  words  that  appear  to  be  derived  from  fabula, 
do,  and  narro.  Conjugate  each  verb  in  49  in  the  present  indicative 
active.    Tell  the  reason  for  the  case  of  each  noun  in  61. 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS  229 

LESSON  VII 

562.  How  many  declensions  of  Latin  nouns  are  there  ?  What 
nouns  belong  to  the  first  declension  ?  What  is  the  base  of  a  noun  ? 
Give  in  their  order  the  case  endings  of  the  first  declension.  How 
do  you  recognize  a  noun  of  this  declension  ?  Decline  regina,  pirata, 
and  domina.  What  is  the  gender  of  most  nouns  of  the  first  declen- 
sion ?  Give  five  masculine  nouns  of  this  declension.  What  three 
case  endings  in  this  declension  are  the  same  ?  Say  in  Latin  in  the 
fight,  in  the  forests.  Give  English  words  that  appear  to  be  derived 
from  the  words  in  65. 

LESSON  VIII' 

563.  What  is  the  case  of  the  direct  object  in  Latin  ?  of  the  in- 
direct object  ?  for  the  to  or  for  relation  ?  for  the  of  relation  ?  How 
is  the  in  or  on  relation  expressed  ?  What  two  genders  are  there  in 
nouns  of  the  second  declension?  What  are  the  case  endings  of  the 
second  declension  ?  Decline  dominus  and  oppidum.  Express  in  Latin 
of  the  horses,  in  the  garden,  to  the  friends.  What  cases  are  alike  in 
the  second  declension  ?  What  four  pairs  of  cases  of  neuter  nouns 
in  this  declension  are  alike  ?  What  English  words  are  suggested  by 
dominus?   Tell  the  reason  for  the  case  of  each  noun  in  75. 

LESSON  IX 

564.  Decline  bonus.  Decline  pilum  magnum.  What  is  the  rule 
for  the  agreement  of  adjectives  ?  What  is  the  normal  position  of 
an  adjective  ?  of  an  indirect  object  ?  How  many  declensions  of 
adjectives  are  there  ?  What  adjectives  precede  their  nouns  ?  Decline 
nauta  validus.  Give  the  ablative  singular  and  plural  of  each  noun 
in  82.  Give  the  case  endings  of  an  adjective  of  the  first  and  sec- 
ond declensions,  reciting  first  the  nominative  endings  for  the  three 
genders,  then  the  genitive  endings,  and  so  on.  What  English  words 
are  suggested  by  magnus ?  Conjugate  in  the  present  indicative 
active  each  verb  in  83. 


2  so  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

LESSON  X 

565.  State  the  rule  for  the  gender  of  nouns  of  the  first  declension. 
Is  the  ending  of  the  adjective  always  the  same  as  that  of  the  noun 
with  which  it  agrees  ?  Why  is  nauta  bona  not  correct  ?  Express  in 
Latin  you  are  a  poet,  your  fortune  is  large,  in  Europe,  to  the 
kind  goddess.  Decline  longus  and  puella  parva.  Inflect  sum  and 
d6m5nstr5  in  the  present  indicative  active.  What  kind  of  verb  is 
sum  ?  What  are  predicate  nouns  and  adjectives  ?  Give  two  uses  of 
the  nominative. 

LESSON  XII  # 

566.  What  cases  of  the  second  declension  end  in  -6  ?  What  cases 
end  in  -is?  What  two  cases  in  the  neuter  plural  end  in  -a?  Decline, 
puer,  ager,  vir,  praemium,  and  socius.  How  do  the  English  deriva- 
tives of  these  words  help  you  to  decline  them  ?  Point  out  the  predi- 
cate nouns  and' adjectives  in  ioi.  How  is  the  present  stem  of  a  verb 
found  ?  Give  English  words  that  appear  to  be  derived  from  the  nouns 
of  ioo.  What  is  the  rule  for  the  gender  of  nouns  of  the  second 
declension  ?  Tell  the  reason  for  the  case  of  each  noun  in  ioi. 

lesson  xm 

567.  Decline  miser  and  vester.  Inflect  supers  in  the  present  in- 
dicative active.  How  does  the  meaning  of  tuus  differ  from  that  of 
vester?  What  is  an  appositive  ?  Find  examples  of  an  appositive  in 
96  and  in  101.  What  is  the  rule  for  the  case  of  an  appositive?! 
What  is  the  rule  for  the  agreement  of  an  adjective  ?  Say  in  Latin  j 
for  my  friend  Galba.  What  English  words  appear  to  be  derived 
from  miser,  multus,  and  voco  ?  What  kind  of  clause  begins  with 
quod  in  sentence  7  of  105  ? 

LESSON  XIV 

568.  Give  two  uses  of  the  nominative  and  two  of  the  dative, 
and  one  usage  of  each  of  the  other  cases.  Give  seven  Latin  adjec- 
tives that  are  accompanied  by  the  dative.     How  do   you    say  in 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS  231 

Latin  there  is  ?  there  are  ?  Inflect  sum  in  the  present,  imperfect,  and 
future  tenses.  Decline  servus,  vir,  filius.  What  adjectives  have  you 
learned  that  keep  e  in  their  inflection  ?  In  what  two  ways  have  you 
used  amicus  ?  What  is  the  rule  for  the  dative  with  adjectives  ? 
Give  English  derivatives  of  propinquus  and  proximus. 

LESSON  XV 

569.  Decline  legatus  and  scutum.    Inflect   pugno   and   compleo 

in  the  imperfect  indicative  active.  Give  two  uses  of  the  ablative. 
Which  use  requires  a  preposition  ?  By  what  sort  of  prepositional 
phrases  is  the  ablative  of  means  to  be  translated  ?  What  is  the  tense 
sign  of  the  imperfect  indicative  active  ?  Divide  exspectabamus  in  such 
a  way  as  to  show  the  stem,  the  tense  sign,  and  the  personal  ending. 
Which  personal  ending  of  the  imperfect  is  unlike  that  of  the  present  ? 
Express  in  Latin  t  by  an  oar,  with  water,  by  means  of  money.  What 
kind  of  action  is  expressed  by  the  imperfect  ? 

LESSON  XVI 

570.  Inflect  Iab5r5  and  teneo  in  the  future  indicative  active.  Give 
three  uses  of  the  ablative,  two  of  the  dative,  and  one  of  the  geni- 
tive. Which  two  cases  are  used  with  prepositions  in  Latin  ?  Give 
two  uses  of  the  accusative.  What  preposition  in  Latin  is  used  with 
two  cases  ?  What  is  the  tense  sign  of  the  future  indicative  active  ? 
Translate  cum  cura  in  two  ways.  When  may  cum  be  omitted  in 
phrases  of  manner?  Say  in  Latin  with  a  sword  and  with  zeal. 
Give  English  derivatives  of  Iab5r5.    Decline  aeger. 

LESSON  XVII 

571.  What  forms  are  given  as  the  principal  parts  of  a  verb  ? 
Give  the  principal  parts  of  laudo.  What  are  the  present  and  the 
perfect  stem  of  laudo  ?  What  tenses  use  the  present  stem  in  their 
inflection  (as  far  as  you  have  studied  the  verb)  ?  What  are  the 
personal  endings  of  the  perfect  indicative  active  ?  What  tenses  use 
the  perfect  stem  in  their  inflection?    Inflect  laudo   in  the  perfect 


232  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

indicative  active.  What  is  the  difference  between  the  perfect  definite 
and  the  perfect  indefinite  ?  Translate  the  perfect  of  laudo  in  both  ways. 
Tell  the  reason  for  the  case  of  each  noun  and  adjective  in  138. 

LESSON  XVIII 

572.  Give  four  uses  of  the  ablative.  Which  uses  of  the  ablative 
take  cum  ?  Inflect  video  in  the  perfect  indicative  active  and  maneo 
in  the  imperfect  indicative  active.  Express  in  Latin  with  the  Romans, 
with  danger,  with  a  shield,  in  Italy,  i?ito  Germany.  Decline  perlculum 
and  locus.  What  are  the  perfect  stems  of  the  verbs  in  139?  Give 
English  derivatives  of  captivus,  causa,  and  locus. 

LESSON  XIX 

573.  What  is  a  demonstrative  ?  Give  an  example  in  English.  In 
what  ways  is  the  demonstrative  is  used  ?  Inflect  sum,  hiemo,  and 
maneo  in  the  tenses  of  the  indicative  active .  through  the  perfect. 
Express  in  Latin  she  has  been  kind,  they  have  been  friends.  Decline 
is  and  proximus.  What  is  the  normal  position  of  a  modifying  adjec- 
tive ?  What  is  the  normal  position  of  is  when  it  is  an  adjective  ? 
Tell  the  reason  for  the  case  of  each  noun  and  adjective  in  150. 

LESSON  XX 

574.  What  is  the  difference  in  the  action  expressed  by  the  imper- 
fect and  the  perfect  tense  ?  What  is  the  perfect  stem  of  sum  S 
Decline  the  interrogative  pronoun  quis.  Decline  the  interrogative 
adjective  qui.  Express  in  Latin  whose  horse  ?  of  those  men,  with  thai 
girl,  with  which  spears?  Make  a  synopsis  (671)  of  sum  in  each  per- 
son for  the  tenses  you  have  studied.    Decline  animus  and  imperium. 

LESSON  XXI 

575.  Give  the  infinitives  of  amo,  moneo,  and  rego.  What  lettei 
of  the  infinitive  needs  to  be  especially  noticed  ?  Why  ?  What  are  the 
perfect  stems  of  amo,  moneo,  and  mitto  ?    Translate  the  third  persor 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS  233 

singular  of  the  perfect  indicative  active  of  duco  in  two  ways.  What 
is  the  tense  sign  of  the  future  in  the  first  and  second  conjugations? 
in  the  third  ?  Inflect  mitto  in  the  indicative  active  through  the 
perfect.  Inflect  duco  and  emo  in  the  present  and  future  indicative 
active.  Give  English  derivatives  of  duco  and  mitto.  Make  a  synopsis 
of  amo  in  each  person  through  the  perfect  indicative. 

LESSON  XXIII 

576.  What  three  things  must  you  know  about  each  noun  of  the 
third  declension  to  be  able  to  decline  it  ?  What  are  the  case  endings 
of  this  declension  ?  What  case  endings  are  the  same  ?  Decline 
eques,  dux,  lapis,  and  caput.  Decline  rex  noster.  Make  a  synopsis 
of  mitto  in  each  person  for  the  tenses  you  have  studied.  Give 
English  derivatives  of  the  words  in   172. 

LESSON  XXIV 

577.  What  uses  of  the  accusative  and  ablative  cases  have  you  now 
studied?  What  is  the  difference  between  phrases  of  place  from 
which  introduced  by  ab,  ex,  and  de  ?  Give  the  rules  for  place  from 
which  and  place  to  which.  In  what  forms  is  the  inflection  of  capio 
unlike  that  of  rego  ?  Inflect  fugio  in  the  present,  imperfect,  future, 
and  perfect  indicative  active.  Decline  murus  and  pes.  Express  in 
Latin  he  fled  toward  the  gate,  he  fled  out  of  the  gate,  he  fled  away 
from  the  gate.  Give  the  genitive  endings  for  the  first  three  declen- 
sions ;  then  the  dative  endings,  and  so  on.  From  what  Latin  words 
are  pedal,  mitral,  and  dismiss  derived  ?  Tell  the  reason  for  the 
case  of  each  noun  in  181. 

LESSON  XXV 

578.  Give  five  uses  of  the  ablative  case,  and  illustrate  each  with  a 
Latin  phrase.  Decline  homo  bonus,  quod  vulnus,  and  corpus.  What 
English  words  are  used  to  translate  the  ablative  of  cause  ?  What 
uses  of  the  ablative  require  a  preposition  ?  In  what  two  uses  of  the 
ablative  is  cum  employed  ?   Inflect  doleo  in  the  present,  imperfect, 


234  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

future,  and  perfect  indicative  active.  In  what  two  ways  may  the 
dative  case  be  used  ?  What  two  ways  are  there  of  expressing  a 
phrase  introduced  by  to  ?  Make  a  synopsis  of  capio  in  each  person 
through  the  perfect  indicative  active. 

LESSON  XXVI 

579.  What  are  the  regular  case  endings  for  nouns  of  the  third 
declension  of  each  gender  ?  What  nouns  have  i-stems  ?  How  do 
nouns  with  i-stems  differ  in  declension  from  other  nouns  of  the  third 
declension  ?  What  is  an  enclitic  ?  Give  two  examples.  Decline  lapis, 
civis,  and  urbs.  Express  in  Latin  because  of  our  courage,  .sons  of  these 
citizens.  From  what  Latin  words  are  civilize,  finite,  ignition,  marine, 
and  interurban  derived  ? 

LESSON  XXVII 

580.  What  preposition  is  used  with  both  the  accusative  and  the 
ablative  case  ?  Decline  finis  and  mare.  Decline  aeger.  What  two 
meanings  has  inter  ?  How  do  you  say  with  and  because  of  in  Latin  ? 
What  forms  of  adjectives  are  used  as  nouns  ?  Say  in  Latin  among 
the  allies,  after  the  war,  across  the  sea,  against  the  soldiers,  toward  the 
province,  through  the  cities,  without  a  friend. 

LESSON  XXIX 

581.  Decline  audax,  brevis,  and  acer.  Decline  omnes  Roman!, 
periculum  commune,  and  dux  fortis.  What  English  words  are  derived 
from  gravis,  omnis,  and  fortis  ?  What  is  the  more  common  ending 
for  the  ablative  singular  of  adjectives  of  the  third  declension  ?  How 
can  you  tell  from  the  vocabularies  whether  an  adjective  of  the  third 
declension  has  one,  two,  or  three  terminations  ?  Express  in  Latin 
for  an  eager  man,  with  all  the  citizens,  among  the  brave  centurions. 
Tell  the  reason  for  the  case  of  each  noun  in  302. 

LESSON  XXX 

582.  How  can  you  tell  a  verb  of  the  fourth  conjugation  from  a 
verb  in  -io  of  the  third  conjugation  ?  How  do  verbs  of  the  fourth  con- 
jugation differ  in  inflection  from  verbs  in  -io  of  the  third  conjugation  ? 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS  235 

Inflect  defendo  and  venio  in  the  present,  imperfect,  future,  and  per- 
fect indicative  active,  and  make  synopses  of  each.  What  are  the 
present  and  perfect  stems  of  the  verbs  in  213  ?  Decline  flumen  and 
dux  nobilis.  What  English  words  are  derived  from  pauci,  nobilis, 
audio,  and  defendo  ?  What  are  the  principal  parts  of  duco,  mitto, 
capiS,  fugio,  and  iacio  ? 

LESSON  XXXI 

583.  Give  eight  uses  of  the  ablative  case,  two  of  the  dative, 
and  two  of  the  accusative.  Inflect  gero  in  all  the  tenses  you  have 
studied.  Decline  ea  aestas,  secundus  annus,  nox,  and  tempus  breve. 
Express  in  Latin  within  ten  hours,  at  that  time,  during  the  second 
summer.  What  is  %the  rule  for  the  expression  of  time  when  in 
Latin  ?  From  what  Latin  words  are  perennial,  decimate,  primitive, 
extemporaneous,  and  belligerent  derived  ? 

LESSON  xxxn 

584.  What  auxiliary  word  must  be  used  in  translating  the  pluper- 
fect ?  How  are  the  pluperfect  and  future  perfect  tenses  formed  ? 
Inflect  venio,  sum,  and  gero  in  these  tenses.  What  is  the  Latin  way 
of  saying  the  Roman  people}  What  is  the  perfect  system  of  a 
verb  ?  What  is  the  difference  in  the  meaning  of  Gallus  and  Gallia  ? 
What  is  the  meaning  of  fuerat  ?  of  habuerat  ?  Write  a  Latin  sentence 
containing  an  ablative  of  cause,  an  ablative  of  accompaniment,  and 
a  pluperfect  indicative  active. 

LESSON  xxxni 

585.  In  what  two  ways  may  a  demonstrative  be  used  ?  Distin- 
guish between  is,  hie,  and  ille.  Decline  these  words.  Give  the  com- 
plete rules  for  place  from  which  and  place  to  which.  Express  in 
Latin  from  Italy,  from  Rome,  to  Gaul,  to  Athens.  Make  a  synopsis 
of  gero  in  the  third  person  singular  and  plural  of  the  indicative 
active.  From  the  derivation  of  the  words  what  is  the  difference 
between  a  society  and  a  fraternity  ? 


236  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

LESSON  XXXV 

586.  What  is  the  passive  voice  ?  What  are  the  personal  endings 
of  the  passive  voice  ?  In  passive  sentences  how  is  the  person  doing 
the  act  expressed  in  Latin  ?  How  is  the  thing  doing  the  act  ex- 
pressed ?  Inflect  supero  and  video  in  the  present,  imperfect,  and 
future  indicative  passive,  and  make  synopses  of  each.  In  how 
many  ways  have  you  used  the  ablative  case  ?  How  many  of  these 
uses  employ  a  or  ab  ?  How  many  employ  cum  ?  Express  in  Latin 
they  are  overcome  by  iveapofis,  they  are  overcome  by  the  Gauls. 
Where  does  the  tense  sign  in  the  passive  differ  from  the  tense  sign 
in  the  active  ? 

LESSON  XXXVI 

587.  What  is  the  antecedent  of  a  relative  'pronoun  ?  In  what 
respects  does  a  relative  agree  with  its  antecedent  ?  In  what  case  is  a 
relative  ?  Decline  qui.  Inflect  vasto  in  the  active  indicative,  and 
make  a  synopsis  of  the  third  person  singular  and  plural  in  the 
passive.  Decline  vestrum  consilium,  legio  prima,  and  turris.  Ex- 
press in  Latin  the  traders  to  whom  I  gave,  the  traders  toward  whom, 
among  the  mountains  which  I  see,  against  those  men  whose  softs  are. 
Give  English  derivatives  from  the  words  in  249. 

LESSON   XXXVII 

588.  Decline  castra  and  consul  Romanus.   Inflect  vinco  and  recipio 

in  the  present  system  active  and  passive.  Make  synopses  in  the  third 
person  singular  and  plural  of  vinco.  What  is  the  second  person  sin- 
gular of  the  present  passive  of  gero  ?  the  second  person  singular  of 
the  future  passive  of  vinco  ?  What  are  the  third  persons  plural  of 
the  present  and  future  active  and  passive  of  duco  and  iacio  ?  From 
what  Latin  words  are  pacific,  consulate,  reception,  and  victor  derived  ? 

LESSON  XXXVIII 

589.  Decline  the  personal  pronouns  of  the  first,  second,  and  third 
persons.  Decline  the  reflexive  pronouns  of  the  first,  second,  and 
third  persons.     Why   is   the  nominative  of  reflexive   pronouns  not 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS  '    237 

needed  ?  Express  in  Latin  his,  her,  their,  to  him,  to  himself,  him,  him- 
self, to  me,  with  us.  Inflect  interficio  in  the  active  and  passive  indicative 
through  the  perfect  tense,  and  make  synopses  in  the  third  person  sin- 
gular and  plural.  What  is  the  position  of  cum  when  it  is  used  with 
personal  pronouns  ? 

LESSON  XXXIX 

590.  Inflect  dico  in  the  perfect  system,  and  impedio  in  the  present 
system.  Make  a  synopsis  of  incito  in  the  third  person  singular  and  of 
praebeo  in  the  third  person  plural.  Give  English  words  derived  from 
dico,  impedio,  and  incito.  What  is  the  difference  in  meaning  of  the  per- 
fect indefinite  and  the  imperfect  ?  Decline  aedificium.  Tell  the  reason 
for  the  case  of  each  noun,  adjective,  and  relative  pronoun  in  275. 

LESSON  XL 

591.  What  kind  of  word  is-suus  ?  When  should  it  be  used  ?  When 
may  it  be  omitted  ?  How  do  you  say  his,  her,  its,  their,  when  they 
are  not  reflexive  ?  What  kind  of  words  are  followed  by  an  ablative  of 
separation  ?  Give  six  verbs  that  may  be  followed  by  this  ablative. 
What  prepositions  are  used  with  the  ablative  of  separation  ?  What 
other  ablative  is  of  the  same  nature  as  the  ablative  of  separation  ? 
Inflect  desisto  in  the  indicative  active,  and  intercludo  in  the  indicative 
passive.    Give  English  derivatives  from  privo,  prohibeo,  and  desisto. 

LESSON  XLI 

592.  What  tenses  of  the  verb  belong  to  the  present  system  ?  to 
the  perfect  system  ?  to  the  participial  system  ?  Point  out  six  uses  of 
the  ablative  in  290.  Inflect  gero  throughout  the  indicative  passive. 
Decline  impedimentum,  imperator,  and  mora  brevis.  How  do  con- 
cilium and  consilium  differ  in  meaning  ?  Why  does  a  participle 
change  its  endings  ? 

LESSON  XLII 

593.  What  are  the  case  endings  of  the  fourth  declension  ?  What 
is  the  rule  for  the  gender  of  nouns  of  the  fourth  declension  ?  What  ex- 
ceptions are  there  to  this  rule  ?    Decline  lacus,  adventus,  domus,  and 


238  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

cornu.  Inflect  munio  in  the  participial  system,  and  make  a  synopsis 
in  the  third  person  plural  active  and  passive.  How  are  place  from 
which  and  place  to  which  expressed  with  the  word  domus  ?  Give 
English  words  derived  from  adventus,  manus,  and  munio. 

LESSON  XLIII 

594.  What  are  the  three  degrees  of  comparison  of  adjectives  ? 
Compare  fortis  and  longus.  Decline  the  positive,  comparative,  and 
superlative  of  gravis.  Inflect  peto  in  the  indicative  active  and  pas- 
sive. Make  a  synopsis  of  facio  in  the  first  person  plural  of  the  active 
voice.  Decline  senatus  Romanus  and  iter  longum.  How  do  you  say 
in  Latin  rather  long,  too  new,  very  brave,  I  shall  march,  we  were 
attacking  ? 

LESSON  XLIV 

595.  Compare  similis,  dissimilis,  ^nd  nobilis.  Give  two  uses 
of  the  genitive  and  two  of  the  dative  case.  What  is  a  partitive 
genitive  ?  Give  an  exception  .to  the  rule  for  the  partitive  genitive. 
Decline  pars  and  litus  angustum.  What  adjectives  are  compared 
like  similis  ?    Compare  acer,  and  decline  its  comparative. 

LESSON  XL VI 

596.  Compare  bonus,  summus,  peior,  plurimus,  minus,  and  maio- 
rem,  and  decline  each  in  the  comparative  degree.  How  is  the  com- 
parative of  multus  used  ?  What  does  summus  mons  mean  ?  Give 
English  words  that  are  derived  from  the  words  in  316.  Give  all 
the  ways  in  which  you  have  used  each  case. 

LESSON  XLVn 

597.  What  do  adverbs  modify  ?  What  is  the  regular  way  of  form- 
ing adverbs  from  adjectives  ?  What  cases  of  adjectives  are  used  as 
adverbs  ?  Give  examples.  Form  and  compare  an  adverb  from  an 
adjective  of  the  first  and  second  declensions ;  from  an  adjective  of 
the  third  declension  of  one  ending.  Form  and  compare  adverbs  from 
acer,  miser,  and  bonito.    Decline  multitude.    Inflect  do  throughout 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS  239 

the  indicative.  Inflect  praemitto  in  the  participial  system.  Make  a 
synopsis  of  relinquo  in  the  third  person  plural.  Tell  the  reason  for 
the  case  of  the  nouns  in  329. 

LESSON  XLVHI 

598.-  What  are  the  case  endings  for  each  declension  in  the  nomi- 
native singular  ?  in  the  genitive  singular  ?  in  the  other  cases  ?  What 
is  the  gender  of  nouns  of .  the  fourth  declension  ?  of  the  fifth  ?  Give 
the  case  endings  of  the  fifth  declension.  Decline  dies,  res,  and  acies. 
Inflect  pono  in  the  present  and  the  future  indicative  active,  and 
Instruo  in  the  present  system.  Make  a  synopsis  of  pono  in  the  third 
person  singular.  Give  three  uses  of  the  accusative  case.  How  is 
time  during  which  expressed  ?    How  is  duration  of  time  expressed  ? 

LESSON  L 

599.  What  tenses  has  the  subjunctive  ?  What  vowels  characterize 
the  present  subjunctive  of  the  several  conjugations  ?  Inflect  the 
present  subjunctive  active  and  passive  of  laudo,  video,  gero,  recipio, 
audio,  and  sum.  To  which  system  of  the  verb  does  the  present  sub- 
junctive belong  ?  How  is  purpose  expressed  in  English  ?  How  in 
Latin?  When  is  ut  used  in  purpose  clauses?  When  is  ne  used? 
Translate  venit  ut  videat  in  five  ways.  Are  purpose  clauses  inde- 
pendent or  dependent?  Are  they  adjectives,  adverbs,  or  nouns  in 
nature  ? 

LESSON  LI 

600.  How  is  the  imperfect  subjunctive  formed  ?  Inflect  the  pres- 
ent and  the  imperfect  subjunctive  active  and  passive  of  porto,  terreo, 
mitto,  iacio,  and  munio.  To  which  system  does  the  imperfect  sub- 
junctive belong?  What  do  you  understand  by  sequence  of  tenses? 
What  are  the  primary  tenses  ?  What  are  the  secondary  tenses  ? 
Give  the  rules  for  the  sequence  of  tenses,  and  for  the  tense  of  the 
subjunctive  in  purpose  clauses.  Translate  venit  ut  videret  in  as  many 
ways  as  you  can.  Tell  the  reason  for  the  tense  of  each  subjunctive 
in  353- 


240  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

LESSON  LII 

601.  Explain  the  difference  between  a  substantive  clause  of  pur- 
pose and  an  adverbial  clause  of  purpose.  Give  an  example  of  each. 
With  what  verbs  are  substantive  clauses  of  purpose  found  ?  What  is 
the  rule  for  result  clauses  ?  What  words  in  the  independent  clause 
indicate  that  a  result  clause  will  follow  ?  Inflect  ago  in  the  present 
system.    What  English  words  are  derived  from  ago  and  impero  ? 

LESSON  LIV 

602.  What  is  an  indirect  question  ?  In  what  mood  is  its  verb  ? 
State  when  each  tense  may  be  used.  How  is  the  perfect  subjunctive 
formed  in  the  active  voice  ?  in  the  passive  ?  Inflect  rogo  in  all  the 
tenses  of  the  subjunctive  active.  To  which  system  do  the  perfect 
and  the  pluperfect  passive  subjunctive  belong?  Inflect  audio  in  all 
tenses  of  that  system.  Make  a  synopsis  of  rog5  in  the  third  person 
singular.  Express  in  Latin  /  know  who  is  fghting,  I  knew  who  had 
fought.  Tell  the  reason  for  the  mood  and  tense  of  each  subjunctive 
in375- 

LESSON  LV 

603.  Count  in  Latin  to  ten.  What  are  cardinals  ?  What  are  ordi- 
nals ?  Decline  unus,  duo,  tres,  and  mille.  How  is  mille  used  ?  What 
is  the  difference  between  the  possessive  and  the  objective  genitive  ? 
Give  examples  of  each.  Inflect  the  subjunctive  active  of  discedo. 
Decline  passus  and  dexter.  What  Latin  words  are  suggested  by 
timorous,  million,  unicorn,  dual,  dexterity,  memory  ?  Give  all  the 
English  words  you  can  think  of  that  are  derived  from  unus. 

LESSON  LVI 

604.  Decline   aeger   and   neuter.     Decline   magnus   and   nullus. 

What  are  the  ten  irregular  adjectives  of  the  first  and  second  declen- 
sions ?  Give  English  derivatives  from  the  words  in  386.  Say  in 
Latin  which  of  the  two  do  you  see  ?  one  is  a  farmer,  another  is  a 
slave,  a  third  is  a  poet. 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS  241 

LESSON  LVII 

605.  How  many  tenses  has  the  infinitive  mood  ?  What  are  they  ? 
How  is  each  formed  ?  To  which  system  of  the  verb  does  the  per- 
fect infinitive  active  belong  ?  the  perfect  infinitive  passive  ?  the 
future  infinitive  active  ?  How  is  the  future  active  participle'  of  a 
verb  formed  ?  What  aVe  the  infinitives  of  gero  ?  What  do  they 
mean  ?  What  part  of  speech  is  an  infinitive  ?  Name  two  uses  of 
the  infinitive,  and  illustrate  each  by  a  Latin  sentence.  What  is  a 
complementary  infinitive  ?  What  is  the  case  of  a  predicate  adjective 
after  a  complementary  infinitive  ?  What  English  words  are  suggested 
by  debeo  ?    Tell  how  each  infinitive  in  396  is  used. 

LESSON  LVIII 

606.  Mention  three  uses  of  the  infinitive  mood.  Say  in  Latin  / 
desire  to  learn  the  way  and  /  desire  you  to  learn  the  way.  What  uses 
of  the  infinitive  do  these  sentences  illustrate  ?  What  kind  of  clause  is 
used  with  impero  ?  with  iubeo  ?  W7hat  is  an  indirect  statement  ?  In 
what  mood  is  its  verb  ?  When  are  the  different  tenses  of  this  mood 
used  in  indirect  statements  ?  What  is  an  indirect  question  ?  In  what 
mood  is  the  verb  of  an  indirect  question  ?  When  are  the  different 
tenses  of  this  mood  used  in  indirect  questions  ?  When  se  and  suus 
occur  in  indirect  statements,  to  what  do  they  frequently  refer  ?  Ex- 
press in  Latin  Ccesar  was  a  general;  then  express  it  indirectly  after 
/  know,  J  knew,  and  I  shall  know.  Give  English  derivatives  from 
the  words  in  403.  Make  a  synopsis  of  iubeo  in  the  third  person  sin- 
gular. Give  the  infinitives  of  iubeo  and  of  cognosco.  Explain  the 
reason  for  the  tense  of  each  infinitive  in  404. 

LESSON  LX 

607.  Give  the  meanings  of  is,  idem,  hie,  ille,  iste,  ipse.  Of  what 
is  idem  compounded?  What  part  of  idem  remains  unchanged  in 
declension  ?  How  is  the  accusative  singular  masculine  written  ?  Pro- 
nounce the  neuter  nominative  singular.  What  does  ipse  do  in  a  sen- 
tence ?    Inflect  possum  throughout  and  make  synopses.   What  usage 


242  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

of  the  infinitive  generally  accompanies  possum  ?  What  English  words 
are  derived  from  nihil,  puto,  respondeo,  and  nuntio? 

LESSON  LXI 

608.  Name  four  indefinite  pronouns.  Decline  quidam  and  aliquis. 
Name  seven  kinds  of  pronouns,  giving  an  example  of  each.  Review 
the  declension  of  the  various  pronouns.  Give  the  usages  that  you 
have  learned  for  the  several  cases  of  nouns.  Illustrate  each  by  a 
brief  Latin  sentence. 

LESSON  LXn 

609.  Recite  the  rule  for  the  dative  with  compounds.  Give  some 
compound  verbs  with  which  the  dative  is  used.  What  is  the  double 
dative  ?  Inflect  desum  in  all  moods.  Name  a  compound  verb  which 
takes  both  an  accusative  and  a  dative.  What  Latin  words  are  sug- 
gested by  the  English  words  munitions,  prefect,  subsidize,  occurrence  ? 
Illustrate  the  dative  of  purpose  by  a  Latin  sentence.  Tell  the  reason 
for  the  case  of  the  nouns  and  for  the  mood  and  tense  of  the  sub- 
junctives in  430. 

LESSON  LXm 

610.  Inflect  volo  and  nolo.  Make  a  synopsis  of  each  in  the  third 
person  singular  and  plural.  Give  the  rule  for  the  dative  with  special 
intransitive  verbs,  and  name  verbs  followed  by  such  a  dative.  Say  in 
Latin  in  two  ways  Ccesar  ordered  the  men  to  come  into  the  camp. 
Decline  mulier,  sol,  and  occasus.  Inflect  resists  in  the  present  sub- 
junctive and  the  future  indicative  active.  Explain  sequence  of  tenses. 
What  tenses  are  used  in  purpose  clauses,  and  when  ? 

LESSON  LXV 

611.  How  is  the  present  participle  formed?  the  future  active 
participle  ?  the  future  passive  participle  ?  Give  the  participles  of 
gero  and  their  meanings.  Decline  fugigns.  What  part  of  speech  is 
a  participle  ?  What  is  the  rule  for  the  agreement  of  participles  ? 
Explain  the  tenses  of  participles.    Translate  Galli  territi  ex  agris 


REVIEW  QUESTIONS  243 

fugiebant  in  six  ways.  Give  English  words  derived  from ,  com- 
moveo  and  reduco.  Inflect  commoveo  in  the  present  system.  Give 
the  infinitives  and  the  participles  of  reduco. 

LESSON  LXVII 

612.  What  is  an  ablative  absolute  ?  In  what  three  ways  is  it 
formed  ?  Give  examples.  Which  participles  are  used  in  making  the 
ablative  absolute,  and  what  time  do  they  express  ?  Translate  bello 
facto  in  five  ways.  Express  in  Latin  having  captured  the  town  they 
freed  the  captives.  Decline  deditio  and  ripa.  What  does  media  urbs 
mean  ?   Give  the  rule  for  the  ablative  absolute. 

LESSON  LXVIII 

613.  Name  two  parts  of  the  verb  which  are  verbal  nouns. 
Decline  the  gerunds  of  iacio  and  of  mitto.  What  is  used  in  place  of 
the  nominative  of  the  gerund  ?  Translate  ad  petendum.  What  other 
ways  of  expressing  the  same  idea  are  there  in  Latin  ?  Inflect  eo 
throughout.  Make  synopses  in  each  person.  Decline  nomen  and 
spatium.  Give  English  words  suggested  by  the  Latin  words  of  463. 
Give  the  infinitives  and  the  participles  of  oro,  with  their  meanings. 

LESSON  LXIX 

614.  What  other  name  has  the  gerundive?  What  part  of  speech 
is  a  gerund  ?  What  part  of  speech  is  a  gerundive  ?  Decline  the 
gerund  and  the  gerundive  of  video.  Name  two  uses  of  the  gerun- 
dive. Express  in  Latin  for  the  purpose  of  capturing  the  city  and  the 
signal  had  to  be  given.  Decline  vis.  Inflect  augeo  in  the  indicative 
active,  convenio  in  the  subjunctive  active,  and  fero  throughout,  and  give 
synopses  of  each.   State  what  you  know  about  the  uses  of  participles. 

LESSON  LXXI 

615.  W7hat  is  a  deponent  verb  ?  What  active  forms  has  a  deponent 
verb  ?  Inflect  conor  throughout.  Give  a  Latin  sentence  containing 
an  ablative  of  specification.    What  uses  of  the  ablative  case  do  you 


244  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

know?    What  English  words  are  suggested  by  sequor,  hortor,  and 
experior  ?    Make  a  synopsis  of  sequor  in  the  third  person  singular. 

LESSON  LXXII 

616.  Inflect  facio  in  the  active  and  the  passive  voice.  Make  a 
synopsis  of  vereor  in  the  third  person  plural.  What  is  a  clause  ? 
What  clauses  thus  far  studied  have  had  a  verb  in  the  subjunctive  ? 
in  the  infinitive  ?  Recite  the  rule  for  temporal  clauses  introduced  by 
cum.    Say  in  Latin  /  was  informed  by  you,  you  i?iformed  me. 

LESSON  LXXTV 

617.  What  substantive  clauses  have  you  studied  .?  In  which  mood 
are  their  verbs  ?  Give  the  rule  for  quod  clauses  of  fact.  Say  in 
Latin  that  road,  as  we  have  shown,  was  more  difficult.  Decline 
legatio.  Inflect  egredior  throughout  Make  synopses  of  cogo.  Give 
English  words  suggested  by  the  words  in  498. 

LESSON  LXXV 

618.  What  is  the  rule  for  the  main  verb  of  a  statement  that  is 
given  indirectly  ?  for  the  subordinate  verb  of  such  a  statement  ? 
What  determines  the  sequence  of  tenses  in  indirect  statements  I 
Compare  celeriter  and  decline  initium.  Inflect  moror  and  revertor 
throughout.  What  uses  do  you  know  for  each  case  of  nouns  (512)?! 
How  have  you  used  the  subjunctive  mood  (513)?  the  infinitive 
(513)?   the  participle  (513)? 


APPENDIX  I 

RULES  OF  SYNTAX 

Note.  These  rules  are  here  numbered  consecutively  for  the  convenience 
of  teachers  and  pupils.  The  number  in  parentheses  following  a  rule  is  its 
section  number. 

619.  Agreement. 

1.  A  verb  agrees  with  its  subject  in  person  and  number  (29). 

2.  A  predicate  noun  agrees  in  case  with  the  subject  of  the  verb  (87). 

3.  A  predicate  adjective  agrees  in  gender,  number,  and  case  with 
the  subject  of  the  verb  (88). 

4.  kAn  appositive  agrees  in  case  with  the  noun  which  it  explains  (94). 

5.  Adjectives  agree  with  their  nouns  in  gender,  number,  and  case 
(79)- 

6.  A  predicate  adjective  used  with  a  complementary  infinitive 
agrees  in  gender,  number,  and  case  with  the  subject  of  the  main 
verb  (394,  b). ' 

7.  A  relative  pronoun  agrees  with  its  antecedent  in  gender  and 
number,  but  its  case  depends  on  the  way  it  is  used  in  its  own 
clause  (248). 

620.  Nominative  Case. 

8.  The  subject  of  a  verb  is  in  the  nominative  case  (28). 

621.  Genitive  Case. 

9.  The  word  denoting  the  owner  or  possessor  is  in  the  genitive 
case  (44). 

10.  Words  denoting  a  part  may  have  with  them  a  genitive  of  the 
whole  from  which  the  part  is  taken  (309). 

RE  245 


246  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

.  11.  Some  nouns  of  action  and  feeling  may  have  with  them  a 
genitive  to  express  the  object  of  the  action  or  feeling  implied  in  the 
nouns  (381). 

12.  The  genitive  denotes  that  of  which  something  consists  or  is 
made  (p.  79,  note  1) 

622.  Dative  Case. 

13.  The  indirect  object  of  a  verb  is  in  the  dative  case  (57). 

14.  Certain  adjectives  meaning  n  ear,  fit,  friendly,  pi easi?ig,  like,  and 
their  opposites,  may  be  accompanied  by  a  dative  to  show  the  person 
or  the  thing  toward  which  the  quality  of  the  adjective  is  directed  (in). 

15.  Some  verbs  compounded  with  ad,  ante,  con,  de,  in,  inter,  ob, 
post,  prae,  pro,  sub,  and  super,  take  a  dative  of  the  indirect  object. 
Transitive  compounds  may  take  both  an  accusative  and  a  dative  (425). 

16.  The  dative  is  used  to  denote  the  purpose  for  which  a  thing 
serves  (427). 

17.  The  dative  is  used  to  denote  the  person  (or,  rarely,  the  thing) 
affected  by  the  action  or  situation  expressed  by  the  verb  (428). 

18.  Most  verbs  meaning  believe,  favor,  help,  please,  trust,  and 
their  opposites,  also  command,  obey,  pardoii,  persuade,  resist,  servei 
spare,  and  the  like,  take  a  dative  of  the  indirect  object  (433). 

623.  Accusative  Case. 

19.  The  object  of  a  verb  is  in  the  accusative  case  (7,3). 

20.  Place  to  which  is  usually  expressed  by  the  accusative  with  ad 
or  in  ;  but  with  the  names  of  towns,  and  with  domus,  the  preposition  is  j 
omitted  (230,  b). 

21.  The  accusative  is  used  with  certain  prepositions  (193). 

22.  Extent  of  time  or  of  space  is  expressed  by  the  accusative  (333)^1 

23.  The  subject  of  the  infinitive  is  in  the  accusative  (399). 

624.  Ablative  Case. 

24.  Place  tvhere  is  commonly  expressed  by  a  phrase  consisting  of 
a  preposition,  usually  in,  with  the  ablative  case  (59). 


APPENDIX  I  247 

25.  The  means  by  which  an  action  is  accomplished  is  expressed  by 
the  ablative  without  a  preposition  (122). 

26.  The  ablative  with  cum  is  used  with. abstract  nouns  to  denote 
the  manner  of  an  action ;  but  cum  may  be  omitted  if  an  adjective 
modifies  the  noun  of  the  phrase"  (129). 

27.  The  ablative  with  cum  is  used  to  show  accompaniment  (143). 

28.  Place  from  which  is  usually  expressed  by  the  ablative  with 
a  (ab),  de,  e  (ex);  but  with  the  names  of  towns,  and  with  domus, 
the  preposition  is  omitted  (230,  a). 

29.  The  ablative  without  a  preposition  is  used  to  express  cause 

(i85). 

30.  The  ablative  is  used  with  certain  prepositions  (194). 

31.  The  time  at  which  or  within  which  a  thing  happens  is  expressed 
by  the  ablative  without  a  preposition  (219). 

32.  The  personal  agent  with  a  passive  verb  is  expressed  by  the 
ablative  with  a  or  ab  (243). 

33.  Words  signifying  privation,  removal,  or  separation  are  followed 
by  the  ablative  without  a  preposition,  or  with  the  prepositions  a  (ab), 
de,  e  (ex)  (282). 

34.  The  degree  of  difference  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  (321). 

35.  The  ablative  of  a  noun  or  pronoun,  with  a  participle,  a  noun, 
or  an  adjective  in  agreement,  is  used  to  express  time,  cause,  concession, 
condition,  or  other  relations  (455). 

36.  The  ablative  without  a  preposition  is  used  to*  denote  in  what 
respect  something  is  true  (481). 

625.  Adverbial  Clauses. 

37.  The  cause  of  an  action  may  be  expressed  by  a  dependent  clause 
introduced  by  quod  (51). 

38.  The  subjunctive  is  used  with  ut  or  ne  in  a  dependent  clause 
to  express  the  purpose  of  the  action  stated  in  the  independent 
clause  (344). 


248  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

39.  The  subjunctive  is  used  with  ut  or  ut  non  in  a  dependent 
clause  to  express  the  result  of  the  action  stated  in  the  independent 
clause  (358). 

40.  Temporal  clauses  referring  to  past  time,  when  introduced  by 
cum,  have  their  verb  in  the  indicative  if  they  fix  the  time  of  an  action, 
but  in  the  subjunctive  if  they  describe  the  circumstances  of  an  action 

(488). 

41.  Adverbial  clauses  introduced  by  qua  and  ut  (=  as)  have  their 
verbs  in  the  indicative  (497). 

626.  Adjective  Clauses. 

42.  A  relative  clause  modifies  its  antecedent  as  an  adjective  modi- 
fies its  noun  (247,  b). 

627.  Substantive  Clauses. 

43.  Verbs  meaning  ask,  command,  persuade,  and  urge  may  have 
for  their  object  a  clause  of  purpose  with  its  verb  in  the  subjunctive 

(356). 

44.  An  indirect  question,  with  its  verb  in  the  subjunctive,  may  be 
used  as  the  subject  or  the  object  of  another  verb  (372,  b). 

45.  An  infinitive  with  subject  accusative  may  be  used  as  the 
subject  of  another  verb  (393). 

46.  An  infinitive  with  subject  accusative  may  be  used  as  the 
object  of  another  verb  (393). 

•47.  An  infinitive  with  subject  accusative  may  be  used  with  verbs 
meaning  say,  think,  know,  perceive,  and  the  like,  to  express  an  indirect 
statement  (401). 

48.  The  indicative  is  used  with  quod  in  a  substantive  clause  to  state 
something  which  is  regarded  as  a  fact  (496). 

628.  Participles,  the  Gerund,  and  the  Gerundive. 

4».  A  participle  may  be  used  as  an  adjective  to  modify  a  noun  ;  or 
it  may  express  the  idea  that  might  otherwise  be  expressed  by  a  clause 
of  time,  concession,  cause,  or  condition,  or  by  a  relative  clause  (443-445). 


APPENDIX  I  249 

50.  The  gerund  is  a  verbal  noun  used  in  the  genitive,  dative, 
accusative,  and  ablative  singular,  with  the  constructions  of  regular 
nouns  (461). 

51.  When  a  gerund  with  an  object  might  be  used,  the  gerundive  is 
the  more  usual  construction.  The  gerundive  is  a  verbal  adjective  in 
agreement  with  a  noun  (471,  472). 

52.  The  gerund  or  the  gerundive  with  ad  or  causa  may  be  used  to 
express  the  purpose  of  an  action  (461,  472). 

'53.  The  gerundive  is  used  with  the  forms  of  the  verb  sum  to  express 
necessary  action  (473). 

629.  Subordinate  Clauses  in  Indirect  Statements. 

54.  The  verbs  of  the  subordinate  clauses  of  an  indirect  statement 
are  in  the  subjunctive  (502). 


FORMATION  OF  LATIN  WORDS 

During  the  first  year  of  the  study  of  Latin  the  pupil  should  learn 
the  force  of  the  prefixes  and  suffixes  given  below. 

630.  Prefixes. 

a-  (ab-,  abs-),  away  from,  from  ab  +  duco  =  abduco,  lead  away 

ad-,  to,  toward,  against  ad  +  duco  =  adduco,  lead  to 

con-,  together  j  completely  con  +  duco  =  condiico,  lead  together 

de-,  down  from ;  fro7n  de  +  duco  =  deduco,  lead  down 

ex-  (e-),  out  from,  out  of;  completely  e  +  duco  =  educd,  lead  out 

in-,  in,  into,  on,  toward  in  -f  duco  =  indiico,  lead  in,  lead  on 

in-,  not ;  like  English  un-,  in-  in  +  amicus  =  inimlcus,  wifriendly 

inter-,  between  inter  +  cedo  =  intercedo,  go  between 

per-,  through;  thoroughly  per  +  duc5  =  perdiicS,  lead  through 

prae-,  in  front  of ,  in  advance  prae  +  mitto  =  praemitto,  send  ahead 

pr5-,  forward,  forth,  for  pro  +  duc5  =  prdducS,  lead  forth 

re-  (red-),  back,  again  re  +  ducd  =  rediicS,  lead  back 

sub-  (subs-),  under,  from  under,  up  su(b)s  +  teneo  =  sustineo,  hold  up, 

sustain 

trans-  (tra-),  across,  through  tra  +  duco  =  traduco,  lead  across 


250 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


appropinquo 

cognosco 

convoco 

depono 

exspecto 

reddo 

demonstro 

desum 

compleo 

conicio 

perturbo 

permitto 

praebeo 

transeo 

prohibeo 

progredior 

desisto 

exlstimo 

accipio 

confirmo 

debeo 

defendo 

Tnstruo 

persuadeo 

conloco 

adduco 

constituo 

reduco 

educo 

suscipio 

trado 

accedo 

commoveo 

perficio 

praeficio 

egredior 

praesto 

cogo 

praesum 

consuesco 

resisto . 

revertor 

excedo 

procedo 

631.  Explain  the  formation  of  the  following  verbs,  and  give  the 
meaning  of  each : 

incolo 

sustineo 

reperio 

respondeo 

recipio 

impedio 

incito 

expugno 

pervenio 

praemitto 

convenio 

632.  Suffixes. 

a.  The  suffixes  -tas,  -tus,  and  -ia,  when  added  to  the  stems  of 
nouns,  make  other  nouns  denoting  condition  or  characteristic : 

civi  (stem  of  clvis,  citizen)  +  tas  =  civitas,  citizenship  (the  condition 

or  characteristic  of  a  citizen) ;  state,  tribe. 
vir  (weakened  stem  of  vir,  7nan)  +  tus  =s  virtus,  manliness,  valor  (the 

characteristic  of  a  man). 

b.  The  suffixes  -ia,  -tia,  -tas,  and  -tudo,  when  added  to  the  stems 
of  adjectives,  make  abstract  nouns  denoting  quality  or  condition : 

alti  (weakened  stem  of  altus,  high)  +  tud5  =  altitiido,   height  (the  I 
quality  or  condition  of  being  high). 

c.  The  suffixes  -io,  -tio,  -tus,  and  -ium,  when  added  to  the  stems 
of  verbs,  make  verbal  nouns  denoting  an  act  or  the  result  of  an  act-. 

muni  (stem  of  munio,  fortify)  +  tio  =  mimitid,  a  fo7'tifyi?ig,  a  fortifi- 
cation (the  act  of  fortifying,  or  the  result  of  trie  act  of  fortifying). 

633.  Explain  the  formation  of  the  following  nouns : 


victoria 

natio 

aedificium 

celeritas 

deditio 

praemium 

consilium 

adventus 

difficultas 

eruptio 

studium 

legio 

exercitus 

munitio 

altitudo 

imperium 

multitudo 

equitatus 

praesidium 

facultas 

virtus 

civitas 

conspectus 

subsidium 

legatio 

conloquium 

tempestas 

memoria 

occasus 

condicio 

APPENDIX  I 


251 


ENGLISH   DERIVATIVES 

634.  Suggestions  for  a  Notebook.  In  making  a  collection  of  the 
English  words  that  are  derived  from  the  Latin  words  of  the  vocabu- 
laries, the  pupil  should  keep  the,  results  of  his  work  in  a  notebook. 
Such  a  book  should  contain,  in  addition  to  the  list  of  derivatives, 
the  definition  of  each  derivative,  and  a  brief  sentence  illustrating  its 
use.    A  suggested  form  of  arrangement  for  the  notebook  follows : 

Derivatives  of  Voco,%  call 


voco,  vocare,  vocavi, 
vocatus 


vocation,  vocational,  vocal,  evoke,  convoke,  convocation, 
vocative,  revoke,  invoke,  vociferous,  invocation 


vocation  :  a  calling,  occupation 

vocational :   pertaining  to  a  vocation  or  calling 

vocal :  pertaining  to  the  voice 

evoke :  call  out 

convoke :  call  together 

convocation  :  a  calling  together,  an  assembly 

vocative  :  case  of  calling,  case  of  address 

revoke :  call  back 

invoke  :  call  upon,  ask  for 

vociferous  :  of  large  calling  power,  with  a  loud  voice 

invocation  :  a  calling  upon,  a  prayer 


vocation  :  The  choice  of  a  vocation  is  not  always  easy 
vocational :  Vocational  guidance  is  often  necessary 
vocal :   He  is  receiving  vocal  instruction 
evoke  :   His  remarks  evoked  applause 
convoke :   He  will  convoke  the  council 
convocation  :  Convocation  day  is  at  hand 
vocative :  The  vocative  is  not  common  in  Caesar 
revoke :  Their  punishment  will  be  revoked 
invoke :  The  ancients  invoked  many  gods 
vociferous  :  The  audience  became  vociferous 
invocation  :  The  invocation  was  then  made 


252 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


635.  The  following  verbs  are  especially  worthy  of  study  in  the 
manner  suggested  above  because  of  the  large  number  of  English 
words  derived  from  them : 


amo 

duco 

audio 

loco  (conloco) 

navigo 

video 

mitto 

dico 

cedo 

pono 

habeo 

capio 

vinco 

paro 

cognosco 

doceo 

iacio 

facio 

pugno 

puto 

moneo 

sedeo 

(obsideo) 

do 

teneo 

moveo 

terreo 

timeo 

ago 

venio 

sumo 

The  prefixes  listed  in  630,  and  also  ante,  before,  circum,  around,  ob, 
toward,  and  super,  above,  usually  are  evident  in  the  English  derivatives 
of  Latin  words.  But  sometimes  the  prefix  appears  in  a  different  spell- 
ing: thus, 

ab-  appears  as  a-,  abs-,  as-  {abstain) 

ad-  appears  as  ac-,  ag-,  al-,  ap-,  ar-,  as-,  at-  {apparatus) 

con-  appears  as  com-,  co-,  col-,  cor-  {composition) 

in-  appears  as  im-,  ir-,  il-  {impose) 

ob-  appears  as  oc-,  of-,  obs-,  0-  {occur) 

sub-  appears  as  sue-,  suf-,  sug-,  sup-,  sur-  {suppose) 


636. 


APPENDIX  II 

DECLENSION,  CONJUGATION,  ETC. 

NOUNS 

FIRST  DECLENSION 


SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

Case 

Endings 

Case  Endings 

Nom. 

hasta 

-a 

hastae 

-ae 

Gen. 

hastae 

-ae 

hastarum 

-arum 

Dat. 

hastae 

-ae 

hastis 

-Is 

Ace. 

hastam 

-am 

hastas 

-as 

Abl. 

hasta 

-a 

hastis 

-Is 

637. 


SECOND  DECLENSION 


singular 

PLURAL 

Case  Endings 

Case  Endings 

masc. 

masc. 

Nom. 

hortus 

-us 

horti 

-l 

Gen. 

horti 

-I 

hortorum 

-orum 

Dat. 

horto 

-0 

hortis 

-Is 

Ace. 

hortum 

-um 

hortos 

-OS 

Abl. 

horto 

-5 

hortis 

-Is 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

Case  Endings 

Case  Endings 

NEUT. 

NEUT. 

Nom. 

donum 

-um 

dona 

-a 

Gen. 

donl 

-I 

donorum 

-orum 

Dat. 

dono 

-0 

donis 

-Is 

Ace. 

donum 

-um 

dona 

-a 

Abl. 

dono 

-o 

donis 

-Is 

253 


254 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


SINGULAR 

Nom. 

puer 

ager 

vir 

filius 

Gen. 

pueri 

agri 

viri 

fill 

Dat. 

puero 

agro 

viro 

filio 

Ace. 

puerum 

agrum 

virum 

filium 

AM. 

puero 

agrd 

PLURAL 

viro 

flli5 

No  tn. 

pueri 

agri 

viri 

fllii 

Gen. 

puerSrum 

agrorum 

virorum 

filiorum 

Dat. 

pueris 

agris 

viris 

flliis 

Ace. 

pueros 

agrds 

viros 

fllios 

AM. 

pueris 

SINGULAR 

agris 

viris 

PLURAL 

flliis 

Nom. 

proelium 

proelia 

Gen. 

proeli 

proeliorum 

Dat. 

proelio 

proeliis 

Ace. 

proelium 

proelia 

AM. 

proelio 

proeliis 

638. 


Nom.  rex 

Gen.  regis 

Dat.  regi 

Ace.  regem 

AM.  rege 


Nom.  reges 

Gen.  regum 

-Dat.  regibus 

Ace.  reges 

AM.  regibus 


THIRD  DECLENSION 

SINGULAR 


miles 

militis 

mlliti 

militem 

milite 


milites 

militum 

militibus 

milites 

militibus 


virtus 
virtutis 
virtu  ti 
virtu  tern 
virtu  te 

PLURAL 

virtutes 
virtu  turn 
virtiitibus 
virtutes 
virtiitibus 


caput 

capitis 

capiti 

caput 

capite 


capita 

capitum 

capitibus 

capita 

capitibus 


Case  Endings 

M.  AND  F.  N. 

-s  or  —  — 

-is  -is 

-I  -I 

-em  — 

-e  -e 


-es 

-um 

-ibus 

-es 

-ibus 


-a 

-um 

-ibus 

-a 

-ibus 


APPENDIX  II 

255 

639. 

/-Stems 

singular 

Case  Endings 

M.  AND  F. 

N. 

Nom. 

hostis 

cohors 

mons 

mare 

-s  (-is,  -es) 



Gen. 

hostis 

cohortis 

montis 

maris 

-is 

-is 

Dat. 

host! 

cohortl 

monti 

mari 

-i 

-I 

Ace. 

hostem 

cohortem 

montem 

mare 

-em  (-im) 

— 

AM. 

hoste 

cohorte 

monte 

PLURAL 

mari 

-e(-i) 

-i 

No7n. 

hostes 

cohortes 

montes 

maria 

-es 

-ia 

Gen. 

hostium 

cohortium 

montium 

marium 

-ium 

-ium 

Dat. 

hostibus 

cohortibus 

montibus 

maribus 

-ibus 

-ibus 

Ace. 

hostis  (-es) 

cohortis  (-es) 

montis  (-es) 

maria 

-is  (-es) 

-ia 

AM. 

hostibus 

cohortibus 

montibus 

maribus 

-ibus 

-ibus 

Nom. 

ignis 

ignes 

turris 

turres 

Gen. 

ignis    ' 

ignium 

turris 

turrium 

Dat. 

igni 

ignibus 

turri 

turribus 

Ace. 

ignem 

ignis  (-es) 

turrim  (-em) 

turris  (-es) 

AM. 

igni  (-e) 

ignibus 

turri  (-e) 

turribus 

640. 


FOURTH  DECLENSION 


SINGULAR 

Case  Endings 

Case  Endings 

masc. 

neut. 

No?n. 

exercitus 

-us 

cornii 

-u 

Gen. 

exercitus 

-us 

cornus 

-us 

Dat. 

exercitui  (- 

0) 

-ui  (-u) 

cornu 

-u 

Ace. 

exercitum 

-um 

cornii 

-ii 

AM. 

exercitu 

-ii        • 

cornu 

-u 

256 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


PLURAL 

Case  Endings 

Case  Endings 

masc. 

NEUT. 

Nom. 

exercitus 

-us 

cornua 

-ua 

Gen. 

exercituum         -uum 

cornuum 

-uum 

Dat. 

exercitibus         -ibus  (-ubus) 

cornibus 

-ibus 

Ace. 

exercitus 

-us 

cornua 

-ua 

Abl. 

exercitibus         -ibus  (-ubus) 

cornibus 

-ibus 

641 

FIFTH  DECLENSION 

Case  Endings 

SING. 

PLUR.                              SING. 

PLUR. 

SING. 

PLUR. 

Nom. 

dies 

dies                        res 

res 

-es 

-es 

Gen. 

die! 

dierum                   rei 

rerum 

-ei 

-erum 

Dat. 

die! 

diebus                    rei 

rebus 

-li 

-ebus 

Ace. 

diem 

dies                        rem 

res 

-em 

-es 

Abl. 

die 

diebus                    re 

rebus 

-e 

-ebus 

642. 


SPECIAL  PARADIGMS 


SINGULAR 

Nom. 

deus 

domus 

iter 

vis 

Ge?i. 

dei 

domus  (-1) 

itineris 

vis 

Dat. 

deo 

domui  (-0) 

itineri 

vi 

Ace. 

deum 

domum 

iter 

vim 

Abl. 

deo 

domo  (-ii) 

PLURAL 

itinere 

vi 

Nom. 

dei  (dii,  di) 

domus 

itinera 

vires 

Gen. 

deorum  (deum) 

domuum  (-drum) 

itinerum 

virium 

Dat. 

dels  (diis,  dis) 

domibus 

itineribus 

viribus 

Ace. 

deos 

domos  (-us) 

itinera 

viris  (-es) 

Abl. 

deis  (diis,  dis) 

domibus 

SINGULAR 

Nom.     luppiter 
Gen.       Iovis 
Dat.       Iovi 
Ace.       Iovem 
Abl.       love 

itineribus 

viribus 

APPENDIX  II 


257 


643 


ADJECTIVES 

FIRST 

AND  SECOND  DECLENSIONS 

SINGULAR 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

bonus 

bona 

bonum 

Gen. 

boni 

bonae 

boni 

Dat. 

bon5 

bonae 

bono 

Ace. 

bonum 

bonam 

bonum 

Abl. 

bond 

bona 

PLURAL 

bono 

Norn. 

boni 

bonae 

bona 

Gen. 

bonorum 

bonarum 

bonorum 

Dat. 

bonis 

bonis 

bonis 

Ace. 

bon5s 

bonas 

bona 

Abl. 

bonis 

bonis 

SINGULAR 

bonis 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

liber 

libera 

liberum 

Gen. 

liberi 

Hberae 

liberi 

Dat. 

libero 

liberae 

libero 

Ace. 

liberum 

liberam 

liberum 

Abl. 

HberS 

libera 

PLURAL 

libero 

Nom. 

liberi 

liberae 

libera 

Gen. 

liberorum 

llberarum 

Hber5rum 

Dat. 

Hberis 

Hberis 

Hberis 

Ace. 

llberos 

liberas 

libera 

Abl. 

Hberis 

Hberis 

SINGULAR 

Hberis 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

noster 

nostra 

nostrum 

Gen. 

nostri 

nostrae 

nostri 

Dat. 

nostr5 

nostrae 

nostro 

Ace. 

nostrum 

nostram 

nostrum 

Abl. 

nostro 

nostra 

nostro 

258 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


PLURAL 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

nostri 

nostrae 

nostra 

Gen. 

nostrorum 

nostrarum 

nostrorum 

Dat. 

nostris 

nostris 

nostris 

Ace. 

nostros 

nostras 

nostra 

Abl. 

nostris 

nostris 

nostris 

644. 

THIRD  DECLENSION 

SINGULAR 

SINGULAR 

M.  AND 

F. 

N. 

M.  AND  F. 

N. 

Nom. 

audax 

audax 

brevis 

breve 

Gen. 

audacis 

audacis 

brevis 

brevis 

Dat. 

audaci 

audaci 

brevi 

brevi 

Ace. 

audacem 

audax 

brevem 

breve 

Abl. 

audaci 

(•*) 

audaci  (-e) 

brevi 

brevi 

PLURAL 

PLURAL 

Nom. 

audaces 

audacia 

breves 

brevia 

Gen. 

audacium 

audacium 

brevium 

brevium 

Dat. 

audacibus 

audacibus 

brevibus 

brevibus 

Ace. 

audacis  (-es) 

audacia 

brevis  (-es) 

brevia 

AM. 

audacibus 

audacibus 

brevibus 

brevibus 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

Masc 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc 

:.               Fem, 

Neut. 

Nom. 

acer 

acris 

acre 

acres 

\              acres 

acria 

Gen. 

acris 

acris 

acris 

acrium           acrium 

acrium 

Dat. 

acri 

acri 

acri 

acribus          acribus 

acribus 

Ace. 

acrem 

acrem        acre 

acris 

(-es)       acris  (-es 

)       acria 

Abl. 

acri 

acri 

acri 

acribus          acribus 

acribus 

645. 


PRESENT  ACTIVE  PARTICIPLES 

SINGULAR  PLURAL 

M.  AND  F.  N. 

amantes  arnantia 

amantium  amantium 

amantibus  amantibus 

amantis  (-es)  amantia 

amantibus  amantibus 


M.  AND   F. 

N. 

No7n. 

amans 

amans 

Gen. 

amantis 

amantis 

Dat. 

amanti 

amanti 

Ace. 

amantem 

amans 

Abl. 

amante  (-i) 

amante  ( 

APPENDIX  II 


259 


SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

M.  AND  F. 

N. 

M.  AND  F. 

N. 

Nom. 

iens 

iens 

euntes 

euntia 

Gen. 

euntis 

euntis 

euntium 

euntium 

pat. 

eunti 

eunti 

euntibus 

euntibus 

Ace. 

euntem 

iens 

euntis  (-es) 

euntia 

AM. 

eunte  (-1) 

eunte 

(-i) 

euntibus 

euntibus 

646. 


IRREGULAR  ADJECTIVES 


SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut 

Masc 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

alius 

alia 

aliud 

alii 

aliae 

alia 

Gen. 

alius 

alius 

alius 

aliorum        aliarum 

aliorum 

Vat. 

alii 

alii 

alii 

aliis 

aliis 

aliis 

Ace. 

alium 

aliam 

aliud 

alios 

alias 

alia 

AM. 

alio 

alia 

alio 

aliis 

aliis 

aliis 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

M.  AND   F. 

N. 

Nom. 

unus 

una 

unum 

tres 

tria 

Gen. 

unius 

unius 

unius 

trium 

trium 

Dat. 

uni 

uni 

uni 

tribus 

tribus 

Ace. 

unum 

unam 

unum 

tris  (tres) 

tria 

AM. 

uno 

una 

und 

tribus 

tribus 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Nom 

duo 

duae 

duo 

mille 

milia 

Gen. 

duorum 

duarum 

duorum 

mille 

milium 

Dat. 

duobus 

duabus 

duobus 

mille 

milibus 

Ace. 

duos  (duo)        duas 

duo 

mille 

milia 

AM. 

duobus 

duabus 

duobus 

mille 

milibus 

647. 

COMPARISON  OF  ADJECTIVES 

POSITIVE 

COMPARATIVE 

SUPERLATIVE 

latus 

latior, 

latius 

latissimus,  -a, 

-um 

brevis 

brevior,  brevius 

brevissimus,  - 

a,  -um 

audax 

audacior,  audacius 

audacissimus, 

-a,  -um 

miser 

miserior,  miserius 

miserrimus,  -a 

,  -um 

acer 

acrior 

acrius 

acerrimus,  -a, 

-um 

26o 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


648. 


DECLENSION  OF  COMPARATIVES 


SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

M.  AND  F. 

N. 

M.  AND  F. 

N. 

Nom. 

latior 

latius 

latiores 

latiora 

Gen. 

latioris 

latioris 

latiorum 

latiorum 

Dat. 

latiori 

latiori 

latioribus 

latioribus 

Ace. 

latiorem 

latius 

latiores  (-is) 

latiora 

AM. 

latiore  (-1) 

latiore  (-1) 

latioribus 

latioribus 

M.  AND  F. 

N. 

M.  AND  F. 

N. 

Nom. 

plus 

plures 

plura 

Gen. 
Dat. 

pluris 

plurium 
pluribus 

plurium 
pluribus 

Ace. 

plus 

pluris  (-es) 

plura 

AM. 

plure 

pluribus 

pluribus 

649. 

POSITIVE 

bonus,  -a,  -um 
malus,  -a,  -um 
magnus,  -a,  -um 
multus,  -a,  -um 
multi,  -ae,  -a 
parvus,  -a,  -um 
facilis,  -e 
difficilis,  -e 
similis,  -e 
dissimilis,  -e 

exterus,  outward 
inferus,  below 
posterus,  following 
superus,  above 


IRREGULAR  COMPARISON 


COMPARATIVE 

melior,  melius 
peior,  peius 
maior,  maius 

,  plus 

plures,  plura 
minor,  minus 
facilior,  -ius 
difficilior,  -ius 
similior,  -ius 
dissimilior,  -ius 

exterior,  outer, 

exterior 
Inferior,  lower 

posterior,  later 

superior,  higher 


SUPERLATIVE 

optimus,  -a,  -um 
pessimus,  -a,  -um 
maximus,  -a,  -um 
plurimus,  -a,  -um 
plurimi,  -ae,  -a 
minimus,  -a,  -um 
facillimus,  -a,  -um 
difficillimus,  -a,  -um 
simillimus,  -a,  -um 
dissimillimus,  -a,  -um 

extremus  "1  outermost^ 

extimus     j      last 

infimus     "|  , 

y  lowest 
lmus  j 

postremus|to/ 

postumus  j 

supremus  1  ,  .  ,    , 
y  highest 
summus     J 


APPENDIX  II 


261 


POSITIVE 

[cis,  citra,  on  this  side] 
[in,  intra,  in,  within] 
[prae,  pro,  before] 
[prope,  near] 
[ultra,  beyond] 


COMPARATIVE 

citerior,  hither 
interior,  inner 
prior,  former 
propior,  nearer 
ulterior,  farther 


SUPERLATIVE 

citimus,  hithermost 
intimus,  utmost 
primus,  first 
proximus,  next 
ultimus,  farthest 


650. 


COMPARISON  OF  ADVERBS 


POSITIVE 

COMPARATIVE 

SUPERLATIV 

care  (carus) 

carius 

carissime 

misere  (miser) 

miserius 

miserrime 

acriter  (acer) 

acrius 

acerrime 

facile  (facilis) 

facilius 

facillime 

bene  (bonus) 

melius 

optime 

male  (malus) 

peius 

pessime 

multum 

(multus) 

plus 

plurimum 

parum,  little 

minus 

minime 

diu,  long,  a  long  time 

diutius 

diutissime 

saepe,  often 

saepius 

saepissime 

51. 

NUMERALS 

K 

:ardinals 

ORDINALS 

I. 

unus,  -a,  - 

urn 

primus,  -a, 

-um 

2. 

duo,  duae, 

duo 

secundus  ( 

or  alter) 

3- 

tres,  tria 

tertius 

4. 

quattuor 

quartus 

5- 

qulnque 

qulntus 

6. 

sex 

sextus 

7. 

septem 

septimus 

8. 

octo 

octavus 

9- 

novem 

nonus 

10. 

decern 

decimus 

11. 

undecim 

undecimus 

12. 

duodecim 

duodecimus 

13. 

tredecim 

tertius  decimus 

14. 

quattuordecim 

quartus  decimus 

262 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


CARDINALS 

ORDINALS 

15. 

qulndecim 

qulntus  decimus 

16. 

sedecim 

sextus  decimus 

17. 

septendecim 

septimus  decimus 

r8, 

duodevlgintl 

duodevicensimus 

19. 

Onde  vlgintl 

undevlcensimus 

20. 

vlgintl 

vlcensimus 

2 1 . 

(  vlgintl  Onus  or 
\unus  et  vlgintl 

r  vlcensimus  primus  or 
\  Onus  et  vlcensimus 

22. 

J  vlgintl  duo  or 
\duo  et  vlgintl 

(  vlcensimus  secundus  or 
\  alter  et  vlcensimus 

28. 

duodetriginta 

duodetrlcensimus 

29. 

undetriginta 

OndetrTcensimus 

30. 

triginta 

trlcensimus 

40. 

quadraginta. 

quadragensimus 

5°- 

quinquagintfi 

qulnquagensimus 

60. 

sexaginta 

sexagensimus 

70- 

septuaginta 

septuagensimus 

80. 

octoginta 

octogensimus 

90. 

nonaginta 

nonagensimus 

100. 

centum 

centensimus 

EOI. 

r  centum  unus  or 
\  centum  et  Onus 

rcentensimus  primus  or 
\  centensimus  et  primus 

200. 

ducentl,  -ae,  -a 

ducentensimus 

300. 

trecentl 

trecentensimus 

400. 

quadringentl 

quadringentensimus 

500. 

quingentl 

qulngentensimus 

600. 

sescentl 

sescentensimus 

700. 

septingentl 

septingentensimus 

800. 

octingentl 

octingentensimus 

900. 

ndngent! 

nongentensimus 

IOOO. 

mllle 

mlllensimus 

2000. 

duo  milia 

bis  mlllensimus 

00,000. 

centum  milia 

centiens  mlllensimus 

APPENDIX  II 

263 

\    PRONOUNS 

652 

. 

PERSONAL 

SING. 

PLUR. 

SING 

PLUR. 

Nom. 

ego,  / 

nos,  we 

tu,  you     vos,  you 

Gen. 

mel 

nostrum  (-tri)       tui 

vestrum 

[-trf) 

Dat. 

mihi 

nobis 

tibi 

vobis 

Ace. 

me 

nos 

te 

vos 

AM. 

me 

nobis 

te 

vobis 

SING. 

PLUR. 

SING 

PLUR. 

SING. 

PLUR. 

Nom. 

is,  he 

ii  (el),  they 

ea,  she     eae,  they 

id,  it 

ea,  they 

Gen. 

eius, 

eorum, 

eius, 

earum, 

eius, 

eorum, 

his 

their 

her 

their 

its 

their 

Dat. 

el 

ils  (els) 

el 

ils  (els) 

el 

ils  (els) 

Ace. 

eum 

eos 

earn 

eas 

id 

ea 

AM. 

eo 

ils  (els) 

ea 

ils  (els) 

eo 

ils  (els) 

a.  Hie  (654) 

and  ille  (654)  are  also  used  as  pronouns  of  the  third 

person 

653 

REFLEXIVE 

SING. 

PLUR. 

SING. 

PLUR. 

SING. 

PLUR. 

l\ro?// . 

Gen. 

mel,  of 

nostrl,  of 

tin,  of 

vestri,  of 

sui,  of  him- 

sui, of 

myself 

ourselves 

yourself 

yourselves 

self  herself 
itself 

the7n- 
selves 

Dat. 

mihi 

nobis 

tibi 

vobis 

sibi 

sibi 

'   Ace. 

me 

nos 

te 

vos 

se  (sese) 

se  (sese) 

AM. 

me 

nobis 

te 

vobis 

se  (sese) 

se  (sese) 

654 

DEMONSTRATIVE 

SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

hie 

haec 

hoc 

hi 

hae 

haec 

Gen. 

huius 

huius 

huius 

horum 

harum 

horum 

Dat. 

huic 

huic 

huic 

his 

his 

his 

Ace. 

hunc 

hanc 

hoc 

hos 

has 

haec 

AM. 

hoc 

hac 

hoc 

his 

his 

his 

264 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


SINGULAR 

PLURAL 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

ille 

ilia 

illud 

ill! 

illae 

ilia 

Gen. 

illius 

illius 

illius 

illorum 

illarum 

illorum 

Dat. 

ill! 

ill! 

ill! 

illis 

illis 

illis 

Ace. 

ilium 

illam 

illud 

illos 

illas 

ilia 

%    Abl. 

illo 

ilia 

illo 

illis 

illis 

illis 

Nom. 

is 

ea 

id 

11  (el) 

eae 

ea 

Gen. 

eius 

eius 

eius 

eorum 

earum 

eorum 

Dat. 

el 

el 

el 

iis  (els) 

iis  (els) 

iis  (els) 

Ace. 

eum 

earn 

id 

eos 

eas 

ea 

Abl. 

eo 

ea 

eo 

iis  (els) 

iis  (els) 

iis  (els) 

Nom. 

iste 

ista 

istud 

isti 

istae 

ista 

Gen. 

istlus 

istlus 

istlus 

istorum 

istarum 

istorum 

Dat. 

isti 

isti 

isti 

istis 

istis 

istis 

Ace. 

istum 

istam 

istud 

istos 

istas 

ista 

Abl. 

isto 

ista 

isto 

istis 

istis 

istis 

Nom.  Idem  e'adem  idem 

Gen.  eiusdem  eiusdem  eiusdem 

Dat.  eldem  eidem  eldem 

Ace.  eundem  eandem  idem 

Abl.  eodem  eadem  eodem 


eaedem 


e'adem 


f  ildem 
\  eldem 

eorundem  earundem  eorundem 

rilsdem  ilsdem  .    ilsdem 

1^  elsdem  elsdem  elsdem 

eosdem  easdem  e'adem 

r  ilsdem  ilsdem  ilsdem 

\  elsdem  elsdem  elsdem 


Nom.  ipse  ipsa  ipsum 

Gen.  ipslus  ipslus  ipslus 

Dat.  ipsi  ipsl  ipsl 

Ace.  ipsum  ipsam  ipsum 

Abl.  ipso  ipsa  ipso 


ipsi  ipsae  ipsa 

ipsorum  ipsarum  ipsorum 

ipsls  ipsls  ipsls 

ipsos  ipsas  ipsa 

ipsls  ipsls  ipsls 


. 

APPENDIX  II 

265 

655. 

SINGULAR 

RELATIVE 

PLURAL 

Masc.            Fem. 

Neut.                  Masc 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Nom.     qui 

quae 

quod                  qui 

quae 

quae 

Gen.       cuius          cuius 

4t 

cuius                 quorum 

quarum 

quorum 

Dat.       cui 

cui 

cui                     quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

Ace.       quern         quam 

quod                  quos 

quas 

quae 

A  bl.       quo 

qua 

quo                    quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

656. 

SINGULAR 

INTERROGATIVE 

PLURAL 

Masc.           Fem. 

Neut.                      Masc.            Fem. 

Neut. 

Nom.     quis*  (qui)     quae 

quid  (quod)              qui 

quae 

quae 

Gen.       cuius            cuius 

cuius                         quorum     quarum 

quorum 

Dat.       cui 

cui 

cui                              quib 

us       quibus 

quibus 

Ace.       quern            quam 

quid  (quod)              quos 

>           quas 

quae 

A  bl.       quo 

qua 

quo                           quibus       quibus 

quibus 

657. 

INDEFINITE 

SINGULAR 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

JVom. 

aliquis  (aliqui) 

aliqua 

aliquid  (aliquod) 

Gen. 

alicuius 

alicuius 

alicuius 

Dat. 

alicui 

alicui 

alicui 

Ace. 

aliquem 

aliquam 

aliquid  (aliquod) 

AM. 

aliquo 

aliqua 

PLURAL 

aliquo 

Nom. 

aliqui 

aliquae 

aliqua 

Gen. 

aliquorum 

aliquarum 

aliquorum 

Dat. 

aliquibus 

'aliquibus 

aliquibus 

Ace. 

aliquos 

aliquas 

aliqua 

Abl. 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

SINGULAR 

aliquibus 

Arom. 

quidam 

quaedam 

quiddam  (quoddam) 

Gen. 

cuiusdam 

cuiusdam 

cuiusdam 

Dat. 

cuidam 

cuidam 

cuidam 

Ace. 

quendam 

quandam 

quiddam  (quoddam) 

Abl 

quodam 

quadam 

quodam 

266 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


Masc. 
Nom.     quldam 
Gen.       quorundam 
Dat.       quibusdam 
Ace.       quosdam 
Abl.       quibusdam 

Masc.  Fem. 

ATom.     quisque         quaeque 

Gen.       cuiusque       cuiusque 
Dat.       cuique  cuique 

Ace.       quemque      quamque 

Abl.       quoque         quaque 
Plural  rare 


PLURAL 

Fem. 

Neut. 

quaedam 

quaedam 

quarundam 

quorundam 

quibusdam 

quibusdam 

quasdam 

quaedam 

quibusdam 

quibusdam 

SINGULAR 

Neut.           1 

Masc  and  Fem.          Neut. 

quidque 

quisquam        quicquam 

(quodque) 

(quidquam) 

cuiusque 

cuiusquam      cuiusquam 

cuique 

cuiquam          cuiquam 

quidque 

quemquam     quicquam 

(quodque) 

(quidquam) 

quoque 

quoquam        quoquam 

Plural  missing 

REGULAR  VERBS 

658.  FIRST  CONJUGATION— A-Verbs 

amo,  love 

Principal  Parts  :  a'mo,  ama/re,  ama'vi,  ama'tus 

Pres.  Stem  ama-  Per/.  Stem  amav-  Part.  Stem  amat- 

INDICATIVE 


Active  Voice 

/  love,  am  loving,  do  love,  etc. 
a'mo  ama'mus 

a'mas  ama'tis 

a'mat  a'mant 


Present 


Passive  Voice 

/  am  loved,  etc. 
a'mor  ama'mur 

ama'ris  ama'mini 

ama'tur  aman'tur 


Imperfect  (Past) 

/  loved,  was  loving,  did  love,  etc.  I  was  loved,  etc. 

ama'bam         amaba'mus  ama'bar  amaba'mur 

ama'bas  amaba'tis  amaba'ris  amaba'mini 

ama'bat  ama'bant  amaba'tur  amaban'tur 


*v 


APPENDIX  II 


267 


/  shall  love,  etc. 
ama'bo  ama'bimus 

ama'bis  ama'bitis 

ama'bit  ,     ama'bunt 


Future 


/  shall  be  loved,  etc. 
ama'bor  ama'bimur 

ama/beris  amabi'minl 

ama/bitur  amabun'tur 


Perfect 
/  have  loved,  loved,  did  love,  etc.         I  have  been  {was)  loved,  etc. 
ama'vi  ama'vimus  fsum  fsumus 

amavis'ti  amavis'tis  ama'tus^i  es         ama'tiJ  estis 


ama'vit 


amave'runt 


est 


[sunt 


Pluperfect  (Past  Perfect) 


I  had  loved,  etc. 
ama/veram       amavera'mus 
ama/veras         amavera/tis 
ama'verat         ama'verant 


/  had  been  loved,  etc. 
f  eram  f  eramus 

ama'tusJ  eras      ama'tH  eratis 


[erat 


[  erant 


Future  Perfect 
/  shall  have  loved,  etc.  /  shall  have  been  loved,  etc. 

ama/vero  amave'rimus  fero  ferimus 

ama'veris         amave'ritis  ama'tusJ  eris      ama'ti^  eritis 

ama'verit         ama'verint  [erit  [erunt 


a  mem 

a'mes 

a'met 


ama  rem 

ama'res 

ama'ret 


ama  venm 
•  ama'veris 
ama/verit 


ame  mus 

ame'tis 

a'ment 


SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present 
a'mer 
ame'ris 
ame'tur 


Imperfect  (Past) 
amare'mus  ama'rer 

amare'tis  amare'ris 


ama'reht 


amare'tur 


Perfect 
amaveri'mus  r  sim 

amaveri'tis  ama'tus^!  sis 

ama'verint  [  sit 


ame  mur 
ame'mini 
amen'tur 


amare  mur 
amare'mini 
amaren'tur 


r  simus 
ama'tH  sitis 


Lsint 


268 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


Pluperfect  (Past  Perfect) 
amavis'sem       amavisse'mus  r  essem 

amavis'ses         amavisse'tis  ama'tusJ  esses 

amavis'set        amavis'sent  [  esset 


f  essemus 
amaTw  essetis 
[  essent 


a'ma,  love  thou 
ama'te,  love  ye 

amato,  thou  shall  love 
amato,  he  shall  love 
amatote,  you  shall  love 
amanto,  they  shall  love 


IMPERATIVE 
Present 

ama're,  be  thou  loved 
ama'mini,  be  ye  loved 
Future 

amator,  thou  shall  be  loved 
amator,  he  shall  be  loved 


amantor,  they  shall  be  loved 


INFINITIVE 

Pres.    ama're,  to  love  ama'ri,  to  be  loved 

Perf.    amavis'se,  to  have  loved  ama'tus  esse,  to  have  been  loved 

Fut.     amatu'rus  esse,  to  be  about  to  [ama'tum    in,    to    be    about   to    be 
love  loved'] 

PARTICIPLES 

Pres.   a'mans,  -antis,  loving 

Fut.     amatu'rus,  -a,  -um,   about  to 

love 
Perf. 


GERUND 

Nom. 
Gen. 

aman'di,  of  loving 

Dat. 

aman'do,  for  loving 

Ace. 

aman'dum,  loving 

Abl. 

aman'do,  by  lovi?ig 

SUPINE 

Ace. 

[amatum,  to  love] 

AM. 

famatu,  to  love,  in  t 

Pres.    — 

Ger.i  aman'dus,  -a,  -um,  to  be  loved 
Perf.  ama'tus,  -a,  -um,  having  been 
loved  ■  loved 


1  Gerundive,  sometimes  called  future  passive  participle. 


APPENDIX  II 
659.  SECOND  CONJUGATION  — E-Verbs 

moneo,  advise 
Principal  Parts:  mo'neo,  mone're,  mo'nui,  monitus 


269 


Pres.  Stem  mone- 

Perf. 

Stem  monu-         Part.  Stem  moni 

Active  Voice 
/  advise,  etc. 

INDICATIVE 

Passive  Voice 
Present 

/  am  advised,  etc. 

mo'neS                  mone'mus 

• 

mo'neor                   mone'mur 

mo'nes                   mone'tis 

mone'ris                   mone'mini 

mo'net                   mo'nent 

mone'tur                  monen'tur 

Imperfect  (Past) 
I  was  advising,  etc.  /  was  advised,  etc. 

mone'bam  moneba'mus  mone'bar  *      moneba'mur 

mone'bas  moneba'tis  moneba'ris  moneba'mini 

mone'bat  mone'bant  moneba'tur  moneban'tur 


/  shall  advise,  etc. 
mone'bo  mone'bimus 

mone'bis  mone'bitis 

mone'bit  mone'bunt 


Future 

I  shall  be  advised,  etc. 

mone'bor  mone'bimur 

mone'beris  monebi'mini 

mone'bitur  monebun'tur 


Perfect 
/  have  advised,  I  advised,  etc.  /  have  been  {was)  advised,  etc. 

mo'nui  monu'imus  fsum  fsumus 

monuis'ti  monuis'tis  mo'nitus^  es  mo'nitiJ  estis 

mo'nuit  monue'runt  [est  I  sunt 


Pluperfect  (Past  Perfect) 


I  had  advised,  etc. 


monueram 

mom/eras 

monu'erat 


monuera  mus 

monuera/tis 

monu'erant 


/  had  been  advised,  etc. 

ieram  f  eramus 

eras        mo'nitiJ  eratis 
erat  [erant 


270 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


Future  Perfect 
/  shall  have  advised,  etc.  /  shall  have  been  advised,  etc. 

monu'erS  monue'rimus  fero  ferimus 

monu'eris  monue'ritis  mo'nitus^j  eris  mo'niti*'  eritis 

monu'erit  monu'erint  [erit  [erunt 


SUBJUNCTIVE 
Present 
monea'mus  mo'near 

monea'tis  monea'ris 

mo'neant  monea'tur 


mo  neam 

mo'neas 

mo'neat 


Imperfect  (Past) 


monea  mur 
monea/mini 
monean'tur 


mone  rem 

monere  mus 

mone  rer 

monere  mur 

mone'res 

monere'tis 

monere'ris 

monere'mini 

mone'ret 

mone'rerit 

monere'tur 
Perfect 

moneren'tur 

monu'erim 

monuerTmus 

f  sim 

f  simus 

monu'eris 

'monueri'tis 

mo'nitus«{  sis 

mo'niti<<  sitis 

monu'erit 

monu'erint 

sit 

sint 

Pluperfect  (Past  Perfect) 

monuis'sem  monuisse'mus  fessem  fessemus 

monuis'ses  monuisse'tis  mo'nitus^j  esses  mo'nitH  essetis 

monuis'set  monuis'sent  [esset  [essent 


mo'ne,  advise  thou 
mone'te,  advise  ye 

monetS,  thou  shall  advise 
moneto,  he  shall  advise 
monetote,  you  shall  advise 
monento,  they  shall  advise 


IMPERATIVE 
Present 

mone're,  be  thou  advised 
mone'mini,  be  ye  advised 

Future 

monetor,  thou  shall  be  advised 
monetor,  he  shall  be  advised 


monentor,  they  shall  be  advised 


APPENDIX  II  271 

INFINITIVE 

Pres.    mone're,  to  advise  mone'ri,  to  be  advised 

Perf.    monuis'se,  to  have  advised  mo'nitus  esse,  to  have  been  advised 

Fut.     monitu'rus  esse,  to  be  about  [mo'nitum  in,    to    be    about   to    be' 

to  advise  advised] 

PARTICIPLES 

Pres.    mo'nens,  -entis,  advismg  Pres. 

Fut.     monitu'rus,  -a,  -um,  about  to      Ger.     monen'dus,    -a,    -um,    to    be 
advise  advised 

Perf.    Perf.    mo'nitus,    -a,    -um,    having 

been  advised,  advised 

GERUND 

JVom.     

Gen.       monen'di,  of  advising 
Dat.       monen'do,  for  advising 
Ace.       monen'dum,  advising 
Abl.       monen'do,  by  advising 

SUPINE 
Ace.    '    [monitum,  to  advise] 
Abl.       [monitii,  to  advise,  in  the  advising] 

660.  THIRD  CONJUGATION  — E-Verbs 

rego,  rule 
Principal  Parts  :  re'go,  re'gere,  re'xi,  rectus 
Pres.  Stem  rege-  Perf.  Stem  rex-  Part.  Stem  rect- 

INDICATIVE 

Active  Voice  Passive  Voice 

Present 
/  rule,  etc.  /  a7n  ruled,  etc. 

re'g5  re'gimus  re'gor  re'gimur 

re'gis  re'gitis  re'geris  regi'mini 

re'git  re'gunt  re'gitur  regun'tur 


272 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


Imperfect  (Past) 
/  was  ruling,  etc. 

rege'bam  regeba'mus 

rege'bas  regeba'tis 

rege'bat  rege'bant 


/  shall  rule,  etc. 


re  gam 

rege  mus 

re'ges 

rege'tis 

re'get 

re'gent 

/  have 

ruled,  etc. 

re'xi 

re'ximus 

rexis'ti 

rexis'tis 

re'xit 

rexe'runt 

I  was  ruled,  etc. 
rege'bar  regeba'mur 

regeba'ris  regeba'mini 

regeba'tur  regeban'tur 

Future 

/  shall  be  ruled,  etc. 

re'gar  rege'mur 

rege'ris .  rege'mini 

rege'tur  regen'tur 

Perfect 

/  have  been  ruled,  etc.* 

r  sum  f  sumus 


rec  tus  -i  es 

[est 


rec'tl  <  estis 
^sunt 


•  Pluperfect  (Pa*st  Perfect) 

/  had  ruled,  etc.  •  /  had  been  ruled,  etc. 

re'xeram  rexera'mus  r  eram 


re  xeras 
re'xerat 


rexera  mus 

rexera'tis 

re'xerant 


rec  tus  *>  eras 


^erat 


r  eramus 
tl-j  eratis 
iterant 


Future  Perfect 


/  shall  have  ruled,  etc. 
re'xero  rexe'rimus 

re'xeris  rexe'ritis 

re'xerit  re'xerint 


/  shall  have  bee?i  ruled,  etc. 

f  ero  r  erimus 

rectus  \  eris  rec'tl^  eritis 

[  erit  [  erunt 


SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present 

re'gam 

rega'mus 

re'gar 

rega'mur 

re'gas 

rega'tis 

rega'ris 

rega'mini 

re'gat 

r-e'gant 

rega'tur 

regan'tur 

Imperfect  (Past) 

re'gerem 

regere'mus 

}                re'gerer 

regere'mur 

re'geres 

regere'tis 

regere'ris 

regere'mini 

re'geret 

re'gerent 

regere'tur 

regeren'tur 

APPENDIX  II 


273 


Perfect 

re'xerim 

rexerfmus 

r  sim 

r  simus 
rec'tiU  sitis 

re'xeris 

rexeri'tis 

rec'tus  -<  sis 

rexerit 

re'xerint 

[sit 

[sint 

Pluperfect  (Past  Perfect) 

rexis'sem 

rexisse'mus 

r  essem 
rec'tus*'  esses 

r  essemus 
rec'ti-'  essetis 

rexis'ses 

rexisse'tis 

rexis'set 

rexis'sent 

[esset 

IMPERATIVE 
Present 

[  essent 

re'ge,  rule  thou 

re'gere,  be  thou  ruled 

recite,  rule 

ye 

regi'mim,  be  ye 
Future 

ruled 

regito,  thou  shall  rule 

regitor,  thou  shall  be  ruled  ■ 

regito,  he  shall  rule 
rep-itote.  ve  shall  rule. 

regitor,  he  shall  be  ruled 

regunto,  they  shall  rule 


reguntor,  they  shall  be  ruled 


INFINITIVE 

re'gi,  to  be  ruled 
rectus  esse,  to  have  been  ruled 
[rectum    in,    to    be    about    to    be 
ruled} 

PARTICIPLES 

Pres.    re'gens,  -entis,  ruling  Pres.    

Fut.     rectu'rus,  -a,  -urn,   about  to      Ger.     regen'dus,  -a,  -um,  to  be  ruled 


Pres.    revere,  to  rule 
Perf.    rexis'se,  to  have  ruled 
Fut.     rectu'rus  esse,  to  be  about  to 
rule 


rule 


Perf. 


GERUND 

T*Jom. 

Gen. 

regen'di,  of  ruling 

Dat. 

regents,  for  ruling 

Ace. 

regen'dum,  ruling 

AM. 

regen'do,  by  ruling 

SUPINE 

Ace. 

[rectum,  to  rule] 

Abl. 

[rectu,  to  rule,  in  the  ruling] 

274  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

661.  THIRD   CONJUGATION  — Verbs  in -i5 

capi5,  take 
Principal  Parts:  ca'pio,  ca'pere,  ce'pi,  cap'tus 
Pres.  Stem  cape-  Perf.  Stem  cep-  Part.  Stem  capt- 


Active  Voice 
/  take,  etc. 

INDICATIVE 

Present 

/ 

Passive  Voice 
am  taken,  etc. 

ca'piS 

ca'pimus 

ca'pior 

ca'pimur 

ca'pis 
ca'pit 

capitis 
ca'piunt 

ca'peris 
ca'pitur 

capi'mini 
capiun'tur 

ca  piam 

capie  mus 

ca'pies 

capie'tis 

ca'piet 

ca'pient 

Imperfect  (Past) 

/  was  taking,  etc.  /  was  taken,  etc. 

capie'bam  capieba'mus  capie'bar  capieba'mur 

capie'bas  capieba'tis  capieba'ris  capieba'minl 

capie'bat  capie'bant  capieba'tur  capieban'tur 

Future 
/  shall  take,  etc.  /  shall  be  taken,  etc. 

ca'piar  capie'mur 

capie'ris  capie'mini 

capie'tur  capien'tur 

Perfect 
ce'pi,  cepis'ti,  ce'pit,  etc.  cap'tus  sum,  es,  est,  etc. 

Pluperfect  (Past  Perfect) 
ce'peram,  ce'peras,  ce'perat,  etc.  cap'tus  eram,  eras,  erat,  etc. 

Future  Perfect 
ce'pero,  ceteris,  ce'perit,  etc.  cap'tus  er5,  eris,  erit,  etc. 

SUBJUNCTIVE 
Present 
ca'piam,  ca'pias,  ca'piat,  etc.  ca'piar,  -ia'ris,  -ia'tur,  etc. 

Imperfect  (Past) 
ca'perem,  ca'peres,  ca'peret,  etc.  caterer,  -ere'ris,  -ere'tur,  etc. 


APPENDIX  II  275 

Perfect 
ce'perim,  ce'peris,  ce'perit,  etc.  cap'tus  sim,  sis,  sit,  etc. 

Pluperfect  (Past  Perfect) 
cepis'sem,  cepis'ses,  cepis'set,  etc.         cap'tus  essem,  esses,  esset,  etc. 

IMPERATIVE 

Pres.   ca'pe,  take  thou  ca'pere,  be  thou  taken 

ca'pite,  take  ye  capi'mini,  be  ye  taken 

Fut.     capito,  thou  shalt  take,  etc.         capitor,  thou  shalt  be  taken,  etc. 

INFINITIVE 
Pres.    ca'pere,  to  take  ca'pi,  to  be  taken 

Perf.   cepis'se,  to  have  taken  cap'tus  esse,  to  have  been  taken 

Fut.     captu'rus  esse,  to  be  about  to      [cap'tum    in,    to    be    about    to    be 
take       *  taken]  , 

PARTICIPLES 

Pres.    ca'piens,  -ientis,  taking  Pres.    

Fut.     captiTrus,  -a,  -um,  about  to      Ger.  capien'dus,  -a,  -um,  to  be  taken 

take                                            Perf.  cap'tus,  -a,  -um,  having  been 

Perf.   ; •  taken,  taken 

GERUND 

Gen.     capien'di,  of  taking,  etc. 

SUPINE 

Ace.     [captum,  to  take] 

Abl.     [captu,  to  take,  in  the  taking] 

662.  FOURTH   CONJUGATION  — I-Verbs 

audio,  hear 
Principal  Parts  :  au'dio,  audi're,  audi'vi,  audi'tus 
Pres.  Stem  audi-         Perf.  Stem  audiv-         Part.  Stem  audit- 

INDICATIVE 

Active  Voice  Passive  Voice 

Present 

/  hear,  etc.  /  am  heard,  etc. 

au'dio  audi'mus  au'dior  audi'mur 

au'dis  audi'tis  audi'ris  audi'mini 

au'dit  au'diunt  audi'tur  audiun'tur 


2?6 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


Imperfect  (Past) 


/  was  hearing,  etc. 
audie'bam  audieba'mus 

audie'bas  audieba'tis 

audie'bat  audie'bant 


/  was 
audie'bar 
audieba'ris 
audieba'tur 


Future 


/  shall  hear,  etc.  /  shall 

au'diam  audie'mus  au'diar 

au'dies  audie'tis  audie'ris 

au'diet  au'dient  audie'tur 

Perfect 
/  have  heard,  etc.  /  have 

audi'vi  audrvimus  r  sum 

audivis'ti  audivis'tis  audftus^  es 

audl'vit  audi  ve'runt  ^  est 


heard,  etc. 

audieba'mur 
audieba'mini 
audieban'tur 

be  heard,  etc. 
audie'mur 
audie'mini 
audien'tur 

bee?i  heard,  etc. 

f  sumus 
audftiJ  estis 
[sunt 


Pluperfect  (Past  Perfect) 
/  had  heard,  etc.  /  had  been  heard,  etc. 

audl'veram  audivera'mus  reram  feramus 

audfveras  audivera'tis  audi'tusJ  eras  audfti^  eratis 

audi'verat  audfverant  l^erat  [erant 

Future  Perfect 
/  shall  have  heard,  etc.  /  shall  have  been  heard,  etc. 


audfvero 

audive'rimus 

fer5 

rerimus 
audi'ti^  eritis 
^  erunt 

audfveris 

audive'ritis 

audl'tus^  eris 
[erit 

audrverit 

audfverint 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Present 

au'diam 

audia'mus 

au'diar 

audia'mur 

au'dias 

audia'tis 

audia'ris 

audia'mini 

au'diat 

au'diant 

audia'tur 

audian'tur 

Imperfect  (Past) 

audfrem 

audire'mus 

audi'rer 

audire'mur 

audi'res 

audire'tis 

audire'ris 

audire'mini 

audi'ret 

audi'rent 

audlre'tiir 

audiren'tur 

APPENDIX  II 


277 


Perfect 


audrverim 

audrverls 

audi'verit 

audivis'sem 

audivis'ses 

audivis'set 


au'di,  hear  thou 
audrte.  hear  ye 


rsim 
audi'tus^  sis 


audi'ti-*  sitis 
tsint 

r  essemus 
audftiJ  essetis 
I  essent 


audito,  thou  shalt  hear 
audito,  he  shall  hear 
auditote,  ye  shall  hear 
audiunto,  they  shall  hear 


audiveri'mus 
audlverrtis 

audrverint  t  sit 
Pluperfect  (Past  Perfect) 

audivisse'mus  ( essem 

audivisse'tis  audi'tus^  esses 

audivis'sent  [  esset 

IMPERATIVE 
Present 

audfre,  be  thou  heard 
audi'mini,  be  ye  heard 
Future 

auditor,  thou  shalt  be  heard 
auditor,  he  shall  be  heard 


r  simus 


Pres. 
Perf. 
Fut. 


Pres. 

Fut. 


Perf. 


audiuntor,  they  shall  be  heard 

INFINITIVE 

audfri,  to  be  heard 
audftus  esse,  to  have  been  heard 
[audi'turn    in,   to   be   about  to   be 
heard] 

PARTICIPLES 

au'diens,  -ientis,  hearing  Pres.    

auditu'rus,  -a,  -um,  about  to      Ger.     audien'dus,    -a,   -urn,    to    be 


audlre,  to  hear 
audivis'se,  to  have  heard 
auditu'rus  esse,  to  be  about  to 
hear 


hear 


heard 
Perf.   audi'tus,  -a,  -um,  having  been 
heard,  heard 

GERUND 


Gen. 

audien'di,  of  hearing 

Bat. 

audien'do,  for  hearing 

Ace. 

audien'dum,  hearing 

AM. 

audien'dS,  by  hearing 

SUPINE 

Ace. 

[audltum,  to  hear] 

Abl. 

[auditu,  to  hear,  in  the  hearing] 

278  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

IRREGULAR  VERBS 
663.  sum,  be 

Principal  Parts:  sum,  esse,  fu'i,  futu'rus 
Pres.  Stem  es-         Perf.  Stem  fu-         Part.  Stem  fut- 

INDICATIVE 

Present 
singular  plural 

.    sum,  /  am  su'mus,  we  are 

es,  you  are  es'tis,  you  are 

est,  he  (she,  it)  is  sunt,  they  are 

Imperfect  (Past) 
e'ram,  /  was  era'mus,  we  were 

e'ras,  you  were  era'tis,  you  were 

e'rat,  he  was  e'rant,  they  were 

Future 
e'r5,  /  shall  be  e'rimus,  we  shall  be 

e'ris,  you  will  be  e'ritis,  you  will  be 

e'rit,  he  will  be  e'runt,  they  will  be 

Perfect 
fu'i,  /  have  been,  was  fu'imus,  we  have  been,  were 

fuis'ti,  you  have  been,  we7'e  fuis'tis,  you  have  been,  were 

fu'it,  he  has  been,  was  fue'runt,  they  have  been,  were 

Pluperfect  (Past  Perfect) 

fu'eram,  /  had  been  fuera'mus,  we  had  been 

fu'eras,  you  had  bee?i  fuera'tis,  you  had  been 

fu'erat,  he  had  been  fu'erant,  they  had  bee7i 

Future  Perfect 
fu'ero,  /  shall  have  been  fue'rimus,  we  shall  have  been 

fu'eris,  you  will  have  been  fue'ritis,  you  will  have  been 

fu'erit,  he  will  have  been  fu'erint,  they  will  have  bee?i 


APPENDIX  II 


279 


SUBJUNCTIVE 


Present 

sing.  PLUR. 

sim  sl'mus 

sis  si'tis 

sit  sint 


Perfect 

] 

fu 

erim 

fueri'mus 

fu' 

eris 

fueri'tis 

fu'erit 

fu'erint 

Present 

IMPERATIVE 

es, 

be  thou 

es' 

te,  be  ye 

INFINITIVE 

Pres.    es'se,  to  be 
Perf.    fuis'se,  to  have  been 
Fut.     futu'rus  esse,  or  fo're,  to  be 
about  to  be 


Imperfect  (Past) 
sing.  PLUR. 

es'sem  esse'mus 

es'ses  esse'tis 

es'set  es'sent 

Pluperfect  (Past  Perfect) 
fuis'sem  fuisse'mus 

fuis'ses  fuisse'tis 

fuis'set  fuis'sent 

Future 
esto,  thou  shalt  be 
esto,  he  shall  be 
estote,  ye  shall  be 
sunto,  they  shall  be 

PARTICIPLE 


futu'rus,  -a,  -um,  about  to  be 


664.  possum,  be  able,  can 

Principal  Parts  :  possum,  posse,  potui,  

INDICATIVE  SUBJUNCTIVE 


Pres. 


Impf. 
Fut. 
Perf. 
Plup. 
F.  P. 


possum 

possumus 

possim 

posslmus 

potes 

potestis 

possis 

possltis 

potest 

possunt 

possit 

possint 

poteram 

poteramus 

possem 

possemus 

p  otero 

poterimus 

potui 

potuimus 

potuerim 

potuerimus 

potueram 

potueramus 

•    .potuissem 

potuissemus 

potuero 

potuerimus 

INFINITIVE 

Pres. 

posse 

Perf.       potuisse 

28o 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


665. 


Principal  J 
Parts : 


volo,  nolo,  malo" 
void,  velle,  volui, ,  be  willing,  will,  wish 


nolo,  nolle,  nolui,  — 
[_  malo,  malle,  malui, 


be  unwilling,  will  not 
— ,  be  more  willing,  prefer 


INDICATIVE 

SINGULAR 

Pres.  volo 

nolo 

malo 

VIS 

non  vis 

mavis 

vult 

non  vult 

PLURAL 

mavult 

volumus 

nolumus 

malumus 

vultis 

non  vultis 

mavultis 

.    volunt 

nolunt 

malunt 

Impf.   volebam 

nolebam 

malebam 

Fut.     volam,  voles,  etc. 

nolam,  noles,  etc. 

malam,  males,  etc. 

Perf.  volui 

nolui 

malui 

Plup.  volueram 

nolueram 

malueram 

F.  P.     voluero 

noluero 

SUBJUNCTIVE 
SINGULAR 

maluero 

Pres.   velim 

nolim 

malim 

veils 

noils 

malls 

velit 

nolit 

PLURAL 

malit 

velimus 

nolimus 

malimus 

velitis 

nolitis 

malitis 

velint 

nolint 

malint 

Impf.    vellem 

nollem 

mallem 

Perf.    voluerim 

noluerim 

maluerim 

Plup.    voluissem 

noluissem 
IMPERATIVE 

maluissem 

p 

noli 

nolite 

Fut.      

nollto,  etc. 

APPENDIX  II 


281 


INFINITIVE 

Pres. 

velle 

nolle 

Perf. 

voluisse 

noluisse 

PARTICIPLE 

Pres. 

volens 

nolens 

malle 
maluisse 


666. 


fero,  bear,  carry,  endure 


Principal  Parts  :  fer5,  ferre,  tuli,  latus 


Pres.  Stem  fer- 

Perf.  Stem 

tul- 

Part.  Stem  lat- 

is        ■    ■ 

INDICATIVE 

Active 

Passive 

Pres. 

fero            ferimus 

feror           ferimur 

fers            fertis 

ferris           feriminl 

fert            ferunt 

fertur          feruntur 

Impf. 

ferebam 

ferebar 

Fut. 

feram 

ferar 

Perf. 

tuli 

latus  sum 

Plup. 

tuleram 

latus  eram 

F.  P.* 

tulero 

latus  ero 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

Pres. 

feram 

ferar 

Impf. 

ferrem 

ferrer 

Perf. 

tulerim 

♦ 

latus  sim 

Plup. 

tulissem 

latus  essem 

IMPERATIVE 

Active 

Passive 

Pres.    fer 

ferte 

ferre           feriminl 

Fut.     ferto        •  fertote 

fertor 

ferto         ferunto 

• 

INFINITIVE 

fertor         feruntor 

Pres.   ferre 

ferri 

Perf.  tulisse 

latus  esse 

Fut.     laturus  esse 

[latum  IrT] 

282 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


PARTICIPLES 


Pres.  ferens 
Fut.  laturus 
Perf.   

GERUND 
Gen.    ferendl 
Dat.    ferendo 
Ace.    ferendum 
Abl.    ferendo 


Pres.    

Ger.     ferendus 
Perf.    latus 

SUPINE 


[latum] 
[latu] 


667.  eo,  go 

Principal  Parts:  eo,  Ire,  ii  (Ivi),  iturus 
Pres.  stem  I-         Perf.  stem  I-  (Iv-)         Part,  stem  it- 

IMPERATIVE 

I  ite 


INDICATIVE                         SI 

JBJUNCT 

Pres. 

eo 

Imus 

earn 

IS 

Ttis 

it 

eunt 

Impf. 

ibam 

Irem 

Fut. 

Tbo 



Perf. 

ii 

ierim 

Plup. 

ieram 

Issem 

F.  P. 

iero 

INFINITIVE 
Pres.    Ire 
Perf.    Isse 
Fut.     iturus  esse 

GERUND 
Gen.     eundi 
Dat.     eundo 
Ace.     eundum 
Abl.     eundo 

it5 
Ito 


ltote 
eunto 


PARTICIPLES 

iens,  euntis  (645) 

itum 

iturus 

SUPINE 


[itum] 
[itu] 


APPENDIX  II 
668.  fio,  be  made,  become,  happen 

Principal  Parts  :  fio,  fieri,  f actus  sum 


283 


INDICATIVE 

SUBJUNCTIVE                               IMPERATIVE 

Pres. 

fio 

flam                                     fi             fite 

fis 

» 

fit               fiunt 

Impf. 

fiebam 

fierem       N 

Fut. 

flam 



Perf. 

factus  sum 

factus  sim 

Plup. 

factus  eram 

factus  essem 

F.  P. 

factus  ero 

INFINI 

riVE 

PARTICIPLES 

Pres.    fieri 

Ger.     faciendus 

Perf.   factus 

esse 

Perf.    factus 

Fut.     [factum  in] 

669. 


Principal  Parts  : 


DEPONENT  VERBS 

I.  hortor,  hortari,  hortatus  sum,  urge 

II.  vereor,  vereri,  veritus  sum,  jfozr 

III.  sequor,  sequi,  secutus  sum,  follow 

IV.  potior,  potiri,  potitus  sum,  get  possession  of 


Pres. 

hortor 

INDICAT 

vereor 

[VE 

sequor 

potior 

hortaris 

vereris 

sequeris 

potiri  s 

hortatur  • 

veretur 

sequitur 

potltur 

hortamur 

veremur 

sequimur 

potimur 

hortamini 

veremini 

sequimini 

potimini 

hortantur 

verentur 

sequuntur 

potiuntur 

[mpf. 

hortabar 

verebar 

sequebar 

potiebar 

Fut. 

hortabor 

verebor 

sequar 

potiar 

Perf. 

hortatus  sum 

veritus  sum 

secutus  sum 

potitus  sum 

Plup. 

hortatus  eram 

veritus  eram 

secutus  eram 

potitus  eram 

F.  P. 

hortatus  ero 

veritus  ero 

secutus  ero 

potitus  ero 

284 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


SUBJUNCTIVE 

Pres. 

horter 

verear                    sequar 

potiar 

Impf. 

hortarer 

vererer                   sequerer 

potirer 

Perf. 

hortatus  sim 

veritus  sim            secutus  sim 

potitus  sim 

Plup. 

hortatus  essem 

veritus  essem        secutus  essem 

IMPERATIVE 

potitus  essem 

Pres. 

hortare 

verere        .            sequere 

potire 

Fut. 

hortator 

veretor                   sequitor 

INFINITIVE 

potitor 

Pres. 

hortarl 

vereri                     sequi 

potiri 

Perf. 

hortatus  esse 

veritus  esse           secutus  esse 

potitus  esse 

Fut. 

hortaturus  esse 

veriturus  esse       secuturus  esse 

PARTICIPLES 

potitiirus  esse 

Pres. 

hortans 

verens                   sequens 

potiens 

Fut. 

hortaturus 

veriturus               secuturus 

potitiirus 

Perf. 

hortatus 

veritus                   secutus    ■ 

potitus 

Ger. 

hortandus 

verendus                sequendus 

GERUND 

potiendus 

hortandi,  etc. 

verendi,  etc.          sequendi,  etc. 

SUPINE 

potiendi,  etc. 

[hortatum,  -tu] 

[veritum,  -tu]       [secutum,  -tu] 

[potitum,  -tu] 

670.  PASSIVE  PERIPHRASTIC  CONJUGATION 

INDICATIVE 
Pres.    amandus  sum,  /  am  to  be,  must  be,  loved 
Impf.    amandus  eram,  /  was  to  be,  had  to  be,  loved 
Fut.     amandus  ero,  /  shall  have  to  be  loved 
Perf.    amandus  fui,  /  was  to  be,  had  to  be,  loved 
Plup.    amandus  fueram,  /  had  had  to  be  loved 
F.  P.     amandus  fuero,  /  shall  have  had  to  be  loved 

SUBJUNCTIVE 
Pres.    amandus  sim 
Impf.    amandus  essem 
Perf.    amandus  fuerim 
Plup.    amandus  fuissem 


APPENDIX  II 

INFINITIVE 

Pres.   amandus  esse,  to  have  to  be  loved 
Perf.   amandus  fuisse,  to  have  had  to  be  loved 

So  in  the  other  conjugations : 
monendus  sum,  /  am  to  be,  must  be,  advised 
regendus  sum,  /  am  to  be,  must  be,  ruled 
capiendus  sum,  /  a7n  to  be,  must  be,  taken 
audiendus  sum,  /  am  to  be,  must  be,  heard 
etc. 


285 


671. 


SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  VERB 


The  synopsis  of  a  verb  is  a  summary  of  the  conjugation  of  that 
verb  made  by  stating  in  succession  the  forms  for  some  particular 
person  and  number. 

The .  following  is  a  synopsis  of  amo  in  the  third  person  singular, 
arranged  by  stems.  The  infinitives,  participles,  etc.  are  added  to 
complete  each  system. 

Principal  Parts:  am5,  amare,  amavi,  amatus 

Pres.  Stem  ama-         Perf.  Stem  amav-         Part.  Stem  amat- 

Present  System,  based  on  the  Present  Stem 


Active 

INDICATIVE 

Passive 

Pres. 

ama-t 

ama-tur 

Impf. 

ama-bat 

ama-batur 

Fut. 

ama-bit 

SUBJUNCTIVE 

ama-bitur 

Pres. 

ame-t 

ame-tur 

Impf. 

ama-ret 

INFINITIVE 

ama-retur 

Pres. 

ama-re 

PARTICIPLE 

ama-ri 

Pres. 

ama-ns 

GERUND 

ama-ndi 

Ger.   ama-ndus 

286  FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 

Perfect  System,  based  on  the  Perfect  Stem 
INDICATIVE  SUBJUNCTIVE 

Perf.   amav-it                                               amav-erit 
Plup.    amav-erat                                            amav-isset 
F.  P.     amav-erit  

INFINITIVE 
Perf.    amav-isse 

Participial  System,  based  on  the  Participial  Stem 

INDICATIVE                                                  SUBJUNCTIVE 
Perf.    amat-us  est                                          amat-us  sit 
Plup.    amat-us  erat                                         amat-us  esset 
F.  P.     amat-us  erit  


9 


INFINITIVE 

Perf.    amat-us  esse 

Fut.     amat-urus  esse  [amat-um  iri] 

PARTICIPLE 
Fut.     amat-urus  Perf.    amat-us 

SUPINE 

[amat-um] 
[amat-u] 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 

In  this  vocabulary  words  inclosed  in  brackets  (except  in  the  case  of  com- 
pounds with  one  or  both  parts  changed  in  form)  are  sometimes  primitives, 
sometimes  cognates. 

Translations  inclosed  within  parentheses  are  not  intended  to  be  used  as 
such.    They  are  inserted  to  show  literal  meanings. 

Abbreviations  are  generally  self-explanatory.  Cf.  {confer)  =  compare ;  irr. 
—  irregular. 

Words  printed  in  small  capitals  are  at  once  derivatives  and  definitions : 
as,  abduct,  under  abducd.  Many  other  more  or  less  remotely  derived  words, 
not  definitions,  are  added  in  italic  in  parentheses  :  as,  {Accident),  under  accidd. 

It  will  be  seen  that  comparisons  of  words  in  reference  to  meaning  are 
much  more  frequent  than  is  usual  in  special  vocabularies.  This  has  been 
done  from .  the  conviction  that  the  pupils  should  make  such  comparisons 
frequently  from  the  outset. 


a  (ab),  prep,  with  abl.,  from,  by, 

off 
ab-do,  abdere,  abdidi,  abditus  [-do, 

put],  hide,  conceal 
ab-ducd,  abducere,  abduxi,  abductus, 

lead  away,  take  off ;  abduct 
ab-eo,  abire,  abii,  abiturus,  go  from, 

go  off,  go  away 
ab-icio,     abicere,     abieci,     abiectus 

[-iacio],   throw  off,   throw  down, 

cast  away.    (Abject) 
ab-ripio,  abripere,  abripui,  abreptus 

[-rapid],  snatch  away,  carry  off 
abs-cido,  abscidere,  abscidi,  abscisus 

[ab(s)-caedd],  cut  off 
abs-trahd,  abstrahere,  abstraxi,  abs- 

tractus  [a&(s)-],  drag  away,  draw 

off.   (Abstract) 


ab-sum,  abesse,  afui,  afuturus,  be 
away,  be  absent,  be  distant,  be 
off ;  with  a  and  abl. 

ac,  conj.,  see  atque 

ac-cedo,  accedere,  access!,  accessurus 
[ad-],  go  or  come  near,  approach. 
(Accession.)  Cf.  adeo  and  appro- 
pinquo 

ac-cendo,  accendere,  accendi,  accen- 
sus  [ad-candeo,  shine],  kindle,  set 
fire  to,  light ;  inflame 

ac-cido,  accidere,  accidi, [ad- 

cado,  fall],  fall  upon,  fall  out, 
happen.  (Accident.)  Cf.  evenio 
and  fio 

ac-cipio,  accipere,  accepi,  acceptus 
[ad-capio],  (take  to),  receive,  ac- 
cept 


287 


288 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


ac-curro,    accurrere,    accurri    (accu- 

curri),   accursurus  [ad-],   run  up, 

run  toward 
acer,  acris,  acre,  adj.,  sharp,  keen; 

active,  eager.    (Acrid) 
acervus,  -I,  m.,  pile,  heap,  mass 
acies,  -ei,  f.  [deer],  edge ;  line,  line 

of  battle,  battle  array 
Acrisius,  Acrisi,  m.,  acrisius,  grand- 
father of  Perseus 
acriter,  adv.  [deer],  sharply,  EAGERly, 

spiritedly,  fiercely 
a.&,prefi.  with  ace,  to,  toward,  near, 

up  to  ;  with  gerimd or 'gerundive, 

to,    for;    ad  hunc  modum,   after 

this  manner ;  as  adv.,  about 
ad-aequo,  adaequare,  adaequavi,  ad- 

aequatus,     become     equal     to, 

equal.    {Adequate) 
adcllvis,   -e,  adj.,    sloping   toward, 

rising,  ascending.   {Acclivity) 
ad-duco,  adducere,  adduxi,  adductus, 

lead  to,  influence.   (Adduce) 
ad-e5,  adire,  adii,  aditus.  go  to,  ap- 
proach, visit.    Cf.  accedo  and  ap- 

propinqu5 
ad-fero,  adferre,  attuli,  adlatus,  bear 

to,  bring,  render 
ad-ficio,    adficere,    adfeel,    adfectus 

[-facto],  affect,  influence ;  afflict, 

oppress 
ad-gredior,  adgredi,  adgressus  sum 

[-gradior,   go],    approach,   attack. 

(Aggressive) 
ad-hibeo,  adhibere,  adhibui,  adhibi- 

tus  [-habeo],  apply,  employ,  use 
ad-hiic,  adv.,  hitherto,  as  yet,  still 
ad-icio,     adicere,     adieci,     adiectus 

[-iacio],  add.    (Adjective) 


aditus,  -us,  m.  [adeo],  approach,  way 

of  access.    Cf.  adventus 
ad-iungo,  adiungere,  adiunxi,  adiunc- 

tus,  join  to.    (Adjunct) 
ad-ligo,  adligare,  adligavi,  adligatus, 

bind  to,  bind 
admiratio,  -onis,  f.  [admtror],  admi- 
ration, astonishment,  wonder 
ad-miror,  admirari,  admlratus  sum^ 

[admiratio],  wonder  at,  admire 
ad-mitto,  admittere,  admisi,  admis- 

sus,  permit,  allow;  give  rein  to. 

(Admit) 
admotus,  see  admoveS 
ad-moveo,    admovere,    adm5vi,   ad- 
motus, (move  to),  apply,  employ 
ad-necto,  adnectere,  adnexui  (adnexi), 

adnexus,  tie  to,  fasten  to,  attach. 

(Annex) 
ad-olesco,  adolescere,  adolevi,  adul- 

tus,  grow  up.    (Adult) 
ad-oro,  adorare,   adoravi,   adoratus, 

pray  to,  worship,  adore 
ad-spicio,  adspicere,  adspexl,  adspec- 

tus  [specio,  look],  look  at,  look 

upon,  behold.    (Aspect) 
ad-sto,  adstare,  adstiti,  ,  stand 

near 
ad-sum,  adesse,  adfui,  adfuturus,  be 

present,  be  here  ;  with  dat. 
Aduatuci,  -orum,  m.  plur.,  the  adu- 

atuci,  a  Gallic  tribe 
adulescens,  -entis,  m.  and  f.  [ado- 

lesco],  youth,  young  person.  (Ado- 

lescence.)   Cf.  iuvenis 
adultus,  see  adolesco 
advectus,  see  adveho 
ad-veho,  advehere,  advexi,  advectus, 

carry  to,  bring  on,  bring 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


289 


adventus,  -us,  m.,  approach,  arrival. 
{Advent.)   Cf  aditus 

adversus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  turned 
toward,  opposite,  in  front,  ad- 
verse 

adversus,  prep,  with  ace,  against 

aedes  (aedis),  -is,/!,  building,  temple ; 
plur.,  house 

aedificium,  aedifici,  n.  [aedifico], 
building.    (Edifice) 

aedifico,  aedificare,  aedificavi,  aedi- 
ficatus  [aedes-facio],  build.  {Edify) 

aeger,  aegra,  aegrum,  adj.,  sick, 
weak,  feeble 

aequus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  equal 

aer,  aeris,  m.  {ace.  aera),  air 

aes,  aeris,  n.,  copper,  bronze 

aestas,  -atis,/!,  summer 

aetas,  -atis,/!,  life,  age 

Aethiopes,  -um^  m.  plur.,  the  Ethi- 
opians 

Aetna,  -ae,  /.,  .etna,  a  mountain 
in  Sicily 

Africa,  -ae,  f,  Africa 

Africanus,  -1,  m.,  africanus 

ager,  agri,  m.,  field,  territory,  land 

agger,  -eris,  m.,  mound,  rampart 

Agis,  -idis,  m.,  agis,  a  king  of 
Sparta 

agmen,  -inis,  n.  [ago],  (the  thing 
led),  army,  host,  column 

ago,  agere,  egl,  actus,  drive,  lead, 
bring  up;  act,  do;  treat;  cele- 
brate ;  pass  (life) 

agricola,  -ae,  m.  [ager-colo],  farmer, 
husbandman 

ala,  -ae,  f.,  wing 

Alba,  -ae,  f.,  alba,  an  ancient  city 
of  Italy 


Albanus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  alb  an  ;  as 
noun,  an  alban,  inhabitant  of  Alba 

albus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  white 

Alcmena,  -ae,  f.,  alcmena,  the 
mother  of  Hercules 

alias,  adv.  [alius],  elsewhere,  at 
another  time 

alienus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [alius],  an- 
other's ;  unfavorable.    {Alien) 

ali-quando,  adv.  [alius],  at  some 
time ;  formerly,  once.    Cf.  Slim 

aliquis  (-qui),  -qua,  -quid  (-quod), 
indef.  pron.  and  adj.,  some  one, 
some,  any 

alius,  -a,  -ud,  adj.  and  pron.,  an- 
other, other,  else  ;  alius  .  . .  alius, 
one  .  .  .  another.  {Alias)  Cf 
ceteri 

Allobroges,  -um,  m.  plur.,  the  al- 
lobroges,  a  tribe  of  Gaul 

Alp^s,  -ium,  f  plu r.,  the  alps 

altaria,  -ium,  n.  plur.,  altar 

alter,  -era,  -erum,  adj.  and  pron., 
the  one,  the  other  (of  two) ;  sec- 
ond ;  alter  .  .  .  alter,  the  one  .  .  . 
the  other.    {Alternative) 

altitudo,  -inis,/!  [altus],  height 

altum,  -1,  n.  [altus],  the  sea 

altus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  high,  deep 

alveus,  -1,  m.,  hollow  vessel,  tub, 
trough 

Ambarri,  -drum,  m.  plur.,  the  am- 
barri,  a  tribe  of  Gaul,  near  the 
Haedui 

ambulo,  ambulare,  ambulavi,  am- 
bulaturus,  walk,  take  a  walk. 
{Perambulate) 

amentia,  -ae,  f,  want  of  reason, 
madness 


290 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


amicitia,  -ae,  f  [amicus],  friend- 
ship 

amicus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [amo],  friendly ; 
as  noun,  friend.    (Amiable) 

a-mitto,  amittere,  amisi,  amissus, 
send  away ;  lose 

amo,  amare,  amavi,  amatus  [amor], 
love,  like,  be  fond  of 

amor,  -oris,/]  [amo],  love 

a-moveo,  amovere,  amovi,  amdtus, 
move  away,  put  aside 

ampli5,  ampliare,  ampliavi,  ampli- 
atus  [amplus],  increase,  extend. 
(Ampliative) 

amplus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [amplio],  large, 
wide;  honorable.  [Ample,  Amplify) 

Amulius,  Amuli,  m.,  amulius,  father 
of  Rhea  Silvia 

an,  conj.,  or 

ancilla,  -ae,/!,  maidservant 

ancora,  -ae,/!,  anchor 

Ancus  Marcius.  Anci  Marci,  m., 
ancus  marcius,  one  of  the  seven 
kings  of  Rome 

Andromeda,  -ae,/!,  axdromeda 

anguis,  -is,  ;/z.  and f.,  serpent,  snake 

angustus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  narrow. 
[Anguish) 

anima,  -ae,/!  [animus],  breath,  soul, 
life.    [Animate) 

anim-advertS,  animadvertere,  anim- 
advert!, animad versus  [animus-], 
turn  the  mind  to,  notice 

animus,  -i,  m.  [anima],  mind,  soul, 
spirit,  disposition.    Cf.  mens 

annona,  -ae,  f  [annus],  (the  year's 
supply),  provisions ;  price  (of  pro- 
visions), market ;  scarcity 

annus,  -I,  m.,  year.   [Annual) 


ante,  adv.,  and  prep,  with  ace, 
before 

antea,  adv.  [ante],  before 

ante-cedo,  antecedere,  antecessi,  an- 
tecessurus,go  before.  [Antecedent)' 

Antemnates,  -ium,  m.  plur.,  the  in- 
habitants of  Antemnae 

ante-quam,  conj.,  sooner  than,  be- 
fore 

antiquus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [ante],  old, 
ancient.    [Antiquity)   . 

antrum,  -i,  n.,  cave 

anxius,    -a,    -um,    adj.,    troubled, 

ANXIOUS 

aperio,  aperire,  aperui,  apertus,  open 
Apollo,  -inis,  m.,  apollo,  a  god  of 

the  Greeks 
appello,    appellare,    appellavi,    ap- 

pellatus  [ad-],  address,  call,  name. 

[Appeal)    Cf.  voco 
ap-pello,  appellere,  appuli,  appulsus 

[ad-],  (drive  to) ;  navem  appellere, 

land,  put  in 
ap-prehendo,    apprehendere,    appre- 
hend!,   apprehensus   [ad-],   seize. 

[Apprehend) 
ap-propinquo,     appropinquare,     ap- 

propinquavi,       appropinquaturus 

[ad-],    approach,    come    near   to. 

Cf  ade5  and  acced5 
apto,    aptare,    aptavi,    aptatus,   fit. 

(Adapt) 
apud,  prep,  with  ace,  with,  by,  near, 

among 
aqua,  -ae,/!,  water.    (Aquatic) 
Aquileia,  -ae,  /!,  aquileia,  a  city  at 

the  head  of  the  Adriatic 
Aquitani,  -drum,  m.  plur.,  the  aqui- 

tani,  a  tribe  of  Gaul 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


291 


ara,  -ae,/!,  altar 

Arar,  -aris,  m.,  the  Sadne,  a  river 

of  Gaul,  flowing  into  the  Rhone 
arbitror,    arbitrari,  arbitratus  sum, 

think,  suppose.  {Arbitrator.)  Cf 

existimo  and  puto 
arbor,  -oris,/;,  tree 
area,  -a.e,fi,  box,  chest,  ark 
arcus,  -us,  m.,  bow.    (Arc) 
Ardea,  -a.e,fi,  ardea,  a  city  of  Italy 
arduus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  steep  ;  difficult, 

ARDUOUS 

Argi,  -drum,  m.  plur.,  argos,  a  city 

of  Greece 
Aristoteles,  -is,  m.,   aristotle,  a 

Greek  philosopher 
arma,  -drum,  n.  plur,  [armo],  arms, 

weapons,  armor 
armo,     armare,     armavl,     armatus 

[arma],  ARM,  equip 
ar-ripio,   arripere,  arripul,  arreptus 

[ad-rapid],  seize,  snatch 
Arriins,    Arruntis,    m.,    arruns,    a 
I    son  of  Tarquinius  Superbus 
ars,  artis,/!,  art,  skill 
a-scendo,  ascendere,  ascendl,  ascen- 

sus  [ad-scando,  climb],  climb  to, 

mount,  ascend 
ascensus,  -us,  m.  [ascendo],  a  going 

Up,  ASCENT 

at,  con/.,  but.  Cf.  sed  and  autem 
Athenae,  -arum,  f.  plur.,  Athens 
Atlas,  -antis,  m.,  atlas,  one  of  the 

Titans 
at-que,  conj.,  used  before  vowels 
a7id  consonants,  ac  before  conso- 
nants only  [ad-],  and  also,  and 
especially,  and;  as.  Cf.  et  and 
-que 


atrox,    -ocis,    adj.,    savage,    fierce, 

severe.    (Atrocious.)    Cf.  saevus 

and  trux 
at-tonitus,     -a,     -um,     adj.     [ad-], 

thunderstruck,    astounded,    awe- 
struck 
auctoritas,  -atis,y;,  power,  author- 
ity, influence 
audacia,    -ae,   f    [auddx],    daring, 

boldness,  audacity 
audax,    -acis,    adj.,     daring,    bold. 

(Audacious) 
audio,  audire,  audivl  (audii),  auditus, 

hear,  listen.    (Audience) 
au-fero,    auferre,    abstuli,    ablatus 

[ab(s)-],  bear  off,  carry  away,  take 

away.   (Ablative) 
augeo,  augere,  auxi,  auctus  [auxili- 

1/772],  increase,  enlarge.  (Augment) 
aureus,   -a,   -um,    adj.    [aurum],  of 

gold,  golden 
aurum,  -1,  n.,  gold 
aut,  conj.,  or ;  aut  .  .  .  aut,  either 

...  or.    Cf.  vel 
autem,  conj.  (never  used  as  the  first 

word),  but,   however,   moreover, 

now.    Cf  sed 
auxilior,   auxiliari,   auxiliatus   sum 

[auxilium],  give  help,  aid,  assist, 

succor 
auxilium,  auxili,   n.   [augeo],    help, 

aid,  support.    (Auxiliary) 
Aventinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  aventine, 

of  the  aventine  (one  of  the  hills 

of  Rome) 
a-verto,    avertere,    avert!,    aversus, 

turn  away,    turn    aside,    avert, 

remove 
avus,  -1,  m.,  grandfather 


292 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


barbarus,  -1,  m.,  barbarian 

Belgae,  -arum,  m.  plur.,  the  Bel- 
gians or  BELG.E,  a  Gallic  tribe 

bellum,  -1,  ;/.,  war.    {Belligerent) 

belua,  -ae,/],  beast,  monster 

bene,  adv.  [bonus],  well 

beneficium,  beneficl,  n.  [bene-facio], 
kindness,  service,  benefit 

bibo,  bibere,  bibi, ,  drink.  {Im- 
bibe) 

bis,  adv.,  twice 

bonitas,  -atis,  f  [bonus],  fertility, 
goodness 

bonus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  good,  kind 

brevis,  -e,  adj.,  short,  brief 

Britannia,  -ae,/],  Britain 

Britannus,  -1,  m.,  a  briton,  in- 
habitant of  Britannia 

Bruttii  or  Brittii,  -drum,  m.  plur., 
the  bruttii,  a  people  of  southern 
Italy 

Brutus,  -1,  m.,  brutus,  a  Roman 
surname 

C,  abbreviation  for  Gaius,  Caius 

caecus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  blind 

caedo,  caedere,  cecidi,  caesus,  cut; 
kill.    {Suicide) 

Caelius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  celian 

caelum,  -1,  n.,  sky,  heaven,  heavens 

Caeninenses,  -ium,  m.  plur.,  the  in- 
habitants of  Caenina 

Caesar,  -aris,  m.,  Caius  Julius 
CAESAR,  a  famous  Roman 

cale-facio,  calefacere,  calefeci,  cale- 
f actus  [caleo-,  be  hot],  make  hot, 
heat 

Campania, -ae,/],  campania,  a  dis- 
trict of  Italy 


canis,  -is,  m.  and  f.,  dog.    (Canine] 
Cannae,  -arum,  f*  plur.,  cann^e,  ; 

town  of  southern  Italy 
canto,    cantare,    cantavl,    cantatus 

sing.    {Chant) 
capio,    capere,    cepi,    captus,    take 

seize,   capture;    form 
Capitolium,   Capit5H,  n.,  the  cap 

itol,  temple  of  Jupiter  at  Rome 

the  capitoline  Hill 
captiva,    -ae,  f    [caput],    captive 

prisoner 
captivus,   -1,   m.   [capio],    captive 

prisoner 
Capua,   -ae,  /],    capua,    a   city   ir 

Italy 
caput,     -itis,     n.,     head;     person 

{Capital) 
careo,  carere,  carui,  caritiirus,  be  ir 

want  of,   lack,  want;    with  abl 

{Caret) 
caro,  carnis,/],  flesh.   (Carnal) 
carrus,  -1,  m.,  wagon,  cart,  car 
cams,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  dear,  precious 
casa,  -ae,/],  hut,  cottage 
Cassivellaunus,    -1,    m.,    cassivel- 

launus,  a  British  chief 
castellum,    -1,    71.    [di7ninutive    0/ 

castrum,  fortress],  redoubt,  strong- 
hold.   (Castle) 
Casticus,  -1,  m.,  casticus,  a  Gallic 

chief 
castra,     -orum,     n.    plur.,    camp. 

(Chester) 
casus,   -us,   7)i.,   a  falling;   chance; 

misfortune,  loss.    (Case) 
cauda,  -ae,/],  tail, 
causa,  -ae,/!,  cause,  reason;  causa. 

after  a  ge7iitive,  for  the  sake 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


293 


cedo,    cedere,    cessi,    cessurus,   give 

way,  retire.    {Secede) 
celeber,    -bris,    -bre,    adj.    [celebro], 

frequented,    visited ;     renowned, 

CELEBRated 
celebro,    celebrare,    celebravi,    cele- 

bratus  [celeber],  frequent,  throng. 

{Celebrate) 
celer,  -eris,  -ere,  adj.,  swift,  quick 
celeritas,  -atis,  f.  [celer],  swiftness, 

speed,  quickness,  celerity 
celeriter,  adv.  [celer],  swiftly,  quickly 
celo,  celare,  celavi,  celatus,  concEAL 
cena,  -ae,/!  [ceno],  dinner,  meal 
Cenaeum,  -1,  n.,  centum,  a  prom- 
ontory on  the  island  of  Eubcea 
ceno,  cenare,  cenavi,  cenatus  [cena], 

dine,  take  a  meal 
census,  -us,  m.,  a  census 
centaurus,  -I,  ?n.,  centaur,  a  fabled 

monster,  half  man,  half  horse 

centum,  adj.,  indecl.,  hundred.  {Cent) 

centurio,  -onis,  m.,  centurion,  an 

underofficer  in  the  Roman  army 
Cepheus,  -1,  m.,  cepheus,  father  of 

Andromeda 
cera,  -ae,/!,  wax.    (Cerate) 
certamen,  -inis,  n.,  strife,  contest 
certe,   adv.    [certus],    really,   surely, 

CERTAINly 

certus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  fixed,  deter- 
mined, certain,  sure ;  certiorem 
facio,  (make  more  certain),  in- 
form 

ceteri,  -ae,  -a,  adj.,plur.,  the  rest,  the 
remaining,  the  others.    Cf.  alius 

cibus,  -1,  m.,  food 

Cicero,  -onis,  m.,  cicero,  a  famous 
Roman  orator 


Cineas,  -ae,  m.,  cine  as,  a  friend 
of  Pyrrhus 

cingo,  cingere,  cinxi,  cinctus,  sur- 
round, encircle,  gird 

circiter,  adv.,  about 

circuitus,  -us,  m.  [circum-eo],  (a  going 
round),  circumference,  circuit 

circum,  prep,  with  ace,  around 

circum-aro,  circumarare,  circum- 
aravi,  ,  plough  around 

circum-do,  circumdare,  circumdedi, 
circumdatus,  place  around,  sur- 
round, inclose 

circum-munio,  circummunire,  cir- 
cummunivi,  circummunitus,  wall 
around,  surround,  fortify,  block- 
ade 

circum-sto,  circumstare,  circumsteti 

(circumstiti), ,  stand  around, 

surround.    (Circumstance) 

circum-venio,  circumvenire,  circum- 
veni,     circumventus,      surround, 

CIRCUMVENT 

circus,  -i,  m.,  the  circus  at  Rome, 
in  which  chariot  races  and  other 
contests  were  held 

Cisalpinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  (this  side 
the  Alps),   CISALPINE 

citerior,  -ius,  adj.,  comp.,  hither, 
nearer 

cithara,  -ae,/!,  lyre 

citra,  prep,  with  ace,  this  side  of 

civis,  -is,  m.  and/.,  citizen.   (Civil) 

civitas,  -atis,/]  [civis],  (body  of  citi- 
zens), state;  citizenship.    (City) 

clamor,  -oris,  m.,  cry,  shout;  bark- 
ing.   (Clamor) 

clarus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  clear,  loud ; 
renowned,  famous.    (Clarion) 


294 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


claudo,    claudere,    clausi,    clausus, 

shut,  close.   {Clause) 

cloaca,  -ae,/],  sewer 

Cloelia,  -ae,  f.t  clcelia,  a  noble 
Roman  maiden 

Codes,  -itis,  ///.,  (blind  in  one  eye), 
cocles,  surname  of  Horatius 

coepi,  coepisse,  coeptus  {defective; 
tenses  from  present  stem  want- 
ing), began 

co-erceo,  coercere,  coercul,  coercitus 
[co(m)-arced,  keep  off],  keep  back, 
check,  restrain.    (Coerce) 

cogito,  cogitare,  c5gitavi,  cogita- 
tus,  consider  thoroughly,  reflect. 
(Cogitation) 

cognomen,  -inis,  //.  [co(m)-(g)ndmen], 
surname,  cognomen 

co-gnosco,  cognoscere,  cognovi,  co- 
gnitus  [co(m)-(g)ndsco,  know], 
learn,  recoGNiZE,  know,  under- 
stand 

cogo,  cogere,  coegi,  coactus  [co(m)- 
ago],  (drive  together),  collect, 
drive,  compel 

cohors,  -hortis,  f,  cohort,  a  divi- 
sion of  the  Roman  army 

Collatinus,  -I,  ;//.,  collatinus,  a 
Roman 

col-ligo,  colligere,  collegi,  collectus 
[com-lego],  collect,  gather  to- 
gether 

collis,  -is,  m.,  hill.    Cf  mons 

collum,  -I,  ».,  neck.    (Collar) 

colo,  colere,  colui,  cultus,  care  for, 
cultivate,  till  ;  honor.  Cf 
agricola  and  incola 

com-  (col-,  con-,  cor-,  co-,  co-),  prim- 
itive fo?'m    of    cum,     a   prefix- 


denoting  coinpleteness  or  union  , 

so7ne times  intensive 
comes,    -itis,    m.    and  f    [com-eo]. 

comrade,  companion 
comitium,  comiti,  n.  [com-eo],  (place 

of  assembling),  the  comitium,  2 

part  *of  the  Roman  Forum 
commeatus,  -us,   m.,  supplies,  pro 

visions 
com-mitto,     committere,     commisi. 

commissus,  intrust,  commit  ;  proe- 

lium  committere,  join  battle,  en 

gage.    (Commission) 
com-moveo,    commovere,    commovi 

commotus,  (put  in  violent  motion) 

shake,     disturb,     agitate,     move 

(Commotion) 
communis,  -e,  adj.,  common,  gen 

eral.    (Community) 
com-pare5,     comparere,     comparui 

,    apPEAR 

com-pello,  compellere,  compuli,  com 

pulsus,    (drive    together),    force 

compel.    (Compulsion) 
com-perio,  comperire,  comperi,  com 

pertus  [-pario,  bring  forth],  fine 

out,  learn 
com-plector,    complecti,    complexuj 

sum,  embrace 
com-pleo,  complere,  complevi,  com: 

pletus,    fill    out,    fill    up,    coven 

(Complete) 
com-plures, -a  (-ia),  adj\,plur.,  very 

many,  many,  a  number 
com-primo,  comprimere,   compress!! 

compressus  [-premo,  press],  presjJ 

together,  grasp;  check,  suppress! 

(Compress) 
compulsus,  see  compello 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


295 


con-,  see  com- 

conatus,  -us,  m.  [conor],  attempt 

con-cedo,  concedere,  concessi,  conces- 
sus,  allow,  grant,  permit.  {Con- 
cede) 

concilium,  concili,  n.,  council,  as- 
sembly 

con-cito,  concitare,  concitavl,  con- 
citatus,  rouse  up,  rouse,  spur  on 

con-curro,  concurrere,  concurri,  con- 
cursurus,  run  together,  rush 
together,  rally,  gather.  {Con- 
course) 

condicio,  -onis,  f.  [con-dico],  (a  talk- 
ing together),  agreement,  condi- 
tion, terms 

con-do,  condere,  condidi,  conditus 
[-do,  put],  conceal,  hide ;  found, 
establish.    Cf.  cel5 

con-dono,  condonare,  condonavi,  con- 
d5natus,  give  up,  surrender ;  for- 
give, pardon,  condone 

co-necto,  conectere,  conexui,  conexus 
[co(m)-],  bind  together;  join,  tie. 
{Connect) 

c5n-fero,  conferee,  contuli,  conlatus, 
bring  together,  collect;  se  con- 
ferre, betake  one's  self 

confertus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  crowded, 
thick,  dense 

con-ficio,  conficere,  confeci,  c5nfec- 
tus  [-facio],  make,  accomplish, 
carry  out,  finish;  weaken,  wear 
out 

con-firmo,  confirmare,  confirmavi,con- 
firmatus,  make  firm,  strengthen, 
steady.    {Confirm) 

con-fugio,  c5nfugere,  confugl, , 

flee  for  refuge,  flee 


con-icio,  conicere,  conieci,  coniectus 

[-iacio],  throw  together;  throw, 
put,  hurl,  cast.    {Conjecture) 

con-iung5,  coniungere,  coniunxi,  con- 
iunctus,  join  together,  unite. 
{Conjunction) 

coniunx,  -iugis,  ;;/.  and  f.  [coniungo], 
husband,  wife.    {Conjugal) 

coniuratio,  -onis,  f.  [coniuro],  con- 
spiracy 

con-iuro,  coniurare,  coniuravi,  con- 
iuratus,  unite  by  oath,  conspire. 
{Conjure) 

con-loco,  conlocare,  conlocavi,  con- 
locatus,  place,  station.    Cf.  pond 

conloquium,  conloqui,  n.  [con-lo- 
quor],  (a  talking  together),  conver- 
sation, conference,  colloquy 

conor,  conari,  conatus  sum,  endeavor, 
attempt,  try.    {Conative) 

con-scend5,  conscendere,  conscendl, 
conscensus  [scando,  climb],  climb 
up,  mount,  go  on  board 

con-scribo,  conscribere,  conscripsi, 
conscriptus,  enlist,  enrol,  levy. 
( Conscription) 

con-secro,  consecrare,  consecravi,  con- 
secratus  [sacro,  make  sacred], 
deify,  consecrate 

con-sequor,  consequi,  consecutus  sum, 
overtake.    {Consecutive) 

con-servo,  conservare,  conservavi, 
conservatus,  presERVE,  save. 
{Conserve) 

Considius,  Considi,  m.,  considius, 
an  officer  of  Caesar 

consilium,  consili,  n.  [consulo],  ad- 
vice, counsel,  prudence,  wis- 
dom ;  plan,  design 


296 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


cdn-sisto,  consistere,  constiti,  , 

stand  firm,  take  one's  stand,  halt ; 
depend,  rest.    {Consist) 

conspectus,  -us,  m.,  look,  view,  sight 

con-stituo,  constituere,  constitui, 
c5nstitutus  [-statud,  set  up],  es- 
tablish, determine,  fix,  decide, 
resolve.  {Constitution) 

c5n-suesc5,  consuescere,  consuevi, 
cdnsuetus,  accustom ;  become  ac- 
customed ;  per/,,  be  accustomed, 
be  wont 

consuetudo,  -inis,  f.  [cdnsuescd], 
custom,  habit 

c5nsul,  -ulis,  m.,  consul 

consulatus,  -us,  m.  [consul],  consul- 
ship 

consulo,  consulere,  consului,  consultus 
[consilium],  take  counsel,  consult 

con-sumd,  consiimere,  consumpsi, 
consumptus,  use  up,  spend,  pass, 

CONSUME 

con-tego,  contegere,  contexi,  contec- 
tus,  cover 

con-temno,  contemnere,  contempsi, 
contemptus,  despise,  contemn. 
{Contempt) 

con-tendo,  contendere,  contendl,  con- 
tentus,  strain,  struggle,  strive, 
hasten.  {Contend.)  Cf.  maturo 
and  propero 

contentio,  -onis,  f.  [contendo],  strug- 
gle, exertion.    {Contention) 

continens,  -entis,  f.  [confined],  main- 
land, CONTINENT 

continenter,  adv.  [confined],  continu- 
ously 

con-tineo,  continere,  gontinui,  con- 
tentus    [-teneo],    hold    together, 


keep    together,    hold,    contain.  ] 

{Contents) 
con-tingo,   contingere,   contigi,   con- 

tactus  [-tango,  touch],  fall  to  one's 

lot.    {Contact) 
continuus,    -a,  -um,  adj.  [confined], 

continuous,  successive 
contra,   prep,    with    ace.,    against, 

CONTRARY    to 

con-venio,  convenire,  convenl,  con- 
venturus,  come  together,  assemble, 
meet;  convene.    {Convention) 

conventus,  -us,  m.  [convenid],  gather- 
ing, assembly,  meeting 

con-voco,  convocare,  convocavi,  con- 
vocatus,  call  together,  summon, 
convoke 

copia,  -a.e,f.  [co(m)-ops],  abundance, 
wealth,  plenty ;  plur.,  troops, 
forces.    {Copious) 

coram,  adv.,  face  to  face,  in  person 

Corinthus,  -\,f.,  corinth 

Coriolanus,  -1,  m.,  coriolanus,  a 
famous  Roman  warrior 

Corioli,  -orum,  m.  plur.,  corioli, 
an  ancient  town  in  Italy 

Cornelia,  -ae,  f.,  Cornelia,  a; 
Roman  name 

cornu,  -us,  n.,  horn 

corona,  -ae,/!,  crown.   {Coronet) 

corpus,  -oris,  n.,  body.    {Corpse) 

cor-ripio,  corripere,  corripui,  correp- 
tus  [corn-rapid],  seize,  take  hold  of 

cotidianus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [cotidie], 
daily 

cotidie,  adv.  [guot-dies],  daily 

cratera,  -ae,/!,  mixing  bowl,  bowl 

creber,  -bra,  -brum,  adj.,  thick,  nu- 
merous, frequent 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


297 


credibilis,  -e,  adj.,  to  be  believed, 

CREDIBLE 

credo,  credere,  credidi,  creditus,  be- 
lieve, think,  suppose.    (Credit) 

creo,  creare,  creavi,  creatus,  make, 
create  ;  choose,  elect 

Creta,  -ae,  f,  crete,  an  island 
southeast  of  Greece 

cruciatus,  -us,  m.,  torture 

Crustumini,  -orum,  m.  plur.,  the  in- 
habitants of  Crustumerium 

cubiculum,-!,  n.[cubo,  lie],  bedchamber 

cum,  conj.,  when 

cum,  prep,  with  ad/.,  with 

cunae,  -arum,  f  p/ur.,  cradle 

cunctus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  all  together, 
all.  Cf.  omnis,  totus,  tf^universus 

cupide,  adv.  [cupidus],  eagerly 

cupiditas,  -atis,/!  [cupidus],  longing, 
desire.   {Cupidity) 

cupidius,  adv.  [cupide],  too  eagerly 

cupidus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [cupio],  de- 
sirous, fond 

cupio,  cupere,  cupivi  (cupii),  cupitus, 
desire,  be  eager  for.    Cf.  void 

cur,  adv.,  why,  wherefore 

cura,  -ae,/!  [euro],  care,  anxiety 

Curius,  Curl,  **.,  curius,  a  Roman 
name 

euro,  curare,  ciiravi,  curatus  [cura], 
care  for,  take  care ;  with  gerun- 
dive, have  (a  thing  done) 

curro,  currere,  cucurri,  cursurus  [cur- 
sus],  run 

cursus,  -us,  m.  [curro],  course,  race- 

COURSE 

custodio,  custodire,  custodivi  (cus- 
todii),  custoditus  [custos],  guard, 
protect,  defend 


custos,  -odis,  m.  and  f.  [custodio], 
guardian,  keeper.   (Custodian) 

Cyclops,  -opis,  m.,  (round  eye),  a 
cyclops,  one  of  a  fabulous  race 
of  giants  on  the  coast  of  Sicily 

Daedalus,  -1,  m.,  d^edalus,  father 

of  Icarus 
damno,  damnare,  damnavi,  damna- 

tus  [damnum],  conDEMN,  sentence, 

doom 
damnum,  -I,  ;/.  [damno],  hurt,  harm, 

damage,  loss 
Danae,  -es,  /.,   danae,  mother  of 

Perseus 
de,  prep,    with   abl.,    down    from, 

from ;   about,  concerning,  of ;   of 

ti?ne,  in,  during,  for 
dea,  -ae,/!  [deus],  goddess 
debeo,    debere,    debui,    debitus    [de- 

habeo],  owe,  ought,  must,  should 
debitus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [debeo],  owed ; 

due,  appropriate.    (Debit,  Debt) 
decern,  adj.,  indecl.,  ten 
de-cido,  decidere,  decidi, [-cado, 

fall],  fall  down,  fall  off 
decimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [decern],  tenth. 

(Decimal)  « 

de-cipio,   deeipere,   decepi,   deceptus 

[-capio],  deceive 
Decius,  Deci,  m.,  decius,  a  Roman 

name 
dediticius,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [dedo],  sur- 
rendered ;   masc.  plur.  as  noun, 

prisoners  of  war,  subjects 
deditio,  -onis,/!  [dedo],  (a  giving  up), 

surrender 
de-do,  dedere,  dedidi,  deditus  [-do, 

put],  give  up,  surrender 


298 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


de-duco,  deducere,  deduxi,  deductus, 

lead     down,     lead     off,     escort, 

bring  to.    {Deduct) 
de-fendo,  defendere,  defend!,  defen- 

sus,    (strike    off  from),   defend, 

protect 
de-fero,  deferre,  detuli,  delatus,  (bring 

down),  report 
defessus,   -a,  -um,    adj.,    tired    out, 

weary,  very  tired 
Deianira,  -a.e,f.,  deianira,  wife  of 

Hercules 
de-icio,     deicere,     deieci,      deiectus 

[-iacio],    throw    down,    let    fall; 

disappoint ;  pass.,   slip,   stumble. 

{Dejected) 
deiectus,  see  deicio 
de-inde,   adv.,  (from  thence),  then, 

afterwards,  next 
delecto,  delectare,  delectavi,  delecta- 

tus,    delight,    please.     {Delect- 
able) 
de-ligd,    deligere,     delegl,     delectus 

[-lego],  pick  out,  choose,  seLECT 
Delphi,  -drum,  m.  filur.,  Delphi,  a 

town  in  Greece 
Delphicus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  Delphi, 

DELPHIC 

de-migro,  demigrare,  demigravi, 
demigraturus,  migrate  from  ;  re- 
move, go  away.    Cf.  abeo 

de-mitto,  demittere,  demisi,  demis- 
sus,  (send  down),  let  down,  let  go, 
lose 

de-monstro,  demonstrare,  dem5n- 
stravl,  demonstratus,  point  out, 
show,  describe.    {Demonstrate) 

demum,  adv.,  at  length,  at  last; 
turn  demum,  not  till  then 


denique,   adv.,    at  last,   finally;    in 

short,  in  fact 
densus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  thick,  dense 
Dentatus,  -1,  m\,  dentatus,  a  Ro- 
man name 
de-pello,  depellere,  depuli,  depulsus, 

drive  out,    drive   away,    remove, 

banish 
de-ploro,  deplorare,  deploravi,  deplo- 

ratus,  lament,  deplore 
de-pono,  deponere,  deposui,  deposi- 

tus,  put  down,  lay  aside,  abandon. 

{Deposit) 
depositus,  see  depond 
depulsus,  see  depello 
de-scendo,  descendere,  descend!,  de- 

scensiirus  [scando,  climb],  (climb 

down),  come  down,  descend 
de-scrlbo,  descrlbere,   descrlpsl,    de- 

scriptus,  mark  off,  divide.     {De- 
scribe) 
de-sero,  deserere,  deserul,  desertus, 

abandon,  desert 
desertus,  see  desero 
de-silio,  desilire,  desilui,  desultiirus 

[salio,  jump],    jump  down,    leap 

down 
de-sisto,  desistere,  destiti,  destitiirus, 

(stand   off    or   apart),    leave    off, 

cease ;  desist 
despectus,  -us,  m.,  (a  looking  down 

upon),  view,  prosPECT 
de-spero,    desperare,    despe/avi,   de- 

speratus,  be  hopeless,  despair 
de-spolio,  despoliare,  despoliavl,  de- 

spoliatus,  rob,  deprive,  despoil 
de-sum,  deesse,  defui,  defuturus,  be 

from,    be   wanting,    lack;     with 

dat. 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


299 


de-super,  adv.,  down  from  above 

de-trah5,  detrahere,  detraxl,  de- 
tractus,  draw  off,  throw  off,  re- 
move.   {Detract) 

deus,  -1,  m.,  god.   (Deity) 

de-voro,  devorare,  devoravi,  devora- 
tus,  swallow  up,  devour,  gulp 
down 

dexter,  -tra,  -tram,  adj.,  right  (hand). 
(Dexterous) 

dextra,  -a.e,f  [dexter],  right  hand 

di-,  see  dis- 

dico,  dicere,  dixi,  dictus,  say,  tell, 
speak ;  appoint.   (Dictum) 

dies,  -el,  m.,  day 

dif-ficilis,  -e,  adj.  [dis-facilis],  hard, 

DIFFICULT 

dif&cultas,  -ltis,f  [difficilis],  diffi- 
culty 

dignitas,  -3itis,f,  rank.    (Dignity) 

dlligenter,  adv.  [diligentia],  dili- 
GENTly,  industriously 

diligentia,  -ae,  f  [diligenter],  dili- 
gence, carefulness,  industry 

dimico,  dimicare,  dimicavi,  dimica- 
turus,  fight,  contend.    Cf.  pugno 

di-mitto,  dimittere,  dimisi,  dimissus, 
send  off,  dismiss  ;  let  slip,  let  go  by 

dis-  (di-),  a  ftrejix  denoting  separa- 
tion, asunder,  apart,  in  different 
directions.  Cf.  dimitt5,  discedo, 
dissimilis,  divello 

dis-cedo,  w  discedere,  discessi,  disces- 
siiras,  depart,  withdraw,  go  off. 
Cf.  abe5 

disco,  discere,  didici,  disciturus,  learn. 
(Disciple) 

discrimen,  -inis,  n.,  risk,  danger, 
crisis.    Cf  periculum 


dis-pliceo,  displicere,  displicui,  dis- 
pliciturus  [-placed],  displease 

dis-similis,  -e,  adj.,  unlike,  dis- 
similar 

diu,  adv.,  for  a  long  time,  long 

diuturnitas,  -atis,  f.  [diu],  length, 
duration 

di-vello,  divellere,  divelli,  divulsus, 
tear  asunder,  tear  apart 

diversus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  (turned  away), 
separate,  different,  diverse 

Divico,  -onis,  m.,  divico,  a  chief 
of  the  Helvetians 

divido,  dividere,  divisi,  divisus, 
divide,  apportion.    (Division) 

divinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  the  gods, 

DIVINE 

divulsus,  see  divello 

do,   dare,   dedi,   datus,   give,   offer; 

put.     Cf  dono 
doceo,  docere,  docui,  doctus,  teach, 

show.    (Docile,  Doctor) 
doled,  dolere,  dolul,  dolitiiras  [dolor], 

grieve,  be  sorry.    (Condole) 
dolor,  -oris,  m.  [doled],  pain,  grief. 

(Dolorous) 
dolus,   -1,   m.,   deceit,    trick,    fraud, 

cunning 
domesticus,   -a,  -um,   adj.  [domus], 

DOMESTIC 

domi,  see  domus 

domina,-ae,/l  [dominus],  mistress,  lady 

dominus,  -i,  m.  [domus],  lord,  mas- 
ter, owner.    (Dominate) 

domus,  -us,/!,  house,  home;  domi, 
at  home.    (Domestic) 

d5no,  dSnare,  donavi,  donatus  [do- 
num],  give,  present.  (Donate.) 
Cf  do 


300 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


donum,  -i,  ;/.  [do],  gift,  present 
dormio,   dormire,   dormivi  (dormii), 

dormltus,  sleep.    {Dormitory) 
draco,  -onis,  m.,  serpent,  dragon 
ducenti,  -ae,  -a,  adj.,  two  hundred 
diico,  ducere,  duxl,  ductus  [dux],  lead, 

draw  ;  derive.    {Duct) 
dum,  conj.,  while,  as  long  as ;  until 
Dumnorix,  -Igis,  m.,  dumnorix,  a 

leader  of  the  Haedui 
duo,  duae,  duo,  adj.,  two.  {Dual) 
duo-decim     [-decern],    adj.,    in  dec  I., 

twelve 
duplex,    -icis,    adj.    [duo],    twofold, 

double 
duplicd,  duplicare,  duplicavl,  dupli- 

catus  [duplex],  double.  {Duplicate) 
dux,  ducis,  m.  and  f.  [duco],  leader, 

general.   {Duke)    Cf.  imperator 

e,  see  ex 

e-do,  edere,  edidi,  editus  [-do,  put], 

put  forth,  raise,  utter.    {Edit) 
educo,    educare,    educavi,    educatus, 

bring  up,   train,  educate 
e-duco,  educere,  eduxi,  eductus,  lead 

out,     lead    forth,     bring    away ; 

draw 
ef-ficio,  efficere,  effeci,  effectus  [ex- 

facio],  bring  about,   effect,  ac- 
complish 
ef-fld,  efflare,  efQavi,  efQatus  [ex-], 

(blow  out),  breathe  out 
ef-fundo,    effundere,    effudi,    effusus 

[ex-],  pour  forth,  pour  out,  shed. 

{Effusion) 
effusus,  see  effundo. 
ego,  pers.  pron.,  I ;  plur.  nos,  we. 

{Egotist) 


e-gredior,  egredi,  egressus  sum  [-gra~ 

dior,   go],   go    out,   go   forth;    in 

terram    egressus,     having    gone 

ashore.    {Egress.)    Cf.  exeo 
egregie,  adv.,  remarkably,  excellently 
egressus,  see  egredior 
elephantus,  -1,  m.%  elephant 
e-ligo,  eligere,  elegl,  electus  [-lego], 

pick  out,  choose,  seLECT.   {Elect) 
e-mitto,    emittere,    emisi,    emissus, 

send    forth,    let    loose,    let    out. 

{Emit) 
emo,    emere,    eml,    emptus,    (take), 

buy 
enim,  conj.  {never  the  jirst  word), 

for ;  indeed,  in  fact.    Cf.  nam 
Ennius,  Enni,  m.,  ennius,  an  early 

Latin  poet 
e-nuntio,  enuntiare,  enuntiavi,  enun- 

tiatus,  proclaim,   anNOUNCE,   re- 
veal, utter.    {E7iu7iciate) 
e5,  ire,  ii  (IvI),  iturus,  go 
eo,  adv.  [is],  to  that  place,  thither, 

there 
Epirus,  -I,  f,  epirus,   a  division  of 

Greece 
epistula,  -ae,/!,  letter,  epistle 
eques,  -itis,  m.  [equus],   horseman, 

knight 
equester,  -tris,  -tre,  adj.  [eques],  (of 

horsemen),  EQUESTRian 
equitatus,  -us,  m.  [eques],  (body  of 

horsemen),  cavalry 
equus,  -I,  m.,  horse.    {Equine) 
ergo,  adv.,  therefore 
err5,  errare,  erravi,  erraturus,  wander, 

ERR 

erudi5,  erudire,  erudivi  (erudii),  eru- 
ditus,  instruct.    {Erudite) 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


301 


eruptio,  -onis,  f,  (a  bursting  forth), 
sally.    {Eruption) 

Esquilinus,  -1,  m.,  the  esquiline, 
one  of  the  hills  of  Rome 

et,  c&nj.,  and,  also ;  et  .  .  .  et,  both 
.  .  .  and.  Cf.  atque  (ac)  and 
-que 

etiam,  adv.  and  conj.  [et-iam],  (and 
now),  also,  even.    Cf.  quoque 

Etrusci,  -drum,  m.  plur.,  the  etrus- 
cans,  people  of  Etruria,  in  Italy 

et-si,  conj.,  although 

Eunomus,  -1,  ;//.,  eunomus,  a  boy 
who  was  killed  \)y  Hercules 

Europa,  -&e,f,  Europe 

Eurystheus,  -1,  m.,  eurystheus, 
king  of  Tiryns,  in  Greece 

Eurytus,  -I,  m.,  eurytus,  father 
of  lole 

e-vado,  evadere,  evasi,  evasiirus,  (go 
out),  get  away,  escape.    {Evade) 

e-venid,  evenire,  eveni,  eventurus, 
(come  out),  fall  out,  happen,  turn 
out.    (Event!)    Cf.  accido  and  flo 

ex  (e),  prep,  with  abl.,  out  of,  from, 
of,  off,  on  ;  in  accordance  with 

exanimatus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [anima], 
breathless,  out  of  breath,  ex- 
hausted 

ex-cedo,  excedere,  excess!,  excessii- 
rus,  go  out,  go  forth,  depart.  (Ex- 
ceed) 

ex-cito,  excitare,  excitavi,  excitatus, 
(call  out),  rouse,  arouse,  wake. 
(Excite) 

ex-clamo,  exclamare,  exclamavi,  ex- 
clamatus,  cry  out,  exclaim 

excursid,  -onis,  f.,  (a  running  out), 
sally,  sortie.    (Excursion) 


exemplum,  -1,  //.,  sample,  example, 
warning 

ex-eo,  exire,  exii,  exiturus,  go  out, 
go  forth,  come  out.  (Exit.)  Cf. 
egredior 

exerceo,  exercere,  exercui,  exercitus, 
exercise,  train 

exercitatio,  -onis,  f  [exerceo],  exer- 
cise, training 

exercitus,  -us,  m.  [exerceo],  (the  thing 
trained),  army 

ex-igo,  exigere,  exegi,  exactus  [-ago], 
drive  out,  expel.    (Exact) 

existimo,  existimare,  existimavi, 
existimatus, .  think,  judge,  con- 
sider, suppose.  Cf  arbitror  and 
puto 

exitium,  exiti,  n.  [exeo],  ruin,  de- 
struction 

ex-pello,  expellere,  expuli,  expulsus, 
drive  out,  expel.    (Expulsion) 

ex-perior,  experirl,  expertus  sum 
[periculum],  try,  test ;  experi- 
ence.   Cf  tento 

expertus,  see  experior 

ex-pio,  expiare,  expiavi,  expiatus, 
make  amends  for,  expiate 

explorator,  -oris,  m.  [exploro],  scout, 
spy 

ex-ploro,  explorare,  exploravi,  ex- 
ploratus  [explorator],  examine, 
explore,  investigate 

ex-pdnd,  exponere,  exposui,  exposi- 
tus,  set  forth,  explain,  relate; 
expose 

expositus,  see  exponS 

ex-pugno,  expugnare,  expugnavi,  ex- 
pugnatus,  take  by  storm,  take, 
capture.    Cf.  oppugno 


302 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


expulsus,  see  expell5 

ex-specto,     exspectare,     exspectavi, 

exspectatus,  (look  out  for),  await, 

wait  for,  wait,  expect 
ex-struo,    exstruere,    exstriixi,    ex- 

structus,  (heap  up),  build,  erect, 

COnSTRUCT 

extra,  prep,  with  ace,  outside, 
beyond 

ex-traho,  extrahere,  extraxi,  extrac- 
tus,  draw  out,  drag  out.  {Extract) 

extremus, -a, -um,  adj.,superl.,  outer- 
most, last,  farthest ;  end  of  ;  ex- 
treme 

exuo,  exuere,  exui,  exutus,  take  off, 
put  off 

faber,   -bri,   m.,   workman,    artisan, 

smith 
Fabricius,  Fabric!,  m.,  fabricius,  a 

famous  Roman  general 
fabula,  -ae,/!,  story,  tale,  fable 
facile,  adv.  [facilis],  easily 
facilis,  -e,  adj.  [facio],  (that  can  be 

done),  easy  to  do,  easy.     {Facil- 
ity)      . 
facio,  facere,  feci,  factus,  do,  make ; 

form,  perform 
factum,    -I,    n.    [facio],    act,    deed, 

action.    {Fact) 
facultas,   -atis,  f.    [facilis],    power, 

opportunity,  chance.    {Faculty) 
falx,  falcis,/!,  curved  sword 
fama,  -ae,  f,  rumor,  report ;  fame, 

renown 
fames,  -is,/!,  hunger,  famine 
fatum,  -I,  n.,  fate 
Faustulus,    -I,    m.,     faustulus,    a 

shepherd 


faveo,  favere,  favi,  fauturus,  be 
favorable  to,  favor,  befriend; 
with  dat. 

feles,  -is,/!,  cat.    {Feline) 

feliciter,  adv.  [felix],  luckily,  fortu- 
nately, successfully 

felix,  -icis,  adj.,  lucky,  fortunate, 
happy.    {Felicity) 

femina,  -ae,  /.,  woman.  {Feminine.) 
Cf.  mulier 

fere,  adv.,  nearly,  for  the  most  part, 
almost,  about 

fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latus,  bear,  bring; 
report,  say.  Cf.  porto  and 
tolero 

ferrum,  -I,  n.,  iron ;  sword.  Cf. 
gladius 

Fidenates,  -ium,  m.  plur.,  the  in- 
habitants of  Fidenae 

fides,  -el,  f,  trust,  confidence.  {Fi- 
delity) 

figura,  -ae,  f.  [fi(ri)go],  shape,  form, 

FIGURE 

filia,  -8Le,f  [filius],  daughter 
filius,  fill,  m.  [filia],  son.   {Filial) 
fingo,  fingere,  finxi,  fictus,  fashion, 

devise.    {Feign,  Fiction) 
finis,  -is,    m.,  end,   border;  plur., 

territories.    {Final) 
finitimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [finis],  bor- 
dering on  ;  masc.  plur.  as  noun, 
neighbors 
fio,  fieri,  factus  sum  {supplies  pass, 
to  facio),  be  made,  be  done,  be- 
come,  happen.     Cf.   accid5   and 
evenio 
firmus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  strong,  firm 
flagrans,  -antis,  adj.,  flaming,  blad- 
ing, burning.    {Flagrant) 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


303 


flumen,  -inis,  n.  [fluo],  (that  which 

flows),  river,  stream 
fluo,  fluere,  fluxi,  fluxurus,  flow 
foculus,    -1,    m.    [focus],    sacrificial 

hearth,  fire  pan,  brazier 
focus,  -1,  m.,  hearth.    {Focus,  Fuel) 
foedus,  -eris,  //.,  league,  treaty,  alli- 
ance.   {Federal) 
fore,  for  futurum  esse 
fors,  fortis,/],  chance,  luck 
forte,  adv.  [fors],  by  chance,  perhaps 
fortis,  -e,  adj.,  strong,  brave,  cour- 
ageous.   {Fortitude)    Cf.  validus 
fortiter,  adv.  [fortis],  bravely,  cour- 
ageously 
fortuna,   -ae,  f  [fors],    fortune, 

good  FORTUNE 

fossa,  -ae,  f,  ditch,  trench,  fosse  ; 

canal 
f rater,  -tris, 7?i.,  brother.  {Fraternal) 
fremitus,  -us,  m.,  noise,  roaring,  roar 
frons,    frontis,  f,    forehead,    brow. 

{Front) 
frumentarius,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [frumen- 

tum],  of  grain 
frumentum,  -1,  n.,  corn,  grain 
frustra,  adv.,  in  vain.   {Frustrate) 
fuga,  -ae,/  [fugio],  flight 
fugio,  fugere,  fugi,  fugiturus  [fugo, 

fuga],  run  away,  flee ;  flee  from. 

{Fugitive) 
fugo,  fugare,  fugavi,  fugatus  [fuga, 

fugio],  put  to  flight,  rout 
fiimus,  -1,  m.,  smoke.    {Fumes) 
furor,    -oris,    m.,    madness,   frenzy, 

FUROR 

Gabii,  -drum,  m.  plur.,  gabii,  a  city 
of  Italy 


Galba,  -ae,  ?n.,  galba 

galea,  -ae,/],  helmet 

Gallia,  -ae,/[,  gaul 

Gallicus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  gallic 

Callus,  -1,  m.,  a  gaul 

gaudeo,  gaudere,  gavisus  sum  {semi- 
deponent)  [gaudium],  be  glad,  rejoice 

gaudium,  gaudi,  ;/.  [gaudeo],  joy, 
gladness.    Cf.  laetitia 

gavisus,  see  gaudeo 

geminus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  twin-born, 
twin- 

Genava,  -ae,/,  geneva 

gens,  gentis,  f  [genus],  race,  tribe, 
house,  family.    {Gentile,  Gentle) 

genus,  -eris,  n.  [gens],  race,  lineage ; 
kind,  class.    {Generous) 

Germania,  -ae,/],  Germany 

Germanus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  German  ; 
as  noun,  a  German 

gero,  gerere,  gessi,  gestus,  bear, 
carry  on,  wage  (war);  manage, 
do ;  wear ;  se  gerere,  act,  behave  ; 
pass.,  go  on,  take  place 

gigas,  -antis,  m.,  giant 

gladius,  gladi,  m.,  sword.  {Gladia- 
tor)  Cf.  ferrum 

gloria,  -ae,/],  glory,  reputation 

Gorgo,  -onis,/:,  a  gorgon 

Graeae,  -arum,/]  plur.,  the  grjeje 

Graecia,  -ae,/i,  Greece 

Graecus,  -1,  m.,  a  greek 

gramen,  -inis,  n.,  grass 

gratia,  -ae,  f  [grains],  favor,  kind- 
ness ;  plur.,  thanks,  GRATitude 

gratus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [gratia],  accept- 
able, pleasing;  GRATEful 

gravis,  -e,  adj.,  heavy,  severe,  serious. 
{Grave) 


304 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


graviter,  adv.  [gravis],  heavily,  se- 
verely, vehemently,  greatly 

gravo,  gravare,  gravavi,  gravatus 
[gravis],  oppress,  burden,  over- 
come.   {Aggravate) 

gusto,  gustare,  gustavi,  gustatus, 
taste,  eat.    {Gustatory) 

habeo,  habere,  habul,  habitus,  have, 

hold,  keep ;  with  orationem,  make, 

deliver.    {Habit) 
habito,  habitare,  habitavi,  habitatus 

[frequentative  of  habeo],  inHABiT ; 

dwell,  live.    Cf  incolo 
Haeduus,   -a,  -um,   adj.,  h^eduan  ; 

?nasc.  plur.  as  noun,  the  h^edui, 

a  tribe  of  Gaul 
haereo,     haerere,     haesi,     haesiirus, 

stick,    cling,    be    fixed ;    be    per- 
plexed, HEsitate.    {Adhere) 
Hammon,   -onis,   m.,    hammon,    an 

Egyptian  god,  identified  by  the 

Romans  with  Jupiter 
Hannibal,    -alis,    m.,   hannibal,    a 

famous  Carthaginian  general 
harena,  -a.e,f,  sand,  shore.  {Arena) 
.  hasta, -ae,/*,  spear 
haud,  adv.,  not.    Cf  ndn 
haurio,  haurire,  hausi,  haustus,  drink, 

drain.    {Exhaust) 
Helvetii,  -orum,  ;//.  plur.,  the  hel- 

vetii,  a  tribe  of  Gaul 
Hercules,  -is,  m.,  hercules,  son  of 

Jupiter  and  Alcmena,  famous  for 

his  strength 
Hesperides,  -um,  f  plur.,  the  hes- 

perides,  daughters  of  Atlas  and 

Hesperis,    and  guardians   of   the 

golden  apples 


hesternus,-a,  -um,  adj.,  of  yesterday, 

yester- 
hiberna,    -orum,    ;/.   plur.    [hiems], 

winter  quarters.    {Hibernate) 
hie,  haec,  hoc,  dem.  adj.  and pron., 

this,  this  of  mine;  as pers. pro?i., 

he,  she,  it 
hie,  adv.  [hie],  here,  hereupon 
hiemo,  hiemare,  hiemavi,  hiematurus 

[hiems],  spend  the  winter 
hiems,  hiemis,  f    [hiemo],  winter; 

storm 
hinc,  adv.  [hie],  hence,  from  here 
Hispania,  -ae,/],  spain 
Hispanus,  -I,  ?n.,  a  Spaniard 
ho-die,  adv.  [hoc-die],  to-day 
homo,   -inis,   m.  and  f.   [humanus], 

(human  being),  man.    Cf  vir 
honestas,  -atis,/!  [honor],  honorable 

character,   integrity,  uprightness, 

HONESTY 

honor,  -oris,  ?n.,  honor 

hora,  -ae,  f,  hour  ;  in  horas,  from 
hour  to  hour,  hourly 

Horatius,  HoratI,  ;//.,  horatius 
(Codes) 

horribilis,  -e,  adj.,  terrible,  dread- 
ful, horrible.    Cf  terribilis 

hortor,  hortari,  hortatus  sum,  urge, 
entreat,  exHORT 

hortus,  -I,  m.,  garden.  {Horticulture) 

hospitium,  hospiti,  n.,  HOSPiTality 

hostis,  -is,  m.  and  f,  enemy.  {Hos- 
tile.)   Cf.  inimlcus 

hue,  adv.  [hie],  hither 

humanus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [homo],  (per- 
taining to  man),  man's,  human 

humi,  locative,  on  the  ground. 
{Exhume) 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


305 


iaceo,  iacere,  iacui, [iacio],  (be 

thrown),  lie,  lie  dead.    {Adjacent) 

iacio,  iacere,  ieci,  iactus  [iaceo], 
throw,  cast,  hurl 

iam,  adv.,  already,  now,  at  last ;  non 
iam,  no  longer.    Cf.  nunc 

Ianiculum,  -I,  «.,  the  janiculum, 
one  of  the  hills  of  Rome 

ibi,  adv.  [is],  in  that  place,  there 

Icarus,  -i,  m.,  icarus 

ictus,  -us,  m.,  stroke,  blow 

idem,  eadem,  idem,  dem.  adj.  and 
pron.  [is],  same ;  idem  qui,  same 
as.    {Identical) 

idoneus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  fit,  suitable 

igitur,  conj.  {seldom  thejirst  word), 
therefore,  then.    Cf.  itaque 

ignis,  -is,  m.,  fire.    {Ignite) 

ignoro,  ignorare,  ignoravi,  ignoratus, 
not  know,  be  ignorant  of.  {Ignore) 

i-gnotus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [in-(g)notus, 
known],  unknown,  unfamiliar, 
strange 

ille,  -a,  -ud,  dem.  adj.  and  pron., 
that  (yonder) ;  as  pers.  pron.,  he, 
she,  it 

illic,  adv.  [ille],  there 

illuc,  adv.  [ille],  thither 

immanitas,  -atis,  f,  savageness, 
cruelty,  barbarity 

im-mineo,  imminere,  imminui, 

[in-],  hang  over,  impend.  {Immi- 
nent) 

impedimentum,  -\}n.  [impedio],  hin- 
drance ;  plur.,  baggage.  {Impedi- 
ment) 

impedio,  impedire,  impedivi  (impe- 
dii),  impeditus  [in-pes],  entangle, 
hamper,  impede 


im-pello,  impellere,  impuli,  impul- 
sus  [in-],  move,  induce>  drive, 
impel.    {Impulse) 

im-pendeo,  impendere,  -,  

[in-],  overhang,  impend 

imperator,  -oris,  m.  [impero],  com- 
mander, general.    {Emperor) 

imperatum,  -i,  n.  [impero],  order, 
command.     Cf.  iussum 

imperium,  imperi,  //.  [impero],  com- 
mand, rule,  power.    {Empire) 

impero,  imperare,  imperavi,  impe- 
ratus  [imperium],  order,  command, 
demand ;  rule  ;  with  dat.  of  per- 
son.  {Imperative^)    Cf  iubeS 

impetus,  -us,  m.,  attack,  assault. 
{Impetuous) 

im-pleo,  implere,  implevi,  impletus 
[in-],  fill  up,  cover,  fill 

im-pono,  imponere,  imposui,  im- 
positus  [in-],  put  in  or  on,  place 
in  or  on;  mount;  impose;  with 
dat.  of  person  or  place 

impositus,  see  imponS 

impudens,    -entis,    adj.,   shameless, 

IMPUDENT 

impulsus,  see  impelld 

imus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  superl.  ^/"inferus 

in,  prep,  with  ace,  into,  to,  against, 

on,  toward,  for ;  with  abl.,  in,  on, 

in  case  of 
in-,  prefix,   into,  on,   toward,  etc.; 

also  in  composition  with  nouns, 

adjectives,  and  participles,  often 

having  negative  sense.    Cf  Eng. 

un-,  in-,  not 
in-cendo,  incendere,  incendi,  incen- 

sus  [-candeo,    shine],  set  fire  to, 

burn.   {Incendiary) 


306 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


incensus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [incendo],  in- 
flamed, hot,  fiery.    {Incense) 

in-certus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  UNCERTain, 
doubtful 

in-cido,  incidere,  incidi, [-cado, 

fall],  fall  into ;  in  insaniam  in- 
cidere, become  insane.   {Incident) 

in-cipio,  incipere,  incepi,  inceptus 
[-capio],  (take  in  hand),  begin. 
{Incipient) 

in-cito,  incitare,  incitavl,  incitatus, 
arouse,  stir,  incite 

in-cludo,  includere,  inclusi,  inclusus 
[-claudb],  shut  in,  confine.  {In- 
clude) 

in-cognitus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  unknown 

incoho,  incohare,  incohavl,  incoha- 
tus,  begin.    {Inchoate) 

incola,  -ae,  m.  and  f  [incolo],  in- 
habitant 

in-colo,  incolere,  incolui,  [in- 
cold],  dwell  in,  inhabit;  live, 
dwell.     Cf.  habito 

incolumis,  -e,  adj.,  unharmed,  safe 

increpito,    increpitare,  ,   , 

upbraid,  taunt,  abuse 

inde,  adv.  [is],  thence,  thereupon 

indicS,  indicare,  indicavi,  indicatus, 
inform,  disclose,  make  known. 
{Indicate) 

in-dico,  indicefe,  indixi,  indictus, 
proclaim,  declare,  appoint.  {In- 
dict) 

in-dxico,  inducere,  induxi,  inductus, 
lead  to,  draw  to,  induce,  per- 
suade 

indud,  induere,  indul,  indiitus,  put 
on,  clothe  one's  self  in,  clothe, 
wrap 


in-eo,  inire,  inii  (inivi),  initus,  go 
in,  enter;  begin,  form 

In-fans,  -antis,  adj.,  (not  speaking) ; 
as  noun,  infant,  baby 

In-felix,  -Icis,  adj.,  unfortunate,  un- 
lucky, unhappy.    {Infelicitous) 

inferior,  -ius,  adj.,  comp.  of  inferus. 
{Inferior) 

In-fero,  Inferre,  intuli,  inlatus,  (bear 
in  or  against),  cause,  bring  on,  in- 
flict. {Infer) 

(Inferus),  -a,  -um,  adj.,  low,  below, 
underneath 

Infestus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  hostile;  as 
noun,  enemy.  {Infest) 

In-fici5,  Inficere,  infeci,  mfectus 
[-facio],  soak,  imbue,  stain.  {In- 
feci) 

inf Initus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  many,  count- 
less.  {Infinite) 

ingens,  -entis,  adj.,  huge,  great.  Cf 
magnus 

in-icio,  inicere,  inieci,  iniectus  [-iacio], 
throw  on,  cast  on,  put  on.  {In- 
ject) 

iniectus,  see  inicio 

in-imlcus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [-amicus], 
unfriendly,  hostile ;  as  noun, 
enemy.    {Inimical.)    Cf.  hostis 

in-Iquus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [-aequus],  un- 
equal;  uneven,  unfavorable 

initium,  initi,  n.  [ineo],  beginning. 
{Initial) 

iniiiria,  -ae,  f  [in-ius],  wrong,  harm, 
insult,  injury 

inopia,  -ae,  f,  want,  poverty,  lack, 
need 

in-rideo,  inridere,  inrlsi,  inrlsus, 
laugh  at,  mock,  ridicule 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


307 


Insania,  -ae,^,  iNSANity,  madness 

In-sideo,  msidere,  insedi,  insessurus 
[sedeo],  sit  on 

msolens,  -entis,  adj.,  arrogant,  over- 
bearing.   {Insolent) 

in-spici6,  inspicere,  inspexi,  Inspec- 
tus  [specid,  look],  look  into,  look 
on,  INSPECT 

In-stituo,  instituere,  Institui,  Institu- 
tus  [statuo,  set  up],  set  up,  fix, 
arrange.    {Institute) 

instructus,  see  instruo 

In-struo,  instruere,  Instruxi,  instruc- 
tus, build  in,  form;  instruct, 
train ;  prepare,  provide 

insula,  -8ie,f,  island.    {Peninsula) 

intel-lego,  intellegere,  intellexi,  intel- 
lects [inter-lego],  (choose  between), 
learn,  know,  perceive,  understand. 
(Intellect.)    Cf.  cognosco 

in-tendd,  intendere,  intend!,  intentus, 
(stretch  out  towards),  bend,  aim. 
{Intend) 

inter,  prep,  with  ace.,  between, 
among,  amid,  during,  while; 
inter  se,  among  themselves,  to- 
gether 

inter-cludo,  intercludere,  interclusl, 
interclusus  [-claudo],  shut  off,  cut 
off 

inter-dum,  adv.,  sometimes 

inter-ea,  adv.,  meanwhile 

interfectus,  see  interficio 

inter-ficio,  interficere,  interfeci,  in- 
terfectus [-facio],  kill,  slay,  put  to 
death.    Cf  need  and  occldo 

inter-icio,  intericere,  interieci,  inter- 
iectus  [-iacio],  place  between ; 
pass.,  intervene.   {Interjection) 


interim,  adv.,  meanwhile,  in  the 
meantime.   (Interim) 

interior,  -ius,  adj.,  comp.,  inner,  in- 
terior 

inter-mitt5,  intermittere,  intermisi, 
intermissus,  (send  between),  leave 
off;  pass.,  intervene,  pass.  (In- 
termittent) 

inter-rogo,  interrogate,  interrogavi, 
interrogate,  ask,  question.  (In- 
terrogate) 

inter-rumpo,  interrumpere,  inter- 
rupt, interruptus,  break  down. 
(Interrupt) 

inter-sum,  interesse,  interfui,  inter- 
futurus,  be  between 

intervallum,  -i,  n.,  space,  interval 

intro,  intrare,  intravi,  intratus,  go 

into,  ENTER 

introitus,  -us,  m.  [introed,  go  in],  en- 

TRance 
intro-mitto,  intromittere,  intromisi, 

intromissus,    (send    in),     let    in, 

adMiT 
in-vadd,   invadere,   invasi,    invasus, 

come  upon,  attack,  invade,  take 

possession  of 
in-venio,  invenire,  inveni,  inventus, 

come  upon,  find,  discover.    (In- 
vent.)   Cf  reperio 
in-vicem,  adv.,  in  turn,  mutually 
in-vide5,  invidere,  invidi,  invisiirus 

(look  toward),  be  jealous  of,  envy 
invito,  invitare,  invitavi,  invitatus, 

INVITE 

Iole,    -es,   f,     iole,    daughter    of 

Eurytus 
Iphicles,  -is,  m.,  iphicles/ brother 

of  Hercules 


3o8 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


ipse,  -a,  -um,  dem.  adj.  and  pron., 

self,  very 
ira,  -a,e,f,  anger,  wrath,  ire 
is,  ea,  id,  dem.  adj.  and pron.,  that; 

as  pers.  p7-on.,  he,  she,  it 
iste,  -a,  -ud,  dem.  adj.  and  pron. 

[is],  that  (of  yours) 
ita,  adv.,  so,  thus.    Cf.  sic  and  tarn 
Italia,  -&e,f,  italy 
ita-que,    conj.,    and    so,    therefore. 

Cf.  igitur 
item,  tftffy.  [/to],  also,  likewise 
iter,  itineris, //.  [eo,  go],  way,  journey, 

march,  line  of  march.   (Iti?iera?y) 
iterum,  adv.,  a  second  time,  again. 

{Iteration) 
iubeo,  iubere,  iussi,  iussus,  bid,  order, 

command.    Cf.  impero 
iugum,  -i,  ;/.  [iungo],  yoke ;  ridge 
Iulia,  -8ie,f,  julia,  a  Roman  name 
iunctus,  see  iungo 
iungo,  iungere,  iunxi,  iunctus,  unite, 

join,  span,  cross,    (function) 
Iunius,  Iuni,   m.,  Junius,  a  Roman 

name 
Iuno,  -onis,  f,  juxo,  queen  of  the 

gods  and  wife  of  Jupiter 
Iuppiter,    Iovis,    m.,    jupiter,    the 

supreme  deity  of  the  Romans 
Iiira,  -ae, m.,  jura,  a  chain  of  moun- 
tains in  Gaul 
iuro,  iurare,  iuravi,  iuraturus  [ius], 

swear,  take  an  oath.    {Abjure) 
ius,  iuris,  ;/.,  right,  justice 
iussu,    adv.    [iubeo],    by    order,    by 

command  of 
iussum,  -i,  ;/.  [iubeo],    order,    com- 
mand.   Cf.  imperatum 
iussus,  see  iubeo 


iiistus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [ius],  just 
iuvenis,  -e,  adj.,  young;   as  noun, 

young   man,    youth,     (fuvem'/e.) 

Cf.  adulescens 
iuvo,  iuvare,  iuvi,  iutus,  help,  aid 

L.,  abbreviation  for  Lucius 
Labienus,  -i,  m.,  labienus,  a  lieu- 
tenant in  Caesar's  army 
labor,  -oris,  m,  [laboro],  labor,  toil. 

Cf.  opus  and  opera 
laboro,    laborare,    laboravi,    labora- 

tiirus   [labor],   work,   toil ;   suffer. 

(Elaborate) 
lac,  lactis,  ;/.,  milk.    (Lacteal) 
Lacaena,  -ae,_/i,  a  Laconian  woman, 

a  woman  of  Sparta 
lacrima,  -a.e,f,  tear.    (Lachrymal) 
lacus,  -us,  m.,  lake,  pool 
laetitia,  -ae,/!  [laetus],  joy,  gladness 
laetus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,   glad,  merry, 

pleasant,  joyful 
Laevinus,  -i,  m.,  l^evinus,  a  Roman 

consul 

lambo,  lambere, , ,  lick,  lap 

lamenta,  -drum,  n.  plur.  [lamentor], 

wailing,  laments,  LAMENTation 
lamentor,  lamentari,  lamentatus  sum 

[lamenta],  wail,  lament 
lapis,    -idis,    ;//.,    stone,    milestone. 

(Lapidary) 
lateo,   latere,  latui,  ,   lurk,   lie 

hid,  be  concealed.    (Latent) 
Latinus,    -a,     -um,     adj.,     latin; 

masc.  plur.  as  nou?i,  the  latins 
latitudS,    -inis,  f    [latus],    breadth, 

width.    (Latitude) 
latro,  -onis,  m.,  robber,  brigand 
latus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  broad,  wide 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


309 


laudo,    laudare,    laudavi,    laudatus, 

praise,  laud.    {Laudatory) 
lectus,  see  leg5 
legatio,  -onis,  f.  [legates],  embassy, 

LEGATION 

legatus,  -1,  m.  [legatio],  ambassador, 
deputy,  lieutenant,  legatus. 
{Legate) 

legio,  -onis,  /  [lego],  (a  gathering), 

LEGION 

lego,  legere,  legi,  lectus,  gather ;  se- 
lect;  read 

Lemannus,  -1,  m.,  the  Lake  of 
Geneva 

lenis,  -e,  adj:  [leniter],  soft,  smooth, 
gentle,  mild.    {Lenient) 

leniter,  adv.  [lenis],  gently,  moder- 
ately 

Lentulus,  -1,  m.,  lentulus,  a  Roman 
name 

Leonidas,  -ae,  m.,  leonidas,  com- 
mander of  the  Greeks  at  Ther- 
mopylae 

lex,  legis,/!,  law.    {Legal) 

libenter,  adv.,  willingly,  gladly 

liber,  -bri,  m.,  book.    {Library) 

liber,  -era,  -erum,  adj.,  free.  {Lib- 
eral) 

Hberi,  -orum,  m.  plur.  [liber],  chil- 
dren 

libero,  liberare,  Hberavi,  liberatus 
[liber],  set  free,  free,  liberate; 
with  abl.  of  separation 

libertas,    -atis,  f.    [liber],    freedom, 

LIBERTY 

Lichas,  -ae,  m.,  lichas,  an  attend- 
ant of  Hercules 
ligneus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  wooden 
lignum,  -i.  ;/.,  wood;  stake,  stick 


Lingones,  -um,  m.  plur.,  the  lin- 
gones,  a  tribe  in  Gaul 

lingua,  -ae,/!,  tongue,  language 

Linus,  -1,  in.,  linus,  teacher  of  Her- 
cules in  music 

littera,  -ae,  /,  a  letter  (of  the  al- 
phabet); plur.,  letter,  epistle. 
{Literature) 

litus,  -oris,  n.,  shore.    {Littoral) 

loc5,  locare,  locavi,  locatus  [locus], 
place,  put,  set.    {Locate) 

locus,  -1,  m.  {plur.  loci,  m.,  and 
loca,  n.),  place,  position,  situation  ; 
chance,  opportunity.    {Local) 

locutus,  see  loquor 

longe,  adv.  [longus],  far,  far  off,  by 
far 

longinquus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [longus], 
distant,  remote,  far  away 

longitudo,  -inis,  /.,  length.  {Longi- 
tude) 

longus,  -a,*-um,  adj.,  long,  tedious 

loquor,  loqui,  locutus  sum,  speak, 
talk,  say.    {Elocution,  Eloquent) 

Lucanl,  -orum,  m.  plur.,  the  luca- 
nians,  a  people  of  southern  Italy 

liidus,  -1,  m.,  game,  sport 

lugeo,    lugere,    luxi,   ,    mourn, 

mourn  for 

lumen,  -inis,  n.  [lux],  light.  {Lumi- 
nous) 

lupa,  -ae,/;,  she-wolf 

lux,  lucis,/],  light.    {Lucid) 

M.,  abbreviation  for  Marcus 
machinatio,    -onis,  f.,    contrivance, 

machine,  engine 
magicus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  magic 
magis,  adv.  [mag\nus)],  more,  rather 


3io 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


magister,  -tri,  m.  [magis],  master, 
teacher.    {Magistrate) 

magnificus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [magnus- 
facio],  splendid,  magnificent 

magnitudo,  -inis,  f  [magnus],  great- 
ness, Size,  MAGNITUDE 

magnopere,  adv.  [at?/,  of  magnum 
opus],  greatly,  exceedingly,  heartily 

magnus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  great,  large; 
loud.   {Magnify) 

maior,  -ius,  adj.,  comp.  of  magnus. 
(Major) 

male,  adv.  [malus],  badly,  ill.  (Malev- 
olent) 

maid,    malle,    malui,   [magis- 

volo],  be  more  willing,  prefer, 
would  rather 

malum,  -1,  n.  [malus],  bad  thing,  evil 

malus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  bad,  evil 

mando,  mandare,  mandavi,  manda- 
tus  [manus-do],  (put  in  hand), 
charge,  comMAND,  intrust.  (Man- 
date) 

maneo,  manere,  mansi,  mansurus, 
stay,  reMAiN,  wait.    (Permanent) 

manus,  -us,  f,  hand;  grappling 
hook ;  force,  band.    (Afanual) 

Marcius,  Marci,  m.,  marcius,  a 
Roman  name 

Marcus,  -I,  m.,  marcus,  a  Roman 
first  name 

mare,  -is,  n.,  sea.    (Marine) 

maritus,  -I,  m.,  husband.    (Marital) 

Mars,  Martis,  m.,  mars,  the  god  of 
war.    (Martial) 

mater,  -tris,/.',  mother.   (Maternal) 

matrimonium,  matrimoni,  n.  [mater], 
matrimony,  marriage ;  in  matri- 
monium ducere,  marry 


matrona,  -ae,  f  [mater],  matron, 
woman 

maturo,  maturare,  maturavi,  matu- 
ratus,  hasten.  (Mature.)  Cf 
propero  and  contendo 

maxime,  adv.  [maximus],  most,  espe- 
cially, greatly.    Cf.  praecipue 

maximus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  superl.  of 
magnus.   (Maximum) 

me,  see  ego 

medicus,  -I,  m.,  doctor,  physician. 
(Medicine) 

medius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  middle,  middle 
of ;  in  medio,  between  (them) ;  in 
medium,  to  the  center.  (Medium) 

Medusa,  -ae,/!,  medusa,  one  of  the 
Gorgons,  slain  by  Perseus 

melior,  -ius,  adj.,  comp.  of  bonus, 
better.    (Ameliorate) 

membrum,  -I,  ;/.,  limb.    (Afemoer) 

memoria,  -ae,/!  [memoro],  memory 

memoro,  memorare,  memoravi,  me- 
moratus  [memoria],  mention,  re- 
late, state.    (Commemorate) 

mens,  mentis,  f,  mind.  Cf.  ani- 
mus 

mensa,  -ae,/!,  table 

mensis,  -is,  ;;/.,  month 

mercator,  -oris,  m.,  trader,  mer- 
chant 

Mercurius,  Mercuri,  ;//.,  mercury, 
the  messenger  of  the  gods 

mergo,  mergere,  mersi,  mersus,  sink. 
(Merge) 

meritum,  -i,  //.,  thing  deserved,  de- 
serts, merit 

mersus,  see  mergo 

meus,  -a,  -um,  possess,  adj.  and 
pron.,  my,  mine 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


311 


migro,  migrare,  migravi,  migraturus, 

depart.    {Migrate) 

mini,  see  ego 

miles,  -itis,  m.,  soldier.    (Military) 

militaris,  -e,  adj.  [miles],  military 

mille,  adj.,  hided,  in  sing. ;  hi  plur., 
milia,  -ium,  thousand  ;  also  {sup- 
ply passuum),  miles 

Minerva,  -ae,  f4  minerva,  the  god- 
dess of  wisdom 

minime,  adv.  [minimus],  least,  not 
at  all,,  by  no  means 

minimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  superl.  of 

(parvus,  least,  very  little.  (Mini- 
mum) 

minor,  -us,  adj.,  comp.  of  parvus, 
smaller,  lesser.    (Minor,  Minus) 

minus,  adv.  [minor],  less 

miraculum,  -1,  n.  [miror],  wonder, 
marvel,  miracle 

miror,  mirari,  miratus  sum  [mirus], 
wonder,  wonder  at,  adMiRE 

mirus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [miror],  wonder- 
ful, extraordinary 

miser,  -era,  -erum,  adj.,  wretched, 
unhappy,  MiSERable 

misere,  adv.  [miser],  wretchedly, 
MiSERably 

misericordia,  -ae,/.*,  pity,  compassion 

mitto,  mittere,  misi,  missus,  send. 
(Mission) 

modo,  adv.  [modus],  only ;  non  modo 
.  .  .  sed  etiam,  not  only  .  .  .  but 
also 

modus,  -i,  ;;/.,  way,  manner.    (Mood) 

moenia,  -ium,  n.  plur.  [munio],  walls 
(of  a  city).    Cf  murus 

moneo,  monere,  monui,  monitus,  re- 
mind, advise,  warn.    (Monitor) 


mons,  montis,  m.,  MOUNTain,  hill. 
Cf  collis 

monstro,  monstrare,  monstravi,  mon- 
stratus,  show,  point  out.  (Dem- 
onstrate) 

monstrum,  -i,  ;/.,  monster 

mora,  -ae,/*  [moror],  delay 

morior,  mori,  mortuus  sum  (fut.  part. 
moriturus)  [mors],  die.  (Mortuary) 

moror,  morari,  moratus  sum  [mora], 
retard,  hinder,  delay.  (Mora- 
torium) 

mors,  mortis,  f  [morior],  death. 
(Mortal.)    Cf.  nex 

mortuus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [morior],  dead 

mos,  moris,  m.,  manner,  habit, 
custom.    (Moral) 

moved,  movere,  movi,  motus,  move 

mox,  a'dv.,  soon,  presently 

Mucius,  Miici,  m.,  mucius,  a  Roman 
name 

mulier,  -eris,/*,  woman.    Cf  femina 

multitudo,  -inis,  f  [multus],  great 
number,  multitude,  quantity 

multo,  adv.  [multus],  by  much, 
much 

multum,  adv.  [multus],  much 

multus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  much ;  plur., 
many.    (Multiply) 

munio,  munire,  munivi  (munii),  mu- 
nitus  [moenia],  fortify,  defend 

munitio,  -onis,  f  [munio],  fortifica- 
tion, defense.    (Munitions) 

munus,  -eris,  ;/.,  duty,  oflice 

murus,  -i,  m.,  wall.  (Mural,  Im- 
mure.)  Cf  moenia 

mus,  muris,  m.  andf,  mouse 

Mus,  Muris,  m.,  mus,  a  Roman  sur- 
name 


312 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


musica,  -ae,/.,  music 

muto,    mutare,     mutavi,    mutatus, 

change,  alter.    {Mutation) 

nam,  conj^  for.    Cf.  enim 

narro,  narrare,  narravl,  narratus, 
tell,  relate,  narrate 

nascor,  nasci,  natus  sum,  be  born. 
{Native) 

Nasica,  -ae,  m.,  nasica,  a  Roman 
surname 

natio,  -onis,/!,  tribe,  people,  nation 

nato,  natare,  natavi,  nataturus  [fre- 
quentative of  no],  swim,  float. 
(Natatorial) 

natura,  -ae,  f  [nascor],  (birth), 
nature,  character 

natus,  see  nascor 

nauta,  -ae,  m.  [for  navita ; '  navis], 
sailor.    (Nautical) 

navigium,  navigi,  ;/.  [navigd],  boat 

navigd,  navigare,  navigavi,  naviga- 
tus  [navis-ago],  sail,  cruise,  navi- 
gate 

navis,  -is,  f  (ace.  -em,  -im ;  abl.  -1, 
-e),  ship.    (Naval) 

-ne,  interrog.  adv.,  enclitic,  sign  of 
a  question 

ne,  conj.,  that  not,  that ;  lest ;  ne 
.  .  .  quidem,  not  even 

nee,  see  neque 

necesse,  neut.  adj.,  indecl.,  unavoid- 
able, NECESSARY 

necessitas,  -atis,  f  [necesse],  need, 

NECESSITY 

neco,  necare,  necavi,  necatus  [nex], 
kill,  slay.    Cf.  interficio  and  occido 

negotium,  negoti, ;/.,  business,  labor. 
(Negotiate) 


nem5,  -ini  (dat.j  no  gen.  or  abl),  m. 

andf  [ne-homo],  no  one,  nobody, 

no  man 
Neptunus,  -1,  m.,  neptune,  the  god 

of  the  sea 
ne-que  or  nee,  conj.,  and  not,  nor ; . 

neque   .   .   .  neque,   neither  .  .  . 

nor 
Nervii,  -drum,  m.  plur.,  the  nervii, 

a  tribe  of  northeastern  Gaul 
Nessus,  -I,   m.,  nessus,  a  centaur 

slain  by  Hercules 
neuter,  -tra,  -trum,  adj.  and  pron. 

[ne-uter],  neither  (of  two).    (Neu- 
tral) 
nex,  necis,/!  [need],  death,  slaughter, 

murder.    Cf  mors 
nihil,  11.,  indecl.,  nothing ;  nihil  cibi, 

no  food.    (Nihilist) 
ni-si,  conj.,  if  not,  unless,  except 
nix,  nivis,/!,  snow 

no,  nare,  navi, ,  swim 

nobilis,  -e,  adj.  [nosed,  know],  well 

known,  celebrated ;  of  high  birth ; 

NOBLE 

nobilitas,    -atis,  f    [nobilis],    rank, 

NOBILITY 

noceo,  nocere,  nocui,  nociturus,  do 
harm  to,  hurt,  injure;  with  dat. 
(Noxious) 

noctu,  adv.  [nox],  by  night 

nolo,  nolle,  nolul, [ne-vold],  be 

unwilling,  will  not,  not  wish 

nomen,  -inis,  n.  [nosed,  know],  (that 
by  which  a  thing  is  known),  name. 
(Nominal) 

nomino,  nominare,  nSminavi,  n5mi- 
natus  [ndmen],  name,  call.  (Nomi- 
nate) 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


313 


n5n,  adv.  [ne-unum],  not;  ndn  iam, 
no  longer;  non  solum  .  .  .  sed 
etiam,  not  only  .  .  .  but  also. 
{Nonentity)    Cf  haud 

non-dum,  adv.,  not  yet 

non-nullus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  pron., 
(not  none),  some,  several 

nos,  see  ego 

noster,  -tra,  -trum,  possess,  adj.  and 
pron.  [nos],  our,  ours ;  nostri,  our 
men.    {Nostrum) 

novem,  adj.,  indecl.,  nine 

novus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  new.   {Novelty) 

nox,  noctis,/!,  night.   {Nocturnal) 

nubes,  -is,/],  cloud 

nullus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  pron. 
[ne-ullus],  no,  none,  no  one.  {Nul- 
lity) 

num,  interrog.  adv.,  in  an  indir. 
question,  whether 

Numa  Pompilius,  Numae  Pompili, 
m.,  numa  pompilius,  the  second 
king  of  Rome 

numerus,  -1,  0*.,  number.  {Nu- 
meral) 

numquam,  adv.  [ne-umquam],  never 

nunc,  adv.,  now.  {Quidnunc)  Cf. 
iam 

nuntio,  nuntiare,  nuntiavi,  nuntiatus 
[nuntius],  report,  anNOUNCE.  {An- 
nunciation) 

nuntius,  nunti,  m.  [nuntio],  bearer  of 
news,  messenger.    {Nuncio) 

nuper,  adv.  [for  noviper-,  novus], 
recently,  lately 

nympha,  -a.e,f,  nymph 

ob,  prep,  with  ace,  on  account  of 
oh-,  prefix,  against,  opposite 


ob-icio,     obicere,     obieci,     obiectus 

[-iacio],  (throw  in  the  way),  throw 

between,  interpose.    {Object) 
obiectus,  see  obicio 
oblatus,  see  offero 
obnoxius,  -a,  -um,    adj.,  liable  to, 

exposed  to.    {Obnoxious) 
obscuro,  obscurare,  obscuravl,  obscu- 

ratus,  darken,  conceal.    {Obscure) 
obses,  -idis,   m.   and  f   [ob-sedeo], 

(one  who    sits  or   remains  as  a 

pledge),  hostage 
ob-sideo,  obsidere,  obsedi,  obsessus 

[-sedeo],  (sit   down    against),   be- 

siege,  beset,  blockade.    {Obsess.) 

Cf  oppugno 
obsoletus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  old.'  {Obso- 
lete) 
ob-struo,    obstruere,    obstruxi,    ob- 

striictus,  (build  up  against),  block 

up,  bar,  barricade,  obstruct 
ob-stupefacio,  obstupefacere,  obstu- 

pefeci,     obstupefactus,     astonish, 

amaze,  astound     • 
ob-tineo,  obtinere,  obtinui,  obtentus 

[-teneo],    (hold   against),    possess, 

occupy,  hold.    {Obtain) 
occasio,  -onis,y],  chance,  opportunity. 

{Occasion.)    Cf.  potestas 
occasus,  -us,  m.,  setting  (of  the  sun) 
oc-cido,     occidere,     occidi,     occisus 

[ob-caedo],    cut   down,   slay,    kill. 

Cf  interficio  and  neco 
occup5,    occupare,    occupavi,    occu- 

patus  [ob-capio],  take  possession 

of,  seize;  occupy 
oc-curro,  occurrere,  occurri,  occursurus 

[ob-],  run  toward;    meet,  fall  in 

with.   {Occur) 


314 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


oceanus,  -I,  m.,  ocean 

Ocelum,  -I,  n.,  ocelum,  a  town  in 

Cisalpine  Gaul 
octingenti,  -ae,  -a,  adj.  [octo-centum], 

eight  hundred 
octo,  adj.,  indecl.,  eight.    {Octave) 
octoginta,  adj.,  indecl.,  eighty 
oculus,  -I,  m.,  eye.    (Ocular) 
odium,     odi,     //.,     hatred,    enmity. 

(Odium) 
Oeneus,  -I,   m.,   ceneus,    father   of 

Deianira 
Oeta,  -ae,  f,  geta,  a  mountain  in 

Greece 
of-fendo,  offendere,  offendi,  offensus 

[ob-],   strike   against;    come   on, 

find.    (Offend) 
of-fero,  offeree,  obtuli,  oblatus  [ob-], 

offer,  present 
officlna,  -ae,/!,  workshop,  laboratory 
officium,  offici, ;/.,  duty,  task.   (Office) 
olim,  adv.  [olle,  old  form  of  Me],  (at 

that  time);  formerly,  once;  once 

upon  a  time.    Cf  aliquando 
Olympus,  -I,  m.,  olympus,  a  moun- 
tain in  Greece,  the  abode  of  the 

gods 
o-mitto,    omittere,    omisi,    omissus 

[ob-],  let  go  by,  disregard,  neglect, 

OMIT 

omnino,  adv.  [omnis],  wholly,  alto- 
gether, entirely 

omnis,  -e,  adj.,  whole,  all,  every. 
(Omnipresent.)  Cf.  cunctus,  totus, 
and  iiniversus 

opera,  -ae,/!  [opus],  labor,  care,  work. 
(Opera.)    Cf.  labor  and  opus 

oppidanus,  -I, ;;/.  [oppidum],  townsman 

oppidum,  -I,  n.,  town,  stronghold 


op-primo,  oppnmere,  oppressi,  op- 
pressus  [ob-premo,  press],  over- 
come, crush,  oppress 

op-pugno,  oppugnare,  oppugnavi, 
oppugnatus  [ob-],  attack,  assault, 
besiege.    Cf  expugno  and  obsideo 

(ops),  opis,/!,  aid,  help.  Cf.  auxilium 

optimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  super  I.  of 
bonus,  best.    (Optimist) 

opus,  -eris,  n.,  work,  labor.  (Oper- 
ate)   Cf.  labor 

Sraculum,  -I,  ;/.  [pro],  oracle 

oratio,  -onis,  f  [oro],  speech,  plea; 

ORATION 

orbis,  -is,  /;/.,  circle,  orb,  world ; 
orbis  terrarum,  earth,  world.  (Or- 
bit) 

orbo,  orbare,  orbavi,  orbatus,  deprive, 
bereave 

ordino,  ordinare,  ordinavi,  ordinatus 
[ordo],  plan,  arrange.  (Coordi- 
nate, Ordain) 

ordo,  -inis,  ;;/.,  rank,  order  ;  ex 
ordine,  in  succession,  one  after 
another;  extra  ordinem,  out  of 
the  ranks.   (Extraordinary) 

Orgetorlx,  -Igis,  m.,  orgetorix,  a 
Helvetian  chief 

orior,  oriri,  ortus  sum,  arise,  spring, 
descend  (from) ;  orta  luce,  at  day- 
break 

5rno,  ornare,  ornavi,  ornatus,  adoRN, 
ORNAment,  deck 

oro,  orare,  5ravi,  oratus,  (speak),  beg, 
pray,  entreat,  plead.    (Oratory) 

ortus,  see  orior 

os-tendo,  ostendere,  ostendi,  osten- 
tus  [ob(s)-],  stretch  out;  show, 
display.    (Ostensible) 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


315 


5stium,  osti,  n.,  mouth 
ovis,  -is,/],  sheep 

P.,  abbreviation  for  Piiblius 

paco,  pacare,  pacavi,  pacatus,  sub- 
due, PAcify 

paene,  adv.,  nearly,  almost 

palaestra,  -ae,  f,  wrestling  school, 
gymnasium 

Palatinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  palatine, 
of  the  palatine  (one  of  the  hills 
of  Rome) 

palus,  -I,  7?t.,  stake,  pale 

palus,  -udis,/],  swamp,  marsh 

parens,  -entis,  m.  and/.,  parent 

pareo,    parere,    parui,  ,  (come 

forth,  apPEAR),  be  obedient  to, 
obey ;  with  dat. 

pariter,  adv.,  equally ;  pariter  ac, 
equally  with,  as  well  as  . 

paro,  parare,  paravi,  paratus,  make 
ready,  prep  a  re  for,  prep  are 

pars,  partis,/],  part,  share;  direc- 
tion, side.  {Partial) 

parum,  adv.,  too  little,  not  enough 

parvulus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [diminutive 
of  parvus],  very  small,  slight,  in- 
significant 

parvus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  small,  little 

passus,  see  patior 

passus,  -us,  m.  [pateo],  (a  stretch- 
ing out  of  the  feet  in  walking), 
step,     pace  ;      mille     passuum, 

MILE 

pastor,  -oris,  m.,  (feeder),  shepherd. 

(Pastor) 
pate-facio,  patefacere,  patefeci,  pate- 

factus  [pateo],  (make  open),  open, 

throw  open 


pateo,  patere,  patui, ,  lie  open, 

be  open,  be  exposed ;  extend. 
(Patent) 

pater,  -tris,  m.,  father.    (Paternal) 

patior,  pati,  passus  sum,  bear,  suffer, 
allow,  permit.    (Patient,  Passive) 

patria,  -ae,  f  [pater],  native  land, 
country.   (Patriotism) 

patrimonium,  patrimoni,  n.  [pater], 
property.    (Patrimony) 

paucus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  (generally 
plur),  few,  little.    (Paucity) 

paulo,  adv.,  by  a  little,  little 

paululum,  adv.  [diminutive  ofpau- 
lum],  a  very  little,  somewhat 

paulum,  adv.,  a  little,  somewhat 

pauper,  pauperis,  adj.,  poor.  (Pau- 
per) 

paupertas,  -atis,  f  [pauper],  want, 

POVERTY 

pavor,  -oris,  m.,  fear,  dread,  alarm. 

Cf  terror  and  timor 
pax,  pacis,  f,  peace.    (Pacify) 
pectus,  -oris,  n.,  breast.    (Pectoral) 
pecunia,  -ae,/]  [pecus],  money.    (Pe- 
cuniary) 
pecus,  -oris,  ;/.,  cattle,  flock 
pedes,  -itis,  m.  [pes],  foot  soldier 
peditatus,  -us,  m.  [pedes],  infantry 
peior,  -ius,    adj.,   comp.   of  malus, 

worse 
pellS,  pellere,  pepuli,  pulsus,  beat, 

drive,  defeat.  (Expel,  Pulse) 
per,  prep,  with  ace,  through,  by,  by 
means  of,  on  account  of.  (Percent- 
age) 
peragro,peragrare,peragravi,peragra- 
tus  [per  agrum],  wander  through, 
pass  over,  traverse.    Cf.  perlustro 


3i6 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


per-cipi5,  percipere,  percepi,  percep- 
tus  [-capio],  perceive,  feel.  (Per- 
ception.)   Cf  sentio 

percussus,  see  percutio 

per-cutio,  percutere,  percuss!,  per- 
cussus [-quatio,  strike],  hit,  strike, 
run  through.  (Percussion) 
*  per-do,  perdere,  perdidi,  perditus 
[-do,  put],  lose.  (Perdition.)  Cf 
amitto 

per-diico,  perducere,  perdiixi,  per- 
ductus,  lead  through,  conDUCT, 
bring;  construct 

per-ficio,  perficere,  perfecl,  perfectus 
[-facio],  accomplish ;  perfect 

perfractus,  see  perfringo 

per-fringo,  perfringere,  perfregi,  per- 
fractus [-frango,  break],  break  to 
pieces,  shatter,  completely  wreck 

pergo,  pergere,  perrexi,  perrecturus 
[per-rego],  go  on,  proceed,  hasten. 
Cf.  procedo  and  progredior 

periculum,  -I,  //.  [experior],  trial,  at- 
tempt; risk,  danger,  peril 

per-lustro,  perlustrare,  perlustravi, 
perlustratus,  wander  through, 
view  all  over,  examine,  survey. 
Cf  peragro 

per-maneo,  permanere,  permansi,  per- 
mansurus,  reMAiN 

per-mitto,  permittere,  permisi,  per- 
missus,  allow,  grant,  suffer,  per- 
mit ;  yield,  give  up ;  with  dat. 
of  person.    (Permission) 

per-moveo,  permovere,  permovi,  per- 
motus,  excite 

per-scribo,  perscribere,  perscripsi, 
perscriptus,  write  at  length,  de- 
scribe  fully 


Perses,  -ae,  m.,  a  Persian 

Perseus,  -I,  ;//.,  perseus,  a  hero  of 
Greek  mythology 

perspectus,  see  perspicio 

per-spicio,  perspicere,  perspexi, 
perspectus  [specid,  look],  (see 
through),  see  clearly,  ascertain. 
(Perspective) 

per-suadeo,  persuadere,  persuasi,  per- 
suasus,  persuade;  with  dat. 
of  person .    (Persuasion) 

per-terreo,  perterrere,  perterrui,  per- 
territus,  thoroughly  frighten,  alarm 

pertinacia, -ae,/!,  perseverance;  ob- 
stinacy, PERTINACITY 

per-tineo,   pertinere,   pertinui,  

[-teneo],  extend,  pertain  to 

pertractus,  see  pertraho 

per-traho,  pertrahere,  pertraxl,  per- 
tractus, (drag  through),  drag,  drag 
along 

per-turbo,  perturbare,  perturbavi,  per- 
turbatus,  disTURB,  arouse.  (Per- 
turbation) 

per-venio,  pervenire,  perveni,  per- 
venturus,  come  up,  arrive,  reach 

pes,  pedis,  «r.,  foot ;  pedem  referre, 
retreat,  fall  back.    (Pedal) 

pessimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  superl.  of 
malus,  worst.    (Pessimist) 

peto,  petere,  petivl  (petii),  petltus, 
seek,  demand,  ask  for,  ask,  beg; 
attack.  (Petition.)  Cf.  postuld, 
quaero,  and  rogo 

pilum,  -I,  //.,  javelin.    (Pile-driver) 

pinguis,  -e,  adj.,  fat,  heavy 

pirata,  -ae,  m.,  pirate 

piscator,  -oris,  m.,  fisherman.  (Pis- 
catorial) 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


317 


placeo,   placere,   placui,   placiturus, 

please  ;  with  dat.   {Placid) 

planities,  -el,  /.,  (a  flatness),  level 
ground,  plain 

plebs,  plebis,/,  the  common  people, 
PLEBeians 

ploro,  plorare,  ploravi,  ploratus,  be- 
wail, lament,  grieve.    {Deplore) 

plurimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  superl.  of 
multus,  most,  very  many;  pluri- 
mum  posse,  be  very  powerful, 
have  most  influence 

plus,  pluris,  adj.,  comp.  of  multus, 
more ;  plur.,  more,  many.  (Plural) 

poena,  -ae,  f  [punio],  fine,  punish- 
ment ;  poenas  dare,  suffer  punish- 
ment.   (Penalty,  Subpoena) 

Poenus,  -1,  m.,  a  Carthaginian 

poeta,  -ae,  m.,  poet 

polliceor,  pollicerl,  pollicitus  sum, 
promise ;  rarely  as  pass.,  be 
promised 

Polydectes,  -is,  m.,  polydectes,  a 
king  of  Seriphos 

Polyphemus,  -1,  m.,  polyphemus,  a 
'Cyclops 

pdmum,  -1,  n.,  apple.   (Pomology) 

pondus,  -eris,  //.,  weight,  bulk. 
(Ponderous) 

pono,  ponere,  posui,  positus,  put, 
place,  set,  set  up,  pitch  (camp); 
pass.,  lie.    (Position,  Postpone) 

pons,  pontis,  m.,  bridge.    (Pontoon) 

populor,  popularl,  populatus  sum, 
lay  waste,  devastate,  plunder,  pil- 
lage.  (Depopulate) 

populus,  -1,  m.,  people.    (Populous) 

Porsena,  -ae,  ?n.,  porsena,  a  king 
of  Clusium,  in  Etruria 


porta,  -ae,/!,  gate,  door.   (Portal)' 

porto,  portare,  portavi,  portatus, 
carry,  bring.    (Import.)    Cf  fero 

portus,  -us,  m.,  harbor,  port 

posed,  poscere,  poposci,  ,  de- 
mand.   Cf.  postuld 

positus,  see  pono 

possum,  posse,  potui, ,  be  able, 

can ;  plurimum  posse,  be  very 
powerful,  have  most  influence. 
(Possible) 

post,  prep,  with  ace.,  after,  behind; 
adv.,  afterwards.    (Postscript) 

post-ea,  adv.,  afterwards 

(posterus),  -a,  -um,  adj.  [post],  fol- 
lowing, next."  (Postern,  Posterity) 

post-quam,  conj.,  after 

postridie,  adv.  [postero  die],  on  the 
next  day 

postulo,  postulare,  postulavi,  postu- 
latus,  ask,  request,  demand.  (Pos- 
tulate.) Cf.  peto,  quaero,  and 
rogo 

potestas,  -atis,  f  [possum],  power, 
authority ;  opportunity,  permission 

prae-,  prefix,  before,  very 

prae-acutus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  sharpened 
at  the  end,  pointed 

praebeo,  praebere,  praebui,  praebitus 
[prae-habed],  hold  forth,  offer,  fur- 
nish ;  cause,  render 

praecipue,  adv.  [praecipuus],  chiefly, 
especially,  particularly.  Cf.  maxime 

praecipuus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  particular; 
of  high  rank 

prae-clarus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  very  splen- 
did, glorious 

praeda,  -ae,/!  [praedor],  booty,  spoil, 
prey.   (Predatory) 


3i8 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


praedor,  praedari,  praedatus  sum 
[praeda],  rob,  plunder.  {Depreda- 
tion) 

prae-ficio,  praeficere,  praefeci,  prae- 
fectus  [-facio],  put  in  command. 
{Prefect) 

prae-mitto,  praemittere,  praemisi, 
praemissus,  send  ahead 

praemium,  praemi,  n.,  reward,  prize. 
{Premium) 

Praeneste,  -is,  n.  andf,  pr^eneste, 
a  town  of  Italy 

praesens,  -entis,  adj.,  instant,  imme- 
diate, PRESENT 

praeses,  -idis,  m.  andf.  [prae-sedeo], 
(one  who  sits  before),  protector, 
guardian 

praesidium,  praesidi,  n.  [praesideo, 
sit  before],  defense,  help,  protec- 
tion, support,  guard.  Cf  auxi- 
lium  and  subsidium 

prae-sto,  praestare,  praestiti,  prae- 
stitus,  stand  out,  surpass,  be 
superior  to,  be  preferable;  per- 
form, furnish.  Cf.  supero  and 
vinco  • 

prae-sum,  praeesse,  praeful,  prae- 
futiirus,  be  before,  be  at  the  head 
of,  command  ;   with  dat. 

praeter-ea,  adv.,  besides,  moreover 

praeter-eo,  praeterire,  praeterii,  prae- 
teritus,  go  by,  pass  by.  {Pret- 
erit) 

prehendo,  prehendere,  prehendi,  pre- 
hensus, grasp,  seize.  {Comprehend) 

pretiosus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [pretium], 
costly,  valuable,  precious 

pretium,  preti,  n.,  price,  value;  re- 
ward, ransom.    {Appreciate) 


prex,  precis,  f,  prayer,  entreaty. 
{Imprecate) 

primo,  adv.  [primus],  at  first,  first, 
in  the  first  place 

primum,  adv.  [primus],  first,  at  first 

primus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  first,  fore- 
most.   {Prime,  Primal) 

princeps,  -cipis,  ;;/.  [primus -capio], 
(taking  the  first  place),  chief, 
leader.  {Prince,  Pri?icipal)  Cf. 
dux 

Priscus,  -i,  ;;/.,  Tarquinius  priscus, 
one  of  the  seven  kings  of  Rome 

prius,  adv.,  before,  sooner,  previously 

prius-quam,  conj.,  sooner  than, 
before 

privatus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [pfivo],  pri- 
vate 

privo,  privare,  privavl,  privatus, 
dePRiVE ;  with  abl. 

pr5,  prep,  with  abl.,  before,  in  be- 
half of,  for,  instead  of ;  consider- 
ing ;  in  accordance  with 

probo,    probare,    probavi,    probatus, 

PROVE,    apPROVE 

prd-cedd,  procedere,  processi,  proces- 

surus,  come  forward,  go  forward, 

advance,    proceed.     Cf.  progre- 

dior  and  pergd 
procul,  adv.,  far,  afar  off 
pro-diico,    producere,    produxi,    pro- 

ductus,   lead    forth,   bring    forth. 

{Produce) 
proelium,  proeli,  ;/.,  battle,  combat, 

skirmish.  Cf.  pugna 
profectus,  see  proficiscor 
proficiscor,  proficisci,  profectus  sum, 

set  out,  march,  go.    Cf  exed  and 

egredior 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


|  pro-gredior,  progredi,  progressus 
sum  [-gradior,  go],  go  forward,  ad- 
vance, progress.    Cf.  procedo 

progressus,  see  progredior 

pro-hibeo,  prohibere,  prohibui,  pro- 
hibitus  [-habeo],  prevent,  keep 
from,   PROHIBIT 

pro-icio,  proicere,  proieci,  proiectus 
[-iacio],  throw.,  cast.    {Projectile) 

pro-mitto,  promittere,  promlsi,  pro- 
missus,  put  forth,  promise 

promo,  promere,  prompsi,  promptus 
[pro-emo],  take  out,  bring  forth. 
{Prompt) 

pro-moveo,  promovere,  promovi, 
promotus,  move  forward,  ad- 
vance.   {Promote) 

promunturium,     promunturi,      n., 

PROMONTORY 

prope,  prep,  with  ace.,  near,  near 

to ;  adv.,  close  at  hand,  nearly, 

almost 
propero,  properare,  properavi,  pro- 

peraturus,    hasten.     Cf.   maturo 

and  contendo 
propinquus,  -a,   -um,    adj.    [prope], 

near.    {Propinquity) 
propior,    -ius,    adj.,    comp.    [prope], 

nearer,  close 
propius,  adv.  [propior],  nearer 
pro-pono,  proponere,  proposui,  pro- 
positus,   put    before,    set    forth ; 

make  known,  declare,  propose. 

{Proposition) 
propter,  prep,  with  ace,  on  account 

of 
prd-sterno,    prosternere,     prostravi, 

prostratus,    strike    down,    knock 

down 


319 


prdstratus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [prdsterno], 
thrown  down,  prostrate 

pro-sum,  prodesse,  prof ui,  profuturus, 
be  before,  be  useful  to,  benefit, 
avail ;  with  dat. 

provectus,  see  proveho 

pro-veho,  provehere,  provexi,  pro- 
vectus, carry  forward,  carry  off; 
pass.,  advance,  proceed 

provincia,  -ae,  f.,  province 

pro-voco,  provocare,  provocavi,  pro- 
vocatus,  call  forth,  challenge, 
•  invite.    {Provoke) 

proximus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  super  I.  of 
propior,  nearest,  next.  {Proximity) 

publice,  adv.,  in  the  name  of  the 
state,  PUBLicly 

Publicola,  -ae,  m.,  publicola,  a 
Roman  surname 

puella,  -ae,  f  [dimi?iutive  of  puer], 
girl,  maiden 

puer,  -eri,  ?;/.,  boy,  child.    {Puerile) 

pugna,  -ae,  f  [pugno],  battle,  con- 
test, fight.  Cf  proelium.  {Pug- 
nacious) 

pugno,  pugnare,  pugna vi,  pugnatiirus 
[pugna],  fight.    Cf  dlmicd 

pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum,  adj.,  beauti- 
ful, fair,  pretty.    {Pulchritude) 

punio,  punire,  piinivi  (piinii),  puni- 
tus  [poena],  punish 

puto,  putare,  putavi,  putatus,  think, 
believe,  reckon.  {Compute.)  Cf. 
arbitror  and  existimd 

Pyrrhus,  -1,  m.,  pyrrhus,  a  king  of 
Epirus 

Pythia,  -ae,  f,  the  pythia,  the 
inspired  prophetess  of  Apollo  at 
Delphi 


320 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


qua,  adv.  [qui],  where 
quadraginta,  adj.,  indecl.,  forty 
quaero,  quaerere,  quaesivi  (quaesii), 

quaesitus,    seek,    ask,    inQUiRE. 

Cf.  peto  and  rogo 
qualis,  -e,   interrog.  and  rel.  adj., 

what  sort  of.    (Quality) 
quam,  adv.  [qui],  than,  how 
quam-quam,  conj.,  though,  although 
quando,  adv.,  at  any  time 
quantus,  -a,  -um,  interrog.  and  rel. 

adj.  [quam],  how  great,  how  much ; 

as  great  as,  as  much  as.    {Quan- 

tity) 
qua-re,    adv.,    for    which    reason, 

wherefore,  therefore 
quartus,    -a,    -um,    adj.    [quattuor], 

fourth.    [Quart) 
qua-si,  adv.,  as  if 
quattuor,  adj.,  indecl.,  four 
quattuor-decim,  adj.,  indecl. [-decern], 

fourteen 
-que,  conj.,  enclitic,  and.    Cf.  et  and 

atque  (ac) 
qui,  quae,  quod,  rel.  pron.  and  adj., 

who,  which,  what,  that 
quidam,   quaedam,  quoddam  (quid- 
dam),   indef  pron.   and  adj.,   a 

certain  one,  certain,  a 
quidem,  adv.  (never  the  first  word), 

indeed,    certainly,    in    truth ;    ne 

.  .  .  quidem,  not  .  .  .  even 
quies,  -etis,/!,  quiet,  rest,  repose 
quinquaginta,  adj.,  indecl.  [quinque], 

fifty 
quinque,  adj.,  indecl.,  five.    (Quin- 

quennial) 
quintus,    -a,    -um,    adj.    [quinque], 

fifth 


Quirinalis,  -is,  m.,  the  quirinal, 
one  of  the  hills  of  Rome 

quis  (qui),  quae,  quid  (quod),  in- 
terrog. pro?i.  and  adj.,  who? 
which  ?    what  ? 

quisquam,  ,  quidquam,  indef. 

pron.  and  adj.  (no  plur.),  any  one, 
anything  (at  all),  any 

quisque,  quaeque,  quidque  (quod- 
que),  indef  pron.  and  adj.,  each 
one,  each,  every 

qui-vis,  quaevis,  quodvis  (quidvis), 
indef  pro7i.  and  adj.,  any  one, 
anything  (you  wish),  any  what- 
ever 

quo,  interrog.  and  rel.  adv.  [quis, 
qui],  whither,  where 

quod,  conj.  [qui],  because,  in  that 

quoque,  conj.  (after  an  emphatic 
word),  also,  too.    Cf.  etiam 

quot,  interrog.  and  rel.  adj.,  indecl., 
how  many?  as  many  as 

rapina,  -ae,/!  [rapid],  robbery,  plun- 
dering.   (Rapine) 

rapio,  rapere,  rapui,  raptus,  seize; 
snatch,  drag.    (Rapt,  Rapture) 

raro,  adv.,  seldom,  RAREly 

ratio,  -onis,/l,  (a  reckoning),  reason, 
method,  plan,  way,  conduct. 
(Ratio) 

re-  (red-),  prefix,  back,  again 

re-cedo,  recedere,  recessi,  recessiirus, 
withdraw.    (Recede,  Recess) 

re-cipio,  recipere,  recepi,  receptus 
[-capio],  take  back,  receive,  re- 
cover; se  recipere,  withdraw, 
retreat,  betake  one's  self.  (Re- 
ception) 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


321 


rectus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [rego],  straight, 
diRECT,  right 

re-cumbo,  recumbere,  recubui, , 

lie  down,  sink  down.   {Recumbent) 

re-curro,    recurrere,    recurri,    , 

(run  back),  retire,  return.    {Recur) 

re-cuso,  recusare,  recusavl,  recusatus 
[causa],  decline,  refuse 

red-do,  reddere,  reddidi,  redditus 
[re(d)-do,  put],  give  back,  return, 
render,  make 

red-eo,  redlre,  redii,  rediturus  [re{d )-], 
go  back,  return 

red-imo,  redimere,  redemi,  redemptus 
[re(d)-emo],  buy  back,  purchase, 
redeem,  ransom.     (Redeinption) 

reditus,  -us,  ///.  [reded],  return 

re-duco,  rediicere,  reduxi,  reductus, 
lead  back,  bring  back.    (Reduce) 

re-fero,  referre,  rettuli,  relatus,  bring 
back ;  return,  repay ;  report,  an- 
nounce ;  pedem  referre,  with- 
draw, retreat,  fall  back.  (Refer, 
Re/ate) 

refractus,  see  refringo 

re-fringo,  refringere,  refregi,  refrac- 
tus [-frango],  break  down,  break 
open.    (Refraction) 

re-fugio,  refugere,  refugi, ,  flee 

for    safety,    flee,    take   to   flight. 
(Refuge) 

regina,  -a.e,f  [regd],  (the  ruling  one), 
queen 

regio,  -onis,  f,  place,  region, 
country 

regius,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [rex],  the  king's, 
of  the  king,  royal 

regno,  regnare,  regnavi,  regnaturus 
[regnum],  rule,  reign 


regnum,  -I,  n.  [rex],  kingdom 
reg5,  regere,  rexi,  rectus  [rex],  rule 
re-icio,  reicere,  reieci,  reiectus  [-iacio], 

throw  back,  drive  back,  hurl  back. 

(Reject) 
re-labor,  relabi,  relapsus  sum,  (slide 

back),  flow  back,  subside.  (Re/apse) 
re-linquo,  relinquere,  reliqui,  relictus, 

leave  behind,  leave,  abandon.  (Re- 

linquish) 
reliquus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  remaining, 

rest  of;  ftlur.  as  noun,  the  rest. 

(Relief   Cf  ceteri 
re-mando,  remandare,  remandavi,  re- 

mandatus,  send  back  word.    (Re- 
mand) 
re-moveo,  removere,  removi,  remotus, 

(move  back),  remove.    (Remote) 
re-muneror,  remunerari,  remiineratus 

sum,  repay,  reward.  (Remunerate) 
Remus,  -1,  m.,    remus,  brother  of 

Romulus 
remus,  -1,  m.,  oar 
re-niinti5,  renuntiare,  renuntiavi,  re- 

niintiatus,  report,  anNOUNCE.  (Re- 
nunciation) 
re-paro,  reparare,  reparavi,  reparatus, 

renew,  revive.    (Repair) 
re-pello,  repellere,  reppuli,  repulsus, 

drive  away,  cast  down,  deprive; 

REPULSE,  REPEL 

repentino,  adv.  [repentinus],  sud-* 
denly,  unexpectedly 

repentinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  sudden 

re-perio,  reperire,  repperi,  repertus 
[-pario,  bring  forth],  find,  discover, 
ascertain.    Cf  invenio 

repertor,  -oris,  ;;/.  [reperio],  discov- 
erer, inventor 


322 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


re-pled,  replere,  replevi,  repletus,  fill 
up  again.    {Replete) 

re-pono,  reponere,  reposui,  repositus, 
put  away,  store,  keep 

re-porto,  reportare,  reportavi,  repor- 
tatus,  bring  back,  win,  gain.  {Re- 
port.)   Cf.  refero 

re-posco,  reposcere,  , ,  de- 
mand back,  ask  for,  claim 

repositus,  see  repono 

re-prehendo,  reprehendere,  repre- 
hend!, reprehensus,  find  .fault 
with,  blame.    {Reprehend) 

re-promitto,  repromittere,  repromisi, 
repromissus,  promise  in  return 

repulsus,  see  repello 

res,  rei,/l,  thing,  event,  circumstance, 
affair,  scheme,  cause,  matter,  fact ; 
res  publica,  republic,  state,  com- 
monwealth ;  res  frumentaria,  grain 
supply,  provisions  ;  qua  re,  where- 
fore.  {Real,  Rebus) 

re-scindo,  rescindere,  rescidi,  rescis- 
sus,  cut  off,  break  down,  demol- 
ish.   {Rescind) 

rescissus,  see  rescindo 

re-sisto,  resistere,  restiti,  ,  re- 
sist, oppose ;  with  dat. 

re-spondeo,  respondere,  respondl,  re- 
sponsus,  (promise  in  return), 
answer,  reply,  respond 

responsum,  -I,  n.  [responded],  reply, 

RESPONSE 

re-stituo,  restituere,  restitui,  restitii- 
tus  [statud,  set  up],  replace,  re- 
store.   {Restitution) 

re-tineo,  retinere,  retinui,  retentus 
[-teneo],  keep  back,  reserve.  {Re- 
tain) 


reversus,  see  reverts 

re-verto,  revertere,  reverti,  reversus 

{or,  In  the  present  system,  cojn- 

monly  revertor,    etc.,   deponent), 

turn  back,  return.  {Revert) 
rex,  regis,   m.   [rego],  (ruler),  king. 

{Regal) 
Rhea  Silvia,  Rheae  Silviae,/^,  rhea 

silvia,  a  priestess  of  Vesta,  and 

mother  of  Romulus  and  Remus 
Rhenus,  -I,  m.,  the  rhine 
Rhodanus,  -I,  ;//.,  the  rhone 
rideo,  ridere,  risi,  risus,  smile,  laugh 

at,  laugh.    {Deride) 
ripa,  -a.*,/.,  bank.    {Riparian) 
rogo,   rogare,   rogavi,    rogatus,   ask, 

question.     Cf.   quaero,   peto,  and 

postulo 
rogus,  -I,  ;;/.,  funeral  pile,  pyre 
Roma,  -a.e,f.,  rome 
Romanus,    -a,    -um,    adj.    [R5ma], 

roman  ;  masc.  as  noun,  a  roman 
Romulus,  -I,  m.,  romulus,  first  king 

of  Rome 
rupes,  -is,  f.,  steep  rock,  cliff.    Cf. 

saxum 
rursus,  adv.  [for  reversus],  (turned 

back),  again 

Sabini,  -drum,  m.,  the  sabines,  a 

tribe  of  Italy 
sacer,  -era,  -crum,  adj.,  sacred 
sacerdos,   -otis,   ni.    a?id  f   [sacer], 

priest,  priestess.    {Sacerdotal) 
sacrificium,    sacrifici%   ;/.    [sacrifico], 

SACRIFICE 

sacrifico,  sacrificare,   sacrificavi,  sa- 
crificatus  [sacer-facio],  sacrifice 
sacrum,  -I,  n.  [sacer],  shrine 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


323 


saepe,  adv.,  often,  frequently 
saepio,     saepire,     saepsi,     saeptus, 

(hedge  in),  surround,  fortify,  guard 
saevus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  cruel,  savage, 

fierce.    Cf  atrox  and  trux 
sagitta,  -a.e,f,  arrow.    {Sagittarius) 
saltus,  -us,  m.,  forest,  glade,  thicket 
salus,    -utis,   f,    SAFEty,    welfare ; 

greeting 
Samnites,  -ium,  m.  plur.,  the  sam- 

nites,  a  tribe  of  Italy 
sanguis,-inis,///.,  blood.  (Sanguinary) 
Santones,  -um,  ?n.  plur.,  the  san- 

tones,  a  tribe  of  Gaul 
satis,    adv.,     enough,     sufficiently. 

(Satisfy) 
saxum,  -1,  //.,  stone,  rock.    Cf.  riipes 
scelus,  -eris,  n.,  wickedness,  crime 
scio,  scire,  scivi  (scii),  scitus,  know, 

know  how.  (Science .)  Cf.  cognosc5 
Scipio,  -onis,  m.,  scipio,  a  famous 

Roman  general 
scriba,  -ae,  m.  [scribd],  writer,  clerk, 

secretary.   (Scribe) 
scribo,    scrlbere,    scrips!,    scriptus, 

write.    (Scripture) 
scutum,  -1,  n.,  shield 
se,  sese,  see  sul 
sectio,  -onis,  f,  (a  cutting),  sale  of 

confiscated  goods,  booty.  (Section) 
secundus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [sequor],  fol- 
lowing, next;  second 
sed,  conj.,  but.    Cf  autem 
sedecim,    adj.,    indecl.    [sex-decem], 

sixteen 
sedeo,  sedere,  sedi,  sessurus  [sedes], 

sit.    (Sedentary) 
sedes,  -is,  f  [sedeo],  seat,  dwelling, 

perch.    (See  of  a  bishop) 


seditio,    -onis,  f,    discord,    revolt, 

SEDITION 

Segusiavi,  -orum,  m.  plur.,  the 
segusiavi,  a  tribe  of  Gaul 

semper,  adv.,  always,  ever 

senator,  -oris,  ;//.  [sendtus],  sena- 
tor 

senatus,  -us,  m.  [senator],  council  of 
elders,  senate 

senectus,  -utis,/."  [senex,  old],  old  age 

senior,  -oris,  m.  [comp.  of  senex,  old], 
elder.    (Senior) 

sentio,  sentire,  sensi,  sensus,  feel, 
know  (by  the  senses),  see,  per- 
ceive.   (Sense.)    Cf.  percipio 

sepelio,  sepelire,  sepelivl  (sepelii), 
sepultus,  bury,  inter.    (Sepulture) 

septem,  adj.,  indecl.,  seven 

septimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [septem], 
seventh 

Sequani,  -orum,  m.  plur.,  the  se- 
quani,  a  tribe  of  Gaul 

sequor,  sequi,  secutus  sum,  follow. 
(Prosecute) 

Seriphus,  -1,  /.',  seriphos,  a  small 
island  east  of  Greece 

serpens,  -entis,  m.,  serpent,  snake 

servitiis,  -utis,  f  [servus],  slavery, 
servitude 

Servius  Tullius,  Servl  Tulli,  ;//., 
servius  tullius,  one  of  the  kings 
of  Rome 

servo,  servare,  servavi,  servatus, 
save,  keep,  preSERVE 

servus,  -1,  m.,  slave,  SERvant 

sex,  adj.,  indecl.,  six 

si,  conj.,  if,  whether 

sic,  adv.,  so,  thus,  in  this  way.  Cf. 
ita  and  tarn 


324 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


siccus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  dry;  in  sicco, 
on  dry  ground.    {Desiccate) 

Sicilia,  -ae,  f,  sicily,  an  island  off 
the  coast  of  Italy 

signum,  -i,  «.,  mark,  sign,  ensiGN, 

SIGNal 

silva,  -ae,/!,  wood,  forest.    (Silvan) 
similis,  -e,  adj.  [simul],  like,  resem- 
bling, siMiLar 
simul,   adv.   [similis],   at    the   same 

time ;  simul  ac,  as  soon  as 
sine,    prep,     with    ad/.,     without. 

(Sinecure) 
sinister,  -tra,  -trum,  adj.,  left  (hand). 

(Sinister) 
sinus,  -us,  m.,  lap,  bosom 
situs,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  placed,  set,  lying, 

siTuated 
socius,  soci, ///.,  comrade,  companion, 

ally.    (Social) 
sol,  solis,  m.,  sun.    (Solar) 
sollicito,  sollicitare,  sollicitavi,  solli- 

citatus,  stir,  arouse,  tempt.  (Solicit) 
solus,-a,-um,tf^'., alone, single;  sole 
solvo,  solvere,  solvi,  solutus,  loose, 

loosen;  melt;  break;  pay.  (Solve) 
somnus,  -i,  m.,  sleep.    (Somnolent) 
sonitus,  -us,  m.,  sound,  noise,  din, 

clash 
soror,  -oris,/!,  sister.    (Sorority) 
Sparta,  -ae;  f,  sparta,  a  city  of 

Greece 
Spartanus,  -i,  ;;/.,  a  spartan 
spatium,    spati,    ;/.,    room,    space, 

distance,  time 
species,  (-el),  f.  [specto],  sight,  ap- 
pearance, pretense.    (Species) 
spectaculum,  -I,  n.  [specto],  a  show, 

exhibition.    (Spectacle) 


specto,  spectare,  spectavi,  spectatus, 

look  at,  behold,  witness.  (Spectator) 
speculum,  -i,  n.  [specto],  mirror 
spelunca,  -ae,/!,  cave,  cavern,  den 
sperno,    spernere,    sprevi,    spretus, 

despise,  reject,  scorn,  spurn 
spero,    sperare,     speravi,     speratus 

[spes],  hope,  hope  for 
spes,  spei,/!  [spero],  hope;  in  spem 

venire,  to  entertain  hopes 
spondeo,  spondere,  spopondi,  sponsus, 

pledge,  promise.    (Spouse) 
sponte  (sua),  only  abl.,  of  (one's  own) 

accord.    (Spontaneous) 
statim,  adv.  [sto],  (standing  there), 

on  the  spot,  immediately,  at  once. 

Cf.  subito 
statua,  -ae,  f.  [statud,  set  up],  (the 

thing  set  up),  statue 
stella,  -ae,  /.,  star.    (Constellation, 

Stellar) 
stipendium,  stipend!, ;/.,  wages,  pay ; 

military  service.    (Stipend) 
sto,  stare,  steti,  staturus,  stand 
studeo,  studere,  studui, [studium], 

desire,    be  eager  for;    with  dat. 

(Student) 
studiosus,    -a,    -um,   adj.   [studium], 

eager,  desirous,  studious 
studium,    studi,    n.    [studeo],    zeal, 

eagerness ;  study 
stuped,  stupere,  stupui, ,  be  as- 
tonished, be  amazed.   (Stupefy) 
suadeo,  suadere,   suasi,  suasus,  ad- 
vise, urge  ;    with  dat.  of  pe?'son. 

(Suasion) 
sub,  prep,  with  ace.  and  abl.,  under, 

up    to ;     sub    vesperum,    toward 

evening.    (Subway) 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


325 


sub-do,    subdere,    subdidi,    subditus 

[-do,  put],  put  under,  set  to 
sub-eo,    subire,    subii,    subitus,    go 

under,  go  up  to,  enter ;  undergo 
sub-icio,  subicere,  subieci,  subiectus 

[-iacio],  put  under,  place  under ; 

with   dat.  of  the   object   under 

which.    {Subject) 
sub-igo,   subigere,   subegi,   subactus 

[-ago],  bring  under,  subdue 
subito,    adv.,    suDDenly,   unexpect- 
edly.   Cf.  statim 
sublatus,  sjee  tollo 
sublicius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  resting  on 

piles ;    p5ns   Sublicius,   the   Sub- 

lician  bridge,  the  pile  bridge 
subsidium,  subsidi,  //.,  help,  aid,  re- 
lief. (Subsidy.)  Cf.  auxilium  and 

praesidium 
suc-cedo,  succedere,  success!,  succes- 

siirus  [«/&-],  come  up,  approach, 

follow.    (Succeed) 
Suessa  Pdmetia,  Suessae  Pometiae, 

f,  suessa  pometia,  a  city  of  Italy 
sui,  reflex. pron.,  of  himself  (herself, 

itself,  themselves).    (Suicide) 
Sulpicius,    Sulpici,    m.,    a    Roman 

name 
sum,   esse,   fui,    futurus,   be,   exist. 

(Essence,  Future) 
summus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  superl.  of 

superus,  highest,  greatest,  extreme. 

(Sum,  Consummate) 
sumo,    sumere,    sumpsi,    siimptus, 

take,  take  up  ;  assuME 
super,  prep,  with  ace.  and  abl.,  over, 

above,  upon.    (Sttperhuman) 
super-incido,     superincidere,    , 

,  fall  on  from  above 


superior,  -ius,  adj.,  comp.  of  supe- 
rus, higher,  superior 

supers,  superare,  superavi,  supera- 
tus  [super],  pass  over;  surpass, 
outdo,  overcome,  conquer.  (In- 
superable.) Cf.  praestd  and  vinco 

super-sum,  superesse,  superfui,  su- 
perfuturus,  be  over,  be  left  over; 
survive ;  with  dat. 

(superus),  -a,  -um,  adj.  [super],  above 

supplicium,  supplici, ;/.,  punishment, 
torture 

supra,  adv.  [superus],  above,  be- 
fore 

supremus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  superl.  of 
superus,  last.    (Supreme) 

sus-cipio,  suscipere,  suscepi,  suscep- 
tus  [sub(s)-capid],  take  up,  under- 
take, receive.    (Susceptible) 

suspicio,  -onis,  f  [suspicor],  suspi- 
cion 

suspicor,  suspicari,  suspicatus  sum 
[suspicio],  suspect,  mistrust 

sus-tineo,  sustinere,  sustinui,  sus- 
tentus  [sub(s)-teneo],  hold  up,  bear, 
endure:  support;  withstand,  sus- 
tain 

suus,  -a,  -um,  possess,  and  reflex. 

.  adj.  and  pron.  [sui],  his,  her, 
hers;  its,  their,  theirs 

talaria,  -ium,  n.phir.,  winged  shoes 

talis,  -e,  adj.,  such 

tarn,  adv.,  so,  so  much.    Cf.  ita  and 

sic 
tamen,    adv.,    yet,    but,    however, 

nevertheless 
tandem,  ad?;  [tarn-],  (just  so  far), 

at  length,  finally 


326 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


tantulus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [diminutive 

oftantus],  so  small 
tantum,  adv.  [tantus],  only 
tantus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [tarn],  so  great, 

so  much,  such.    {Tantamount) 
Tarentinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  of  Taren- 
tum,  a   city    of    southern    Italy ;. 

masc.  plur.  as  noun,  the  taren- 

tines 
Tarentum,  -I,  ;/.,  tarentum,  a  city 

of  southern  Italy 
Tarquinius,  Tarquini, m.,  tarquin, 

name    of    two    kings  of    Rome, 

Tarquinius  Priscus  and  Tarquin- 
ius Superbus 
telum,  -I,  ?/.,  weapon 
tempero,  temperare,  temperavl,  tem- 

peratus,  refrain  from,  keep  from. 

{Temperate) 
tempestas,  -atis,  f.  [tempus],  storm, 

tempest,  weather 
templum,  -I,  n.,  temple 
tempus,  -oris,  n.,  time.    (Temporal) 
teneo,  tenere,  tenui, ,  hold,  keep, 

have.    (Tenacious,  Retain) 
tento,  tentare,  tentavi,  tentatus,  try, 

atTEMPT.    Cf.  experior 
tergum,  -I,  n.,  back ;  a  tergo,  behind, 

in  the  rear.   {Tergiversation) 
terra,  -ae,  f,  earth,   land;  region. 

(Terrace) 
terreo,  terrere,  terrul,  territus  [terror], 

frighten,  alarm,  TERRify 
terribilis,  -e,  adj.  [terreo],  dreadful, 

frightful,  terrible.  Cf.  horribilis 
territorium,  territSri,  n.  [terra],  lands. 

( Territory) 
terror,    -oris,    m.    [terreo],  terror, 

alarm,  fear.  Cf.  pavor  a?id  timor 


tertium,  adv.  [tertius],  the  third  time 
tertius,  -a,  -um,  adj.   [tres],  third. 

{Tertiary) 
Thales,  -is,  m.,  thales,   a  Greek 

philosopher 
Thebae,  -arum,/]  plur.,  thebes,  a 

city  of  Greece 
Tiberis,    -is,    ;//.     (ace.     -im),    the 

Tiber,  a  river  of  Italy 
Ticlnus,  -I,  m.,  the  ticinus,  a  river 

of  Italy 
timed,  timere,  timui,  [timor], 

fear,  be  afraid  of.    Cf.  vereor 
timidus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [timed],  faint- 
hearted, timid 
Timon,  -onis,  m.,  timon,  an  Athenian 
timor,  -oris,    m.   [timed],   fear.    Cf. 

pavor  and  terror.    (Timorous) 
tintinnabulum,  -I,  ;/.,  bell.    (Tintin- 
nabulation) 
Tiryns,  -nthis  (-os)  (ace.  Tiryntha), 

f,  tiryns,  a  city  of  Greece 
tolero,  tolerare,  toleravi,  toleratus, 

bear,  endure.  (Tolerate)  Cf.  fero 
tollo,  tollere,  sustuli,  sublatus,  raise, 

pick  up,  take.    (Extol) 
Tolosates, -ium,  ?n.plur.,  the  tolo 

sates,  inhabitants  of  Tolosa,  a 

city  in  Gaul 
totus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  whole,  all,  entire. 

(Total.)     Cf.    omnis,    universus, 

and  cunctus 
trabs,  trabis,/!,  beam,  timber,  log 
tractd,  tractare,  tractavi,  tractatus 

[traho],  handle,  feel  of.   (Tractate) 
tra-do,     tradere,     tradidi,    traditus 

[trans-do,  put],  give  over,  give  up, 

surrender,  deliver;  tradunt,  they 

say.   (Tradition) 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


327 


tra-duco,  traducere,  traduxi,  traduc- 
tus  [trans-],  lead  over,  lead  across. 
Often  with  a  secondary  object,  as, 
flumen  copias  traducere,  lead  the 
troops  across  the  river.   {Traduce) 

traho,  trahere,  traxi,  tractus,  draw, 
drag,  lead.    (Traction) 

tra-icio,  traicere,  traieci,  traiectus 
[trans-iacio],  throw  across,  cross ; 
pierce.   (Trajectory) 

tra-no,  tranare,  tranavi, [trans-], 

swim  across 

tranquillus,    -a,    -um,    adj.,    calm, 

TRANQUIL 

trans,  prep,  with  ace,  across,  be- 
yond, over,  the  other  side  of. 
( T?'a7isatla?itic) 

trans-eo,  transire,  transii,  transitus, 
go  over,  cross.    (Transit) 

trans-figo,  transfigere,  transfix!, 
transfixus,  pierce  through,  stab. 
(Transfx) 

transfixus,  see  transflgo 

trans-fodid,  transfodere,  transfodi, 
transfossus,  run  through,  pierce 
through,  stab 

trans-fugio,  transfugere,  transfugi, 
,  go  over  (to  the  enemy),  desert 

trans-mar inus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [mare], 
foreign 

trans-porto,  transportare,  transpor- 
tavi,  transportatus,  carry  across. 
(Transport) 

trecenti,  -ae,  -a,  adj.  [tres-centum], 
three  hundred 

trepido,  trepidare,  trepidavi,  trepi- 
daturus,  be  in  alarm,  be  in  con- 
fusion .   ( Trepidation) 

tres,  tria,  adj.,  three.  (Trefoil) 


tribunal,  -alis,  ;/.  [tribunus],  judg- 
ment seat,  TRIBUNAL 

tribunus,  -1,  m.,  tribune,  a  Roman 
officer 

tricensimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  thirtieth 

triduum,  -1,  n.,  three  days 

tristis,  -e,  adj.,  sad,  gloomy 

triumpho,  triumphare,  triumphavl, 
triumphatiirus,  celebrate  a  tri- 
umph 

Troia,  -ae,/],  troy,  an  ancient  city 
of  Asia  Minor 

trux,  trucis,  adj.,  wild,  harsh,  savage, 
fierce,  TRUCulent.  Cf.  atrox  and 
saevus 

tu,  pers.  pron.,  thou,  you 

tuba,  -ae,_/],  trumpet 

Tullus  Hostilius,  Tulli  Hostili,  m., 
tullus  hostilius,  the  third  king 
of  Rome 

turn,  adv.,  at  that  time,  then 

tunc,  adv.  [turn],  at  that  time,  then 

turba,  -ae,/]  [turbo],  crowd,  throng; 
turmoil 

turbo,  turbare,  turbavi,  turbatus 
[turba],  disTURB,  confuse,  trouble 

turris,  -is,/],  tower.   (Ttwret) 

Tusci,  -orum,  m.  plur.,  the  Etrus- 
cans, people  of  Etruria,  in  Italy 

Tuscia,  -ae,/],  Etruria,  a  district  of 
Italy 

Tusculum,  -1,  n.,  tusculum,  a  town 
near  Rome 

tiitela,  -ae,/],  guardianship,  charge, 
care.    (Tutelary) 

tutus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  safe 

tuus,  -a,  -um,  possess,  adj.  and  pron., 
thy,  thine ;  your,  yours  (of  only 
one  person) 


328 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


ubi,  interrog.  and  rel.  adv.,  where, 
when 

ulciscor,  ulcisci,  ultus  sum,  avenge 

Ulixes,  -is,  m.,  ulysses,  a  Greek 
hero 

ullus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  and  pron.  [for 
unulus,  diminutive  of  unus],  any, 
any  one,  anybody 

ulterior,  -ius,  adj.,  comp.,  farther, 
more  remote.    (Ulterior) 

ultimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  superl.  of  ul- 
terior,  farthest,  last.    {Ultimate) 

umbra,  -ae,/i,  shade,  shadow.  (Um- 
brage, Umb7'ella) 

umerus,  -I, ///.,  shoulder.    (Humerus) 

umquam,  adv.,  at  any  time,  ever 

unde,  interrog.  and  rel.  adv.,  whence 

undecimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [undecim], 
eleventh 

undique,  adv.,  from  all  parts,  on 
all  sides,  everywhere 

universus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [unus-versus], 
(turned  into  one),  whole,  all,  in  a 
mass.  (Universal,  Universe,  Uni- 
versity.) Cf  cunctus,  omnis,  and 
totus 

iinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  one ;  alone. 
(Union) 

urbs,  -\s,f,  city.    (Suburb) 

usus,  -us,  m.  [utor],  use,  benefit, 
advantage 

ut  (uti),  adv.  and  co?ij.,  how,  as, 
when ;  that,  in  order  that,  so 
that,  to 

uter,  -tra,  -trum,  interrog.  p?vn. 
and  adj.,  which  (of  two)?  uter 
.  .  .  utri,  which  ...  to  the  other 

uter,  -tris,  m.,  leather  bottle,  skin 
(of  wine) 


uterque,  utraque,  utrumque,  indef. 
pron.  and  adj.,  each  (of  two), 
both 

utilis,  -e,  adj.  [utor],  useful,  advan- 
tageous.   (Utility) 

utor,  uti,  usus  sum  [usus],  use, 
employ,  enjoy,  maintain ;  with 
abl. 

uxor,  -oris,/],  wife.    (Uxorious) 

vaco,  vacare,  vacavi,  ,  be  un- 
occupied.  ( Vacant ) 

vadum,  -I,  ;/.,  shoal,  ford 

vagitus,  -us,  m.,  a  crying 

valeo,  valere,  valui,  valiturus,  be 
strong,  be  in  good  health ;  vale, 
farewell,  good-by.  ( Valiant,  Value)  , 

Valerius,  ^Valeri,  m.,  Valerius,  a 
Roman  name 

valetudd,  -inis,/]  [valeo],  health,  state 
of  health.    ( Valetudinarian) 

validus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [valeo],  strong, 
stout,  sturdy.   (Valid.)    Cf.  fortis 

vallum,  -l,  n.,  earthworks,  rampart. 
(Circumvallation) 

vas,  vasis  (plur.  vasa,  -6 rum),  ;/.,  : 
vase,  pot 

vast5,  vastare,  vastavi,  vastatus,  lay 
waste,  ravage 

-ve,  conj.,  enclitic,  or 

vehementer,  adv.,  eagerly,  earnestly, 
very  much,  vehemextIy 

Veientes,  -ium,  ;/z.  plur.,  the  inhab- 
itants of  Veii 

vel,  conj.  [void,  wish],  or ;  vel  .  .  .  • 
vel,  either  ...  or.    Cf.  aut 

veld,  velare,  velavi,  velatus,  cover,  I 
encircle,  envelop,  veil 

vel-ut,  adv.,  just  as,  as  if,  like 


LATIN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


329 


vendo,    vendere,    vendidi,    venditus, 

sell,  VEND 
venenum,  -I,  n.,  poison.    {Venom) 
venia,    -ae,   f.t    indulgence,   favor. 

( Venial) 
venio,  venire,  veni,  venturus,  come. 

(Convene) 
venor,   venari,   venatus  sum,   hunt, 

chase.    ( Venison) 
venter,    -tris,    m.t    belly,    stomach. 

{Ventriloquist) 
ventus,  -1,  m.,  wind.   (Ventilate) 
verbum,  -1,  n.,  word.    (Verb) 
vereor,   vereri,   veritus    sum,    fear, 

revERence,  respect.    Cf  timeo 
veritus,  see  vereor 
vero,  adv.  [verum],  in  truth,  but 
versus,  see  verto 
verto,   vertere,    verti,   versus,   turn, 

change.    (Convert,  Verse) 
verum,  conj.  [vero],  but 
vesper,  -erf,  m.,  evening,  nightfall. 

( Vespers) 
Vesta,  -ae,  f.,  vesta,  the  goddess 

of  the  hearth 
vester,  -tra,  -trum,  possess,  adj.  and 

pron.,  your,  yours  (of  more  than 

one  person) 
vestis,  -is,/!,  garment,  robe,  clothing 
Vesuvius,  Vesuvi,  m.,  Vesuvius,  a 

volcano  near  Naples 
Veturia,  -ae,/i,  veturia,  mother  of 

Coriolanus 
via,  -ae,  f,  way,  road,  street;  gap. 

(Via,  Viaduct) 
viator,  -oris,  m.  [via],  traveler 
vicinus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  [vicus],  near, 

neighboring;     masc.    as    noun, 

neighbor.    (Vicinity) 


victor,  -oris,   m.  [vinco],  conqueror, 

victor  ;  as  adj.,  vicTORious 
victoria,  -ae,/!  [victor],  victory 
vicus,  -1,  m.,  village,  district,  street 
video,  videre,  vidi,  visus,  see,  per- 
ceive ;     pass.,     be    seen,     seem. 

( Vision) 
vigilia,  -ae,  /.,  watch,  night  watch. 

(Vigil) 
viginti,  adj.,  indecl.,  twenty 
vimen,  -inis,  n.,  pliant  twig,  withe, 

osier 
VIminalis,  -is,  m.,  the  viminal,  one 

of  the  hills  of  Rome 
vincio,  vincire,  vinxi,  vinctus,  bind 
vinco,  vincere,  vici,  victus,  conquer, 

defeat.    (Invincible.)    Cf.  supero 
vinculum,    -1,     n.     [vincio],     chain, 

bond;    in   vincula,    into   prison; 

into  chains 
vinea,  -ae,/!,  covered  shed,  movable 

shelter,  vinea 
vinum,  -1,  n.,  wine.  (Vine) 
vir,  viri,  m.,  man,   hero.    (Virile.) 

Cf  homo 

vireo,  virere,  virui, ,  be  green 

virgo,  -m\s,f,  maiden,  virgin  • 
virtus,    -utis,    f    [vir],    manliness, 

courage,  bravery,  valor;  virtue 
vis,  see  void,  wish 
vis,  vis,  f,  strength,  power,  force, 

violence.    ( Vim) 
vita,  -ae,/,  life.    (Vital) 
vix,  adv.,  hardly,  with  difficulty 
voco,  vocare,  vocavi,  vocatus  [vox], 

call.   (Vocation.)    Cf.  appello 
Vocontii,  -orum,  m.  plur.,  the  vo- 

contii,    a   tribe   in    the    Roman 

province  in  southeastern  Gaul 


330 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


volo,  velle,    volui,    ,    wish,   be 

willing,  desire,  intend.    {Volition) 

volo,  volare,  volavl,  volaturus,  fly. 
( Volatile) 

Volsci,  -drum,  m.  plur.,  the  vol- 
sciaxs,  a  people  of  Italy 

Volumnia,  -ae,  /.,  volumnia,  wife 
of  Coriolanus 

voluntas,  -atis,  f.  [void,  wish],  will, 
good  will,  consent.    {Voluntary) 

voluptas,  -atis,/!  [void,  wish],  pleas- 
ure, enjoyment.    {Voluptuous) 


vox,  vocis,  f.  [voco],  voice,  word, 
remark.    (Vocal) 

Vulcanus,  -I,  m.y  vulcan,  the  god 
of  fire 

vulnero,  vulnerare,  vulneravi,  vul- 
neratus  [vulnus],  wound,  hurt,  in- 
jure.   ( Vulnerable) 

vulnus,  -eris,  n.  [vulnero],  wound 

vultus,  -us,  ;;/.,  countenance,  looks, 
features 

Zama,  -ae,  /.,  zama,  a  town  in 
Africa 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 

For  the  principal  parts  of  verbs,  and  for  other  details  not  given  here,  refer- 
ence may  be  made  to  the  Latin-English  Vocabulary  or  to  the  special  vocabu- 
laries.   The  figures  i,  2,  3,  4  after  verbs  indicate  the  conjugation. 


about,  de,  with  abl. 

across,  trans,  with  ace. 

act,  ago,  3 

advance,  progredior,  3 

advise,  moneo,  2 

after,   post,   with  ace. ;   implied  in 

a  participle 
afterwards,  postea 
against,  contra  or  ad,  with  ace. 
aid,  auxilium,  auxili,  n. 
all,  omnis,»-e ;  totus,  -a,  -um 
ally,  socius,  soci,  m. 
alone,  solus,  -a,  -um ;  unus,  -a,  -um 
also,  etiam 

although,  implied  in  a  participle 
among,  inter,  with  ace. ;  in,  withabl. 
ample,  amplus,  -a,  -um 
and,  et,  -que ;  and  also,  atque ;  and 

so,  itaque 
announce,  nuntio,  1 
another,  alius,  -a,  -ud 
any,   ullus,   -a,  -um ;  aliqui,  aliqua, 

aliquod ;    any    at    all,   quisquam, 

,  quidquam ;  any  one,  aliquis 

anything,  aliquid 

approach,  appropinquo,  1 

approve,  probo,  1 

arm,  armo,  1 

arms,  arma,  -orum,  n.  plur. 


army,  exercitus,  -us,  m. 

arouse,  incito,  1 ;  commoveo,  2 

arrival,  adventus,  -us,  m. 

arrow,  sagitta,  -ae,f 

ask,  rogo,  1  ;  peto,  3 

assistance,  auxilium,  auxili,  n. 

at,  in,  with  ace.  orabl. ;  abl.  of  cause; 

abl.  of  time ;  at  last,  tandem  ;  at 

once,  statim 
Athens,  Athenae,  -arum,  f  plur. 
attack,    v.,    oppugno,    1 ;    impetum 

facio,  3 
attack,  n.,  impetus,  -us,  m. 
attempt,  conor,  1 
await,  exspecto,  1 
away  from,  a.  or  ab,  with  abl. 

baggage,  impedimenta,  -orum,  n. 
plur. 

band,  manus,  -us,/! 

bank,  ripa,  -ae,f 

barbarian,  barbarus,  -T,  m. 

battle,  pugna,  -ae,  f ;  proelium, 
proeli,  n. 

be,  sum,  irr. ;  be  able,  possum,  irr. ; 
be  made,  fio,  irr.]  be  unwilling, 
nolo,  irr. ;  be  wanting,  desum, 
irr. ;  be  willing,  volo,  irr. 

bear,  fero,  irr. 


33i 


332 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


because,  quod ;  because  of,  ob 
or  propter,  with  ace. ;  abl.  of 
cause 

become,  flo,  irr. 

began,  coepT,  defective 

best,  optimus,  -a,  -um 

better,  melior,  melius 

between,  inter,  with  ace. 

boat,  navigium,  navigl,  n. 

body,  corpus,  -oris,  n. 

bold,  audax,  -acis ;  fortis,  -e 

book,  liber,  -bri,  m. 

booty,  praeda,  -ae,f 

both  .  .  .  and,  et  .  .  .  et 

boy,  puer,  -eri,  m. 

brave,  fortis,  -e 

bravely,  fortiter ;  cum  virtute 

bravery,  virtus,  -utis,/] 

bring,  porto,  I 

Britain,  Britannia,  -ae,/! 

broad,  latus,  -a,  -um 

brother,  f rater,  -tris,  m. 

build,  aedifico,  i 

building,  aedificium,  aedificl,  ;/. 

but,  sed 

buy,  emo,  3 

by,   a  or  ab,   with   abl. ;    abl.   of 
means  or  instrument 

Caesar,  Caesar,  -aris,  m. 

call  together,  convoco,  1 

camp,  castra,  -orum,  n.  plur. 

can,  possum,  irr. 

captive,  captivus,  -T,  m. 

capture,  capio,  3 

care,  cura,  -ae,/[ 

carry,  porta,  1  ;  carry  on  war,  bel- 

lum  gero,  3 
cart,  carrus,  -1,  m. 


cause,  causa,  -ae,y. 
cavalry,  equitatus,  -us,  ;;/. 
centurion,  centurio,  -onis,  m. 
certain,  quldam,  quaedam,  quoddam 

(quiddam) 
certainly,  certe 
chief,  prlnceps,  -cipis,  /;/. 
children,  liberi,  -orum,  m.  plur. 
citizen,  civis,  -is,  m. 
city,  urbs,  urbis,/! 
clan,  civitas,  -atis,yC 
cohort,  cohors,  cohortis,/] 
come,  venio,  4 ;  come  near,  accedo, 

3  ;  appropinquo,  1 
coming,  adventus,  -us,  m. 
command,  v.,  iubeo,  2;  impero,  1, 

with  dat. 
command,  //.,  imperium,  imperT,  n. 
comrade,  socius,  soci,  m. 
concerning,  de,  with  abl. 
conference,     conloquium,    conlo- 

quT,  n. 
confidence,  fides,  -el,f. 
confuse,  perturbo,  1 
conquer,  supero,  1  ;  vinco,  3 
contend,  pugno,  1 
Corinth,  Corinthus,  -i,f 
Cornelia,  Cornelia,  -ae,/^ 
country,  patria,  -ae,/! 
courage,  virtus,  -iitis,yi 
cut  off,  intercludo,  3 

daily,  cotldie 
danger,  periculum,  -1,  n. 
daughter,  filia,  -ae,/! 
dawn  (at),  prima  luce 
day,  dies,  -el,  m. 
daybreak  (at),  prima  luce 
death,  mors,  mortis,  f 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


333 


decide,  constituo,  3 

deep,  altus,  -a,  -um 

defend,  defendo,  3 

delay,  7/.,  moror,  1 

delay,  n.,  mora,  -a.e,f 

delight,  delecto,  1 

Delphi,  Delphi,  -orum,  m.  plur. 

demand,  postulo,  1 

depart,  discedo,  3 

deprive,  privo,  1 

desire,  cupio,  3  ;  studeo,  2,  with  dat. 

desist,  desisto,  3 

difficulty,  difficultas,  -atis,^ 

diligence,  dlligentia,  -ae,/! 

dismiss,  dimitto,  3 

disturb,  commoveo,  2 

do,  facio,  3  ;  ago,  3 

down  from,  de,  with  abl. 

draw  up,  instruo,  3 

dwell,  habito,  1  ;  incolo,  3 

each,  each  one,  quisque ;  each  of 
two,  uterque,  utraque,  utrumque 

eager,  acer,  acris,  acre 

easy,  facilis,  -e 

embassy,  legatio,  -6nis,/i 

enemy,  hostis,  -is,  m. 

enough,  satis 

every  one,  quisque;  omnes,  -ium, 
m.  plur. 

exhort,  hortor,  1 

extend,  pateo,  2 

fact,  res,  rel,  f. ;  the  fact  that,  quod, 

with  a  clause  of  fact 
fail,  desum,  irr.,  with  dat. 
farmer,  agricola,  -ae,  m. 
father,  pater,  -tris,  m. 
fear,  7/.,  timed,  2 ;  vereor,  2 


fear,  n.,  timor,  -oris,  ;//. 

few,  pauci,  -ae,  -a,  plur. 

field,  ager,  agri,  m. 

fight,  7/.,  pugno,  1 

fight,  ;/.,  pugna,  -ae,y^ 

fill,  compleo,  2 

find,  reperio,  4 

fire,  ignis,  -is,  m. 

first,  primus,  -a,  -um 

fit,  idoneus,  -a,  -um 

five,  qulnque 

flank,  cornu,  -us,  n. 

flee,  fugio,  3 

follow,  sequor,  3 

food,  cibus,  -T,  m. 

foot,  pes,  pedis,  m. ;  foot  soldier, 
pedes,  peditis,  m, 

for,  sign  of  the  dative ;  pro,  with 
abl. ;  for  the  purpose  of,  ad,  with 
gerundive  or  gerund  \  ut,  with 
subjunctive 

force,  vis,  vis,/; 

forest,  silva,  -ae,/! 

formerly,  olim 

fortify,  munio,  4 

fortune,  fortuna,  -ae,/*. 

free,  v.,  Hbero,  1 

free,  adj.,  liber,  -era,  -erum 

friend,  amicus,  -1,  m. 

friendly,  amicus,  -a,  -um 

frighten,  terreo,  2 

from,  de,  with  abl.;  away  from,  a 
or  ab,  with  abl. ;  out  from,  e  or 
ex,  with  abl. ;  abl.  of  separation 

Galba,  Galba,  -ae,  m. 
garden,  hortus,  -T,  m. 
gate,  porta,  -ae,/l 
gather  together,  cogo,  3 


334 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


Gaul,  Gallia,  -ae,  f. ;  a  Gaul,  Gallus, 
-I,  m. 

general,  dux,  ducis,  ;//. 

Germans,  German!,  -orum,  m.  phir. 

Germany,  Germania,  -ae,/] 

gift,  donum,  -T,  «. 

girl,  puella,  -ae,/] 

give,  do,  i  ;  dono,  I 

go,  eo,  irr. ;  go  away,  discedo,  3  ; 
go  forward,  progredior,  3  ;  go 
out,  egredior,  3 

god,  deus,  -T,  m. 

good,  bonus,  -a,  -um 

grain,  frumentum,  -T,  n. 

great,  magnus,  -a,  -um ;  great  num- 
ber, multitudo,  -inis,/! 

greatly,  magnopere 

Greece,  Graecia,  -ae,/! 

grieve,  doleo,  2 

hand,  manus,  -us,/! 

happen,  fio,  irr. 

harbor,  portus,  -us,  m, 

hardship,  labor,  -oris,  m:  # 

harm,  noceo,  2,  with  dat. 

hasten,  propero,  1 

have,  habeo,  2 

he,  is,  hie,  ille 

head,  caput,  -itis,  n. 

hear,  audio,  4 

heavy,  gravis,  -e 

help,  auxilium,  auxili,  n. ;  subsidium, 

subsidi,  n. 
Helvetians,  Helvetil,  -orum,  m.plur. 
her,    {objective)   earn,    hanc,    illam ; 

[possessive)    eius,    huius,    illius ; 

{reflexive    possessive)    suus,    -a, 

-um 
herself,  sui 


high,    altus,   -a,   -um ;    superus,    -a, 

-um 
hill,  collis,  -is,  m. 
him,  eum,  hunc,  ilium 
himself,  sui 
hinder,  impedio,  4 
his,   eius,   huius,   illius ;   {reflexive) 

suus,  -a,  -um 
hold,  habeo,  2 ;  teneo,  2 ;  hold  in 

check,  sustineo,  2 
home,  domus,  -us,/! 
hope,  spes,  spel,yi 
horn,  cornu,  -us,  //. 
horse,  equus,  -T,  m. 
horseman,  eques,  -itis,  m. 
hostage,  obses,  -idis,  m. 
hour,  hora,  -ae,/! 
house,  domus,  -us,/!    • 
how  many,  quot 
however,  tamen 
hundred,  centum 
hurl,  iacio,  3 
hurry,  propero,  1 

I,  ego 

if,  implied  in  a  participle 

impel,  incito,  1 

in,  in,  with  abl. ;  abl.  of  specifica- 
tion ;  in  defense  of,  pro,  with  abl. ; 
in  front  of,  pro,  with  abl. ;  in  order 
to,  Ut,  with  subjunctive ■;  in  such 
a  way,  ita ;  in  vain,  frustra 

increase,  augeo,  2 

infantry,  peditatus,  -us,  m. 

inform,  certiorem  facio,  3 

inhabitant,  incola,  -ae,  m. 

injure,  noceo,  2,  with  dat. 

into,  in,  with  ace. 

island,  insula,  -ae,/! 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


335 


it,  id,  hoc,  illud 
Italy,  Italia,  -ae,/! 

javelin,  pilum,  -T,  n. 
journey,  iter,  itineris,  n. 
Julia,  Iulia,  -ae,/! 

kill,  interficio,  3 
king,  rex,  regis,  m. 
know,  scio,  4  ;  cognosco,  3,  in  perf. 
tenses 

Labienus,  Labienus,  -1,  m. 

labor,  laboro,  1 

lack,  v.,  careo,  2,  with  abl. ;  desum, 

irr.,  with  dat. 
lack,  «.,  inopia,  -ae,f. 
lady,  domina,  -a.e,f. 
lake,  lacus,  -us,  m. 
land,  terra,  -ae,f. 
large,  magnus,  -a,  -um 
last,  proximus,  -a,  -um 
lay  waste,  vasto,  1 
lead,  duco,  3  ;  lead  back,  reduco,  3  ; 

lead  out,  educo,  3 
leader,  dux,  ducis,  m. 
learn,  cognosco,  3 
least,  minimus,  -a,  -um 
leave  behind,  relinquo,  3 
left,  sinister,  -tra,  -trum 
legion,  legio,  -onis,/! 
lest,  ne,  with  subjunctive 
letter,  litterae,  -arum,  f.  plur. 
liberate,  libero,  1 
lieutenant,  legatus,  -I,  m. 
like,  similis,  -e 
line  of  battle;  acies,  -el,/] 
little,  parvus,  -a,  -um 
live,  habito,  1 


long,   longus,   -a,  -um ;    for   a   long 

time,  diu 
look  at,  specto,  1 
love,  amo,  1 

make,  facio,  3 

man,  vir,  viri,  m.\  homo,  -inis,  m. 
many,  multi,  -ae,  -a,  plur. 
march,  7/.,  iter  facio,  3 
march,  n.,  iter,  itineris,  n. 
Marcus,  Marcus,  -1,  m. 
marsh,  palus,  paludis,/! 
master,  dominus,  -1,  m. 
meanwhile,  interim 
messenger,  nuntius,  nunti,  in. 
mile,  mille  passuum 
mine,  meus,  -a,  -um 
money,  pecunia,  -ae,/I 
more,  plus,  pluris 
most,  plurimus,  -a,  -um 
mother,  mater,  -tris,/i 
mountain,  mons,  montis,  m. 
move,  moveo,  2 
much,  adj.,  multus,  -a,  -um 
much,  adv.,  multum  ;  miilto 
must,  passive  periphrastic   conju- 
gation 
my,  meus,  -a,  -um 

nation,  natio,  -onis,/] 

native  land,  patria,  -ae,/; 

near,  adj.,  flnitimus,  -a,  -um ;    pro- 

pinquus,  -a,  -um 
near,  prep.,  apud,  with  ace. 
neighboring,  flnitimus,  -a,  -um 
neighbors,  flnitiml,  -orum,  m.  plur. 
neither  .  .  .  nor,  neque  .  .  .  neque 
never,  numquam 
new,  novus,  -a,  -um 


336 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


night,  nox,  noctis,/! 

no,  nullus,  -a,  -um ;  no  longer,  non  iam 

nor,  neque 

not,  non ;  not  even,  ne  .  .  .  quidem 

nothing,  nihil 

now,  iam,  nunc 

number,  numerus,  -I,  m. 

ocean,  oceanus,  -I,  in. 

of,  sign  of  the  genitive ;  de,  with 
abl. ;  out  of,  e  or  ex,  with  abl. 

offer,  do,  i 

often,  saepe 

on,  in,  with  abl.]  abl.  of  time  \  on 
account  of,  ob  or  propter,  with  ace. 

once  (upon  a  time),  olim 

one,  unus,  -a,  -um 

order,  v.,  iubeo,  2;  impero,  1,  with 
dat. 

order  (in  order  that),  ut,  with  sub- 
junctive 

other,  alius,  -a,  -ud ;  other  of  two, 
alter,  -era,  -erum 

ought,  debeo,  2 ;  passive  peri- 
phrastic '  conjugation 

our,  noster,  -tra,  -trum ;  our  men, 
nostrl,  -orum,  in.  plur. 

ourselves,  nos  ;  ipsi,  -ae 

out  of,  e  or  ex,  with  abl. 

overcome,  supero,  1 ;  vinco,  3 

own,  (his,  her,  its,  their)  suus,  -a, 
-um ;  (my)  meus,  -a,  -um ;  (our) 
noster,  -tra,  -trum ;  (your,  sing.) 
tuus,  -a,  -um ;  (your,  plur.)  vester, 
-tra,  -trum 

part,  pars,  partis,/! 
peace,  pax,  pads,/! 
people,  populus,  -1,  in. ;  natio,  -onis,/! 


personal  enemy,  inimicus,  -T,  m. 

persuade,  persuadeo,  2,  with  Hat. 

pirate,  pirata,  -ae,  in. 

pitch  camp,  castra  pono,  3 

place,  v.,  pono,  3 ;  conloco,  1  ; 
place  in  command,  praeficio,  3, 
with  dat.  of  the  object  over 
which 

place,  //.,  locus,  -1  (plur.  loca  and 
rarely  loci),  m. 

plan,  consilium,  consili,  n. 

plead,  oro,  1 

please,  placeo,  2,  with  dat. 

pleasing,  gratus,  -a,  -um 

plenty,  copia,  -ae,/! 

poet,  poeta,  -ae,  in. 

point  out,  demonstro,  1 

poor,  miser,  -era,  -erum 

power,  potestas,  -atis,  f.\  vis,  vis,/! 

praise,  laudo,  1 

prefer,  malo,  irr. 

prisoner,  captivus,  -1,  m. 

promise,  polliceor,  2 

protection,  subsidium,  subsidi,  //. 

province,  provincia,  -ae,/! 

purpose  (for  the  purpose  of),  ut  (neg. 
ne),  with  subjunctive ;  ad,  with 
gerund  or  gerundive ;  causa,  fol- 
lowing a  gerund  or  gerundive 

put  in  command,  praeficio,  3,  with 
dat.  of  the  object  over  which ; 
put  to  flight,  fugo,  1 

queen,  regina,  -ae,/! 

receive,  capio,  3 ;  recipio,  3 
relate,  narro,  1 
remain,  maneo,  2 
remember,  memoria  teneo,  2 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


337 


reply,  responded,  2 

report,  nuntio,  1 

resist,  resisto,  3,  with  dat. 

rest,  reliqui,  -6 rum,  ?n.  plur. ;  rest 
of,  reliquus,  -a,  -um 

return,  reverto,  3  ;  co7nmonly  depo- 
nent in  the  present  system 

reward,  praemium,  praeml,  n. 

right,  dexter,  -tra,  -trum 

river,  Admen,  -inis,  n. 

road,  via,  -ae,/] 

Roman,  adj.,  Romanus,  -a,  -um 

Roman,  ;/.,  Romanus,  -1,  m. 

Rome,  Roma,  -ae,/! 

rule,  rego,  3 

sail,  navigo,  1 

sailor,  nauta,  -ae,  ?n. 

sake  (for  the  sake  of),  causa,  fol- 
lowing a  genitive 

same,  Idem,  eadem,  idem 

say,  dico,  3 

scare,  terreo,  2 

scout,  explorator,  -oris,  m. 

sea,  mare,  -is,  //. 

second,  secundus,  -a,  -um 

see,  video,  2 

seek,  peto,  3 

self,  ipse,  -a,  -um  ;  sui 

senate,  senatus,  -us,  m. 

send,  mitto,  3 ;  send  ahead,  prae- 
mitto,  3 

servant,  servus,  -I,  m. 

set  free,  libero,  1  ;  set  out,  proficTs- 
cor,  3 

severe,  gravis,  -e 

she,  ea,  haec,  ilia 

shield,  scutum,  -T,  n. 

ship,  navis,  -is,/] 


shore,  litus,  -oris,  n. 

short,  brevis,  -e 

show,  demonstro,  1 ;  praebeo,  2 ; 
doceo,  2 

shut  off,  intercludo,  3 

sick,  aeger,  -gra,  -grum 

signal,  signum,  -1,  n. 

since*,  implied  i?i  a  participle 

sing,  canto,  1 

sister,  soror,  -oris,/! 

six,  sex 

slave,  servus,  -1,  m. 

slight,  parvus,  -a,  -um 

small,  parvus,  -a,  -um 

so,  tarn,  ita  f  so  as  not  to,  ne,  with 
subjunctive ;  so  great,  tantus,  -a, 
-um  ;  so  that,  ut,  with  subjunctive 

soldier,  miles,  -itis,  ;//. 

some  .  .  .  others,  alii  .  .  .  alii 

somebody,  some  one,  aliquis 

something,  aliquid 

sometimes,  interdum 

son,  filius,  fill,  m. 

sortie,  eruptio,  -onis,/! 

spear,  hasta,  -ae,/I 

speed,  celeritas,  -atis,/] 

spend  the*  winter,  hiemo,  1 

state,  cT vitas,  -atis,/! 

station,  conloco,  1 

stay,  maneo,  2 

story,  fabula,  -ae,/! 

street,  via,  -ae,/] 

strength,  vis,  vis,/.' 

summer,  aestas,  -atis,/] 

sun,  sol,  solis,  m. 

sunset,  solis  occasus 

supplies,  commeatus,  -us,  /;/. 

surpass,  supero,  1 

surrender,  deditio,  -onis,/! 


338 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


survive,  supersum,  irr.,  with  dat. 
swamp,  palus,  paludis,/] 
swim,  nato,  i 
sword,  gladius,  gladl,  m. 

take,  capio,  3 

tall,  altus,  -a,  -urn 

teach,  doceo,  2 

tell,  narro,  1  ;  dlco,  3 

ten,  decern  + 

tenth,  decimus,  -a,  -um 

terms,  condicio,  -onis,/] 

territory,  fines,  -ium,  ;//.  plur. 

than,  quam 

that,  dem.  pron.,  is,  ea,  id ;  ille,  ilia, 
illud  ;  that  of  yours,  iste,  -a,  -ud 

that,  rel.  pron.,  qui,  quae,  quod 

that,  conj.,  in  purpose  or  result 
clauses,  ut,  with  subjunctive*,  not 
expressed  after  a  verb  of  saying \ 
that  not,  ne,  ut  non,  with  sub- 
junctive 

their,  eorum,  earum,  eorum ;  (re- 
flexive) suus,  -a,  -um 

them,  eos,  eas,  ea 

themselves,  se  (sese);  ipsl,  -ae,  -a 

then,  turn 

there,  ibi ;  not  translated  in  such 
expressions  as  there  is 

therefore,  itaque 

they,  el,  eae,  ea ;  hi,  hae,  haec ;  ilia, 
illae,  ilia 

thing,  res,  rel,/] ;  sometimes  omitted 

think,  puto,  1 

third,  tertius,  -a,  -um 

this,  is,  ea,  id ;  hie,  haec,  hoc 

though,  implied  in  a  pa?iiciple 

thousand,  mllle 

three,  tres,  tria 


through,  per,  with  ace, 

throw,  iacio,  3 

time,  tempus,  -oris,  n. 

tired,  tired  out,  defessus,  -a,  -um 

to,  sign  of  the  dative ;  ad  or  in,  with 
ace,  expressing putpose,  ut,  with 
subjunctive  ;  ad,  with  gertiud  or 
gerundive ;  causa,  following  a 
gerund  or  gerundive 

to-day,  hodie 

toward,  ad,  with  ace. 

tower,  turris,  -is,  f 

town,  oppidum,  -I,  ;/. 

trader,  mercator,  -oris,  7n. 

tree,  arbor,  -oris,/] 

tribune,  tribunus,  -I,  m. 

troops,  copiae,  -arum,  f  plur. 

trumpet,  tuba,  -ae,/! 

turret,  turris,  -is,/] 

two,  duo,  -ae,  -o  ;  which  of  two,  uter, 
utra,  utrum ;  each  of  two,  uter- 
que,  utraque,  utrumque 

unfriendly,  inimlcus,  -a,  -um 
unhappy,  miser,  -era,  -erum 
unwilling  (be),  nolo,  irr. 
urge,  hortor,  1 

valor,  virtus,  -utis,/] 

very,  superlative  degree ;  maxime  ; 

ipse,  -a,  -um 
victory,  victoria,  -ae,/] 
village,  vlcus,  -I,  711. 

wage,  gero,  3 
wagon,  carrus,  -I,  m* 
wait,  wait  for,  exspecto,  1 
walk,  ambulo,  1 
wall,  mtirus,  -I,  ///. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY 


339 


war,  bellum,  -T,  n. 

warn,  moneo,  2 

water,  aqua,  -ae,/! 

way,  via,  -ae,/^;  iter,  itineris,  n. 

weapon,  telum,  -1,  n. 

welcome,  v.,  recipio,  3 

welcome,  adj.,  gratus,  -a,  -um 

well,  bene 

what,  quis  (qui),  quae,  quid  (quod) 

when,  cum ;  ablative  absolute ;  im- 
plied in  a  participle 

whence,  unde 

where,  ubi 

whether,  num 

which,  qui,  quae,  quod ;  which  of 
two,  uter,  utra,  utrum 

while,  cum ;  i?nplied  in  a  parti- 
ciple 

whither,  quo 

who,  (rel.)  qui,  quae;  (interrog.)  quis 

whole,  totus,  -a,  -um ;  omnis,  -e 

why,  cur 

wide,  latus,  -a,  -um 

width,  latitudo,  -inis,^ 


wind,  ventifs,  -1,  ,m. 

winter,    hiems,   hiemis,  f.\  winter 

quarters,  hiberna,  -orum,  n.  plur. 
wish,  volo,  irr. ;  cupio,  3 
with,   cum,   with  abL\  sometimes 

abl.  alone 
without,  sine,  with  abl. 
woman,  femina,  -ae,/i 
woods,  silva,  -ae,/! 
word,  verbum,  -1,  n. 
work,  laboro,  1 
wound,  7/.,  vulnero,  1 
wound,  //.,  vulnus,  -eris,  n. 
wretched,  miser,  -era,  -erum 

year,  annus,  -1,  m. 
yet,  tamen 

you,  (sing.)  tu  ;  (plur.)  vos 
young  man,  adulescens,  -entis,  m. 
your,  (sing.)  tuus,  -a,  -um ;  (plur.) 
vester,  -tra,  -trum 

zeal,  studium,  studi,  n. 


•   INDEX 

References  are  to  sections  unless  otherwise  indicated 


a  or  ab  with  ablative  of  agent,  242,  243 
ablative,  xxiv,  b 

of  adjectives  of  third  declension, 
208,  c 

absolute,  452-455 

of  accompaniment,  142,  143 

of  agent,  242,  243 

of  cause,  184,  185 

of  degree  of  difference,  320,  321 

of  manner,  128,  129 

of  means,  121,  122 

of  place  from  which,  177,  229,  230 

of  place  where,  58,  59 

of  separation,  281,  282 

of  specification,  480,  481 

of  time,  218,  219 

with  ex,  equivalent  to  partitive  gen- 
itive, 309,  a 

with  prepositions,  194 
accent,  20-22 
accusative,  xxiv,  b 

in  indirect  statements,  400,  401 

object  of  transitive  verbs,  32,  33 

of  extent,  332,  333 

of  place  to  which,  179,  229,  230 

subject  of  the  infinitive,  398,  399 

with  prepositions,  193 
acer,  declension,  644 

comparison,  306,  647 
adjectives,  definition,  in,  a 

kinds  and  definitions,  III,  b-f 

of  first  and  second  declensions,  78, 
79,  643 ;  in  -er,  103,  643 ;  with 
genitive  in  -ius  and  dative  in  -I, 
385-387,  646 

of  third  declension,  208,  644  ;  of  one, 
two,  and  three  terminations,  208 

agreement,  79 

comparison,  296,  306,  307,  317,  319, 
647,649;  irregular,  307,  317,  319, 
649 ;  by  adverbs,  xxvi,  c 

RE 


declension  of  comparatives,  297,64$ 

meaning  of  comparative  and  super- 
lative, 296,  c 

interrogative,  152,  154 

possessive,  278  ;  distinction  in  use  : 
between  suus  and  eius,  279;  be- 
tween tuus  and  vester,  278  ;  omis- 
sion of  suus,  280 

predicate,  xv,  a ;  86,  88 ;  with  com- 
plementary infinitive,  394,  b 

used  as  nouns,  ill,/";  196 
adverbial  clauses  with  qua  and  ut,  497 
adverbs,  definition,  v,  a 

kinds  and  definitions,  v,  b-f 

formation,  325,  326;  of  the  com- 
parative and  superlative,  327,  a. 

comparison,  327,  650 
agent,  expressed  by  the  ablative  with 

a  or  ab,  242,  243 
ager,  declension,  97,  637 
agreement,  of  adjectives,  79 ;  after  a 
complementary  infinitive,  394,  b 

of  appositives,  93,  94 

of  predicate  nouns,  xv,  c ;  87 

of  relative  pronouns,  247,  248 

of  verb  with  its  subject,  29 
aliquis,  420,  c ;  657 
alius,  declension,  646 

alius  .  .  .  alius,  387 
alphabet,  1 
alter  .  .  .  alter,  .387 
amans,  declension,  645 
amo,  conjugation,  658 
antecedent,  definition,  11,  b 
antepenult,  11 

when  accented,  21 
apposition,  93,  94 
article,  not  used  in  Latin,  27,  a 
audax,  declension,  644 

comparison,  296,  647 
audio,  conjugation,  662 


34 1 


342 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


base,  63,  a 

bonus,  declension,  643 

comparison,  317,  649 
brevis,  declension,  644 

comparison,  296,  647 

capid,  conjugation,  661 
caput,  declension,  171,  638 
cardinals,  definition,  in,  c 

declension,  378,  646 

indeclinable  forms,  378 

table  of,  651 
case,  definition,  xxiv 

of  relative  pronoun,  247 
case  endings,  25,0;  63,  73,  171,  189, 

292>  331 
cases,  names  of  English,  xxiv,  a 
names  of  Latin,  xxiv,  b.    See  under 

nominative,  genitive,  etc. 
uses,  512 
causa  with  gerund,  461,  a 

with  gerundive,  472 
causal  clauses  with  quod,  50,  51 
cause,  expressed  by  the  ablative,  184, 

185 

expressed  by  a  prepositional  phrase, 
186,  195,  b 
characteristic  vowels  of  the  four  con- 
jugations, 38 
clauses,  definitions,  xx,  a-f 
indirect  questions,  372,  373 
of  cause,  with  quod,  50,  51 
of  purpose,  with  ut  and  ne,  343,  344 ; 

substantive,  355,  356 
of  result,  with  ut  and  ut  non,  357, 

358 

temporal,  with  cum,  487,  488 
Conors,  declension,  189,  639 
comparative,  declined,  297,  648 
formation,  296,  a 
meaning  too,  etc.,  296,  c 
comparison,  definition,  xxvi,  a 

methods  of,  in  English  and  in  Latin, 

xx vi,  by  c 
of  adjectives,   296,   306,   307,  317, 
319,   647,  649;    of  adjectives  in 
-lis,  307  ;  irregular,  307,  317,  319, 
649 
of  adverbs,  327,  650 
complement  of  verb,  xv,  b 
complementary  infinitive,  394 


conjugation,  definition,  xxvn,  a.  See 
verbs 
in  English  and  Latin  verbs,  xxvn, 
b,  c 

conjunctions,  definition,  vn,  a 
.kinds-  and  definitions,  VII,  b,  c 

consonant-i,  3 

consonants,  how  pronounced,  6 

contraction  in  genitive  of  nouns  in 
-ium  and  -ius,  98 

coordinate  clauses,  xx,/ 

copula,  xv,  b 

cornu,  declension,  292,  640 

cum  (conj.)  in  temporal  clauses,  487, 
488 

cum  (prep.),  with  ablative  of  accom- 
paniment, 142,  143 
with  ablative  of  manner,  128,  129 
joined  to  ablative  of  personal,  re- 
flexive, relative,  and  interrogative 
pronouns,  p.  109,  note  1 

dative,  xxiv,  a,  4 ;  b 
double,  426,  a 
of  indirect  object,  56,  57 
of  purpose,  426,  427 
of  reference,  426,  428 
with  adjectives,  no,  in 
with  compound  verbs,  424,  425 
with  special  intransitive  verbs,  432, 

433 

declension,  definition,  xxn.  See  nouns, 
pronouns,  adjectives,  and  compara- 
tives 

degree  of  difference,  expressed  by 
the  ablative,  320,  321 

demonstrative  adjectives  and  pro- 
nouns, definition,  11,  /;  III,*.' 
See  pronouns  ;  also  hie,  idem,  ille, 
ipse,  is,  iste 

dependent  clause,  xix,  note ;  xx,  a-e 

deponent  verbs,  482,  483,  669 

deus,  declension,  642 

dies,  declension,  331,  641 
gender,  331 

diphthongs,  how  pronounced,  5 

direct  statements,  400 

domo,    used    of    place   from   which, 

229,  230,  a 

domum,  used  of  place  to  which,  229, 

230,  b 


INDEX 


343 


domus,  declension,  642 

gender,  292,  b 
donum,  declension,  73,  637 
dum  with  present  indicative,  p.  133, 

note  4 
duo,  declension,  646 

ego,  declension,  652 
eius  compared  with  suus,  279 
enclitics,  22       • 
eo,  conjugation,  667 
Eutropius,  selections  from,  547-551 
exercitus,  declension,  292,  640 
extent   of   time   or  space,   how  ex- 
pressed, 332,  333 

fero,  conjugation,  666 
fifth  declension,  331,  641 
filius,  declension,  98,  637 
fio,  conjugation,  668 
first  declension,  63,  636 
fourth  declension,  292,  640 
future  active  participle,  xxxiv,  b 

formation,  441,0 

in  principal  parts,  p.  63,  note  1 

use,  444 
future  perfect  tense,  formation  of, 
active,  223,  a  ;  passive,  286,  b 

gender,    in    English   and    in    Latin, 
xxv,  a,  b;  64 
in  first  declension,  64,  a 
in  second  declension,  99 
in  third  declension,  171%^ 
in  fourth  declension,  292  and  b 
in  fifth  declension,  331 
genitive,  xxiv,  a,  2  ;  b 
objective,  380,  381 
of  material,  p.  79,  note  1 
partitive,  308,  309 
possessive,  43,  44 
gerund,  a  verbal  noun,  xxxn,  c\  459, 
460 
uses,  461 
gerundive,  a  verbal  adjective,  47 1 
agreement  of,  471 
used  with  ad  and  causa  to  express 

purpose,  472 
used  with  sum  to  form  the  passive 
periphrastic     conjugation,     473 ; 
expresses  necessary  action,  473,0 


Helvetians,  campaign  against  the, 

440,  451,  479,  494,  514-523 
hie,  declension,  654 

uses,  228,  263 
hortor,  conjugation,  669 
hortus,  declension,  73,  637 
hostis,  declension,  189,  639 

i  with  force  of  a  consonant  before  a 

vowel,  3 
i-stems,  189,  639 
idem,  declension,  654 

use,  410,  a 
iens,  declension,  645 
ille,  declension,  654 

uses,  228,  263 
in  with  accusative  and  ablative,  193, 

194 
indefinite  pronouns  and  adjectives, 
definition,  11,^;    in,  e.    See  pro- 
nouns 
independent  clause,  xvin,  note 
indirect  object,  definition,  xiv,  b 

case  of,  56,  57 
indirect  questions,  372,  373 
indirect  statements,  400-402 
infinitive,  definition  and  English  uses, 
xxxn,  a,  b 
formation,    38,    392 ;    omission    of 
esse  in   compound   forms,  p.    190, 

note  1 
as  object,  398 
as  subject,  393 
complementary,  394 
in    indirect    statements,    400-402 ; 

tenses  in,  402 
not     used     to     express     purpose, 

343>  b 
takes    a    subject    accusative,   398, 

399 
inflection,  definition,  xxi 
interjection,  definition,  vin 
interrogative  adjective,  152,  154 
interrogative  pronoun,  152,  153 
intransitive  verb,  definition,  iv,  c 

followed  by  dative,  432,  433 
-io,  verbs  in,  of  the  third  conjugation, 

175,  661 
ipse,  declension,  654 

distinguished  from  sui,  410,  c 

used  for  emphasis,  410,  c 


344 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


irregular    adjectives    (genitives    in 

-lus),  385-387,  646 
irregular  comparison,  307,  317,  319, 

649 
irregular  verbs  :  e5,  667  ;  f ero,  666 ; 
fid,  668  ;  possum,  664  ;  sum,  663  ; 
volo,  nolo,  and  malo,  665 
is,  declension,  147,  654 
relation  to  hie  and  ille,  148 
uses  as  a  demonstrative  pronoun 

and  adjective,  148 
used  as  a  personal  pronoun,  263 
iste,  declension,  654 

uses,  410,  a,  b 
iter,  declension,  642 
Iuppiter,  declension,  642 

latior,  declension,  297,  648 
latus,  comparison,  296,  647 
liber,  declension,  643 
locative  case,  xxiv,  b 

ma  gnus,  comparison,  317,  649 

malo,  conjugation,  665 

malus,  comparison,  317,  649 

manner,  how  expressed,  128,  129 

manus,  gender,  292,  b 

mare,  declension,  189,  639 

means,   expressed   by   the   ablative, 

121,    122 

miles,  declension,  171,  638 
mille,  declension,  378,  646 

use,  379 
miser,  comparison,  306,  647 
moneo,  conjugation,  659 
mons,  declension,  189,  639 
moods,  kinds  and  definitions,  xxix- 

XXXI 

multus,  comparison,  317,  649 

-ne,  enclitic,  22,  27,^ 

ne,  that  not  {lest),  introducing  nega- 
tive clauses  of  purpose,  343,  344 

nolo,  conjugation,  665 

nominative,  xxiv,  a,  1 ;  b 
as  subject  of  a  finite  verb,  28 
of  pronouns  expressed  only  for  em- 
phasis or  contrast,  39,  b  ;  264 
predicate,  86-88 

n5s,  declension,  652 

noster,  declension,  643 


nouns,  definition,  1,  a 

kinds  and  definitions,  1,  b-f 

first  declension,  63,  636 

second  declension,  73,  97,  98,  637 

third  declension,  171,  189,  638,  639 

fourth  declension,  292,  640 

fifth  declension,  331,  641 

predicate,  87 

rules  of  gender,  64,0;  99,  171,  £; 
292  andb,  331 
number,  singular  and  plural,  xxm 
numerals,  definition,  uitc 

declension,  378 

table  of,  651 

object,  definition,  xiv,  a 

direct  and  indirect,  xiv,  b 

of  a  transitive  verb,  33 
on   account    of,    how    expressed    in 

Latin,   195 
order  of  words,  35,  60,  81,  89,  228, 

_  386,  b 
ordinals,  definition,  111,  c 

declined  like  bonus,  378 

table  of,  651 

participles,     definition    and    uses, 
xxx  iv,  a-c 
agreement,  443 
declension,  442,  645 
formation,  441,  a 
in  deponent  verbs,  483 ;    perfect, 

483,0 
no    past    and    perfect   active    and 
no    present    passive,    in    Latin, 
xxxiv,  b 
often  best  rendered  as  a  clause,  445 
tenses,  444 
partitive  genitive,  308,  309 
parvus,  comparison,  317,  649 
passive  voice,  xxviii,  237 

formation,  238,0;  239,  286, /z,  ^ 
agent   expressed    by   the    ablative 
with  a  or  ab,  242,  243 
penult,  definition,  11 
when  accented,  21 
perfect   tense,  formation   of,  active, 
134  and  b;  passive,  286,  a,  c 
definite  and  indefinite,  134,  a 
periphrastic  conjugation,  passive,  473 
synopsis  of,  670 


INDEX 


345 


person,  distinctions,  II,  c 
personal  pronouns,  see  pronouns 
phrase,  definition  and  kinds,  xvi,  a-c 
place  to  which  and  from  which,  229, 

230 
pluperfect  tense,  formation  of,  active, 

223,  a ;  passive,  286,  b 
plus,  declension,  648 
portus,  irregular  dative  and  ablative 

plural,  292,  a 
possessive  adjectives,  see  adjectives 
possum,  how  compounded,  411 

conjugation,  664 
potior,  conjugation,  669 
predicate,  definition,  xi,  c 
complete,  xiii 
simple,  xil 
predicate  adjective,  agreement,  88 

definition,  xv 
predicate  nominative,  xv,  c 
predicate  noun,  agreement,  87 

definition,  xv 
prefixes,  630 

prepositions,  definition,  vi 
with  the  ablative,  194 
with  the  accusative,  193 
primary  tenses,  349 
principal  parts  of  verbs,  132 
proelium,  declension,  98,  637 
pronouns,  definition,  11,  a 
kinds  and  definitions,  II,  c-h 
demonstrative,  definition,  11,/;  de- 
clension, 654 ;  hie  and  ille,  uses, 
228 ;  is,  uses,  228 ;  relation  of  is 
to  hie  and  ille,  '148 ;   iste,  Idem, 
ipse,  410 
indefinite,  definition,  11,^;  declen- 
sion, 657  ;  uses,  420  ;  quid  forms 
used  as  pronouns,  quod  forms  as 
adjectives,  420,  e 
interrogative,  definition,  II,*;    de- 
clension,  153,  656;   followed  by 
cum,  p.  109,  note  1 
personal,  definition,  II,  c ;    declen- 
sion, 652  ;  nominative  expressed 
only  for  emphasis    or   contrast, 
264  ;  third  person  supplied  by  is, 
sometimes   by  hie    or  ille,    263 ; 
followed  by  cum,  p.  109,  note  1 
possessive,    see    possessive    adjec- 
tives 


reflexive,  definition,  11,  h  ;  declen- 
sion, 653  ;  use,  266 ;  followed  by 
cum,  p.  109,  note. 1 

relative,   definition,    11,  d\     agree- 
ment, 247,  248 ;  declension,  246, 
655;   followed   by   cum,   p.    109, 
note  1 ;  referring  to  a  personal 
pronoun,  267 
pronunciation,  sounds  of  letters,  4-6 
puer,  declension,  97,  637 
purpose,  dative  of,  426,  427 

expressed  by  the  accusative  of  the 
gerund  or  gerundive  with  ad, 
461,  472 

expressed  by  the  genitive  of  the 
gerund  or  gerundive  with  causa, 
461,  472 

expressed  by  the  subjunctive  with 
ut  and  ne,  343,  344 

not    expressed    by    the    infinitive, 

343^ 
substantive  clauses  of,  355,  356 

qua  in  adverbial  clauses,  497 
-que,  enclitic,  22 
questions,  indirect,  372,  373 
qui,  declension,  246,  655 
quidam,  420,^/;  657 
quis,  declension,  153,  656 
quisquam,  420,  657 
quisque,  420,  657 
quod  clause  of  fact,  495,  496 

reflexive  pronouns,  see  pronouns 

rego,  conjugation,  660 

relative  pronouns,  see  pronouns 

res,  declension,  331,  641 

result,  expressed  by  the  subjunctive 

with  ut  and  ut  non,  357,  358 
rex,  declension,  171,  638 

se,  distinguished  from  ipse,  410,  c 
second  declension,  73,  97,  98,  637 
secondary  tenses,  349 
sentences,  definition,  ix 

kinds  and  definitions,  x,  a-d 
separation,  expressed  by  the  ablative, 

281,  282 
sequence  of  tenses,  348-352 
sequor,  conjugation,  669 
space,  extent  of,  332,  333 


346 


FIRST  YEAR  LATIN 


specification,  ablative  of,  480,  481 

stems  of  verbs,  132,  133 

Stories  from  Roman  History,  552- 

555 
Stories  of  Hercules,  529-538 
Stories  of  Perseus,  277,  291,  316,  339, 

370,  391,  408 
Stories  of  Ulysses,  539-546 
Story  of  the  Aduatuci,  524-528 
subject,  definition,  XI,  b 
complete,  xiii 
simple,  XII 

agreement  of  verb  with,  29 
not  expressed,  264 
of  an  infinitive,  399 
of  a  verb,  28 
subjunctive,  definition,  xxx 

formation,  of  present,  342 ;  of  im- 
perfect, 347  ;  of  perfect  and  plu- 
perfect, 371 
in  indirect  questions,  372,  373 
in  purpose  clauses,  343,  344,  355, 

.  356 

in  result  clauses,  357,  358 

in  temporal  clauses  with  cum,  487, 
488 

tenses,  341  ;  sequence  of,  348-352 
subordinate  clauses  in  indirect  state- 
ments, 501,  502 
substantive  clauses,  of  fact  with  quod, 
495,  496 

of  purpose,  355,  356 
suffixes,  632 
sui,  declension,  653 

distinguished  from  ipse,  410,^  . 
sum,  conjugation,  663 
summary  of  uses,  of  nouns,  512 

of  verbs,  513 
suus,  278,  279 

compared  with  eius,  279 

omission  of,  280 
syllables,  number  of,  8 

division    of,    9,    10;    in   compound 
words,  10 

how  named,  ri 

long  and  short,  17-19 
synopsis  of  the  verb,  671 

temporal  clauses  introduced  by  cum, 

487,  488 
tense,  xxxin,  a,  b 


tenses,  distinction  in  use  between  the 
perfect  and  the  imperfect,  134,  a 

of  the  infinitive  in   indirect  state- 
ments, 402 

primary  and  secondary,  349 

sequence  of,  348-352 

sign  of  the  future,  126,  a 

sign  of  the  imperfect,  120,  b 
terminations,  of  first  declension,  63 

of  second  declension,  73 

of  third  declension,  171,  189 

of  fourth  declension,  292 

of  fifth  declension,  331 
third  declension,  171,  638 

i-stems,  189,  639 
time,  at  which  and  within  which,  218, 
219 

extent  of,  332,  333 
to,  how  expressed  in  Latin,  195 
towns,  names  of,  expressing  place  to 
which  and  from  which,  229,  230 
transitive  verb,  iv,  b 
tres,  declension,  646 
tu,  declension,  652 
tuus,  compared  with  vester,  278 

-ubus,  in  irregular  dative  and  ablative 

plural,  292,  a 
ultima,  11 

unus,  declension,  646 
ut,  in  adverbial  clauses,  497 

in  clauses  of  purpose,  343,  344,  355, 

356 
in  clauses  of  result,  357,  358 
translations,  343,  1  and  b 

verbs,  definition,  iv,  a 

kinds  and  definitions,  IV,  b-f 
agreement,  29 ;  in  relative  clauses, 

267 

case,  of  subject,  28  ;  of  object,  33 

conjugations,  how  distinguished,  38 

deponent,     form,     meaning,     how 

distinguished,  482  ;  active  forms, 

483 ;   participles  of  both  voices, 

483  ;  perfect  participle,  active  in 

meaning,  483,  a ;  conjugation,  669 

intransitive,  which  are  transitive  in 

English,  432,  433 
irregular,  see  eo,  fero,  fid,  malo,  nolo, 
possum,  sum,  and  void 


INDEX 


347 


of  first  conjugation,  658  virtus,  declension,  171,  638 

of  second  conjugation,  659  vis,  declension,  642 

of  third  conjugation,  660,  661  vocative  case,  xxiv,  b 

of  fourth  conjugation,  662  voice,  xxviii 
passive    periphrastic    conjugation,       volo,  conjugation,  665 

473  ;  synopsis  of,  670  VOS,  declension,  652 

personal  endings,  25,^7;  39,  134  vowels,  how  pronounced,  4 
principal  parts,  132  long,  14,  15 

vereor,  conjugation,  669  short,  12,  13 

vester,  compared  with  tuus,  278 

vir,  declension,  97,  637  with,  how  expressed  in  Latin,  195 


M 


T' 


LOAN  DEPT. 

,  •   a  .™,Ae  last  date  stamped  below,  or 
™S b00krSS? to 'which  renewed. 

Kenewed^L  are  subject  to  immea^eca^ 


LD  21A-50W-12/60 
(B&221slO)476B 


General  Library 
University  of  California 

Berkeley 


YB  00235 


